GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS CO
8-K, 1994-02-28
TELEVISION BROADCASTING STATIONS
Previous: ANDREW CORP, S-8 POS, 1994-02-28
Next: MERRILL LYNCH SERIES FUND INC, 24F-2NT, 1994-02-28



   <PAGE>


                 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                       Washington, DC  20549




                              FORM 8-K

         Current Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of
                The Securities Exchange Act of 1934






   Date of Report:  February 18, 1994             Commission File No. 1-8283
   (Date of earliest event reported)



               GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
       (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

   Incorporated under the                         IRS Employer
      laws of Florida                    Identification   No. 59-2054850

                              One East Fourth Street
                             Cincinnati, Ohio  45202
                     (Address of principal executive offices)
                              Phone:  (513) 579-2177
                         (Registrant's telephone number)




        Former name or former address, if changed since last report - not
   applicable


   <PAGE>

             GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY 8-K


   Item 5.   Other Events

        On  February  18,   1994  Great  American  Communications
   Company  ("GACC")  redeemed  all  $77.6   million  outstanding
   principal amount of its  14% Senior Extendable Notes initially
   due  June  30, 2001  (the "14%  Notes")  and also  prepaid all
   $111.5  million principal  amount of  13%  Senior Subordinated
   Notes due May 15,  2001 of its wholly-owned  subsidiary, Great
   American Broadcasting Company, (the "13% Notes").  No  gain or
   loss was recognized as  the notes were redeemed or  prepaid at
   par plus accrued interest.  The 14% Notes were issued by  GACC
   as  part  of  its   recently  completed  prepackaged  plan  of
   reorganization. 

        The respective redemption and prepayment of the 14% Notes
   and 13% Notes  was financed  by GACC through  the issuance  of
   $200 million  principal amount  of 9-3/4% Senior  Subordinated
   Notes  due  February 15,  2004,  to  entities affiliated  with
   Fidelity Management and Research Co.  


   Item 7.   Financial Statements and Exhibits

   (c)  Exhibits

        4.1  Loan  Agreement  dated  as  of August  20,  1993  as
             amended and restated from time to time between Great
             American  Television and Radio  Company, Inc., Great
             American 
             Broadcasting Company and certain banks.


        4.2  Indenture  dated as  of February  18,  1994, between
             Great  American  Communications Company  and Shawmut
             Bank, National Association,  as Trustee relating  to
             the 9-3/4%  Senior Subordinated Notes due  2004 (the
             form of which  9-3/4% Senior  Subordinated Notes  is
             included in such Indenture).


   <PAGE>

                             SIGNATURES



   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
   1934,  the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed
   on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.



                            GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY



   February 18, 1994        By:/s/Gregory C. Thomas              

                                  Gregory C. Thomas
                                  Executive Vice President and
                                  Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>








                                  LOAN AGREEMENT


                           dated as of August 20, 1993

                             As Amended and Restated

                             as of November 30, 1993

                                      Among

                GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO COMPANY, INC.

                                 as the Borrower,

                       GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING COMPANY,

                          VARIOUS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
                         NOW OR HEREAFTER PARTIES HERETO

                                   as Lenders,

                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON

                             as Administrative Agent,

                              CONTINENTAL BANK, N.A.

                               as Collateral Agent,

                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON

                                       and

                              CONTINENTAL BANK, N.A.

                                as Managing Agents

                                       and

                        THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,

                                       and

                              CONTINENTAL BANK, N.A.

                                       and

                            CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.

                                   as Co-Agents
<PAGE>

                                List of Schedules



               SCHEDULE I   -  Agents and Lenders
               SCHEDULE II  -  Disclosure Schedule
               SCHEDULE III -  Mortgaged Properties


                                 List of Exhibits

               EXHIBIT A    -  Form of Note
               EXHIBIT B    -  Form of Accession Agreement
               EXHIBIT C    -  Form of Compliance Certificate
               EXHIBIT D    -  Form of Pledge Agreement
               EXHIBIT E    -  Form of Perfection Certificate
               EXHIBIT F    -  Form of Security Agreement
               EXHIBIT G    -  Form of Trademark Security Agreement
               EXHIBIT H    -  Form   of   Collateral    Assignment   of
                               Hanna-Barbera LC Documents
               EXHIBIT I    -  Form of Subsidiary Guaranty
               EXHIBIT J    -  Form of Lockbox Agreement
               EXHIBIT K    -  Form   of   Concentration   Account   and
                               Sub-Agency Agreement
               EXHIBIT L    -  Form of Mortgage
               EXHIBIT M-1  -  Form   of   Legal  Opinion   of  Keating,
                               Meuthing & Klekamp
               EXHIBIT M-2  -  Form of Legal Opinion of FCC Counsel
               EXHIBIT M-3  -  Form  of Legal Opinion  of Bingham Dana &
                               Gould
               EXHIBIT M-4  -  Form  of  Legal  Opinion   of  Bankruptcy
                               Counsel
               EXHIBIT N    -  Form   of    Intercompany   Subordination
                               Agreement
               EXHIBIT O    -  Form of Solvency Certificate
               EXHIBIT P    -  Form of Effective Date Certificate
               EXHIBIT Q    -  Form of Document Acceptance Agreement
               EXHIBIT R    -  Form   of   Assignment   and   Acceptance
                               Agreement
               EXHIBIT S    -  Form    of    Comprehensive    Settlement
                               Agreement
               EXHIBIT T    -  Form of WGHP Loan Agreement
               EXHIBIT U    -  Form of WGHP Subordination Agreement
               EXHIBIT V    -  Form of Letter Agreement
               EXHIBIT W    -  Form of GACC 14% Note Payment Agreement
               EXHIBIT X    -  Form of Additional Funding Agreement
<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                 PAGE

             I.     DEFINITIONS

               1.1. Defined Terms............................      1
               1.2. Use of Defined Terms.....................     35
               1.3. Cross-References.........................     35
               1.4. Accounting and Financial Determinations..     35
               1.5. General Provisions Relating to
                    Definitions..............................     36

            II.     COMMITMENTS OF THE LENDERS

               2.1. Commitments..............................     36
               2.2. Commitments Several......................     36
               2.3. Termination of Commitments...............     36

           III.     LOANS AND NOTES

               3.1. Borrowing Procedure......................     36
               3.2. Notes....................................     37
               3.3. Principal Payments.......................     37
                    3.3.1.  Repayments.......................     37
                    3.3.2.  Prepayments......................     38
               3.4. Interest Payments........................     40
                    3.4.1.  Interest Rates...................     41
                    3.4.2.  Interest on Overdue Amounts......     41
                    3.4.3.  Payment Dates....................     41
               3.5. Fees.....................................     42
                    3.5.1.  Closing Fees.....................     42
                    3.5.2.  Commitment Fees..................     42
                    3.5.3.  Agents Fees......................     43
               3.6. Making and Proration of Payments;
                    Computations; etc........................     43
                    3.6.1.  Making of Payments...............     43
                    3.6.2.  Setoff...........................     43
                    3.6.3.  Proration of Payments............     43
                    3.6.4.  Due Date Extension...............     44
                    3.6.5.  Notice of Changes in Alternate
                            Base Rate;
                            Notice of Eurodollar Rates.......     44
                    3.6.6.  Computations.....................     44
                    3.6.7.  Recordkeeping....................     44
               3.7. Taxes....................................     45
               3.8. Use of Proceeds..........................     45

            IV.     FUNDING OPTIONS

               4.1. Pricing Tranches of Each Loan................   46
               4.2. Conversion Procedures........................   46
               4.3.  Continuation Procedures.....................   47
               4.4.  Limitations on Interest Periods and
                     Continuation and Conversion Elections.......   47
                     4.4.1. Interest Periods.....................   47
                     4.4.2. Conditions Precedent.................   48
                     4.4.3. Other Limitations....................   48
<PAGE>

               4.5.  Increased Costs.............................   48
               4.6.  Interest Rate Inadequate or Unfair..........   50
               4.7.  Changes in Law Rendering Eurodollar
                     Tranches Unlawful...........................   50
               4.8.  Funding Losses..............................   51
               4.9.  Right of Lenders to Fund Through
                     Other Offices...............................   51
               4.10. Discretion of Lenders as to
                     Manner of Funding...........................   51
               4.11. Conclusiveness of Statements;
                     Survival of Provisions......................   52

             V.      GUARANTIES

               5.1.  Guaranty....................................   52
                     5.1.1. Guaranty of Payment..................   52
                     5.1.2. Guaranty of Performance..............   53
               5.2.  Guaranty Absolute...........................   53
               5.3.  Reinstatement, etc..........................   54
               5.4.  Waiver......................................   55
               5.5.  Subordination of Subrogation Rights.........   55

            VI.      CONDITIONS TO LENDING

               6.1.  Conditions to Making the Loans..............   56
                     6.1.1.  Completion of Reorganization........   56
                     6.1.2.  Execution and Delivery of
                             Agreement, Notes, etc...............   60
                     6.1.3.  Accession Agreement.................   60
                     6.1.4.  Subsidiary Guaranty.................   60
                     6.1.5.  Pledge Agreement....................   60
                     6.1.6.  Security Agreement; U.C.C.
                             Filings, etc........................   60
                     6.1.7.  Trademark Security Agreement........   61
                     6.1.8.  Collateral Assignment...............   61
                     6.1.9.  Mortgages...........................   62
                     6.1.10. Title Matters.......................   62
                     6.1.11. MAI Appraisals......................   63
                     6.1.12. Environmental Audits................   63
                     6.1.13. Cash Collateral
                             Arrangements, etc...................   63
                     6.1.14. Amendment to Tax Sharing
                             Agreement...........................   63
                     6.1.15. Other Loan Documents and
                             Ancillary Documents.............       63
                     6.1.16. Opinions of Counsel..............      64
                     6.1.17. Compliance Certificate...........      64
                     6.1.18. Solvency Certificate.............      64
                     6.1.19. Perfection Certificate...........      65
                     6.1.20. Document Acceptance
                             Agreements.......................      65
                     6.1.21. Resolutions, etc.................      65
                     6.1.22. Certificates of Good Standing....      66
                     6.1.23. Financial Statements.............      66
                     6.1.24. No Materially Adverse Effect.....      66
                     6.1.25. Restricted Payments; Affiliate
                             Transactions; Other Corporate
                             Transactions.....................      66
                     6.1.26. Compliance with Warranties,
                             Absence of Litigation; No
                             Default..........................      67
<PAGE>

                     6.1.27. Fees and Expenses................      67
                     6.1.28. Insurance........................      67

               6.2.  All Credit Extensions....................      67
                     6.2.1.  Compliance with Warranties,
                             Absence of Litigation, No
                             Default, etc.....................      67
                     6.2.2.  Notice of Borrowing; 
                             Continuation/Conversion
                             Notice...........................      68
                     6.2.3.  Legality of Transactions.........      68
                     6.2.4.  Satisfactory Legal Form, etc.....      68

           VII.      WARRANTIES, ETC.

               7.1.  Organization, etc........................      68
               7.2.  Power, Authority.........................      69
               7.3.  Validity, etc............................      69
               7.4.  Financial Information....................      69
               7.5.  Projections..............................      70
               7.6.  Materially Adverse Effect................      70
               7.7.  Existing Indebtedness; Absence of
                     Default..................................      71
               7.8.  Litigation, etc..........................      71
               7.9.  Regulations G, U and X...................      71
               7.10. Government Regulation....................      72
               7.11. Burdensome Agreements; Restricted 
                     Payments.................................      72
               7.12. Taxes....................................      72
               7.13. Compliance with ERISA....................      73
               7.14. Labor Controversies......................      74

               7.15. Corporate Structure......................      74
               7.16. Ownership of Properties, Liens...........      75
               7.17. Patents, Trademarks, etc.................      75
               7.18. Reorganization; Accuracy of
                     Information..............................      75
               7.19. Collateral Documents.....................      76
               7.20. Environmental Matters....................      76
               7.21. Licenses and Approvals...................      78
               7.22. Transactions with Affiliates.............      79
               7.23. Representations in Loan Documents
                     and Ancillary Documents..................      79


          VIII.      COVENANTS

               8.1.  Certain Affirmative Covenants............      79
                     8.1.1.  Financial Information, etc.......      80
                     8.1.2.  Maintenance of Corporate
                             Existence, etc..................       82
                     8.1.3.  Foreign Qualification............      83
                     8.1.4.  Payment of Taxes, etc............      83
                     8.1.5.  Maintenance of Property;
                             Insurance........................      83
                     8.1.6.  Notice of Default,
                             Litigation, etc..................      84
                     8.1.7.  Notice of Restricted Payments....      85
                     8.1.8.  Performance of Loan Documents
                             and Ancillary Documents..........      85
                     8.1.9.  Books and Records................      86
<PAGE>

                     8.1.10. Compliance with Laws, etc........      86
                     8.1.11. Provision of Additional
                             Collateral; MAI Appraisals.......      87
                     8.1.12. Cash Collateral Arrangements.....      87
                     8.1.13. Rate Protection Agreements.......      88
                     8.1.14. ERISA Notices....................      89
                     8.1.15. Environmental Compliance.........      89

               8.2.  Certain Negative Covenants...............      90
                     8.2.1. Limitation on Nature
                            of Business......................       90
                     8.2.2. Indebtedness.....................       92
                     8.2.3. Liens............................       95
                     8.2.4. Financial Covenants..............       96
                     8.2.5. Capital Expenditures.............       97
                     8.2.6. Consolidated Corporate
                            Overhead.........................       98
                     8.2.7. Investments......................       98
                     8.2.8. Restricted Payments..............       99
                     8.2.9. Mergers; Acquisitions; Sales
                            of Property......................      103
                     8.2.10.  Modification, etc. of
                            Certain Agreements and
                            Governing Documents..............      106
                     8.2.11.  Transactions with Affiliates.....    106
                     8.2.12.  Capital Stock....................    106
                     8.2.13.  Restrictive or
                              Inconsistent Agreements..........    107
                     8.2.14.  Fiscal Year......................    107
                     8.2.15.  Change of Location, Name or 
                              Deposit Accounts.................    107
                     8.2.16.  ERISA Compliance.................    108
               8.3.  No Claims Against GABCO Subsidiaries.....     108

            IX.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT

               9.1.  Events of Default........................     108
                     9.1.1. Non-Payment of Obligations.......      108
                     9.1.2. Non-Performance of Certain
                            Obligations......................      109
                     9.1.3. Non-Performance of Other
                            Obligations......................      109
                     9.1.4. Breach of Warranty...............      109
                     9.1.5. Default Under Other
                            Debt Documents...................      109
                     9.1.6. Default Under Other Instruments..      110
                     9.1.7. Bankruptcy Insolvency, etc.......      110
                     9.1.8. Judgments........................      111
                     9.1.9. ERISA............................      111
                     9.1.10.  Broadcasting Stations............    112
                     9.1.11.  Impairment of Security, etc......    112
                     9.1.12.  Change of Control................    113
                     9.1.13.  Materially Adverse Effect........    113
               9.2.  Action if Bankruptcy.....................     114
               9.3.  Action if Other Event of Default.........     114
               9.4.  Commitment Termination Event.............     114

             X.      THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE MANAGING
               AGENTS AND THE COLLATERAL AGENT

               10.1. Actions..................................     114
<PAGE>

               10.2. Exculpation..............................     115
               10.3. Successor................................     116
               10.4. Collateral Documents, etc................     116
               10.5. Loans by Agents..........................     116
               10.6. Credit Decisions.........................     117
               10.7. Notices, etc. to the Administrative
                     Agent....................................     117

            XI.      ADDITIONAL LENDERS AND PARTICIPANTS

               11.1. Participations by Lenders................     117
                     11.1.1.   Participations...................   117
                     11.1.2.   Participant's Right of Setoff
                            in Certain Cases.................      118
                     11.1.3.   Rights of Participants...........   118
               11.2. Assignments by Lenders...................     118
                     11.2.1.   Assignments......................   118
                     11.2.2.   Effect of Assignment and
                            Acceptance Agreement.............      119
                     11.2.3.   Delivery of New Notes By
                            Borrower Following Assignments...      119
                     11.2.4.   Administrative Agent's
                            Maintenance of Register..........      120
                     11.2.5.   Actions of Administrative
                            Agent; Fees......................      120
                     11.2.6.   Assigning Lender, Purchasing
                            Lender, and Other Parties,
                            Confirmations and Agreements.....      120
               11.3. Disclosure of Information................     121
               11.4. Assistance...............................     121
               11.5. Taxes....................................     122
               11.6. Federal Reserve Bank.....................     122


           XII.      MISCELLANEOUS

               12.1. Waivers, Amendments, etc.................     122
               12.2. Notices..................................     124
               12.3. Costs and Expenses.......................     124
               12.4. Indemnification..........................     125
               12.5. Survival.................................     126
               12.6. Severability.............................     126
               12.7. Headings.................................     126
               12.8. Counterparts; Entire Agreement...........     126
               12.9. Choice of Law............................     126
               12.10. Service of Process......................     126
               12.11. Successors and Assigns..................     127
               12.12. Other Transactions; Consent to
                       Relationships..........................     127
               12.13. Further Assurances......................     127
               12.14. Confidentiality.........................     127
               12.15. Release of Collateral; Subordination of
                       Liens..................................     128
               12.16. Waiver of Jury Trial....................     128
               12.17. Amendment and Restatement of Original
                       Loan Agreement.........................     129
<PAGE>

                                      - 1 -



                                  LOAN AGREEMENT


               LOAN AGREEMENT, dated  as of August 20,  1993, as amended
          and   restated  as  of  November 30,  1993,  among  (i)  GREAT
          AMERICAN  TELEVISION   AND  RADIO  COMPANY,   INC.,  an   Ohio
          Corporation    (the    "Borrower"),   (ii)    GREAT   AMERICAN
          BROADCASTING COMPANY, a Delaware corporation ("GABCO"),  (iii)
          the financial  institutions which  are now,  or in  accordance
          with   Section   11.2   hereafter   become,   parties   hereto
          (collectively,  the "Lenders"), (iv)  THE FIRST  NATIONAL BANK
          OF BOSTON ("Bank  of Boston"), as Administrative Agent for the
          Lenders,  (v)  CONTINENTAL  BANK,   N.A.  ("Continental"),  as
          Collateral Agent  for  the Lenders,  (vi) Bank  of Boston  and
          Continental, as  Managing Agents  for the  Lenders, and  (vii)
          Bank  of Boston,  Continental and Chase  Manhattan Bank, N.A.,
          as Co-Agents for the Lenders.


                                     RECITALS

               The  Borrower  has requested  the  Lenders to  make Loans
          (such capitalized term,  and each other capitalized  term used
          but  not  defined in  these  Recitals or  in  the introductory
          paragraph above,  having  the meanings  specified  in  Section
          1.1)  to the  Borrower in  the aggregate  principal amount  of
          $220,000,000.  The  proceeds of the  Loans are  to be used  by
          the  Borrower to  pay  and prepay  certain of  its outstanding
          Indebtedness  and for  the  other  purposes described  in  and
          permitted by Section 3.8.

               The  Lenders  are  willing  to  make  such Loans  to  the
          Borrower on the  Effective Date  on the terms  and subject  to
          the conditions contained herein.

               Accordingly, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

               SECTION 1.1.  Defined Terms.   The following  terms, when
          used in this  Agreement, including the introductory  paragraph
          and  Recitals above, shall, except where the context otherwise
          requires, have the following meanings:

               "Accession  Agreement"  means  the  Accession  Agreement,
          substantially in  the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, to be
          executed and  delivered by GACC  on the Effective  Date and by
          GABCO Sub on or prior to the Effective Date.

               "Acquired  Station" is  defined in clause  (c) of Section
          8.2.9.

               "Acquisition"  means any  transaction, or  any series  of
          related   transactions,   in  which   GACC   or  any   of  its
<PAGE>

                                      - 2 -

          Subsidiaries  (in  one  transaction  or  as  the  most  recent
          transaction  in  a series  of  transactions) (a)  acquires any
          Broadcasting Station,  any business  or  all or  substantially
          all  of the Property of any Person or any division or business
          unit  thereof, whether  through purchase of  assets, merger or
          otherwise, (b) directly  or indirectly acquires control  of at
          least a majority (in  number of votes) of the Securities  of a
          corporation,  partnership  or  other  Person  having  ordinary
          voting power  for the  election of  directors  or managers  of
          such  corporation, partnership or other Person or (c) directly
          or indirectly acquires  control of  a majority  of the  equity
          interests in any Person.

               "Additional  Funding  Agreement"  means   the  Additional
          Funding Agreement,  dated as  of August  20, 1993,  among AFC,
          GACC and GATR.

               "Administrative Agent" means

                     (a)    Bank of Boston;

                     (b)    any branch, agency or Subsidiary of Bank  of
               Boston  within the United States  of America of which the
               Lenders and the Borrower are notified and

                       (i)  to which  the rights and responsibilities of
                     the   Administrative   Agent   hereunder   may   be
                     transferred from time to time, or

                       (ii)  which may, from  time to time on  behalf of
                     Bank  of Boston  or  any  such transferee,  act  as
                     Administrative Agent for the Lenders; or

                     (c)    such other Lender  or financial  institution
               as  shall   have  subsequently  been  appointed   as  the
               successor Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.3.

               "AFC"  means  American  Financial  Corporation,  an  Ohio
          corporation.

               "AFC Loan Agreement" is defined in Section 6.1.1.

               "Affected Tranche" is defined in Section 4.7.

               "Affiliate"  of  any Person  means  (a) any  other Person
          which,  directly or  indirectly, controls or  is controlled by
          or is  under common control with such  Person or (b) any other
          Person who is a  Relative, director or officer of  such Person
          or of  any Person  described in clause  (a).  For  purposes of
          this definition,  control  of  a Person  shall  mean  (i)  the
          power, whether  direct or indirect,  (x) to vote  five percent
          (5%)  or more of  the Securities having  ordinary voting power
          for  the election  of  directors  or  other managers  of  such
          Person or  (y)  to  direct  or  cause  the  direction  of  the
          management  and policies  of such Person,  whether by contract
          or  otherwise,  or  (ii)  the  ownership,  whether  direct  or
          indirect, of five percent (5%) or more of  any class of voting
          or equity Securities of such Person.
<PAGE>

                                      - 3 -

               "Affiliate  Transaction"  means  any  of  the   following
          transactions or arrangements:

                     (a)    the making by  any GABCO  Subsidiary of  any
               payments or prepayments  (whether of principal,  premium,
               interest  or  any other  sum) of  or  on account  of, any
               payment  or   other  distribution   on  account   of  the
               redemption, repurchase, defeasance  or other  acquisition
               for value  of, or any sinking fund payment in respect of,
               any  Indebtedness  of any  kind  whatsoever of  any GABCO
               Subsidiary to any GACC Affiliate;

                     (b)    the  making by any  GABCO Subsidiary  of any
               loans,  advances   or  other  Investments  of   any  kind
               whatsoever to or in any GACC Affiliate;

                     (c)    the sale, transfer  or other disposition  by
               any GABCO Subsidiary of  all or any part of  its Property
               to, or  for the direct  or indirect benefit  of, any GACC
               Affiliate;

                     (d)    the  creation  or  incurrence  by any  GABCO
               Subsidiary  of any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to any
               GACC Affiliate;

                     (e)    the making  by any  GABCO Subsidiary of  any
               payments  (whether  of principal,  premium,  interest  or
               other sum)  of or  on account  of, or  the making  by any
               GABCO Subsidiary  of any payments  or other distributions
               on  account  of  the  purchase  or  other  acquisition or
               redemption of,  any Indebtedness  of, or   any shares  of
               Capital Stock of, any GACC Affiliate; or

                     (f)    any   other   transaction   or   Contractual
               Obligation  between  any  GACC Affiliate  and  any  GABCO
               Subsidiary.

               "Agents" means,  collectively, the  Managing Agents,  the
          Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent.

               "Agents Fee" is defined in Section 3.5.3.

               "Agents  Fee Letter" means  the Fee  Letter, dated  as of
          November 15, 1993, between the Borrower and the Agents.

               "Agreement" means this Loan Agreement.

               "Alternate Base Rate" means, at any time, the  greater of
          (a) the  Federal Funds Rate plus one-half of one percent (.5%)
          and (b) the Bank of Boston Base Rate.

               "Ancillary  Documents"  means,  collectively,  the  Other
          Debt  Documents,  the  Reorganization  Plan, the  GACC  Merger
          Agreement,  the GACC  14%  Note  Payment Agreement,  the  GACC
          Undertaking,   the  Additional  Funding   Agreement,  the  Tax
          Sharing  Agreement,  the  Comprehensive Settlement  Agreement,
          the  Hanna-Barbera LC  Documents,  and all  other  Instruments
          that shall be  from time  to time identified  by the  Borrower
          and  the Managing  Agents as Ancillary  Documents for purposes
<PAGE>

                                      - 4 -

          of this Agreement.

               "Alternate  Base  Rate  Margin"  means,  for  any  Fiscal
          Quarter,  the rate per annum determined in accordance with the
          schedule  set  forth  below  based  upon  the  Total  Debt  to
          Consolidated  Broadcast  Cash  Flow  Ratio  for the  Reference
          Period   ending  on   the   day   immediately  preceding   the
          commencement of the  Fiscal Quarter immediately prior  to such
          Fiscal Quarter:


             Total Debt to Consolidated      Alternate Base
             Broadcast Cash Flow Ratio        Rate Margin  

             5.00:1.00 or greater           2.00%

             4.00:1.00 or greater,
             but less than 5.00:1.00        1.50%

             Less than 4.00:1.00            1.00%

             "Applicable Law" means and includes statutes and  rules and
          regulations thereunder  and  interpretations  thereof  by  any
          Governmental  Authority charged with the administration or the
          interpretation  thereof,  and  orders,  requests,  directives,
          instructions and notices of any Governmental Authority.  

             "Apollo" means  Apollo Advisors,  L.P., a  Delaware limited
          partnership.

             "Apollo Group" means, collectively, Apollo,  Lion Advisors,
          L.P., and AIF II, L.P.

             "Approval" means, relative to  any Transaction Party,  each
          and  every  approval, consent,  filing  or registration  by or
          with   any  Governmental   Authority,   or  any   creditor  or
          shareholder of such Transaction  Party, necessary to authorize
          or  permit the  execution,  delivery  or performance  by  such
          Transaction Party of this  Agreement or any of the  other Loan
          Documents  to  the  extent it  is  a  party  thereto, and  the
          validity  or enforceability  of  any  of such  Loan  Documents
          against such Transaction Party.

             "Assigning Lender" is defined in Section 11.2.1.

             "Assignment" is defined in Section 11.2.1.

             "Assignment and Acceptance Agreement" is defined in Section
          11.2.1.

             "Assignor" is defined in Section 11.2.1.

             "Associated Person" means (a) Lindner, (b) AFC, (c) Apollo,
          (d)  any Affiliate  (other than  a Transaction Party)  of AFC,
          Apollo  or  any  Transaction  Party,  and  (d)  any  Relative,
          officer, director or general  partner of any Person who  is an
          Associated  Person  by  reason  of  clause  (a),  (b) or  (c).
          Transaction  Parties shall  not be Associated  Persons for any
          purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
<PAGE>

                                      - 5 -

             "Authorized Officers" is defined in Section 6.1.21.

             "Bank Debt  to Consolidated Broadcast Cash  Flow Ratio"  is
          defined in Section 8.2.4.

             "Bank  of Boston" is defined in  the introductory paragraph
          hereto.

             "Bank  of  Boston Base  Rate"  means the  rate of  interest
          announced from  time to time by Bank of Boston at its Domestic
          Office as its "base rate".

             "Bankruptcy Code" means Title 11 of the United States Code.

             "Bankruptcy Court" means the United States Bankruptcy Court
          for the Southern District of Ohio, Western Division.

             "Bankruptcy or  Insolvency Proceeding"  means, with respect
          to any  Person, any  insolvency or  bankruptcy proceeding,  or
          any   receivership,   liquidation,  reorganization   or  other
          similar proceeding  in connection therewith, relative  to such
          Person or its creditors,  as such, or to its Property, and any
          proceeding for  voluntary liquidation,  dissolution, or  other
          winding   up  of   such  Person,  whether   or  not  involving
          insolvency or bankruptcy.

             "Base Rate Tranche" means any Tranche bearing interest at a
          fluctuating  rate determined  by  reference  to the  Alternate
          Base Rate.

             "Borrower" is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

             "Broadcasting Station"  means all  licenses, franchises and
          permits (including  all  FCC Licenses)  issued under  federal,
          state or  local  laws  from time  to  time which  authorize  a
          Person to receive or  distribute, or both, over the  airwaves,
          audio   and  visual,  radio  or  microwave  signals  within  a
          geographic  area  for  the  purpose  of  providing  commercial
          broadcasting of  television or  radio entertainment,  together
          with all  Property  owned  or  used  in  connection  with  the
          entertainment  provided pursuant to, and all interests of such
          Person  to  receive  revenues  from  any  other  Person  which
          derives  revenues   from  or  pursuant   to,  said   licenses,
          franchises and permits.

             "Business  Day" means  a day  on which  banks are  open for
          business  in Boston,  Massachusetts  and  New York  City,  New
          York.

             "Capitalized Lease Obligations" means, with respect  to any
          Person,  all  monetary obligations  of  such Person  under any
          leasing or similar  arrangement which in accordance  with GAAP
          is required  to be  classified on  the balance  sheet of  such
          Person as a capitalized lease.

             "Capital Stock" means any shares, interests, participations
          or  other  equivalents  (howsoever  designated)  of  corporate
          capital  stock or  any options,  warrants  or other  rights to
          subscribe  for, or  to purchase,  or to  convert  any Property
<PAGE>

                                      - 6 -

          into,  or to  exchange any  Property for,  any such  corporate
          capital stock, options, warrants or other rights.

             "Cash  Debt  Service" means,  in relation  to GACC  and its
          Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of 

                 (a) all Consolidated Cash Interest  Charges of GACC and
             its Subsidiaries for such period, and

                 (b) all  principal payable by GACC and its Subsidiaries
             during such period  on the outstanding  Consolidated Funded
             Debt of  GACC  and  its Subsidiaries,  excluding,  however,
             principal payable  solely as a result of  the provisions of
             Sections 3.3.2 (b), (c) or (e), and

                 (c) the aggregate amount of reductions in the remaining
             Installments  during  such  period on  account  of optional
             prepayments  made pursuant  to Section  3.3.2(a), mandatory
             prepayments  made  out  of Excess  Cash  Flow  pursuant  to
             Section 3.3.2(e), or mandatory prepayments made pursuant to
             Section 3.3.2(d).

             For purposes  of clause (b), any principal  payable by  the
          Borrower pursuant to  Section 3.3.2(d) in December of  1994 or
          in December  of 1996  shall be  deemed payable  in January  of
          1995 or January of 1997, respectively.

             For purposes  of determining the Cash  Debt Service for any
          period, a portion  of which  falls prior to  and includes  the
          Effective  Date, (A)  Consolidated Cash  Interest Charges  for
          the  portion  of  such  period  prior  to  and  including  the
          Effective Date shall be  calculated as set forth in  the third
          paragraph  of the  definition  thereof, and  (B)  it shall  be
          assumed that no principal  was payable with respect to  any of
          the  Consolidated  Funded Debt  of  GACC and  its Subsidiaries
          during such portion of such period.

             "Cash Equivalents" means

                 (a) marketable  obligations  issued or  unconditionally
             guaranteed by  the United States government,  in each  case
             maturing within  180  days after  the date  of  acquisition
             thereof;

                 (b) marketable direct  obligations issued by  any state
             of the  United States  or any political  subdivision of any
             such state or  any public instrumentality thereof  maturing
             within 180 days after the date of  acquisition thereof and,
             at  the  time  of acquisition,  having  the highest  rating
             obtainable from  either Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  or
             Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                 (c) commercial paper  maturing no  more than  180  days
             after  the  date  of  acquisition  thereof,  issued   by  a
             corporation organized  under the  laws of any  State of the
             United  States or of  the District of Columbia  and, at the
             time  of acquisition, having the  highest rating obtainable
             from  either  Standard  &  Poor's  Corporation  or  Moody's
             Investors Service, Inc.;
<PAGE>

                                      - 7 -

                 (d) money  market  funds  whose  investments  are  made
             solely  in  securities  described  in  clause  (a) maturing
             within one (1) year after the date of acquisition thereof;

                 (e) certificates of deposit maturing within ninety (90)
             days after  the date of acquisition  thereof, issued by any
             commercial bank that is either (i) a member of the  Federal
             Reserve  System  that has  capital,  surplus and  undivided
             profits   (as  shown  on  its  most   recent  statement  of
             condition)  aggregating not  less than $100,000,000  and is
             rated A or  better by  Moody's Investors  Service, Inc.  or
             Standard & Poor's Corporation or (ii) a Lender; and

                 (f) repurchase  agreements entered into with any Lender
             or any commercial bank of the nature referred to in  clause
             (e), secured by a fully perfected Lien in any obligation of
             the type  described  in any  of clauses  (a)  through  (e),
             having a  fair  market value  at the  time such  repurchase
             agreement  is entered  into of  not less  than 100%  of the
             repurchase  obligation thereunder of  such Lender  or other
             commercial bank.

             "CERCLA" means  the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,
          Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

             "CERCLIS" means  the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response
          Compensation Liability Information System List.

             "Class A Common  Stock" means the shares of Class  A Common
          Stock, par  value $.01 per  share, of  GACC, to  be issued  by
          GACC on or after the Effective Date.

             "Class B Common  Stock" means the shares of Class  B Common
          Stock, par  value $.01  per share,  of GACC,  to be  issued by
          GACC on or after the Effective Date.

             "Closing Fees" is defined in Section 3.5.1.

             "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended,
          reformed or otherwise modified from time to time.

             "Collateral" means, collectively,  the collateral  provided
          by the Transaction Parties under the Collateral Documents.

             "Collateral  Agent" means  Continental, in its  capacity as
          collateral  agent   under   the  Collateral   Documents,   any
          Affiliate  (including any  branch or agency)  thereof to which
          the  rights and responsibilities  thereof may  be transferred,
          and such other  Lender or financial institution as  shall have
          been subsequently  appointed  as  successor  Collateral  Agent
          pursuant to Section 10.3.

             "Collateral Assignment of Hanna-Barbera LC Documents" means
          the  Collateral  Assignment,  substantially  in  the  form  of
          Exhibit H  attached hereto,  to be  executed and  delivered by
          the Borrower  on or prior  to the  Effective Date in  favor of
          the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

             "Collateral Documents"  means, collectively,  the  Security
<PAGE>

                                      - 8 -

          Agreement,  the  Trademark  Security  Agreement,  the   Pledge
          Agreement,   the   Concentration   Account    and   Sub-Agency
          Agreement, the  Lockbox Agreements,  the Subsidiary  Guaranty,
          the Mortgages, the  Collateral Assignment of Hanna-Barbera  LC
          Documents,  and all other Instruments  that shall from time to
          time be  identified by the Managing Agents and the Borrower as
          "Collateral Documents".

             "Collection  Deposit Accounts"  means  the accounts  of the
          Borrower  maintained for  the benefit of  the Collateral Agent
          and  the  other Secured  Parties  with Sub-Agents  pursuant to
          Lockbox Agreements, into which the Borrower shall cause  to be
          made  direct payments  of all  remittances  owed to  it (other
          than remittances owed to WGHP-TV).

             "Commitment"  means,  in   relation  to  any  Lender,  such
          Lender's commitment to make a Loan pursuant to Section 2.1.

             "Commitment Fee" is defined in Section 3.5.2.

             "Commitment Termination  Event" means any  of the following
          events:

                 (a) the acceleration of the obligations of the Borrower
             under  the Existing  Loan Agreement  following an  Event of
             Default   (as  defined  in  the  Existing  Loan  Agreement)
             thereunder; 

                 (b) the  occurrence  of  any  Event  of  Default  under
             Section 9.1.7(a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f);

                 (c) any default by the Borrower in the payment when due
             of any Fees, which  default shall continue unremedied for a
             period of five (5) Business Days; or

                 (d) March 15, 1994.

             "Common Stock" means the Class A Common Stock and the Class
          B Common Stock.

             "Communications Act"  means the Federal Communications  Act
          of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the  FCC
          thereunder as now or hereafter in effect.

             "Communications    Regulatory    Authority"    means    any
          communications  regulatory  commission,   agency,  department,
          board or authority (including, without limitation, the FCC).

             "Compliance Certificate" means a certificate  duly executed
          by an  Authorized Officer  of the  Borrower, substantially  in
          the  form of  Exhibit  C attached  hereto  (with such  changes
          thereto  as may  be  agreed upon  from  time  to time  by  the
          Managing  Agents and the Borrower), for purposes of monitoring
          the Borrower's compliance herewith.

             "Comprehensive    Settlement     Agreement"    means    the
          Comprehensive  Settlement   Agreement,  to  be   executed  and
          delivered by  AFC, Lindner, GACC, on behalf of itself and each
          of  its direct and indirect  Subsidiaries, each of the lenders
<PAGE>

                                      - 9 -

          party to the Existing  Loan Agreement, each holder of  Old 13%
          Notes,  each member  of the Apollo  Group, and representatives
          of holders  of certain Old  Debt Securities providing  for the
          mutual release by each  such party of certain claims  that may
          exist prior to the Effective Date.

             "Concentration  Account" means one or more  accounts of the
          Borrower  maintained  with  Bank  of  Boston  pursuant  to the
          Concentration  Account and  Sub-Agency  Agreement, into  which
          balances   from  the  Collection  Deposit  Accounts  shall  be
          transferred on a daily basis.

             "Concentration Account and Sub-Agency Agreement"  means the
          Concentration Account and Sub-Agency  Agreement, substantially
          in the form of  Exhibit K attached hereto, to  be executed and
          delivered by the  Borrower and  Bank of Boston,  as agent  for
          the Collateral Agent,  on or  prior to the  Effective Date  in
          favor of the Collateral  Agent for the benefit of  the Secured
          Parties.

             "Confirmation  Order"  means the  order  of  the Bankruptcy
          Court confirming  the Reorganization Plan  pursuant to Section
          1129 of the Bankruptcy Code.

             "Consolidated Broadcast Cash  Flow" means,  in relation  to
          GACC and its Subsidiaries for any period,

          (a) the sum of

             (i) the Consolidated Operating Cash Flow of GACC  and its
             Subsidiaries for such period, and

             (ii)  Consolidated  Corporate  Overhead of  GACC  and its
             Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent,  but only to
             the extent,  such  Consolidated  Corporate  Overhead  was
             deducted in determining Consolidated  Operating Cash Flow
             of GACC and its Subsidiaries for such period, and

             (iii)  the aggregate  amount of federal,  state and local
             income taxes paid  by GACC and its Subsidiaries  for such
             period,  to  the extent,  but  only to  the  extent, such
             expenses  were  deducted   in  determining   Consolidated
             Operating  Cash  Flow of  GACC  and its  Subsidiaries for
             such period,

          (b) less the sum of

             (i) cash dividends or other cash  distributions received by
             GACC and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect  of
             the equity of GACC and its Subsidiaries in the earnings  of
             any corporation, partnership or other Person which is not a
             Subsidiary of GACC, to the extent, but only to the  extent,
             such dividends or distributions  were added to Consolidated
             Operating   Income   of  GACC   and  its   Subsidiaries  in
             determining  Consolidated Operating Cash  Flow of  GACC and
             its Subsidiaries for such period, and

             (ii) the aggregate  amount  of mandatory  prepayments  of
             principal of the  Loans made or  deemed made during  such
<PAGE>

                                      - 10 -

             period pursuant to Section 3.3.2(d).

             "Consolidated Capital  Expenditures" means,  in relation to
          any   Person  and   its  Subsidiaries  for   any  period,  all
          expenditures  by such  Person  and  its Subsidiaries  paid  or
          accrued for  the lease, purchase,  construction or use  of any
          Property the  value or cost of which, in accordance with GAAP,
          is required  to be (or is permitted to  be, and such Person so
          elects)  capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of such
          Person  and  its  Subsidiaries  for  such  period,  including,
          without  limitation,  all  amounts  paid  or  accrued  by such
          Person and  its Subsidiaries for  such period with  respect to
          Capitalized   Lease   Obligations   (excluding  the   interest
          component thereof).  Consolidated  Capital  Expenditures shall
          not  include expenditures  of Net Disposition  Proceeds by the
          Borrower  in respect  of any Acquisition  permitted by Section
          8.2.9(c).

             "Consolidated  Cash Interest Charges" means, in relation to
          any Person and  its Subsidiaries for  any period, all  amounts
          for  which such Person or its  Subsidiaries shall be obligated
          (without regard to any applicable subordination provisions  or
          similar prohibitions) to  make a payment  in cash during  such
          period   in  respect   of  interest  payable   on  outstanding
          Indebtedness  and  in  respect  of commitment  fees,  facility
          fees,  agent's fees  and similar fees  and charges  payable at
          any time  after the Effective  Date in respect  of outstanding
          Indebtedness for Borrowed Money.

             For purposes of  determining the Consolidated Cash Interest
          Charges of  GACC  and its  Subsidiaries  for any  period,  (a)
          there  shall be  excluded  all  interest accrued  during  such
          period on that portion  of the principal of the  Loans prepaid
          during such period  with Net Disposition Proceeds  pursuant to
          Section 3.3.2(b),  (b) there  shall be  excluded all  interest
          earned  during   such  period  on   Reserved  Net  Disposition
          Proceeds  that  are   pledged  to  the  Collateral   Agent  in
          compliance with clause  (b) of  Section 8.2.9,  and (c)  there
          shall  be included all interest accrued  during such period on
          Indebtedness incurred  or  assumed  by  GACC  or  any  of  its
          Subsidiaries  during  such  period  in  connection   with  the
          acquisition of any Property during such period.

             For purposes of  determining the Consolidated Cash Interest
          Charges  of GACC  and  its  Subsidiaries  for  any  period,  a
          portion of  which falls  prior to  and includes  the Effective
          Date, the Consolidated Cash  Interest Charges of GACC  and its
          Subsidiaries  for the  portion  of such  period  prior to  and
          including the  Effective Date  (the "Pro-Forma  Period") shall
          be determined as  if (a)  the Effective Date,  the funding  of
          the  Loans  and  the  application  of  the  Loan  proceeds  in
          accordance  with Section 3.8 occurred immediately prior to the
          commencement  of  the Pro-Forma  Period, (b)  the Consolidated
          Funded  Debt of  GACC and  its Subsidiaries outstanding  as of
          the   Effective   Date  and   after   giving  effect   to  the
          Reorganization, the funding  of the Loans and  the application
          of the  Loan  proceeds  in  accordance with  Section  3.8  was
          outstanding throughout the Pro-Forma  Period, (c) the interest
          rate   payable  with   respect  to  any   particular  item  of
<PAGE>

                                      - 11 -

          Consolidated  Funded Debt  during the Pro-Forma  Period was at
          all times during  the Pro-Forma Period  equal to the  interest
          rate payable on such  item of Consolidated Funded Debt  on and
          as  of  the  Effective Date  and  (d)  all  such interest  was
          payable  on a  periodic basis throughout  the Pro-Forma Period
          in  a manner  consistent  with the  terms  of the  Instruments
          governing  such Consolidated  Funded Debt as  of the Effective
          Date.

             "Consolidated  Corporate Overhead"  means, in  relation  to
          GACC and  its Subsidiaries for any period, that portion of the
          overhead  expense,  including  legal,  audit,  accounting  and
          insurance expense, of  GACC and its Subsidiaries  not directly
          allocable  to the  operation of the  Broadcasting Stations and
          other  operating   assets  of  GACC   and  its   Subsidiaries.
          Consolidated  Corporate  Overhead  shall  include salaries  of
          employees  of GACC  and its Subsidiaries,  to the  extent that
          such salaries are not  directly allocable to the operation  of
          the Broadcasting Stations  and other operating assets  of GACC
          and  its Subsidiaries.   Consolidated Corporate Overhead shall
          not  include any  fees payable  to the  Agents  or any  of the
          Lenders pursuant to  this Agreement or the  restructuring fee,
          in the aggregate  amount of $225,000,  payable to the  holders
          of  GABCO  13% Notes  on the  Effective  Date pursuant  to the
          GABCO  13% Note  Exchange  Agreement,  but shall  include  any
          fees, costs  or expenses  payable to  holders of  Indebtedness
          for Borrowed Money of GACC or GABCO.

             "Consolidated Funded Debt" means, in relation to any Person
          and  its Subsidiaries  as  at any  date, all  Indebtedness for
          Borrowed Money  of such Person and its Subsidiaries as at such
          date, all as consolidated in accordance with GAAP.

             "Consolidated  Operating Cash Flow"  means, in  relation to
          GACC and  its Subsidiaries  for any  period, the  Consolidated
          Operating Income  of GACC and its Subsidiaries for such period


             (a) plus the sum of

                 (i)  the  aggregate  amount of  depreciation  and
                 non-cash  amortization of  intangibles accrued by
                 GACC and its  Subsidiaries for such period to the
                 extent, but  only to  the extent, such  aggregate
                 amount  was deducted  in determining Consolidated
                 Operating  Income  of  GACC and  its Subsidiaries
                 for such period, and

                 (ii)  the aggregate  amount of cash  dividends or other
                 cash   distributions   received   by   GACC   and   its
                 Subsidiaries  during  such  period  in  respect of  the
                 equity of GACC and its Subsidiaries  in the earnings of
                 any  corporation,  partnership  or  other  Person,  the
                 equity in whose  earnings has not been included  in the
                 Consolidated   Operating  Income   of  GACC   and   its
                 Subsidiaries for such period; and

                 (iii)  the aggregate amount of mandatory prepayments of
                 principal of the Loans made during such period pursuant
<PAGE>

                                      - 12 -

                 to Section 3.3.2(d), 

             (b) less the sum of

                 (i)  the aggregate amount  of federal, state and  local
                 income taxes paid by GACC and its Subsidiaries for such
                 period, and

                 (ii)  the Consolidated  Corporate Overhead  of GACC and
                 its Subsidiaries for  such period, to  the extent,  but
                 only  to   the  extent,  such  Consolidated   Corporate
                 Overhead was  not deducted  in determining Consolidated
                 Operating Income of GACC and its Subsidiaries for  such
                 period.

             For purposes of clause (a)(iii),  any mandatory  prepayment
          of  principal of  the Loans made  pursuant to Section 3.3.2(d)
          in December of 1994  or December of 1996 shall be  deemed made
          in January of 1995 or January of 1997, respectively.

             For purposes of determining the Consolidated Operating Cash
          Flow of  any Person and  its Subsidiaries for  any period, (A)
          there  shall be excluded from such Consolidated Operating Cash
          Flow  all  operating cash  flow  attributable to  any Property
          sold or  disposed of by such Person and its Subsidiaries other
          than in  the ordinary course of business during such period as
          if such  Property were  not owned at  any time by  such Person
          and its Subsidiaries  during such period, and  (B) there shall
          be  included in  such  Consolidated  Operating Cash  Flow  all
          operating cash flow  attributable to any Property  acquired by
          such  Person and its  Subsidiaries other than  in the ordinary
          course  of business  during such  period as  if  such Property
          were owned  by such Person  and its Subsidiaries  at all times
          during such period.

             For  all purposes  of this  Agreement, the  "operating cash
          flow"   of  any   Person  or  attributable   to  any  Property
          (including any Broadcasting  Station) for any period  shall be
          determined in  a manner  consistent in  all relevant  respects
          with  the method used to determine Consolidated Operating Cash
          Flow,  but on a non-consolidated  basis.  The determination of
          the  "operating cash  flow" of any  Broadcasting Station shall
          account  for only those  items included  in the  definition of
          Consolidated   Operating   Cash   Flow   that   are   directly
          attributable  to such  Broadcasting Station and  the operation
          thereof.

             "Consolidated  Operating Cash Flow  to Total  Cash Interest
          Ratio" is defined in Section 8.2.4.

             "Consolidated Operating  Income" means, in  relation to any
          Person  and its Subsidiaries  for any  period, the  amount set
          forth  opposite  the  line  item  "Operating  Income"  on  the
          consolidated  statement  of  income  of  such  Person  and its
          Subsidiaries   for   such   period,   all   as  prepared   and
          consolidated  in accordance  with GAAP,  consistent with  past
          practices.    "Consolidated  Operating  Income"  shall  in any
          event not  include  any of  the  following: (a) any  gains  in
          excess of losses  resulting from the  Sale of capital  assets,
<PAGE>

                                      - 13 -

          (b) any gains resulting  from the write-up of  assets, (c) any
          earnings  of  a  Subsidiary  of  such  Person  which  are  not
          available  for the  payment of dividends,  (d) any proceeds of
          life insurance  policies, (e) any  equity of  such Person  and
          its  Subsidiaries in  the undistributed  earnings  (losses) of
          any corporation,  partnership or other  Person which is  not a
          Subsidiary  of such  Person, (f) any earnings  (losses) of any
          corporation,  partnership or  other  Person acquired  by  such
          Person or  any of its  Subsidiaries in a  pooling of interests
          transaction for  any year  prior to  the year  of acquisition,
          (g) deferred credits representing the excess  of equity in any
          other Person at  the date  of acquisition over  the amount  of
          such Person's or  any of its Subsidiaries' Investment  in such
          other  Person, (h) the reversal of  any reserve, except to the
          extent that  provision for  such reserve  is made  during such
          period, (i) gains resulting  from the purchase by  such Person
          or any  of its  Subsidiaries of  outstanding Indebtedness  for
          Borrowed Money  of such  Person or  any such  Subsidiary at  a
          price  less  than the  principal  amount thereof,  and (j) any
          other extraordinary  nonrecurring  items of  earnings of  such
          Person or any of its Subsidiaries for such period.

             "Continental"  is  defined  in the  introductory  paragraph
          hereto.  

             "Contingent Obligation" means,  in relation to any  Person,
          any  direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of
          that  Person   with  respect   to  any   Indebtedness,  lease,
          dividend, letter of credit  or other obligation of  another if
          the primary purpose or intent thereof by the  Person incurring
          the  Contingent Obligation  is  to  provide assurance  to  the
          obligee  of such obligation that  such obligation will be paid
          or  discharged, or  that any agreements  relating thereto will
          be complied  with, or that the holders of such obligation will
          be protected (in  whole or  in part) against  loss in  respect
          thereof.  Contingent Obligations shall include:

                 (a) the  direct  or   indirect  guaranty,   endorsement
             (otherwise  than for collection or deposit  in the ordinary
             course of business), co-making,  discounting with  recourse
             or Sale with  recourse by such Person of the  obligation of
             another, and

                 (b) any liability of such Person for the obligations of
             another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise)

                 (i)  to  purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such
                 obligation  or any  security  therefor, or  to  provide
                 funds for  the payment or discharge  of such obligation
                 (whether   in  the  form  of   loans,  advances,  stock
                 purchases, capital contributions or otherwise), 

                 (ii)  to maintain  the solvency  of any  balance  sheet
                 item,   level  of  income  or  financial  condition  of
                 another, or

                 (iii)  to  make  take-or-pay, pay  or  play or  similar
                 payments if required regardless  of non-performance  by
                 any other party or parties to an agreement, if, in  the
<PAGE>

                                      - 14 -

                 case  of any agreement described  under subclauses (i),
                 (ii) or (iii), the primary purpose or intent thereof is
                 as described in the preceding sentence.

          The amount  of any Contingent Obligation shall be equal to the
          amount  of   the   obligation  so   guaranteed  or   otherwise
          supported.

             "Continuation/Conversion Notice" means  a notice, signed by
          an  Authorized  Officer of  the  Borrower, complying  with the
          requirements  of  Section  4.2  or  4.3,  as  applicable,  and
          otherwise   in  form   and  substance   satisfactory   to  the
          Administrative Agent.

             "Contractual Obligation" means, in relation to  any Person,
          any provision of  any Security issued by such Person or of any
          Instrument or  undertaking to which any such Person is a party
          or by which it or any of its Property is bound.

             "corporation" means any  corporation, company, association,
          joint  stock   company,  business   trust  or   other  similar
          organization or business enterprise.

             "Counterparty"  means  any  Lender, or  any  other bank  or
          financial  institution   acceptable  to   both  the   Managing
          Agents,  which  has agreed  to  enter into  a  Rate Protection
          Agreement.

             "Credit Extension" means and includes the advancing  of the
          Loans  by  the  Lenders  pursuant  to  Article  II,   and  the
          continuation  or  conversion  of  any  Base  Rate  Tranches or
          Eurodollar Tranches by the Lenders pursuant to Article IV.

             "Default" means any Event  of Default  or any condition  or
          event which,  after notice  or lapse  of time  or both,  would
          become an Event of Default.

             "Disclosure Schedule" means the schedule attached hereto as
          Schedule III.

             "Document  Acceptance   Agreement"   means   the   Document
          Acceptance Agreement,  substantially in the form  of Exhibit Q
          attached hereto, to be  executed and delivered by each  of the
          Lenders on or prior to the Effective Date.

             "Dollar" and the  sign "$" mean lawful money of  the United
          States.

             "Domestic Office" means,  in relation to any  Agent or  any
          Lender, the office  thereof designated as  such in Schedule  I
          attached hereto (or  designated pursuant to an  Assignment and
          Acceptance  Agreement) or such  other office of  such Agent or
          Lender within  the United  States  as may  be designated  from
          time to  time by  notice  from such  Agent  or Lender  to  the
          Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

             "Effective Date" means  the first date on which all  of the
          conditions precedent  set forth  in Section 6.1  and 6.2  have
          been and remain satisfied.
<PAGE>

                                      - 15 -

             "Effective   Date   Certificate"   means   a   certificate,
          substantially in  the form of Exhibit Q attached hereto, to be
          executed  and  delivered  by  an  Authorized  Officer  of  the
          Borrower on the Effective Date in favor of the Lenders.

             "Environmental Laws" means all Applicable  Laws relating to
          health  and safety  matters and protection  of the environment
          and relating to or imposing liability or standards of  conduct
          concerning   any   hazardous,  toxic   or   dangerous   waste,
          substance, material  or pollutant, in  each case as  in effect
          from time to time.

             "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement Income Security  Act
          of  1974, as  amended, and  any successor  statute  of similar
          import, together  with the  regulations thereunder,  in   each
          case as in effect from time  to time.  References to  sections
          of ERISA shall  be construed  to also refer  to any  successor
          sections.

             "ERISA Affiliate" means any Person (including each trade or
          business (whether  or not  incorporated)) which  together with
          the  Borrower or any  other Principal Company  would be deemed
          to be a "single employer" or  a member of the same "controlled
          group" as  a "contributing sponsor" with respect to a Plan, in
          each case within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA.

             "Eurodollar  Office" means, in relation to  any Lender, the
          office  of  such  Lender  designated by  such  Lender  to  the
          Administrative Agent as  of the Effective Date  (or designated
          pursuant  to an  Assignment and Acceptance  Agreement) or such
          other office,  whether or  not outside the  United States,  of
          such Lender as  designated from  time to time  by notice  from
          such  Lender to  the  Borrower  and the  Administrative  Agent
          which  shall be  making or maintaining  Eurodollar Tranches of
          such Lender  hereunder and through which such Lender, if it is
          a Reference Lender, determines the Eurodollar Rate.

             "Eurodollar  Rate"  means,  in relation  to  each  Interest
          Period  applicable to  any  Eurodollar  Tranche, the  rate  of
          interest  determined  by the  Administrative  Agent to  be the
          arithmetic average  (rounded  upwards, if  necessary,  to  the
          nearest  1/16 of 1%)  of the rates  per annum notified  to the
          Administrative Agent  by the  Reference Lenders  as the  rates
          per  annum at  which Dollar deposits  in immediately available
          funds are offered to  the Eurodollar Offices of the  Reference
          Lenders two (2) Business  Days prior to the beginning  of such
          Interest Period  by prime  banks in  the interbank  eurodollar
          market as  at or about  10:00 a.m., Boston  time, for delivery
          on the first  day of such Interest  Period, for the  number of
          days comprised  therein and in  an amount equal  to the amount
          of the  Eurodollar Tranche of  such Reference Lender  for such
          Interest Period.

             "Eurodollar Rate Margin" means, for any Fiscal Quarter, the
          rate per annum determined in  accordance with the schedule set
          forth   below  based  upon  the  Total  Debt  to  Consolidated
          Broadcast  Cash Flow Ratio for the  Reference Period ending on
          the day immediately  preceding the commencement of  the Fiscal
          Quarter immediately prior to such Fiscal Quarter:
<PAGE>

                                      - 16 -

             Total Debt to Consolidated        Eurodollar
             Broadcast Cash Flow Ratio         Rate Margin   

             5.00:1.00 or greater             3.00%

             4.00:1.00 or greater,
             but less than 5.00:1.00          2.50%

             Less than 4.00:1.00              2.00%

             "Eurodollar Rate (Reserve Adjusted)" means, with respect to
          any Eurodollar  Tranche for any  Interest Period,  a rate  per
          annum (rounded upwards,  if necessary, to the nearest  1/16 of
          1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

             Eurodollar Rate    =        Eurodollar Rate       
             (Reserve Adjusted)     1 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage

             "Eurodollar  Reserve Percentage" means, with respect to any
          Eurodollar  Tranche  for  any  Interest  Period, a  percentage
          (expressed as  a decimal) equal  to the  daily average  during
          such Interest Period  of the maximum percentages in  effect on
          each day  of such Interest Period, as prescribed by the F.R.S.
          Board,  for  determining  the   maximum  reserve  requirements
          applicable   to   "Eurocurrency   Liabilities"   pursuant   to
          Regulation D or any other applicable regulation of the  F.R.S.
          Board  that  prescribes  reserve  requirements  applicable  to
          "Eurocurrency   Liabilities"   as    currently   defined    in
          Regulation D.  

             "Eurodollar Tranche" means any Tranche which bears interest
          at  a  rate determined  by  reference to  the  Eurodollar Rate
          (Reserve Adjusted).

             "Event of Default" is defined in Section 9.1.

             "Excess Cash  Flow" means, for any  Fiscal Year, the excess
          (if any) of

             (a) the Consolidated Operating  Cash Flow of  GACC and  its
             Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year

          over

             (b) the sum of

                 (i)  the Consolidated Cash  Interest Charges of  GACC
                 and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, and

                 (ii) the aggregate  principal amount of  Consolidated
                 Funded  Debt  of GACC  and  its Subsidiaries  paid or
                 prepaid by  GACC or  any of  its Subsidiaries  during
                 such  Fiscal  Year other  than  any such  payments or
                 prepayments with  Net Debt  Proceeds, Net  Securities
                 Proceeds, Net  Disposition Proceeds,  or as  required
                 by Section 3.3.2(e), and

                 (iii)  the aggregate amount of all Capital Expenditures
                 by GACC and  its Subsidiaries during  such Fiscal  Year
<PAGE>

                                      - 17 -

                 that are permitted by Section 8.2.5, and

                 (iv) the  aggregate amount of Restricted  Payments made
                 by  the  Borrower  during such  Fiscal  Year that  were
                 permitted   by   clause   (b)(i)(B)  and   (b)(iii)  of
                 Section8.2.8;provided,  however,  that  in  calculating
                 "Excess Cash Flow" for any Fiscal Year, (w) there shall
                 be  excluded from the Consolidated  Operating Cash Flow
                 of GACC and  its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal  Year all
                 operating cash flow attributable to WGHP-TV, (x)  there
                 shall be excluded  from the Consolidated  Cash Interest
                 Charges of GACC  and its Subsidiaries  for such  Fiscal
                 Year  the portion  of such  Consolidated Cash  Interest
                 Charges  consisting  of   Consolidated  Cash   Interest
                 Charges under the WGHP Loan Agreement,  (y) there shall
                 be   excluded   from   payments   or   prepayments   of
                 Consolidated Funded  Debt of GACC and  its Subsidiaries
                 during  such   Fiscal  Year   all  such   payments   or
                 prepayments under  the  WGHP  Loan Agreement,  and  (z)
                 there shall be excluded  from the Capital  Expenditures
                 of GACC and its Subsidiaries for such  Fiscal Year, all
                 Capital  Expenditures  made in  respect of  the WGHP-TV
                 Operating Assets.

             "Existing Loan Agreement"  means the Loan  Agreement, dated
          as of  October 6,  1987, by  and among  the Borrower,  certain
          Affiliates  of the Borrower  party thereto,  certain financial
          institutions   party   thereto   and  Bank   of   Boston   and
          Continental, as agents.

             "Existing WGHP Loan Agreement" is defined in Section 3.8.

             "FCC"  means  the   United  States  Federal  Communications
          Commission  (or  any  successor  agency,  commission,  bureau,
          department  or  other  political  subdivision  of  the  United
          States).

             "FCC License" means any radio, television or other license,
          permit,  certificate  of compliance,  franchise,  approval  or
          authorization granted or issued by the FCC.

             "Federal Funds Rate" means, for any day, the rate set forth
          in the daily  statistical release designated as  the Composite
          3:30  p.m. Quotations  for U.S. Government  Securities, or any
          successor publication, published  by the Federal  Reserve Bank
          of New  York (including  any such  successor publication,  the
          "Composite  3:30 p.m.  Quotations")  for  such day  under  the
          caption "Federal Funds Effective  Rate".  If such rate  is not
          published  in  the  Composite  3:30  p.m.  Quotations  for any
          Business Day, the  rate for  such day will  be the  arithmetic
          mean  of  the rates  for  the  last transaction  in  overnight
          federal  funds arranged prior  to 9:00  a.m., Boston  time, on
          such day by  each of  three leading brokers  of federal  funds
          transactions  in New York City, selected by the Administrative
          Agent.  The  Federal Funds  Rate for  any day which  is not  a
          Business Day shall be  the rate for the  immediately preceding
          Business Day.

             "Fees"  means  collectively,  the Closing  Fees, Commitment
<PAGE>

                                      - 18 -

          Fees and Agents Fees.

             "Final  Order"  means  an order  of  the  Bankruptcy  Court
          confirming the Reorganization  Plan, as entered in  the docket
          of  each  Reorganization Case,  which  has not  been reviewed,
          stayed,  modified  or amended,  and as  to  which the  time to
          appeal  or  seek  certiorari  has  expired  and no  appeal  or
          petition for  certiorari has been timely taken, or as to which
          any appeal that has  been or may be taken or  any petition for
          certiorari that  has been or may be filed has been resolved by
          the highest  court to  which the  order was  appealed or  from
          which certiorari was sought.

             "Fiscal Month" means any fiscal month of a Fiscal Quarter.

             "Fiscal Quarter" means any fiscal quarter of a Fiscal Year.

             "Fiscal  Year"  means  any  period  of  twelve  consecutive
          calendar months ending on December  31; references to a Fiscal
          Year with a  number corresponding to  any calendar year  (e.g.
          the "1992 Fiscal  Year") refer  to the Fiscal  Year ending  on
          December 31 of such calendar year.

             "Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" is defined in Section 8.2.4.

             "F.R.S. Board" means the Board of Governors of  the Federal
          Reserve System.

             "GAAP" is defined in Section 1.4.

             "GABCO" is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.

             "GABCO 13% Note Exchange Agreement" means the Note Exchange
          Agreement, dated  as of September 30, 1993, by and among GABCO
          and the  holders  of  the Old  13%  Notes, providing  for  the
          exchange of GABCO 13% Notes for Old 13% Notes.

             "GABCO  13% Notes" means the 13%  Senior Subordinated Notes
          due 2001  of  GABCO  issued pursuant  to  the GABCO  13%  Note
          Exchange Agreement, including the GABCO 13% PIK Notes.

             "GABCO  13% PIK  Notes" means  the 13%  Senior Subordinated
          Notes due  2001 of GABCO issued pursuant to the GABCO 13% Note
          Exchange Agreement representing  payment-in-kind for  interest
          due to the holders of the GABCO 13% Notes.

             "GABCO  Pledge Agreement"  means a  pledge agreement  to be
          executed and  delivered on or  prior to the  Effective Date by
          GABCO and  a collateral  agent or  trustee to  be selected  by
          GABCO, providing  for the pledge by GABCO of the Capital Stock
          of GABCO  Sub as security  for the obligations  of GABCO under
          the  GABCO  13%  Notes  and   the  GABCO  13%  Note   Exchange
          Agreement.

             "GABCO  Sub" means  Great  American  Television  and  Radio
          Holdings, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

             "GABCO  Subsidiaries" means,  collectively, GABCO  Sub, the
          Borrower and each of the other Subsidiaries of GABCO.
<PAGE>

                                      - 19 -

             "GACC"  means  Great  American  Communications  Company,  a
          Florida corporation.   GACC will be the  surviving corporation
          of the GACC Merger.

             "GACC Affiliate"  means any one of GACC, Holding I, Holding
          II, GABCO, GABCO Sub or any Associated Person.

             "GACC 14% Note Indenture" means the 14% Note  Indenture, to
          be executed on  or prior to the  Effective Date by GACC  and a
          trustee selected by  GACC, providing for the  issuance of GACC
          14% Notes.

             "GACC  14%  Note  Payment  Agreement"   means  the  Payment
          Agreement to be executed  and delivered by and among  GACC and
          certain  holders  of  GACC  14%  Notes  on  or  prior  to  the
          Effective Date.

             "GACC  14% Notes" means the 14% Senior Extendible Notes due
          2001  of GACC,  issued  pursuant to  the  14% Note  Indenture,
          including the GACC 14% PIK Notes.

             "GACC 14% PIK Notes" means 14% Senior Extendible Notes  due
          2001 of  GACC issued pursuant  to the GACC  14% Note Indenture
          representing   payment-in-kind   for   accrued   interest   on
          outstanding GACC 14% Notes.

             "GACC Mergers" means  the mergers of Holding I  and Holding
          II  with  and into  GACC in  accordance  with the  GACC Merger
          Agreements.

             "GACC  Merger Agreements"  means (a)  the Merger  Agreement
          between  GACC and  Holding I,  to be  executed,  delivered and
          effective  on  or prior  to the  Effective  Date, and  (b) the
          Merger Agreement between GACC and Holding II,  to be executed,
          delivered  and effective  on or prior  to the  Effective Date,
          providing for the GACC Mergers.

             "GACC Pledge  Agreement"  means a  pledge agreement  to  be
          executed and  delivered on or  prior to the  Effective Date by
          GACC  and  a collateral  agent or  trustee  to be  selected by
          GACC, providing  for the pledge  by GACC of  the Capital Stock
          of GABCO as  security for  the obligations of  GACC under  the
          GACC 14% Notes and the GACC 14% Note Indenture.

             "GACC  Undertaking"  means  the  letter  agreement  to   be
          executed and  delivered on or  prior to the  Effective Date by
          GACC in favor  of the  holders of GABCO  13% Notes,  providing
          for  certain covenants and agreements of  GACC relating to the
          GACC  14% Note  Indenture and the  refinancing of Indebtedness
          evidenced by the GACC 14% Notes.

             "Governmental Authority" means any foreign, federal, state,
          regional,  local,  municipal  or  other   government,  or  any
          department,   commission,   board,   bureau,  agency,   public
          authority   or  instrumentality  thereof,   or  any  court  or
          arbitrator.

             "Governing Documents"  means, relative  to any  Person, its
          certificate  or articles of incorporation, its by-laws and all
<PAGE>

                                      - 20 -

          shareholder    agreements,    voting   trusts    and   similar
          arrangements applicable  to any  of its  authorized shares  of
          Capital Stock.

             "Group" is defined in Section 4.1.

             "Guaranties" means, collectively, the guaranties of each of
          the Guarantors  to the Lenders contained in Article V, as such
          Guaranties   are   originally   given,  or,   if   varied   or
          supplemented from time to time, as so varied or supplemented.

             "Guarantors" is defined in Section 5.1.

             "Hanna-Barbera LC Documents"  means "LC Documents", as such
          term is defined in the  Collateral Assignment of Hanna Barbera
          LC Documents.

             "Hanna-Barbera Proceeds" means  any cash or  other Property
          which  becomes  payable  to  or   receivable  by  any  of  the
          Principal Companies under  or in respect of  the Hanna-Barbera
          LC Documents.

             "Hanna-Barbera   Reorganization    Agreement"   means   the
          Agreement  and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of October 28,
          1991,  among  GACC, GABCO,  the  Borrower, The  Great American
          Entertainment  Company, HB  Holding  Co.  and  HB  Acquisition
          Corp.

             "Hazardous Material" means

                 (a) any "hazardous substance", as defined in CERCLA;

                 (b) any "hazardous waste",  as defined in the  Resource
             Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended;

                 (c) any petroleum product; or

                 (d) any   pollutant   or   contaminant  or   hazardous,
             dangerous or toxic  chemical, material or  substance within
             the meaning of any other applicable Environmental Laws.

             "Historical Financials" is defined in Section 7.4.

             "Holding  I"   means  GACC  Holding   Company,  a  Delaware
          corporation.   Holding I  will be  merged with  and into  GACC
          pursuant to the GACC Mergers.

             "Holding II"  means  New GACC  Holdings, Inc.,  a  Delaware
          corporation.  Holding  II will  be merged with  and into  GACC
          pursuant to the GACC Mergers.

             "Holding Preferred Stock" is defined in Section 6.1.1.

             "Impermissible  Qualification"  means,   relative  to   the
          opinion or certification of the Independent  Public Accountant
          as to  any financial statement of GACC, GABCO or the Borrower,
          any   qualification   or   exception   to   such   opinion  or
          certification
<PAGE>

                                      - 21 -

                 (a) which is of a "going concern" or similar nature;

                 (b) which relates  to the limited scope  of examination
             of matters relevant to such financial statement; or

                 (c) which relates to the treatment or classification of
             any  item in  such  financial statement  and  which,  as  a
             condition to  its removal, would require  an adjustment  to
             such  item  the  effect  of  which would  be  to  cause the
             Principal  Companies  to be  in  default  of  any  of their
             obligations under Section 8.2.4.

             "Indebtedness" means,  in  relation to  any Person  at  any
          time,  all  of  the  obligations  of  such  Person  which,  in
          accordance with GAAP, would be  included as liabilities on the
          liability  side of the  balance sheet of  such Person prepared
          as at such time, and in any event shall include: 

                 (a) all indebtedness of such Person arising or incurred
             under  or  in  respect  of  any  agreement,  contingent  or
             otherwise, made by such Person

                  (i)  to purchase any  indebtedness of any other Person
                 or  to  advance or  supply  funds  for  the payment  or
                 purchase of any indebtedness of any other Person, or

                 (ii)  to purchase, sell or lease (as lessee or  lessor)
                 any Property, or to purchase or sell transportation  or
                 services,  primarily  for the  purpose of  enabling any
                 other  Person to  make payment  of any  indebtedness of
                 such other Person or to assure the owner of such  other
                 Person's indebtedness  against loss, regardless of  the
                 delivery  or  non-delivery  of  the  Property,  or  the
                 furnishing or non-furnishing of  the transportation  or
                 services, or

                 (iii)  to make  any Investment in any  other Person for
                 the purpose  of assuring a minimum  equity, asset base,
                 working capital or other balance sheet condition for or
                 as at any date, or to  provide funds for the payment of
                 any liability,  dividend or stock liquidation  payment,
                 or otherwise to supply funds to or in any manner invest
                 in any other Person; 

                 (b) all   indebtedness  of  such  Person  of  any  kind
             (including  all  Capitalized  Lease  Obligations   of  such
             Person) arising  or incurred  under or  in  respect of  any
             lease  or other  similar  agreement  or  contract  (whether
             written or oral)  pursuant to which such  Person shall  (as
             lessee) lease or hire from any other Person or Persons  any
             Property;   

                 (c) all  indebtedness,  obligations  and  liabilities
             secured by or  arising under  or in respect  of any  Lien
             upon  or  in any  Property  owned  by such  Person,  even
             though such Person has  not assumed or become  liable for
             the  payment   of  such  indebtedness,   obligations  and
             liabilities;  provided,  however,  that  for purposes  of
             determining  the amount  of any Indebtedness  of the type
<PAGE>

                                      - 22 -

             described in  this clause,  if recourse  with respect  to
             such  Indebtedness  is  limited  to  such  Property,  the
             amount of such Indebtedness shall be limited to  the fair
             market value of such Property;

                 (d) all  indebtedness created  or arising  under  any
             conditional sale or other  title retention agreement with
             respect  to Property acquired by such Person, even though
             recourse  with respect to such indebtedness is limited to
             such Property; 

                 (e)   all   obligations,  contingent   or  otherwise,
             relative to  the face  amount of all  letters of  credit,
             whether  or not  drawn, and  bankers' acceptances  issued
             for the account of such Person;

                 (f) net  obligations under Rate Protection Agreements
             of such Person;

                 (g) any asserted withdrawal liability of such  Person
             (or  any  other Person  which  together with  such Person
             would be  a "single  employer" or  a member  of the  same
             "controlled  group"  as  a  "contributing  sponsor"  with
             respect to a  Plan, in  each case within  the meaning  of
             Section 4001 of ERISA);

                 (h) all dividends declared but  not yet paid by  such
             Person on any of its Capital Stock; and

                 (i) all  indebtedness  of  such  Person   arising  or
             incurred  under   or  in   respect   of  any   Contingent
             Obligation.

             "Indebtedness for Borrowed Money" means, in relation to any
          Person  at any  time,  all  Indebtedness  of such  Person  for
          borrowed  money  (including  all  notes  payable  and   drafts
          accepted   representing   extensions   of   credit   and   all
          obligations evidenced  by bonds,  debentures,  notes or  other
          similar   instruments   on   which    interest   charges   are
          customarily paid), all Contingent  Obligations of such  Person
          in respect of any  such Indebtedness of any other  Person, all
          obligations  of  such Person  constituting  Capitalized  Lease
          Obligations  and  all  obligations  of  such  Person  for  the
          deferred  purchase price  of Property or  services (except, in
          any event, trade  payables and payment obligations  in respect
          of  film  license contracts  of  any Broadcasting  Station, in
          each case arising in the ordinary course of business).

             "Indemnified Liabilities" is defined in Section 12.4.

             "Indemnified Party" is defined in Section 12.4.

             "Independent Public Accountant" means Ernst & Young  or any
          other  firm of  certified  public  accountants  of  recognized
          national  standing selected  by  GACC  and acceptable  to  the
          Managing Agents.

             "Initial Syndication Period" is defined in Section 11.1.1.
<PAGE>

                                      - 23 -

             "Installment" is defined in Section 3.3.1.

             "Instrument"  means  any  contract,  agreement,  indenture,
          mortgage  or other  document  or  writing (whether  by  formal
          agreement,  letter or otherwise) under which any obligation is
          evidenced, assumed  or undertaken, or any right to any Lien is
          granted or perfected.

             "Intercompany    Subordination    Agreement"    means   the
          Intercompany  Subordination  Agreement,  substantially in  the
          form  of  Exhibit  N  attached  hereto,  to  be  executed  and
          delivered by  GACC and  its Subsidiaries  on or  prior to  the
          Effective  Date  in favor  of  the  Collateral  Agent for  the
          benefit of the Secured Parties.

             "Interest  Period"  means,  relative   to  any   Eurodollar
          Tranche, the  period,  selected  in  accordance  with  Section
          4.4.1,   for  which   such  Tranche  bears   interest  at  the
          Eurodollar Rate (Reserve Adjusted).

             "Investment" means, in relation to any Person, 

                 (a)  any loan,  advance, or  other extension  of credit
             made by such Person to any other Person;

                 (b) the  creation of any Contingent  Obligation of such
             Person to support the obligations of any other Person;

                 (c) any  capital  contribution by  such Person  to,  or
             purchase   of  Capital   Stock   or  other   Securities  or
             partnership interests by such Person in, any  other Person,
             or any other investment evidencing an ownership  or similar
             interest of such Person in any other Person; and

                 (d)  any Sale of  Property by such Person  to any other
             Person other than  upon full payment, in cash, of  not less
             than  the agreed  sale  price  or the  fair value  of  such
             Property, whichever is higher.

             "Lenders"  is defined in the introductory paragraph hereto.


             "Letter  Agreement"  means  the  Letter  Agreement,  to  be
          executed and  delivered by and  among AFC, each  member of the
          Apollo Group  (other than Apollo) and certain other holders of
          Common Stock, on or prior to the Effective Date.

             "Lien"  means  any  mortgage,  security  interest,  pledge,
          hypothecation, assignment,  deposit arrangement,  encumbrance,
          lien (statutory,  judgment or otherwise), preference, priority
          or  other security  agreement or  preferential arrangement  of
          any  kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale
          or  other  title  retention  agreement,  any  financing  lease
          involving substantially  the same  economic effect  as any  of
          the foregoing and the filing  of any financing statement under
          the  Uniform  Commercial   Code  or  comparable  law   of  any
          jurisdiction).

             "Lindner" means  Carl H.  Lindner, Jr.,  a resident of  the
<PAGE>

                                      - 24 -

          State of Ohio.

             "Loans" is defined in Section 2.1. 

             "Loan Documents"  means, collectively, this Agreement,  the
          Notes,  the Collateral  Documents, the Agents  Fee Letter, the
          Rate Protection Agreements, the  Accession Agreement, the WGHP
          Subordination   Agreement,  the   Intercompany   Subordination
          Agreement, any  Assignment and Acceptance Agreement,  and each
          other  Instrument  executed and  delivered  pursuant to  or in
          connection with any thereof.

             "Lockbox  Agreements"   means   the   Lockbox   Agreements,
          substantially in  the form of Exhibit J attached hereto, to be
          executed and delivered  by the Borrower and  the Sub-Agents on
          or prior to  March 31, 1994 in  favor of the  Collateral Agent
          for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

             "LSI" means Leisure Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation.

             "Managing Agents" means, collectively, Continental and Bank
          of Boston, acting in  the capacity as Managing Agents  for the
          Lenders under  this Agreement  and the  other Loan  Documents,
          and  such  other Lenders  or  financial institutions  as shall
          have been subsequently appointed as  successor Managing Agents
          pursuant to Section 10.3.

             "Material  Subsidiaries" means,  collectively, LSI  and any
          other  Subsidiary  of GABCO  (a) with  assets greater  than or
          equal  to two  percent  (2%) of  all  assets of  GACC and  its
          Subsidiaries, computed  and  consolidated in  accordance  with
          GAAP,  (b) with stockholders' equity  greater than or equal to
          two percent (2%) of  the stockholders' equity of GACC  and its
          Subsidiaries, computed  and  consolidated in  accordance  with
          GAAP  or (c) which  generated two percent (2%)  or more of the
          gross revenues  of GACC and  its Subsidiaries during  the most
          recently  completed  period  of four  (4)  consecutive  Fiscal
          Quarters.

             "Materially Adverse Effect" means, in relation to any event
          or  occurrence  of  whatever  nature  (including  any  adverse
          determination in  any litigation, arbitration  or governmental
          investigation or proceeding),

                 (a) a  materially  adverse   effect  on  the  business,
             Property, operations, prospects or condition,  financial or
             otherwise, of (i)  the Borrower, (ii) the  Borrower and its
             Subsidiaries,  taken as a  whole or (iii) on  and after the
             Effective  Date,  GACC  and its  Subsidiaries,  taken as  a
             whole; 

                 (b) a materially  adverse effect on the  ability of any
             Transaction Party  to perform any of  its payment  or other
             material Obligations under any Loan Document to which it is
             a party; or

                 (c) a   material   impairment   of  the   validity   or
             enforceability  of  any   Loan  Document  or  any  material
             impairment of the rights, remedies or benefits available to
<PAGE>

                                      - 25 -

             any Secured Party under any Loan Document.

             "Maturity Date" means December 31, 1998.

             "Mortgaged   Property"  means  the  real  property  of  the
          Borrower described in Schedule III to this Agreement.

             "Mortgages" is defined in Section 6.1.9.

             "Multiemployer Plan" means a Plan which is a "multiemployer
          plan" as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

             "Net Debt Proceeds" means, with respect to the issuance  of
          any  Securities evidencing Indebtedness of  GACC or any of its
          Subsidiaries,  the gross  amount of cash  proceeds received by
          GACC or any of  its Subsidiaries in respect of  such issuance,
          less  (to  the  extent  applicable  and  without  duplication)
          reasonable   underwriting   commissions,   legal,   investment
          banking  and  accounting  fees  and  disbursements,   printing
          expense and  governmental  fees incurred  in  connection  with
          such issuance and payable by the issuer of such Securities.

             "Net Disposition Proceeds" means, with respect to  any Sale
          of any Property by  GABCO or any GABCO Subsidiary  (other than
          any Permitted  Disposition  or any  Sale of  Capital Stock  of
          GABCO Sub by  GABCO), the gross  amount of cash  consideration
          payable to  or receivable by  GACC or any  of its Subsidiaries
          from such  Sale, less  (to the  extent applicable  and without
          duplication)

                 (a) the amount, if any, of all estimated taxes  payable
             as a result of gain realized from such Sale,

                 (b) reasonable  expenses (other  than those  payable to
             any Associated Person) that are incurred in connection with
             such Sale and  are payable by the seller or  the transferor
             of the Property to which such Sale relates, and 

                 (c) the amount of  any Indebtedness for  Borrowed Money
             that  is secured by perfected Liens  ranking prior (whether
             by virtue of time of perfection or by contract) to Liens of
             the Collateral Agent in  such Property and that is required
             to  be repaid or  prepaid and is in fact  repaid or prepaid
             with     such      cash     consideration     substantially
             contemporaneously  with  such   sale,  provided  that  such
             Indebtedness for  Borrowed Money and such  prior Liens  are
             permitted by this Agreement.

          If GACC  or  any of  its  Subsidiaries receives  any  Property
          (other than  cash) as part of the consideration for such Sale,
          Net Disposition Proceeds  shall be deemed to  include any cash
          payments in  respect of such  Property when and  to the extent
          received  by  such  Person.   To  the  extent  that any  taxes
          referred to  in clause (a) are not actually paid, then 100% of
          such unpaid  amount shall become due and payable (and  treated
          for  purposes of Section 3.3.2(b) as Net Disposition Proceeds)
          immediately  upon it  becoming apparent that  such amount will
          not be timely paid to the relevant tax authorities.
<PAGE>

                                      - 26 -

             "Net  Securities  Proceeds"  means,  with  respect  to  the
          issuance by GACC  of any  Capital Stock, the  gross amount  of
          cash  consideration  payable  to  or  receivable  by  GACC  in
          respect of such  issuance, less (to the extent  applicable and
          without   duplication)   reasonable  sales   and  underwriting
          commissions,  legal, investment  banking  and accounting  fees
          and disbursements, printing expense  and any governmental fees
          incurred in  connection with such issuance and  payable by the
          issuer of such Capital  Stock.  If GACC receives  any Property
          (other than  cash) as part  of the consideration  for any such
          issuance, Net Securities  Proceeds shall be deemed  to include
          any cash payments in respect of  such Property when and to the
          extent received by GACC.

             "Notes" is defined in Section 3.2.

             "Obligations" means, collectively, all of the indebtedness,
          obligations  and liabilities  existing  on  the date  of  this
          Agreement or  arising from  time to  time thereafter,  whether
          direct  or  indirect, joint  or  several, actual,  absolute or
          contingent, matured or unmatured,  liquidated or unliquidated,
          secured  or unsecured,  arising by contract,  operation of law
          or  otherwise, of  any Transaction  Party, to  any  Agent, any
          Lender or any other Secured Party (a) in  respect of the Loans
          made  to  the  Borrower  by  the  Lenders   pursuant  to  this
          Agreement, or (b)  under or in respect  of any one or  more of
          the other Loan Documents.

             "Old 13% Notes" is defined in Section 6.1.1.

             "Old Debt Securities" is defined in Section 6.1.1.

             "Other Debt  Documents" means,  collectively, (a) the  GACC
          14% Notes and  the GACC 14% Note Indenture, (b)  the GABCO 13%
          Notes and  the GABCO 13% Note Exchange Agreement, (c) the WGHP
          Loan  Agreement, and  (d)  all other  Instruments  evidencing,
          guarantying or  securing  any Indebtedness  outstanding  under
          any Instrument referred  to in any of clauses (b), (d), (f) or
          (h) of Section 8.2.2.

             "PBGC" means the Pension  Benefit Guaranty Corporation  and
          any entity  succeeding to any  and all of  its functions under
          ERISA.

             "paid (or payment) in full" means paid (or payment) in full
          in cash.

             "Participants" is defined in Section 11.1.1.

             "Percentage"  of  any  Lender  means,  at  any   time,  the
          percentage set forth  opposite such Lender's name  on Schedule
          I hereto  (or, if such  Lender has executed  an Assignment and
          Acceptance Agreement, opposite such Lender's  signature on the
          most recent  Assignment and Acceptance Agreement then executed
          by it).

             "Perfection Certificate" means  a certificate duly executed
          by   an  Authorized   Officer  of   each  Transaction   Party,
          substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto.
<PAGE>

                                      - 27 -

             "Permitted Capital  Stock" means any Capital  Stock of  any
          Person with  respect to which such Person has no obligation to
          (a)  declare or  pay  any dividend,  (b) make  any redemption,
          repurchase,  retirement  or  acquisition,  whether  through  a
          Subsidiary  of such Person, or  otherwise, (c) make any return
          of  capital  to  the holder  thereof  or  (d)  make any  other
          distribution of any kind.

             "Permitted Disposition" means:

                 (a) any Sale by any Transaction Party of its  inventory
             in the ordinary course of its business;

                 (b) any Sale  by any Transaction Party  in the ordinary
             course of  its business of its  equipment or other tangible
             Property that is obsolete or no  longer useful or necessary
             to its business; provided, that such Sales shall constitute
             Permitted  Dispositions  only   to  the  extent   that  the
             aggregate proceeds  of all such Sales  for all  Transaction
             Parties does not exceed $500,000 for any Fiscal Year;

                 (c) any Sale  by any Transaction Party  in the ordinary
             course of its business, and in a manner consistent with its
             customary  and  usual  cash management  practices,  of  its
             Permitted Investments of  the kind  described in  paragraph
             (b) of the definition thereof; and 

                 (d) the creation  or incurrence  of  any Liens  in  any
             Property of any Transaction Party that are described in and
             permitted by Section 8.2.3.

             "Permitted  Indebtedness"   means  any  of  the   following
          Indebtedness:  

                 (a) Indebtedness of any Principal Company or any of its
             Subsidiaries in  respect of taxes,  assessments, levies  or
             other  governmental  charges,  and   Indebtedness  of   any
             Transaction Party  in respect of accounts  payable incurred
             in  the  ordinary course  of business,  and  in  respect of
             claims against it for labor, materials, or supplies, to the
             extent that (in each case) the payment thereof shall not at
             the  time be  required to  be made  in accordance  with the
             provisions of Section 8.1.4;

                 (b) Indebtedness  of any  Transaction Party  secured by
             Liens  of carriers,  warehousemen, mechanics,  landlords or
             materialmen  that constitute  Permitted Liens  under clause
             (c) or (e) of the definition thereof;

                 (c) Indebtedness of any Principal Company or any of its
             Subsidiaries  in respect of judgments or  awards which have
             been in force for less than the applicable appeal period so
             long as  (i) (in each case) execution  is not levied  or in
             respect  of  which  any  Principal  Company  or   any  such
             Subsidiary shall  at the time in  good faith be prosecuting
             an appeal or proceedings for review and in respect of which
             execution  thereof  shall have  been  stayed  pending  such
             appeal or  review, and  (ii) the aggregate  amount of  such
             Indebtedness  outstanding  at  any time  (determined  on  a
<PAGE>

                                      - 28 -

             consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) does not exceed
             $500,000; 

                 (d) Indebtedness  incurred by any  Transaction Party in
             connection   with   the    acquisition,   construction   or
             improvement by such Transaction Party of equipment  used or
             to be  used  in the  ordinary course  of business  of  such
             Transaction Party; provided, that (i) the  aggregate amount
             of   all  such   Indebtedness   outstanding  at   any  time
             (determined  on  a  consolidated basis  in  accordance with
             GAAP) does not exceed $1,000,000 and (ii) any Liens on such
             equipment securing such  Indebtedness constitute  Permitted
             Liens under clause (g) of the definition thereof; 

                 (e) Indebtedness  under  or  in respect  of  Contingent
             Obligations  of  any  Transaction  Party  as  sublessor  or
             assignor  under  subleases  entered into  in  the  ordinary
             course of business of such Transaction Party;  

                 (f) Indebtedness  under or  in  respect  of  Contingent
             Obligations of any Transaction Party in respect  of letters
             of credit or  surety or other bonds issued in  the ordinary
             course  of business of any Transaction  Party in connection
             with Liens that constitute Permitted Liens under clause (c)
             of the definition thereof;

                 (g) Indebtedness  arising  in  the ordinary  course  of
             business of the Borrower  representing payment  obligations
             in  respect  of  film  license  contracts  of  any  of  the
             Borrower's Broadcasting Stations;

                 (h) Indebtedness  of  the   Borrower  or  any   of  its
             Subsidiaries  that (i)  is  existing  on the  date  of this
             Agreement and is not otherwise permitted by this Agreement,
             (ii) is  identified and described in  Section 8.2.2  of the
             Disclosure  Schedule and (iii) is not required to be repaid
             with the proceeds  of the Loans pursuant to Section  3.8 or
             discharged  or  cancelled  as  of  the  Effective  Date  in
             connection with the Reorganization; and 

                 (i) any   extension,  refunding   or  renewal   of  any
             Indebtedness referred  to in paragraph (h),  so long as (i)
             such Indebtedness is not increased or secured by additional
             Property, (ii)  the maturity date of  any such  refunded or
             renewed Indebtedness is not earlier than the  maturity date
             of  the  Indebtedness  so refunded  or  renewed, (iii)  the
             mandatory  repayment,  prepayment,  redemption, repurchase,
             defeasance, sinking fund and similar obligations in respect
             of  such refunded or renewed Indebtedness  shall not exceed
             similar such obligations in respect of the  Indebtedness so
             refunded  or  renewed  and (iv)  the  covenants, events  of
             default and other provisions contained in the Securities or
             other   Instruments  governing  such  renewed  or  refunded
             Indebtedness, individually  and taken as a  whole, are  not
             more restrictive or burdensome than those contained  in the
             Instruments  governing  the  Indebtedness  so  refunded  or
             renewed.

             "Permitted   Investments"  means   any  of   the  following
<PAGE>

                                      - 29 -

          Investments by any Transaction Party:  

                 (a) Investments that (i) are held or are outstanding or
             in effect  on  the date  of this  Agreement, and  (ii)  are
             identified and described in Section 8.2.7 of the Disclosure
             Schedule;

                 (b) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents;

                 (c) Investments  in  the  form  of  accounts receivable
             arising from sales  of goods  or services  in the  ordinary
             course   of  business,  provided  that,  for  any  accounts
             receivable that are more than 120 days overdue, appropriate
             reserves or allowances  have been established in accordance
             with GAAP;

                 (d) Investments  in the form of advances or prepayments
             to suppliers in the ordinary course of business; and

                 (e) Investments  in the  form of  loans or  advances to
             employees  in the  ordinary course  of business  for travel
             expenses,  drawing  accounts  or  other   similar  business
             related expenses.

             "Permitted   LMA  Transaction"   means  any   agreement  or
          arrangement   pursuant   to  which   the   Borrower  purchases
          broadcast time  on any  Broadcasting Station  (other than  any
          Broadcasting  Station owned  by the Borrower)  for the purpose
          of programming such broadcast time, so long as:

                 (a) such Broadcasting  Station operates in a  market in
             which the  Borrower then owns and  operates a  Broadcasting
             Station;

                 (b) the  aggregate amount  of payments  required  to be
             made   by  the  Borrower  under  all   such  agreements  or
             arrangements shall  not exceed  $500,000 during  any Fiscal
             Year;

                 (c) the   Borrower  shall  have   demonstrated  to  the
             reasonable satisfaction of the Required  Lenders (based on,
             among other things, operating and financial projections and
             pro-forma financial statements delivered to the Lenders and
             certified by the chief financial Authorized Officer  of the
             Borrower)  that, after  giving effect  to the  agreement or
             arrangement,  all   covenants  (including   all   covenants
             contained  in  Section  8.2.4)  contained  herein  will  be
             satisfied  on a pro-forma basis through  the Maturity Date,
             based  on  operating  and  financial  projections  that are
             consistent  with   historical  results  and  results   that
             conservatively can be expected for the future;

                 (d) no Default is  continuing immediately prior  to the
             effectiveness of  such  agreement  or arrangement,  and  no
             Default  would result from  such agreement  or arrangement;
             and

                 (e) all payments to be made by the Borrower under  such
             agreement  or arrangement  are reasonable  and fair  to the
<PAGE>

                                      - 30 -

             Borrower.

             "Permitted Liens" means any of the following Liens:

                 (a) Liens that (i) are in existence on the date of this
             Agreement,  (ii) are  identified and  described  in Section
             8.2.3  of   the  Disclosure  Schedule,   and  (iii)  secure
             Indebtedness  of   any   Transaction   Party   constituting
             Permitted Indebtedness  under clause (h)  of the definition
             thereof;

                 (b) Liens to secure taxes, assessments, levies or other
             governmental charges imposed upon any  Principal Company or
             any of its Subsidiaries, and Liens to secure claims against
             any Principal  Company or any of  its Affiliates for labor,
             materials or supplies, to  the extent  (in each case)  that
             the payment thereof shall not at the time be required to be
             made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.l.4;

                 (c) deposits or pledges made  by any Transaction  Party
             in  the ordinary course of  its business  (i) in connection
             with,  or  to secure  payment  of,  workers'  compensation,
             unemployment  insurance,  or  other forms  of  governmental
             insurance or  benefits, (ii) to secure  the performance  of
             bids, tenders, statutory obligations, leases  and contracts
             (other than contracts relating to borrowed money), or (iii)
             to secure surety, appeal,  indemnity or performance  bonds,
             in each case in  the ordinary course of the business of the
             Transaction Party, and in each case only to the extent that
             payment thereof  shall not  at the time be  required to  be
             made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1.4;

                 (d) Liens in respect of judgments or awards against the
             Principal  Companies or  any of  their Subsidiaries  to the
             extent that  such judgments or  awards constitute Permitted
             Indebtedness under clause (c) of the definition thereof; 

                 (e) Liens   of   carriers,   warehousemen,   mechanics,
             landlords or materialmen incurred in the ordinary course of
             the business of  any Transaction Party, in  each case,  for
             sums not  overdue  or  being  contested  in good  faith  by
             appropriate proceedings, and for which appropriate reserves
             with  respect thereto have been  established and maintained
             on  the consolidated books of GACC  and its Subsidiaries in
             accordance with  GAAP  to the  extent required  under  such
             principles; 

                 (f) easements,   right-of-way,   zoning   and   similar
             restrictions  and  other  similar  encumbrances   or  title
             defects  which, in  the aggregate,  are not  substantial in
             amount, and  which do  not in  any case  materially detract
             from the value of the Property subject thereto or interfere
             with  the   ordinary  conduct  of  the   business  of   any
             Transaction Party; 

                 (g) Liens given by any Transaction Party to secure  the
             payment  of the cost of equipment  acquired, constructed or
             improved by  such Transaction Party after the  date of this
             Agreement  and  which  Liens are  created contemporaneously
<PAGE>

                                      - 31 -

             with or within 360 days after the acquisition, construction
             or improvement of the equipment subject thereto  (all Liens
             of the type described in this clause  (g) being hereinafter
             called "Purchase Money Liens"); provided, however, that:

                   (i)  any equipment  subject to any  such Purchase
                 Money  Lien is used  or to be used  in the ordinary
                 course  of  business   of  any  Transaction   Party
                 permitted by Section 8.2.1;

                   (ii)  no  such  Purchase  Money Lien  on  any  such
                 equipment  shall extend to  or cover  any Property of
                 such Transaction Party other than such equipment; 

                   (iii)  the  aggregate  amount  of the  Indebtedness
                 secured  by any such  Purchase Money  Lien in respect
                 of  any   such  equipment   (whether   or  not   such
                 Transaction Party  shall assume  or otherwise  become
                 liable for  such Indebtedness) shall  not exceed  the
                 lesser  of  the cost  or fair  market value  (in each
                 case,  as delivered,  installed and  tested) of  such
                 equipment at  the time  of acquisition,  construction
                 or improvement thereof; and 

                   (iv)  the  aggregate  amount  of  all  of   the
                 Indebtedness   of    the   Transaction    Parties
                 outstanding  at  any  time  and secured  by  such
                 Purchase  Money Liens on equipment (determined on
                 a  consolidated basis  in  accordance  with GAAP)
                 shall at no time exceed $1,000,000.

                 (h) extensions,  renewals  and  replacements  of  Liens
             described  in  clauses  (a) and  (g)  of  this  definition,
             provided that each such  extension, renewal or  replacement
             Lien  is limited  to the  Property covered  by the  Lien so
             extended, renewed or replaced and does 
             not secure  any Indebtedness  that is different  from or in
             excess of that secured immediately prior to such extension,
             renewal or replacement.

             "Person"   means   any    natural   person,    corporation,
          partnership,   joint   venture,    association,   Governmental
          Authority   or  any   other  entity,  whether   acting  in  an
          individual, fiduciary or other capacity.

             "Plan"  means any employee pension benefit  plan within the
          meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA which is subject to  Title IV
          of  ERISA,  and  is  maintained  or  contributed  to   by  the
          Borrower, any  Principal Company  or any  ERISA Affiliate  for
          any employees of any such Person.

             "Pledge   Agreement"    means   the    Pledge    Agreement,
          substantially in  the form of Exhibit D attached hereto, to be
          executed and delivered  by the  Borrower and GABCO  Sub on  or
          prior to the Effective  Date in favor of the  Collateral Agent
          for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

             "Principal Companies"  means (a) at all times  prior to the
          Effective Date,  GABCO and the Borrower and (b) from and after
<PAGE>

                                      - 32 -

          the Effective Date, GACC, GABCO, GABCO Sub and the Borrower.

             "Projections" is defined in Section 7.5.

             "Property" means  any interest in  any kind of property  or
          asset, whether real,  personal or mixed, and  whether tangible
          or intangible.

             "Pro-forma Capital Structure" is defined in Section 7.15.

             "Purchasing Lender" is defined in Section 11.2.1.

             "Ratable" or  "Ratably" means, with respect  to any  Lender
          vis-a-vis all other  Lenders, such Lender's Percentage  of the
          amount in question.

             "Rate Protection  Agreement" means any interest  rate swap,
          cap,  collar or similar agreement or arrangement entered into,
          from  time   to  time,   by  any   Transaction  Party   and  a
          Counterparty  to   protect   a   Transaction   Party   against
          fluctuations   in  interest   rates  on   Indebtedness  of   a
          Transaction Party.

             "Reference  Lenders" means,  collectively, for  purposes of
          determining the Eurodollar Rate and in connection  with  other
          matters pertaining to  Eurodollar Rate Tranches,  Continental,
          Bank of  Boston and all  other Lenders designated  in a notice
          to the  Borrower and all  Lenders by the  Administrative Agent
          (after  consultation with  the  Borrower  and with  the  prior
          approval of the Required Lenders) to be Reference Lenders.  

             "Reference  Period"   means  each   period   of  four   (4)
          consecutive Fiscal Quarters.

             "Register" is defined in Section 11.2.4.

             "Registration   Statement"    means   GACC's   Registration
          Statement on Form S-4 relating to the Reorganization.

             "Relative" means,  in relation to any  Person, any  spouse,
          parent,  grandparent, child, grandchild,  brother or sister of
          such Person, or the spouse of any of the foregoing.

             "Release"  means a  "release," as such  term is  defined in
          CERCLA.

             "Reorganization" is defined in Section 6.1.1.

             "Reorganization Cases" means the joint reorganization cases
          commenced  in the  Bankruptcy Court  under Chapter  11  of the
          Bankruptcy Code by  GACC, Holding  I and Holding  II (and  not
          GABCO or any of its Subsidiaries) seeking  confirmation of the
          Reorganization Plan.

             "Reorganization Plan" means the  joint prepackaged plan  of
          reorganization  under Chapter  11 of the  Bankruptcy Code, for
          GACC, Holding I  and Holding II (and  not for GABCO or  any of
          its Subsidiaries).
<PAGE>

                                      - 33 -

             "Repayment  Dates"  means  the dates  on  which  the  fixed
          quarter-annual installments  of principal  of the  Notes shall
          become due and payable in accordance with this Agreement.

             "Representative" means, with respect to the holders  of any
          Indebtedness of  GACC or any  of its Subsidiaries,  any agent,
          trustee or similar representative of such holders.

             "Required  Lenders" means,  at  the time  any determination
          thereof is to  be made, (a) if the initial Loans have not been
          made, Lenders having  in the  aggregate more than  66 2/3%  of
          the aggregate  Commitments and (b)  if the initial  Loans have
          been made,  Lenders holding in the aggregate more than 66 2/3%
          of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes.

             "Reserved Net  Disposition Proceeds"  is defined  in clause
          (b) of Section 8.2.9.

             "Restricted Payments"  means, in relation to  GACC and  its
          Subsidiaries,

                 (a) any declaration or payment of dividends by GACC  or
             any of its Subsidiaries on any shares of its Capital Stock,
             or  any payment  or other  distribution  on account  of the
             purchase,  redemption, retirement  or other  acquisition of
             shares  of  the  Capital  Stock  of  GACC  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries,  or  the  exercise  by  GACC or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries of  any options, warrants or  other rights  to
             purchase, redeem  or acquire  for cash  any  shares of  its
             Capital  Stock,  or  the  making  by GACC  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries  of  any  other payments  or  distributions in
             respect of any shares of its Capital Stock;

                 (b) any  payment or prepayment  by GACC  or any  of its
             Subsidiaries  (whether of  principal, premium,  interest or
             any  other sum) of or on  account of, any  payment or other
             distribution  on account  of  the  redemption,  repurchase,
             defeasance, retirement  or other acquisition for  value of,
             or  any  sinking  fund  payment  in  respect  of,  (i)  any
             Indebtedness of GACC, Holding I, Holding II, GABCO or GABCO
             Sub   (regardless   of   whether   such   Indebtedness   is
             subordinated to  the Obligations) or  (ii) any Indebtedness
             of  the Borrower  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  which  is
             subordinated to the Obligations;

                 (c) any  loan  or  advance   by  GACC  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries to, or any other Investment by GACC or any  of
             its Subsidiaries in, any Associated Person or any holder of
             any   Indebtedness  described   in   clause  (b)   of  this
             definition; and

                 (d) any other payment or distribution (whether by cash,
             obligations,   Securities   or   other  Property)   to  any
             Associated Person or  any holder (in its capacity  as such)
             of  any  Indebtedness  described  in  clause  (b)  of  this
             definition.

             For  the purposes  of  this Agreement  and the  other  Loan
          Documents,  the term  "Restricted Payments" shall  not include
<PAGE>

                                      - 34 -

          any salaries,  bonuses or  advances to  employees made  by any
          Transaction Party in the ordinary course of its business.

             "Sale"  means  any  sale,   lease,  conveyance,   exchange,
          transfer,   assignment,   pledge,   hypothecation   or   other
          disposition of any Property.

             "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.  

             "Secured  Parties" means,  collectively,  the  Agents,  the
          Lenders  and any Counterparty to any Rate Protection Agreement
          that was  a Lender as  of the date  of execution of  such Rate
          Protection Agreement.

             "Securities"   means   any   Capital   Stock,   partnership
          interests,  voting  trust  certificates,   bonds,  debentures,
          notes,  or  other   evidences  of  Indebtedness,   secured  or
          unsecured,  convertible,  subordinated  or  otherwise,  or  in
          general  any instruments commonly known as "securities" or any
          certificates  of   interest,  shares   or  participations   in
          temporary  or   interim  certificates  for  the   purchase  or
          acquisition  of, or  any right  to  subscribe to,  purchase or
          acquire, any of the foregoing.

             "Security  Agreement"   means   the   Security   Agreement,
          substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto, to  be
          executed  and  delivered by  each  of the  Transaction Parties
          (other than GACC)  on or prior to the Effective  Date in favor
          of  the  Collateral  Agent  for  the benefit  of  the  Secured
          Parties. 

             "Security Instrument" means any security agreement, chattel
          mortgage,  assignment,  financing  or   similar  statement  or
          notice, continuation statement, other agreement or  Instrument
          or  amendment  or supplement  to  any thereof,  providing for,
          evidencing or perfecting any Lien.

             "Single  Employer  Plan"  means  any  Plan  other   than  a
          Multiemployer Plan.

             "Sold Station" is defined in clause (c) of Section 8.2.9.

             "Special Covenant  Conditions" means,  in relation  to  any
          date on which any  Indebtedness is to be created,  incurred or
          assumed,  any Restricted  Payment is  to be made  or declared,
          any Affiliate Transaction is  to be entered into, or  any Sale
          or Acquisition is to be made or consummated, in each  case, by
          GACC  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  each  of the  following
          conditions:

                 (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing on
             or as of such date; and

                 (b) no  Default  shall occur  or  shall  be  continuing
             immediately after giving effect to the creation, incurrence
             or  assumption  of such  Indebtedness,  the  declaration or
             making of  such Restrictive Payment, the  entering into  of
             such Affiliate Transaction or the consummation of such Sale
             or Acquisition.
<PAGE>

                                      - 35 -

             "Special  Prepayments"  is  defined  in  paragraph  (f)  of
          Section 3.3.2.

             "Sub-Agent" means a  banking institution  which shall  have
          delivered  to  the  Collateral   Agent  an  executed   Lockbox
          Agreement.

             "Subsidiary" means,  in  relation to  any Person  (in  this
          paragraph called the  "parent") at any time,  any corporation,
          partnership or  other Person  (a) of  which shares  of Capital
          Stock, partnership  interests  or  other  ownership  interests
          having ordinary  voting power to elect a majority of the board
          of  directors   or   other  managers   of  such   corporation,
          partnership or  other Person,  or representing  a majority  of
          the  equity  interests  in  such  corporation,  partnership or
          other Person,  are  at the  time  owned, controlled  or  held,
          directly or  indirectly, by the parent, or  (b) the management
          of which is  otherwise controlled, directly or  indirectly, by
          the parent.

             "Subsidiary Guaranty" means  the Guaranty, substantially in
          the form  of Exhibit  I attached  hereto, to  be executed  and
          delivered by  LSI on or prior  to the Effective Date  in favor
          of  the  Collateral  Agent  for the  benefit  of  the  Secured
          Parties.

             "Tax Sharing Agreement" means  the Agreement of  Allocation
          of Payment  of Federal  Income Taxes,  dated as  of October 2,
          1987, as  supplemented as of  October 7, 1987,  among GACC and
          its Subsidiaries.

             "Taxes" is defined in Section 3.7.

             "Theme Park Partnership" means The  Theme Park Partnership,
          an  Australian  partnership  in  which  GABCO  holds  a 35.85%
          interest as of the date hereof, and  which in turn owns, as of
          the date  hereof, a 66.25%  interest in a  joint venture known
          as Australian Wonderland.

             "Total  Debt to Consolidated Broadcast Cash  Flow Ratio" is
          defined in Section 8.2.4.

             "Trademark Security Agreement" means the Trademark Security
          Agreement,  substantially in  the form  of Exhibit G  attached
          hereto,  to be  executed  and delivered  by  the   Transaction
          Parties (other  than GACC) on  or prior to  the Effective Date
          in favor  of  the  Collateral Agent  for  the benefit  of  the
          Secured Parties.

             "Tranche" is defined in Section 4.1.

             "Transaction Parties"  means, collectively,  the  Principal
          Companies, the Material Subsidiaries and  any other Subsidiary
          of any  Principal  Company  that may  become  a party  to  any
          Collateral Document.

             "Transfer Effective Date" is defined in Section 11.2.1.

             "Transferee" is defined in Section 11.3.
<PAGE>

                                      - 36 -

             "United  States"  or  "U.S." means  the  United  States  of
          America, its fifty States, and the District of Columbia.

             "WGHP-TV"  means   the  television   Broadcasting   Station
          (WGHP-TV), Greensboro/High  Point, North Carolina owned by the
          Borrower.

             "WGHP Loan" means the term loan or loans, in the  aggregate
          principal  amount  of up  to $17,500,000,  to  be made  to the
          Borrower pursuant to the WGHP  Loan Agreement on the Effective
          Date.

             "WGHP  Loan  Agreement"  means the  loan  agreement, to  be
          executed on or  prior to  the Effective Date  by the  Borrower
          and AFC,  as a lender  thereunder and as  agent, governing the
          terms of the WGHP Loan.

             "WGHP  Pay Off Letter" means a letter agreement between the
          Borrower  and  Bank of  New York,  as  agent, relating  to the
          payment in  full on the  Effective Date of  all obligations of
          the Borrower under the Existing WGHP Loan Agreement.

             "WGHP-TV  Operating  Assets"  means  all  of  the operating
          assets, including all FCC licenses, of WGHP-TV.

             "WGHP  Subordination  Agreement"  means  the  Subordination
          Agreement to  be executed by the Borrower, the Agents and AFC,
          as  agent  for the  lenders  under  the WGHP  Loan  Agreement,
          pursuant to which  all obligations of  the Borrower under  the
          WGHP   Loan  Agreement   shall  be   subordinated  to   Senior
          Indebtedness (as defined therein).

             "1994  Hanna-Barbera Proceeds  Distribution" is  defined in
          clause (d)(i) of Section 3.3.2.

             "1996  Hanna-Barbera Proceeds  Distribution" is  defined in
          clause (d)(ii) of Section 3.3.2.

             SECTION 1.2.  Use  of  Defined  Terms.    Terms  for  which
          meanings  are  provided  in   this  Agreement  shall,   unless
          otherwise defined  or  the context  otherwise  requires,  have
          such  meanings  when   used  in  the  Notes,   the  Disclosure
          Schedule,    each   Continuation/Conversion    Notice,    each
          Compliance  Certificate, each  Loan Document  and each  notice
          and  other  communication  delivered  from  time  to  time  in
          connection  with  this Agreement  or any  Instrument hereafter
          executed pursuant hereto.

             SECTION 1.3.  Cross-References.         Unless    otherwise
          specified,  references in  this  Agreement  and in  each  Loan
          Document  to any  Article or  Section are  references to  such
          Article  or Section of  this Agreement or  such Loan Document,
          as   the  case   may  be,  and   unless  otherwise  specified,
          references  in  any  Article,  Section  or  definition  to any
          clause are references to such  clause of such Section, Article
          or definition.

             SECTION 1.4.  Accounting   and   Financial  Determinations.
          Where the character  or amount  of any asset  or liability  or
<PAGE>

                                      - 37 -

          item of income  or expense  is required to  be determined,  or
          any accounting computation  is required  to be  made, for  the
          purpose of this  Agreement, such determination  or calculation
          shall,  to  the  extent  applicable  and  except  as otherwise
          specified  in  Section   7.5,  be  made  in   accordance  with
          generally accepted  accounting principles ("GAAP")  applied on
          a basis consistent with  the consolidated financial statements
          of GACC  for the 1992  Fiscal Year (and  without giving effect
          to any subsequent changes to GAAP) except insofar as:

                 (a) the  Principal Companies  shall have  elected (with
             the concurrence  of the  Independent Public Accountant  and
             upon prior  written notification to the  Lenders) to  adopt
             more recently  promulgated  generally  accepted  accounting
             principles  (which election shall continue  to be effective
             for subsequent years); and

                 (b) each  of  the  Managing  Agents  and  the  Required
             Lenders  shall have  consented to  such election  (it being
             understood that  such consent may be  conditioned upon  the
             negotiation of  such changes  to this  Agreement, including
             Section 8.2.4,  as  the Managing  Agents and  the  Required
             Lenders may in their sole discretion deem appropriate).

             SECTION  1.5. General  Provisions Relating  to Definitions.
          Terms for  which meanings are defined in  this Agreement shall
          apply equally to the singular and  plural  forms of the  terms
          defined.  Whenever the context  may require, any pronoun shall
          include  the  corresponding  masculine,  feminine  and  neuter
          forms.     The  term  "including"  means   including,  without
          limiting  the  generality of  any  description preceding  such
          term.  Each  reference herein  to any Person  shall include  a
          reference   to   such   Person's   successors   and   assigns.
          References to any  Instrument defined in this  Agreement refer
          to  such Instrument as originally executed or, if subsequently
          varied, replaced  or supplemented  from time  to  time, as  so
          varied,   replaced  or  supplemented  and  in  effect  at  the
          relevant time of reference thereto.


                                    ARTICLE II

                            COMMITMENTS OF THE LENDERS

             SECTION 2.1.  Commitments.    Subject   to  the  terms  and
          conditions of this  Agreement, each Lender, severally  and for
          itself  alone,  agrees to  make a  term  loan to  the Borrower
          (collectively the "Loans"  and individually each a  "Loan") on
          the Effective  Date in  an amount  up to  the  amount of  such
          Lender's  Percentage  of the  aggregate  Commitments; provided
          that the principal amount of the Loan  of any Lender shall not
          exceed such Lender's Commitment.

             SECTION 2.2.  Commitments  Several.    The  failure  of any
          Lender to make its  Loan shall not relieve any other Lender of
          its obligation (if any) to make  its Loan, but no Lender shall
          be responsible for  the failure  of any other  Lender to  make
          any Loan to be made by such other Lender.
<PAGE>

                                      - 38 -

             SECTION 2.3.  Termination of Commitments.   The Commitments
          shall  terminate  immediately  upon   the  occurrence  of  any
          Commitment Termination Event.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                 LOANS AND NOTES

             SECTION 3.1.  Borrowing Procedure.  The Borrower shall give
          written  or telephonic  notice to the  Administrative Agent of
          the proposed borrowing of the Loans  not later than (a) in the
          event that  there are to be only Base Rate Tranches initially,
          10:00 A.M.,  Boston time, at  least one Business  Day prior to
          the proposed  date of  such borrowing,  and (b)  in the  event
          that  any  Eurodollar  Tranches  are  to  be included  in  the
          initial borrowing, 10:00  A.M., Boston time,   at least  three
          Business Days  prior to the  proposed date of  such borrowing.
          Such  notice   shall  be   effective  upon   receipt  by   the
          Administrative  Agent and  shall specify the  date, amount and
          type  of each  Tranche  and,  in the  case  of each  Group  of
          Eurodollar Tranches,  the  initial Interest  Period  therefor,
          all of which  shall be selected in accordance with Section 4.1
          and  4.4.     Promptly  upon  receipt  of   such  notice,  the
          Administrative  Agent shall  advise each Lender  thereof.  Not
          later than  noon, Boston  time,  on the  Effective Date,  each
          Lender  shall provide the Administrative Agent at its Domestic
          Office  with   immediately  available   funds  covering   such
          Lender's  Percentage of the proposed borrowing and, subject to
          the  satisfaction  of the  conditions  precedent set  forth in
          Article VI  hereof, the  Administrative Agent  shall pay  over
          the requested amount to the Borrower on the Effective Date.

             SECTION 3.2.  Notes.   The  Loan of  each Lender  shall  be
          evidenced   by   a  promissory   note   (each  a   "Note"  and
          collectively  for all  Lenders  the "Notes")  substantially in
          the  form  set  forth  in  Exhibit  A  attached  hereto,  with
          appropriate insertions, dated  the Effective Date,  payable to
          the order of  such Lender in the principal amount  of the Loan
          made by such Lender.

             SECTION 3.3.  Principal    Payments.       Repayments   and
          prepayments  of  principal  of  the  Loans  shall be  made  in
          accordance with this Section  3.3.  No amount of  principal of
          the Loans repaid or prepaid may be reborrowed.

             SECTION 3.3.1.  Repayments.   The Borrower promises to make
          payment  in full of all  of the unpaid  principal of each Loan
          on the Maturity Date.   Prior thereto, the Borrower  shall, on
          each Repayment Date  set forth below, make a scheduled payment
          of  the  outstanding  principal  amount of  the  Loans  in  an
          aggregate amount equal to the amount set  forth below opposite
          such date (each such payment, an "Installment"):

                 Repayment Date                Installment

                 March 31, 1994               $  4,750,000
                 June 30, 1994                $  4,750,000
                 September 30, 1994           $  5,250,000
<PAGE>

                                      - 39 -

                 December 31, 1994            $  5,250,000
                 March 31, 1995               $  6,250,000
                 June 30, 1995                $  6,250,000
                 September 30, 1995           $  6,250,000
                 December 31, 1995            $  6,250,000
                 March 31, 1996               $  5,000,000
                 June 30, 1996                $  5,000,000
                 September 30, 1996           $  5,000,000
                 December 31, 1996            $  5,000,000
                 March 31, 1997               $  6,500,000
                 June 30, 1997                $  6,500,000
                 September 30, 1997           $  6,500,000
                 December 31, 1997            $  6,500,000
                 March 31, 1998               $  5,000,000
                 June 30, 1998                $  5,000,000
                 September 30, 1998           $  5,000,000
                 December 31, 1998            $114,000,000

          If  the   aggregate  amount  of  1994  Hanna-Barbera  Proceeds
          Distributions received by GACC  or any of its  Subsidiaries on
          or  prior  to March  31, 1995  is  less than  $5,000,000, each
          Installment due during  the 1995 Fiscal Year shall  be reduced
          by  one-fourth  of  the amount  of  such  shortfall.   If  the
          aggregate amount of 1996  Hanna-Barbera Proceeds Distributions
          received by GACC  or any of  its Subsidiaries on  or prior  to
          March 31, 1997 is less than $10,000,000, each Installment  due
          during the  1997 Fiscal Year shall be reduced by one-fourth of
          the amount  of such  shortfall.   The Installment  due on  the
          Maturity  Date  shall  be  increased  by  the  amount  of  any
          reductions  to  the Installments  due  during the  1995 Fiscal
          Year or the  1997 Fiscal  Year pursuant to  the preceding  two
          sentences.

             SECTION 3.3.2.  Prepayments.

                 (a) Voluntary Prepayments.  The Borrower may, from time
             to time on any Business Day prepay the Loans in whole or in
             part, provided that (i) the Borrower shall irrevocably give
             the Administrative Agent (which  shall promptly advise each
             Lender) not  less than three Business  Days' prior  written
             notice  thereof, specifying the Tranches to  be prepaid and
             the  date  and  amount of  prepayment,  (ii)  each  partial
             prepayment of the Loans  shall be  in an aggregate  minimum
             amount of  at least $1,000,000 or  an integral  multiple of
             $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  Any voluntary  prepayment of
             principal of the Loans pursuant to this paragraph (a) shall
             reduce  the remaining Installments as provided in paragraph
             (f).

                 (b) Net Disposition Proceeds.

                   (i)  The Borrower shall, concurrently with  the
                 receipt by  GACC or  any of  its Subsidiaries  of
                 any  Net  Disposition Proceeds,  prepay principal
                 of the Loans in  an amount equal to the amount of
                 such Net  Disposition Proceeds.   Any  prepayment
                 of  principal  of  the  Loans  pursuant  to  this
                 paragraph   (b)   shall  reduce   each  remaining
                 Installment by  the  amount  of  such  prepayment
<PAGE>

                                      - 40 -

                 multiplied by a  fraction having  a numerator  of
                 one (1) and  a denominator equal to the remaining
                 number of Installments.

                   (ii)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  provisions  of
                 paragraph (b)(i), the Borrower shall not be required to
                 prepay  the  Loans with  any  Reserved  Net Disposition
                 Proceeds that are  pledged to the  Collateral Agent  in
                 compliance  with  clause   (b)  of  Section  8.2.9  and
                 thereafter  used to  acquire a Broadcasting  Station in
                 compliance with all the conditions set forth in  clause
                 (c) of Section 8.2.9.

                 (c) Net   Securities   Proceeds.  All  Net   Securities
             Proceeds  received  by GACC  shall  be used,  substantially
             contemporaneously  with such receipt, at the  option of the
             Principal  Companies,   (i)  by  the  Borrower   to  prepay
             principal of  the Loans,  (ii) by GABCO to  pay, prepay  or
             redeem Indebtedness under the GABCO 13% Notes and the GABCO
             13%  Note Exchange Agreement in compliance  with clause (e)
             of  Section 8.2.8, and/or  (iii) by GACC to  pay, prepay or
             redeem Indebtedness  under the GACC 14% Notes  and the GACC
             14% Note Indenture in compliance with clause (i) of Section
             8.2.8.   Any prepayment of principal  of the Loans pursuant
             to  this   paragraph  (c)   shall   reduce  the   remaining
             Installments  by  the  amount of  such  prepayment  in  the
             inverse  order of  maturity  thereof,  beginning  with  the
             Installment due on the Maturity Date.

                 (d) Hanna-Barbera  Proceeds.     The  Borrower   shall,
             concurrently  with  the  receipt  by GACC  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries  of   any   Hanna-Barbera   Proceeds,   prepay
             principal of  the Loans in an amount equal to the amount of
             such Hanna-Barbera Proceeds.   Any prepayment of  principal
             of the  Loans pursuant to this  paragraph (d)  shall reduce
             the  remaining  Installments  as  provided  below  in  this
             paragraph (d).

                  (i)    Application    of     Hanna-Barbera    Proceeds
                 Scheduled  to be  Received  in  December,  1994.    Any
                 prepayment of  principal of the Loans  made pursuant to
                 this   paragraph   (d)   with   Hanna-Barbera  Proceeds
                 scheduled  on the  date hereof  to be  received  by the
                 Borrower  in   December,  1994   ("1994   Hanna-Barbera
                 Proceeds Distributions") shall,  if such  Hanna-Barbera
                 Proceeds   are  received   by  GACC   or  any   of  its
                 Subsidiaries (whether pursuant to Section 10.6(d)(v) or
                 10.6(d)(vi)   of   the   Hanna-Barbera   Reorganization
                 Agreement) (A) on  or prior to  March 31, 1995,  reduce
                 each Installment  due during the 1995 Fiscal Year by an
                 amount  equal to  one-fourth  of  the  amount  of  such
                 prepayment,  and (B) after  March 31, 1995,  reduce the
                 remaining Installments by the amount of such prepayment
                 in  the inverse  order  of maturity  thereof, beginning
                 with the Installment due on the Maturity Date.

                 (ii)    Application    of     Hanna-Barbera    Proceeds
                 Scheduled  to be  Received  in  December,  1996.    Any
                 prepayment of  principal of the Loans  made pursuant to
<PAGE>

                                      - 41 -

                 this   paragraph   (d)   with   Hanna-Barbera  Proceeds
                 scheduled on  the date  hereof to  be  received by  the
                 Borrower  in   December,  1996   ("1996   Hanna-Barbera
                 Proceeds Distributions") shall,  if such  Hanna-Barbera
                 Proceeds   are  received   by  GACC   or  any   of  its
                 Subsidiaries (whether pursuant  to Section 10.6(d)(vii)
                 or 10.6(d)(viii)  of the  Hanna-Barbera  Reorganization
                 Agreement) (A) on  or prior to  March 31, 1997,  reduce
                 each  Installment due during the 1997 Fiscal Year by an
                 amount  equal to  one-fourth  of  the  amount  of  such
                 prepayment,  and (B) after  March 31, 1997,  reduce the
                 remaining Installments by the amount of such prepayment
                 in  the inverse  order of  maturity thereof,  beginning
                 with the Installment due on the Maturity Date.

                 (e) Excess Cash Flow.   The Borrower  shall prepay  the
             Loans on March 31 of each year, commencing  March 31, 1995,
             in an amount  equal to  the lesser of  (i) the  Excess Cash
             Flow of  GACC and  its Subsidiaries for  the prior calendar
             year and  (ii) the  amount that would reduce  the cash  and
             Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of
             such date  of prepayment (after giving effect  to all other
             payments made  on such date) to $7,500,000.  Any prepayment
             of principal  of the  Loans pursuant to  this paragraph (e)
             shall reduce  the  remaining Installments  as  provided  in
             paragraph (f).

                 (f) Application  of  Voluntary  Prepayments and  Excess
             Cash Flow Prepayments to Remaining Installments.

                  (i)    Prepayments  in 1994  and 1995.   Any voluntary
                 prepayment  of  principal  of  the  Loans  pursuant  to
                 paragraph  (a)  and   any  mandatory    prepayment   of
                 principal  of  the  Loans  pursuant  to  paragraph  (e)
                 (collectively, "Special Prepayments")  made during  the
                 1994  and 1995 Fiscal Years shall (A) first, reduce the
                 remaining Installments by the amount of such prepayment
                 in the  inverse  order of  maturity thereof,  beginning
                 with the Installment  due on the  Maturity Date,  until
                 the aggregate amount of such Special Prepayments during
                 the 1994  and 1995 Fiscal Years  equals $2,000,000, (B)
                 second, reduce  each Installment  thereafter due during
                 the 1995 Fiscal Year  by the amount of  such prepayment
                 multiplied by a fraction having a numerator of  one (1)
                 and a  denominator equal to the  number of Installments
                 thereafter due during  the 1995 Fiscal  Year that  have
                 not  been  paid  in  full prior  to  the  date of  such
                 prepayment  and (C) third,  after all  Installments due
                 during the  1995 Fiscal  Year have been  paid in  full,
                 reduce the remaining Installments in the  inverse order
                 of maturity thereof, beginning with the Installment due
                 on the Maturity Date.

                 (ii)    Prepayments in  1996.   Any Special  Prepayment
                 made  during  the  1996 Fiscal  Year  shall (A)  first,
                 reduce the remaining Installments by the amount of such
                 prepayment in  the inverse order  of maturity  thereof,
                 beginning  with  the Installment  due  on  the Maturity
                 Date, until the aggregate amount of Special Prepayments
<PAGE>

                                      - 42 -

                 (including Special Prepayments made during the 1994 and
                 1995  Fiscal  Years) that  have  reduced  the remaining
                 Installments  in the  inverse order of  maturity equals
                 $4,000,000,  (B)   second,  reduce   each   Installment
                 thereafter  due  during  the 1996  Fiscal  Year by  the
                 amount  of such  prepayment  multiplied by  a  fraction
                 having a numerator of  one (1) and a  denominator equal
                 to  the  number  of Installments  due  during the  1996
                 Fiscal  Year that have  not been paid in  full prior to
                 the date  of such prepayment  and (C)  third, after all
                 Installments due during the 1996 Fiscal Year have  been
                 paid in full, reduce the remaining Installments in  the
                 inverse order of maturity  thereof, beginning with  the
                 Installment due on the Maturity Date.

                (iii)    Prepayments  in  1997  and  Thereafter.     Any
                 Special Prepayment made during the 1997 Fiscal Year (or
                 thereafter) shall reduce  the remaining Installments by
                 the amount of such prepayment in  the inverse order  of
                 maturity thereof, beginning with the Installment due on
                 the Maturity Date.

                 (g) Application of Prepayments  While Event of  Default
             is Continuing.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
             paragraphs (a) through (f), any prepayment of  principal of
             the  Loans  made  or  required  to  be  made   pursuant  to
             paragraphs  (a) through (e)  while any Event of  Default is
             continuing shall  reduce the remaining  Installments by the
             amount of such  prepayment in  the order  specified by  the
             Required Lenders.

             SECTION 3.4.  Interest Payments.   The Borrower shall  make
          payments of interest in accordance with this Section.

             SECTION 3.4.1.  Interest  Rates.     The  Borrower   hereby
          absolutely  and unconditionally  promises  to pay  interest on
          the  unpaid  principal amount  of  each  Loan for  the  period
          commencing on the  date of such Loan  until such Loan  is paid
          in full, as follows:

                 (a) on any portion of such Loan that constitutes a Base
             Rate  Tranche, at a  rate per annum equal  to the Alternate
             Base  Rate from time  to time in effect  plus the Alternate
             Base Rate Margin in effect at such time; and

                 (b) on any  portion of  such  Loan that  constitutes  a
             Eurodollar Tranche,  at  a rate  per  annum  equal  to  the
             Eurodollar  Rate  (Reserved  Adjusted)  applicable  to each
             Interest  Period for such Tranche plus  the Eurodollar Rate
             Margin in effect at such time;

          provided,  that in no event shall  the rate of interest on any
          Tranche exceed the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law.

             SECTION 3.4.2.  Interest on Overdue Amounts.   The Borrower
          will, on demand, pay interest on  any overdue Installments, or
          any  portion thereof  which  shall  become due  under  Section
          3.3.2,  and,  to the  maximum  extent permitted  by Applicable
          Law, on  any overdue interest, fees and other amounts owing to
<PAGE>

                                      - 43 -

          any Agent or  any Lender at  a rate per  annum that is at  all
          times equal  to  the sum  of (a)  the highest  rate per  annum
          applicable  to  any  Tranche  determined  in  accordance  with
          Section 3.4.1, plus (b) two percent (2%).

             SECTION 3.4.3.  Payment  Dates.   Interest accrued  on each
          Loan shall be payable, without duplication, on:

                 (a) the Maturity Date;

                 (b) with respect to the outstanding principal amount of
             all  Base Rate  Tranches, on  the last  day of  each Fiscal
             Quarter, commencing with the first such date  following the
             Effective Date;

                 (c) with respect to the outstanding principal amount of
             all Eurodollar  Tranches, the last day  of each  applicable
             Interest Period (and, if such Interest Period  shall exceed
             three months,  on the  last day of  each three-month period
             occurring during such Interest Period);

                 (d) with  respect  to that  portion of  the outstanding
             principal amount  of  the Loans  converted into  Base  Rate
             Tranches or  Eurodollar  Tranches on  a day  when  interest
             would not  otherwise have been payable  pursuant to  clause
             (b) or (c), the date of such conversion; and

                 (e) with  respect  to  any  portion of  any  Eurodollar
             Tranche prepaid pursuant to Section 3.3.2, the date of such
             repayment or prepayment;

          Interest  accrued  pursuant to  Section  3.4.2 on  any overdue
          Installment  or portion  thereof and, to  the extent permitted
          by  Applicable Law, on  any overdue  interest, fees  and other
          amounts, shall  be payable upon  demand and, in  any event, on
          the last Business Day of each month.

             SECTION 3.5.  Fees.

             SECTION 3.5.l.  Closing Fees.   The  Borrower shall pay  to
          the  Administrative  Agent, for  the  account of  the Lenders,
          fees (the  "Closing Fees"),  in two  installments, payable  as
          follows:  (a) $1,797,343.75  of Closing Fees shall be  paid to
          the Administrative Agent  on the date  of this Agreement  (the
          "Initial  Installment"); and (b) $5,392,031.25 of Closing Fees
          shall be  paid to  the Administrative  Agent on  the date  the
          initial  Loans are  made (the  "Effective  Date Installment").
          The  Administrative  Agent  shall  allocate  each  payment  of
          Closing Fees among  the Lenders (including Bank of  Boston and
          Continental) in accordance with the following schedules:


                                          Allocation of 
                 Lender                   Initial Installment

                 Bank of Boston               $304,687.50
                 Continental                  $304,687.50
                 Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.   $304,687.50
                 The Bank of New York         $232,031.25
<PAGE>

                                      - 44 -

                 Bank of Montreal             $168,750.00
                 National Westminster
                   Bank USA                   $168,750.00
                 Chemical Bank                $137,500.00
                 Banque Paribas               $103,125.00
                 Star Bank, N.A.              $ 50,625.00
                 The Provident Bank           $ 22,500.00


                                          Allocation of
                                          Effective Date
                 Lender                   Installment   

                 Bank of Boston               $914,062.50
                 Continental                  $914,062.50
                 Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.   $914,062.50
                 The Bank of New York         $696,093.75
                 Bank of Montreal             $506,250.00
                 National Westminster
                   Bank USA                   $506,250.00
                 Chemical Bank                $412,500.00
                 Banque Paribas               $309,375,00
                 Star Bank, N.A.              $151,875.00
                 The Provident Bank           $ 67,500.00

             SECTION 3.5.2.  Commitment Fees.  The Borrower shall pay to
          the  Administrative  Agent, for  the  account of  the Lenders,
          fees  ("Commitment  Fees")  on  the  amount  of  each Lender's
          unused Commitment  during the period  commencing May 26,  1993
          and  ending  on  the   earlier  to  occur  of  the   date  the
          Commitments shall  terminate and  the date  the initial  Loans
          are made.   Commitment Fees  shall be computed  at the  annual
          rate of  one-half of one  percent (.5%), and  shall be payable
          in arrears  on the last  day of each  Fiscal Quarter beginning
          September  30, 1993, and  on the earlier to  occur of the date
          the  Commitments shall  terminate  and  the date  the  initial
          Loans are made. 

             SECTION 3.5.3.  Agents Fee.  The Borrower shall pay  to the
          Administrative  Agent, for the account of the Managing Agents,
          an  agents  fee (the  "Agents  Fee"), in  accordance  with the
          terms of the Agents  Fee Letter.   Each payment of the  Agents
          Fee,   Commitment    Fees   and   Closing    Fees   shall   be
          non-refundable.

             SECTION 3.6.  Making    and    Proration    of    Payments;
          Computations; etc.

             SECTION 3.6.1.  Making  of  Payments.    All   payments  of
          principal of  and interest on  the Notes, and  all payments of
          Fees,  shall be  made by  the Borrower  to the  Administrative
          Agent  in immediately  available funds at  its Domestic Office
          not later than  noon, Boston time, on the  date due, and funds
          received  after  that  hour  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been
          received by  the Administrative  Agent on  the next  following
          Business Day.  The Administrative  Agent shall  promptly remit
          to each  Lender  or Agent  its  share  (if any)  of  all  such
          payments  received in  collected funds  by the  Administrative
          Agent.   All payments under  Sections 4.5, 4.8,  12.3 and 12.4
<PAGE>

                                      - 45 -

          shall be  made  by  the Borrower  directly  to the  Lender  or
          Lenders entitled thereto.  Each payment  of principal shall be
          applied  to such  Tranches  as the  Borrower  shall direct  by
          notice  to  be received  by  the  Administrative  Agent on  or
          before  the  date  of payment,  or,  in  the  absence of  such
          notice, as  the Administrative  Agent shall  determine in  its
          discretion.   Concurrently  with its remittance  to any Lender
          of  its share  of any such  payment, the  Administrative Agent
          shall  advise such  Lender  as  to  the  application  of  such
          payment.

             SECTION 3.6.2.  Setoff.  Each Principal Company agrees that
          each Agent  and each Lender  shall have all  rights of set-off
          and bankers' lien  provided by Applicable Law, and in addition
          thereto, each  Principal Company  agrees that  if at  any time
          any  payment or other  amount owing by  such Principal Company
          under this Agreement  is then due to any Agent  or any Lender,
          such Agent or Lender may apply to  the payment of such payment
          or  other amount  any  and  all balances,  credits,  deposits,
          accounts  or  moneys   of  such  Principal  Company   then  or
          thereafter deposited or held by such Person.

             SECTION 3.6.3.  Proration of  Payments.   If any  Lender or
          other holder  of  a  Note shall  obtain  by payment  or  other
          recovery (whether  voluntary, involuntary,  by application  of
          setoff or otherwise) of  principal of or interest on  any Note
          in  excess   of  its  Ratable  share  of  payments  and  other
          recoveries obtained by  all Lenders or other  holders of Notes
          (other than in  respect of an  Affected Tranche), such  Lender
          or  other holder  shall  purchase from  the  other Lenders  or
          holders such  participations  in the  Notes  held by  them  as
          shall be necessary  to cause such  purchasing Lender or  other
          holder to share  the excess payment or  other recovery Ratably
          with  each  of them;  provided, however,  that  if all  or any
          portion of the excess payment or other recovery is  thereafter
          recovered   from  such  purchasing  Lender  or  holder,    the
          purchase  of  such participation  shall  be rescinded  and the
          purchase price restored to  the extent of such recovery.   The
          Borrower agrees that  any Lender or other holder of  a Note so
          purchasing  a participation  from  another  Lender  or  holder
          pursuant to  this Section shall  be entitled to  all rights of
          set-off and bankers'  lien with respect to  such participation
          as fully as  if such Lender were  a direct holder of  Loans in
          the amount of such participation.

             SECTION 3.6.4.  Due Date  Extension.   If  any  payment  of
          principal of or interest on any of the Notes, or of  any Fees,
          falls due on a day which is not a Business Day, then  such due
          date  shall be  extended to  the  next following  Business Day
          (unless, in the case  of interest due on the  principal amount
          of  any Eurodollar  Tranche, such next  following Business Day
          is the first day of a  calendar month, in which case such  due
          date shall  be the  immediately preceding  Business Day),  and
          additional  interest and  Commitment Fees shall  accrue and be
          payable for the period of such extension.

             SECTION 3.6.5.  Notice of  Changes in  Alternate Base Rate;
          Notice of Eurodollar Rates.   Changes in the rate  of interest
          on any  Base Rate  Tranches shall  take effect  simultaneously
<PAGE>

                                      - 46 -

          with  each   change  in   the  Alternate   Base  Rate.     The
          Administrative  Agent  shall  give   notice  promptly  to  the
          Borrower  and the  Lenders  of changes  in the  Alternate Base
          Rate.    The  applicable  Eurodollar  Rate  for  each Interest
          Period  shall be  determined by the  Administrative Agent, and
          notice  thereof  shall be  given  by the  Administrative Agent
          promptly to the Borrower and each Lender.   Each determination
          of the Alternate Base Rate and the applicable Eurodollar  Rate
          by  the Administrative  Agent shall be  conclusive and binding
          upon the  parties hereto,  in the  absence of  manifest error.
          The  Administrative Agent  shall, upon written  request of the
          Borrower or  any  Lender,  deliver  to the  Borrower  or  such
          Lender  a  statement  showing  the  computations  used  by the
          Administrative Agent  in determining any applicable Eurodollar
          Rate hereunder.   Each Reference  Lender agrees to  furnish to
          the Administrative  Agent timely  information for  determining
          the applicable  Eurodollar Rate.   If any  one or more  of the
          Reference   Lenders   shall  fail   to  timely   furnish  such
          information  to the Administrative Agent for any such interest
          rate,  the Administrative Agent  shall determine such interest
          rate  on  the  basis  of  the  information  furnished  by  the
          remaining Reference Lenders.

             SECTION 3.6.6.  Computations.  Interest and Commitment Fees
          shall be computed based  on the actual number of  days elapsed
          and a year of 360 days.

             SECTION 3.6.7.  Recordkeeping.  Each Lender shall record in
          its records, or at its option on  the schedule attached to its
          Note, the  date and amount  of the Loan  made by  such Lender,
          each  repayment and  prepayment thereof  and,  in the  case of
          each  Eurodollar Tranche, the principal amount thereof and the
          dates on  which each  Interest Period  for such  Tranche shall
          begin and  end.   The  aggregate  unpaid principal  amount  so
          recorded  shall  be  rebuttable presumptive  evidence  of  the
          principal amount owing and  unpaid on such Note.   The failure
          to so record  any such amount or any error in so recording any
          such amount shall not, however, limit  or otherwise affect the
          obligations  of  the Borrower  or  any Guarantor  hereunder or
          under  any  Note to  repay the  principal  amount of  the Loan
          evidenced by  such Note  together with  all interest  accruing
          thereon.

             SECTION 3.7.  Taxes.    All payments  of  principal  of and
          interest on  the  Notes  and of  all  Fees and  other  amounts
          payable hereunder  or under  any of  the other  Loan Documents
          shall be made free and clear of and without deduction  for any
          present or future income, excise, stamp or franchise  taxes or
          other  taxes,  fees, duties,  withholdings  or charges  of any
          nature whatsoever  imposed by any  Governmental Authority, but
          excluding  franchise  taxes imposed  on  any Lender  and taxes
          imposed on  any Lender measured by such Lender's net income or
          receipts  (all non-excluded  items being called  "Taxes").  If
          any withholding  or deduction from any such payment to be made
          hereunder  or  under  any  of  the  other  Loan  Documents  is
          required in respect  of any Taxes  pursuant to any  Applicable
          Law,  then the  Borrower or other  Transaction Party obligated
          to make such payment will:
<PAGE>

                                      - 47 -

                 (a) pay directly to the relevant Governmental Authority
             the full amount required to be so withheld or deducted;

                 (b) promptly forward  to  the Administrative  Agent  an
             official receipt or other documentation satisfactory to the
             Administrative Agent evidencing that the  Borrower or other
             Transaction  Party obligated to make such  payment has made
             such payment to such Governmental Authority; and

                 (c) pay to  the  Administrative Agent  such  additional
             amounts as  are necessary  to ensure  that  the net  amount
             actually received by each Secured Party will equal the full
             amount such  Secured Party would have received  had no such
             withholding or deduction been required.

           Moreover,  if  any Taxes  are  directly asserted  against any
          Secured  Party with  respect to any  payment received  by such
          Secured  Party hereunder  or  under  any  of  the  other  Loan
          Documents,  such Secured  Party  may pay  such  Taxes and  the
          Borrower or  other Transaction  Party obligated  to make  such
          payment will  promptly pay such additional  amounts (including
          any penalty, interest  and expense) as are necessary  in order
          that the net amount  received by such Secured Party  after the
          payment of such Taxes (including  any Taxes on such additional
          amount) shall equal the amount  such Secured Party would  have
          received had such Taxes not been asserted.

             If any Transaction Party fails to pay any Taxes when due to
          the  appropriate Governmental  Authority or fails  to remit to
          the Administrative  Agent when  due any  payments required  by
          this  Section 3.7 or  any required receipts  or other required
          documentary  evidence,  the   Borrower  shall  indemnify   the
          Secured  Parties   for  any  incremental  Taxes,  interest  or
          penalties that  may become payable  by any Secured  Party as a
          result  of  any such  failure and  shall  promptly pay  to the
          Administrative Agent  any amounts  not paid  when  due to  the
          Administrative Agent as required by this Section 3.7.

             SECTION 3.8.  Use of Proceeds.   The Borrower covenants and
          agrees that  the proceeds  of the Loans  made pursuant  hereto
          will be applied:

                 (a) first, to the payment or prepayment  in full on the
             Effective  Date  of  all Obligations  (as  defined  in  the
             Existing Loan Agreement) then outstanding,

                 (b) second, to the payment or prepayment in full on the
             Effective  Date of all obligations then  outstanding of the
             Borrower under the Loan Agreement, dated as of December 23,
             1991, among  the Borrower, the lenders  party thereto,  and
             The Bank  of New  York, as agent (the  "Existing WGHP  Loan
             Agreement"), and 

                 (c) third, for general working capital purposes, and to
             pay  costs  and  expenses  incurred  by  the   Borrower  in
             connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.


                             ARTICLE IV
<PAGE>

                                      - 48 -

                           FUNDING OPTIONS

             SECTION 4.1.  Pricing  Tranches  of  Each  Loan.
        The  outstanding principal  amount of  the Loan made
        by  each  Lender  may  be  allocated  among  pricing
        tranches    (individually,    a     "Tranche"    and
        collectively,  "Tranches") selected  by the Borrower
        from time to  time in accordance with  Sections 3.1,
        4.2 and  4.3 hereof.  Each Tranche shall be either a
        Base  Rate Tranche or  a Eurodollar  Tranche (each a
        "type"  of Tranche),  as the  Borrower shall specify
        in  the initial  notice  of  borrowing  pursuant  to
        Section  3.1, or  any Continuation/Conversion Notice
        pursuant  to  Section 4.2  or  4.3.   All  Base Rate
        Tranches,  and all  Eurodollar  Tranches having  the
        same Interest  Period, may sometimes be  referred to
        as a "Group" of Tranches.

             SECTION 4.2.  Conversion  Procedures.    Subject
        to the provisions  of Section 4.4, the  Borrower may
        convert all or any part of any outstanding Group  of
        Tranches into  a Group  of Tranches  of a  different
        type by delivering a  Continuation/Conversion Notice
        to  the Administrative Agent  not later  than (a) in
        the case  of conversion  into a  Base Rate  Tranche,
        9:30  A.M.,  Boston time,  on  the proposed  date of
        such   conversion,  and  (b)   in  the   case  of  a
        conversion into  a  Eurodollar Tranche,  9:30  A.M.,
        Boston  time, at least three (3) Business Days prior
        to the proposed date of such conversion.  Each  such
        notice  shall be  irrevocable  upon  receipt by  the
        Administrative Agent and shall specify the  date and
        amount  of such  conversion, the  Group  of Tranches
        (or  portion thereof) to  be so  converted, the type
        of Tranche  to be converted into and, in the case of
        a  conversion into a Eurodollar Tranche, the initial
        Interest  Period  therefor; provided,  however, that
        no  Eurodollar Tranche shall be converted on any day
        other  than  the last  day  of its  Interest Period.
        Promptly   upon   receipt   of   such  notice,   the
        Administrative   Agent  shall   advise  each  Lender
        thereof.   Subject to the provisions of this Section
        4.2  and  Section  4.4,  each  Tranche  shall  be so
        converted on the requested date of conversion.

             SECTION 4.3.  Continuation Procedures.   Subject
        to the provisions  of Section 4.4, the  Borrower may
        continue  all or any  part of  any outstanding Group
        of Eurodollar  Tranches for  an additional  Interest
        Period  commencing  upon   the  conclusion  of   the
        Interest Period  then in  effect for  such Group  of
        Eurodollar     Tranches,     by     delivering     a
        Continuation/Conversion      Notice      to      the
        Administrative  Agent  not  later  than  9:30  A.M.,
        Boston  time, at least three (3) Business Days prior
        to  the end  of such  then-current Interest  Period.
        Each such  notice shall be  irrevocable upon receipt
        by the  Administrative Agent  and shall specify  the
        amount   to  be  so  continued,  the  date  of  such
<PAGE>

                                      - 49 -

        continuation  and the Interest  Period therefor that
        is  to   commence  upon   the  termination  of   the
        then-current   Interest   Period.     Promptly  upon
        receipt of  such  notice, the  Administrative  Agent
        shall advise each Lender thereof.

             SECTION 4.4.  Limitations  on  Interest  Periods
        and Continuation  and  Conversion  Elections.    The
        Borrower's rights  under Sections  3.1, 4.2 and  4.3
        hereof   shall   be   subject   to   the   following
        limitations.

             SECTION 4.4.1.  Interest    Periods.        Each
        Interest  Period  for  a  Eurodollar  Tranche  shall
        commence   on  the  date   the  Loan   is  made,  if
        applicable,  or   on  the   date  such  Tranche   is
        converted  from a Base Rate Tranche, or, in the case
        of  a  continuation,   on  the  expiration  of   the
        immediately  preceding  Interest  Period   for  such
        Eurodollar  Tranche, and shall end on the date which
        is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as  the
        Borrower  may  specify  in  the  related  notice  of
        borrowing    pursuant    to    Section    3.1,    or
        Continuation/Conversion Notice  pursuant to  Section
        4.2 or 4.3; provided, however, that:

                 (a) each Interest Period  for a  Eurodollar
             Tranche that  would otherwise end on a day which
             is  not  a  Business   Day  shall  end   on  the
             immediately  succeeding  Business   Day  (unless
             such  immediately succeeding Business Day is the
             first  Business  Day  of a  calendar  month,  in
             which  case such  Interest Period  shall  end on
             the immediately preceding Business Day);

                 (b) the  Borrower   may  not   select   any
             Interest   Period  which  would  end  after  the
             Maturity Date;

                 (c) the  Borrower  may   not  specify   any
             Interest  Period  scheduled  to  end  after  any
             Repayment  Date  set  forth  in   Section  3.3.1
             unless  the  aggregate  principal amount  of all
             Base Rate Tranches and  all Eurodollar  Tranches
             having  Interest Periods  ending prior  to  such
             Repayment  Date  shall  not  be  less  than  the
             aggregate amount of the  Installment due on such
             Repayment Date  and all unpaid Installments  due
             on any prior Repayment Date; and

                 (d) absent  the timely  selection of  a new
             Interest   Period   for   a   then   outstanding
             Eurodollar Tranche,  or any  part thereof,  such
             Eurodollar  Tranche or  such part,  as  the case
             may be,  shall, immediately  upon the expiration
             of  such  Interest  Period,  automatically   and
             without  further  action, be  converted  into  a
             Base Rate Tranche.
<PAGE>

                                      - 50 -

             SECTION 4.4.2.  Conditions   Precedent.       No
        portion of  the outstanding principal amount  of any
        Loan may be continued as, or converted into, one  or
        more  Eurodollar Tranches unless,  on and  as of the
        requested date  of continuation  or conversion,  all
        of the  conditions  precedent set  forth in  Section
        6.2 have been satisfied.

             SECTION 4.4.3.  Other  Limitations.     At   all
        times:

                 (a) the aggregate amount of all Tranches of
             each Lender's  Loan shall  equal the outstanding
             principal amount of such Lender's Loan;

                 (b) the aggregate principal  amount of each
             Group  of Eurodollar  Tranches  shall  be in  an
             integral multiple of $1,000,000;

                 (c) the total number of Eurodollar Tranches
             in  effect at any  time shall  not exceed twelve
             (12); and

                 (d) each Lender  shall at all times  have a
             Ratable share of each Group of Tranches,  except
             for  any  Group  of   Base  Rate  Tranches  that
             includes an Affected Tranche.

             SECTION 4.5.  Increased Costs.

                 (a) If  (i)  Regulation  D  of  the  F.R.S.
             Board,  or  (ii)  after  the  date  hereof,  the
             adoption of  any Applicable Law,  or any  change
             therein or  in any  existing Applicable  Law, or
             any    change    in   the    interpretation   or
             administration  thereof   by  any   Governmental
             Authority  charged  with the  interpretation  or
             administration  thereof,  or compliance  by  any
             Lender  (or   any  Eurodollar  Office  of   such
             Lender) with  any request  or directive (whether
             or  not having  the force  of law)  of  any such
             Governmental Authority:

                     (A) shall subject  any Lender  (or  any
                 Eurodollar  Office of  such Lender)  to  any
                 tax,  duty or  other charge with  respect to
                 its  Eurodollar  Tranches, its  Note or  its
                 obligation  to   make  Eurodollar   Tranches
                 available,  or shall  change the   basis  of
                 taxation  of payments  to any  Lender of the
                 principal of  or interest on its  Eurodollar
                 Tranches  or  any  other  amounts due  under
                 this Agreement in respect  of its Eurodollar
                 Tranches   or   its   obligation   to   make
                 Eurodollar  Tranches available  (except  for
                 changes  in the rate  of tax  on the overall
                 net income of  such Lender or its Eurodollar
                 Office imposed  by the jurisdiction in which
                 such  Lender's principal executive office or
<PAGE>

                                      - 51 -

                 Eurodollar Office is located); or

                     (B) shall   impose,   modify  or   deem
                 applicable any  reserve (including,  without
                 limitation,   any  reserve  imposed  by  the
                 F.R.S.  Board),  special deposit  or similar
                 requirement  against  assets  of,   deposits
                 with  or  for  the  account  of,  or  credit
                 extended by  any Lender  (or any  Eurodollar
                 Office of such Lender); or

                     (C) shall impose on  any Lender (or its
                 Eurodollar  Office)   any  other   condition
                 affecting  its Eurodollar Tranches, its Note
                 or   its   obligation  to   make  Eurodollar
                 Tranches available;

             and  the result of  any of  the foregoing  is to
             increase  the   cost  to  (or  in  the  case  of
             Regulation  D  referred  to above,  to  impose a
             cost on) such  Lender (or any Eurodollar  Office
             of  such Lender)  of  making or  maintaining any
             Eurodollar Tranche, or  to reduce the amount  of
             any  sum received or  receivable by  such Lender
             (or  its Eurodollar Office) under this Agreement
             or  under its  Note with  respect  thereto, then
             upon demand  by such Lender,  the Borrower shall
             pay  directly  to  such  Lender such  additional
             amount as will  compensate such Lender  for such
             increased cost or such reduction.

                 (b) If   any    Lender   shall   reasonably
             determine  that the adoption or  phase-in of any
             Applicable  Law  regarding capital  adequacy, or
             any  change   therein   or   in   any   existing
             Applicable   Law,   or   any   change   in   the
             interpretation or administration thereof by  any
             Governmental   Authority   charged    with   the
             interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or
             compliance  by  any  Lender  (or its  Eurodollar
             Office) or  any Person  controlling such  Lender
             with any request or directive  regarding capital
             adequacy  (whether or  not  having the  force of
             law) of any such Governmental Authority,  has or
             would  have the effect  of reducing  the rate of
             return  on  such  Lender's  or such  controlling
             Person's  capital  as   a  consequence  of  such
             Lender's   obligations   hereunder   (including,
             without  limitation, such  Lender's  Commitment)
             to a level below that  which such Lender or such
             controlling Person  could have achieved but  for
             such  adoption,  phase-in, change  or compliance
             (taking  into  consideration  such  Lender's  or
             such controlling Person's policies with  respect
             to  capital  adequacy)  by an  amount  deemed by
             such  Lender or  such controlling  Person to  be
             material, then from  time to  time, upon  demand
             by such Lender, the  Borrower shall pay  to such
             Lender such  additional  amount  or  amounts  as
<PAGE>

                                      - 52 -

             will  compensate such Lender or such controlling
             Person for such reduction.

             SECTION 4.6.    Interest  Rate   Inadequate  or
        Unfair.  If with respect to any Interest Period:

                 (a) deposits in Dollars  (in the applicable
             amounts)  are not being  offered to  one or more
             Lenders  in   the  relevant   market  for   such
             Interest  Period,  or the  Administrative  Agent
             otherwise determines (which  determination shall
             be binding and conclusive  on the Borrower) that
             by   reason   of  circumstances   affecting  the
             interbank   eurodollar  market,   adequate   and
             reasonable means  do not exist for  ascertaining
             the applicable Eurodollar Rate; or

                 (b) the   Required   Lenders   advise   the
             Administrative  Agent  that the  Eurodollar Rate
             (Reserve   Adjusted)   as  determined   by   the
             Administrative  Agent  will not  adequately  and
             fairly  reflect  the  cost  to  such Lenders  of
             maintaining  or funding  Eurodollar Tranches for
             such Interest  Period, or  that the  maintaining
             or  funding  of  Eurodollar Tranches  has become
             impracticable as a result  of an event occurring
             after  the date of  this Agreement  which in the
             opinion  of  such  Lenders  materially   affects
             Eurodollar  Tranches,  then  the  Administrative
             Agent  shall promptly  notify the  Borrower  and
             the  Lenders  thereof   and,  so  long  as  such
             circumstances  shall  continue,  (i)  no  Lender
             shall thereafter have any  obligation to fund or
             make available  Eurodollar Tranches  and (ii) on
             the last  day of the current Interest Period for
             any  Eurodollar  Tranche,  such  Tranche  shall,
             unless   then  repaid   in  full,  automatically
             convert to a Base Rate Tranche.

             SECTION 4.7.  Changes    in    Law     Rendering
        Eurodollar Tranches  Unlawful.   In  the event  that
        the adoption or  phase-in of any Applicable  Law, or
        any  change therein  or  in any  existing Applicable
        Law or any  change in the interpretation  thereof by
        any  Governmental   Authority  charged     with  the
        interpretation  or  administration   thereof,  shall
        make  it  (or  in the  good  faith  judgment of  any
        Lender cause  a substantial  question as  to whether
        it is) unlawful for  any Lender to maintain  or fund
        Eurodollar   Tranches,   then   such  Lender   shall
        promptly notify the Borrower, the  other Lenders and
        the  Administrative  Agent  and,  so  long  as  such
        circumstances shall  continue, (a) such Lender shall
        thereafter  have  no  obligation  to  fund  or  make
        available  Eurodollar Tranches (but  shall fund Base
        Rate Tranches  concurrently with  the making of  the
        Loans,  or  the  continuation   or  conversion  into
        Eurodollar  Tranches by the Lenders which are not so
        affected, in each  case in an  amount equal to  such
<PAGE>

                                      - 53 -

        Lender's Ratable  share of  all Eurodollar  Tranches
        that would  be funded at such time in the absence of
        such circumstances)  and (b) on the  last day of the
        current  Interest Period for  any Eurodollar Tranche
        of such  Lender (or, in any event, if such Lender so
        requests,  on such earlier  date as  may be required
        by the  relevant  Applicable Law),  such  Eurodollar
        Tranche  shall,   unless    then   repaid  in  full,
        automatically  convert to a Base Rate Tranche.  Each
        Base Rate Tranche funded by a  Lender which, but for
        the   circumstances   described  in   the  foregoing
        sentence, would have been  a Eurodollar Tranche  (an
        "Affected  Tranche")   shall,  notwithstanding   any
        other   provision   of   this    Agreement,   remain
        outstanding  for  the same  period  as the  Group of
        Eurodollar  Tranches of which  such Affected Tranche
        would have been part absent such circumstances.

             SECTION 4.8.  Funding  Losses.     The  Borrower
        hereby agrees that,  upon demand by any  Lender, the
        Borrower will indemnify such Lender  against any net
        loss or  expense which  such Lender  may sustain  or
        incur (including, without  limitation, any net  loss
        or  expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or
        employment  of deposits  or other  funds acquired by
        such  Lender to  maintain  or  fund  any  Eurodollar
        Tranche), as  reasonably determined by  such Lender,
        as  a   result  of   (a)  any  payment,   repayment,
        prepayment or conversion  of any Eurodollar  Tranche
        of such Lender on a date other than the last  day of
        an Interest Period  for such Tranche  (including any
        conversion  pursuant  to  Section  4.7) or  (b)  any
        failure  of the  Borrower  to  borrow,  continue  or
        convert  any Tranche on a date specified therefor in
        a  notice of borrowing pursuant to Section 3.1 or in
        any  Continuation/Conversion   Notice  pursuant   to
        Section 4.2 or 4.3.  

             SECTION 4.9.  Right  of Lenders  to Fund Through
        Other  Offices.  Each  Lender may, if  it so elects,
        fulfill its commitment as to any Eurodollar  Tranche
        by causing the  Eurodollar Office of such  Lender to
        fund such  Eurodollar    Tranche, provided  that  in
        such event for  the purposes of this  Agreement such
        Tranche shall be  deemed to have been funded by such
        Lender and the  obligation of the Borrower  to repay
        such Tranche  shall nevertheless be  to such  Lender
        and shall be  deemed held by  it, to  the extent  of
        such  Tranche, for  the account  of such  Eurodollar
        Office.

             SECTION 4.10. Discretion   of  Lenders   as   to
        Manner of  Funding.   Notwithstanding any  provision
        of  this Agreement  to  the  contrary,  each  Lender
        shall be  entitled to maintain  and fund all  or any
        part  of  its Loan  in any  manner  it sees  fit, it
        being  understood,  however, that  for  purposes  of
        this   Agreement   all    determinations   hereunder
        (including  determinations  of   any  net  loss   or
<PAGE>

                                      - 54 -

        expense under Section 4.8) shall be  made as if such
        Lender  had  actually  funded  and  maintained  each
        Eurodollar Tranche  during each Interest  Period for
        such  Tranche  actually funded  or requested  by the
        Borrower  to  be funded  through  the purchase  of a
        deposit on  the first  day of  such Interest  Period
        having  a principal  amount equal  to the  principal
        amount  of   such   Tranche,   having   a   maturity
        corresponding to  such Interest  Period and  bearing
        an  interest rate equal  to the  Eurodollar Rate for
        such Interest Period.

             SECTION 4.11. Conclusiveness   of    Statements;
        Survival  of Provisions.  Demands made by any Lender
        to the  Borrower under Section  4.5 or 4.8  shall be
        accompanied by  a statement setting forth  the basis
        for the calculations  of the amounts  being claimed,
        and a copy of such  statement shall be furnished  to
        the Administrative Agent.   Such statements, and all
        other determinations  and statements  of any  Lender
        pursuant to Sections 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8, shall  be
        conclusive absent  manifest error.   Lenders may use
        reasonable  averaging  and  attribution  methods  in
        determining  compensation  under  Sections  4.5  and
        4.8,  and  the  provisions  of such  sections  shall
        survive repayment of  the Loans, cancellation of the
        Notes and any termination of this Agreement.


                              ARTICLE V

                             GUARANTIES

             SECTION 5.1.  Guaranty.

             SECTION 5.1.1.  Guaranty  of  Payment.   Each of
        the  Principal  Companies  (in  their capacities  as
        guarantors under  this Article  V, the  Guarantors")
        hereby absolutely,  unconditionally and  irrevocably
        guaranties to  the Lenders   the  full and  punctual
        payment when  due,  whether at  stated maturity,  by
        scheduled     repayment,    required     prepayment,
        declaration,  acceleration,   demand  or   otherwise
        (including,  without  limitation, all  amounts which
        would have become due but  for the operation of  the
        automatic stay under  Section 362(a) of the  Federal
        Bankruptcy   Code,   11  U.S.C.   362(a)),   of  the
        Obligations,  in  accordance  with their  respective
        terms,  whether such Obligations  are outstanding on
        the date of this  Agreement or arise or are incurred
        at any  time or  times thereafter.   The  Guaranties
        hereby made  constitute guaranties  of payment  when
        due  and  not   of  collection,  and  each   of  the
        Guarantors individually agrees  that it shall not be
        necessary  or required that any Secured Party or any
        holder of any  Note exercise any rights,  assert any
        claim  or demand  or  enforce any  remedy whatsoever
        against  any  Transaction  Party  before   or  as  a
        condition  to  the  obligations  of  the  Guarantors
<PAGE>

                                      - 55 -

        hereunder.   The liability of each of the Guarantors
        to the  Lenders under  its respective Guaranty  made
        hereunder shall be unlimited.

             SECTION 5.1.2.  Guaranty     of     Performance.
        Without prejudice to  any of the obligations  of the
        Guarantors  to  the  Lenders  under  Section  5.1.1,
        which  obligations  are absolute  and unconditional,
        but  as a  separate undertaking on  the part  of the
        Guarantors,   each   of   the    Guarantors   hereby
        absolutely,    unconditionally    and    irrevocably
        covenants  and  agrees to  cause  each of  the other
        Transaction  Parties to perform  and comply with all
        of the  covenants, agreements  and conditions to  be
        complied with by  any such  Transaction Party  under
        the  Loan  Documents,  and each  of  the  Guarantors
        hereby  agrees  to take  or  to cause  to  be taken,
        promptly  and without  any  expense  to any  of  the
        Secured  Parties,  all   such  measures  as  may  be
        appropriate and  can  be lawfully  effected by  such
        Guarantor to  prevent the occurrence of  any Default
        and to  cure or make good promptly any Default which
        may occur at any time or times.

             SECTION 5.2.  Guaranty     Absolute.         The
        obligations of  the Guarantors  under Section  5.1.1
        are  and shall be  construed as continuing, absolute
        and  unconditional guaranties of  payment, and shall
        remain  in  full   force  and   effect,  until   all
        Obligations have been  paid in  full in  cash.   The
        Guarantors guarantee  that the  Obligations will  be
        paid strictly in  accordance with the terms  of this
        Agreement and  the other Loan  Documents, regardless
        of any Applicable Law now or hereafter in  effect in
        any  jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the
        rights of any  Secured Party  with respect  thereto.
        The   liability   of   the   Guarantors  under   the
        Guaranties   hereby   made   shall    be   absolute,
        unconditional and irrevocable irrespective of:

                 (a) any lack of  validity or enforceability
             of this  Agreement or any other Loan Document or
             any other  agreement or  Instrument relating  to
             any thereof or to any of the Obligations;

                 (b) any change in  the corporate existence,
             structure   or  ownership   of  any  Transaction
             Party,    or   any    insolvency,    bankruptcy,
             reorganization  or   other  similar   proceeding
             affecting any Transaction  Party or any Property
             of  any  Transaction  Party  or   any  resulting
             release   or   discharge   of   any   Obligation
             contained  in this  Agreement or  any other Loan
             Document;

                 (c) the failure of any Secured Party

                   (i)  to   assert  any   claim  or
                 demand or to  enforce any right  or
<PAGE>

                                      - 56 -

                 remedy  against  the Borrower,  any
                 Guarantor,  any  other  Transaction
                 Party or any other Person under the
                 provisions of this Agreement or any
                 other Loan  Document or  any  other
                 agreement or Instrument relating to
                 any thereof or under any Applicable
                 Law, or

                   (ii)  to  exercise  any right  or
                 remedy against any Collateral;

                 (d) any change in the time, manner or place
             of payment of, or in  any other term of,  all or
             any   of   the   Obligations,   or   any   other
             compromise, renewal, extension,  acceleration or
             release  with  respect  thereto,  or  any  other
             amendment   to,  rescission,   waiver  or  other
             modification  of  or  any  consent to  departure
             from  any of the  terms of this Agreement or any
             other  Loan  Document or  any  other  Instrument
             relating to any thereof;

                 (e) any  increase,  reduction,  limitation,
             impairment  or  termination of  the  Obligations
             for  any reason, including any  claim of waiver,
             release,  surrender, alteration  or  compromise,
             and   any   defense  or   setoff,  counterclaim,
             recoupment  or termination  whatsoever by reason
             of the  invalidity, illegality,  nongenuineness,
             irregularity,  compromise,  or  unenforceability
             of, or any other event or occurrence  affecting,
             any  of  the  Obligations  (and  the  Guarantors
             hereby waive  any right to  or claim of any such
             defense or set-off, counterclaim, recoupment  or
             termination);

                 (f) any exchange, release or non-perfection
             of  any  Collateral,  or  any  amendment  to  or
             waiver or  release  of, or consent  to departure
             from  any  other  guaranty held  by  any Secured
             Party securing all or any of the Obligations;

                 (g) any  defense,  set-off  or counterclaim
             which may  at any  time be  available  to or  be
             asserted   by   the   Borrower   or  any   other
             Transaction Party against any other  Transaction
             Party or against any Secured Party; or

                 (h) any  other   circumstance  which  might
             otherwise  constitute  a  suretyship  or   other
             defense  available to, or  a legal  or equitable
             discharge of,  the Borrower,  any Guarantor,  or
             any other Transaction Party.

             SECTION 5.3.  Reinstatement,     etc.        The
        Guarantors  agree that  the  Guaranties hereby  made
        shall  continue to be effective or be reinstated, as
        the case  may be,  if at  any time  any payment  (in
<PAGE>

                                      - 57 -

        whole  or in  part)  of any  of  the Obligations  is
        rescinded  or  must  otherwise be  restored  by  any
        Secured  Party upon  the  insolvency, bankruptcy  or
        reorganization of the Borrower or otherwise,  all as
        though such payment had not been made.

             SECTION 5.4.  Waiver.    Each of  the Guarantors
        hereby  waives  promptness,  diligence,   notice  of
        acceptance  and any other notice with respect to any
        of   the  Obligations  or   its  Guaranty   and  any
        requirement that the  Collateral Agent or any  other
        Secured  Party protect,  secure,  perfect or  insure
        any  Lien or any Property subject thereto or exhaust
        any right or  take any action against  the Borrower,
        any Guarantor, any  Transaction Party  or any  other
        Person or entity or any Collateral.

             SECTION   5.5.  Subordination   of   Subrogation
        Rights.    The  rights  which  any  Guarantor  shall
        acquire  against  any   of  the  other   Transaction
        Parties  as  a  consequence of  making  any  payment
        under   its  Guaranty  are,  in  this  Section  5.5,
        collectively called  the "Subrogation  Rights."   In
        the  event of any  proceeding for  the distribution,
        division  or application of  all or any  part of the
        Property of  any of the  other Transaction  Parties,
        whether  such  proceeding be  for  the  liquidation,
        dissolution  or  winding  up  of  any  of  the other
        Transaction  Parties, a  receivership, insolvency or
        bankruptcy   proceeding,   an  assignment   for  the
        benefit  of creditors, or a proceeding by or against
        any  of  the other  Transaction  Parties for  relief
        under  any bankruptcy,  reorganization or insolvency
        law,  if all of  the Obligations have  not been paid
        and   satisfied   in   full   at   the   time,   the
        Administrative   Agent    is   hereby    irrevocably
        authorized   by   such   Guarantor   at   any   such
        proceeding:

                 (a) to  enforce  all   of  the  Subrogation
             Rights of  such Guarantor, either in the name of
             the Administrative  Agent or  the Lenders or  in
             the  name of such  Guarantor, by  proof of debt,
             proof of claim, suit or otherwise;

                 (b) to collect any  Property of any  of the
             other   Transaction   Parties   distributed   or
             applied   by  way  of  dividend  or  payment  on
             account  of  such  Subrogation  Rights,  and  to
             apply  the  same,   or  the   proceeds  of   any
             realization thereof, towards the payment  of the
             Obligations  until all the Obligations have been
             paid and satisfied in full; and

                 (c) to vote all claims arising  under or in
             respect of all such Subrogation Rights.

             So  long as  any Obligations  remain unpaid,  no
        Guarantor  shall take  any  action  of any  kind  to
<PAGE>

                                      - 58 -

        enforce  any  of  its  Subrogation  Rights,  and  no
        Guarantor shall  receive or  accept from any  Person
        any  payments or other  distributions in  respect of
        any of its  Subrogation Rights.  Should  any payment
        on  account of  any  of  the Subrogation  Rights  be
        received by  any  Guarantor, such  payment shall  be
        delivered   by  such  Guarantor   forthwith  to  the
        Administrative  Agent for the benefit of the Secured
        Parties  in the  form  received by  such  Guarantor,
        except  for  the  addition  of  any  endorsement  or
        assignment  necessary  to  effect  transfer  of  all
        rights  therein to the  Collateral Agent.   Until so
        delivered, each such  payment shall be held  by such
        Guarantor  in trust for  the benefit  of the Secured
        Parties and shall  not be commingled with  any other
        funds of such Guarantor.


                             ARTICLE VI

                        CONDITIONS TO LENDING

             SECTION 6.1.  Conditions  to Making  the  Loans.
        The obligations of  each Lender to make its  Loan on
        the  Effective Date is subject to the fulfillment of
        the  following  conditions  precedent  prior  to  or
        simultaneously  with  the  making   of  the  initial
        Loans.

             SECTION 6.1.1.  Completion  of   Reorganization.
        The   Administrative   Agent  shall   have  received
        evidence (in the  form of legal opinions,  copies of
        Instruments, certificates  or otherwise as  it shall
        require)  reasonably  satisfactory  to the  Managing
        Agents that  the following  events and  transactions
        (collectively, the  "Reorganization") have  occurred
        or have been completed:

                 (a) Reorganization  Plan.    The Bankruptcy
             Court  shall  have approved  the  Reorganization
             Plan under  the  applicable  provisions  of  the
             Bankruptcy  Code,  and  the  Confirmation  Order
             shall   have  become   a   Final  Order.     The
             Registration  Statement shall  be  substantially
             in  the form of  Amendment No. 2  thereto, filed
             with  the  SEC on  September  27, 1993,  and the
             Reorganization  Plan  shall be  substantially in
             the  form  thereof attached  to  such  Amendment
             No. 2.  All of the transactions  contemplated to
             occur in  connection with  the effectiveness  of
             the   Reorganization   Plan  shall   have   been
             consummated   in   accordance  with   the  terms
             contained in the  Registration Statement and the
             Reorganization Plan  without any  waiver of  any
             material  condition  precedent contained  in the
             Reorganization  Plan not  previously approved by
             the Managing  Agents and  the Required  Lenders.
             Any  modifications  to the  Reorganization  Plan
             that would  adversely affect  the Lenders  shall
<PAGE>

                                      - 59 -

             have been  previously approved  by the  Required
             Lenders.

                 (b) Corporate Reorganizations.

                   (i)  GACC Mergers.   The GACC Mergers
                 shall  have  been  completed,  and GACC
                 shall  hold  100%  of  the  outstanding
                 shares of Capital Stock of GABCO.

                   (ii)  GABCO Sub.   GABCO  shall  have
                 organized  GABCO   Sub  as   a   direct
                 wholly-owned  Subsidiary of  GABCO, and
                 GABCO  Sub   shall  own  100%  of   the
                 outstanding shares of  Capital Stock of
                 the Borrower, LSI and each of the other
                 companies    indicated    as     direct
                 Subsidiaries  of  GABCO   Sub  in   the
                 Pro-forma Capital Structure.

                 (c) Treatment  of 13% Notes.

                   (i) Exchange  of  Old  13%  Notes for
                 GABCO 13% Notes.  The holders of all of
                 the 13% Senior  Subordinated Notes  due
                 2000  of  GABCO  (the "Old  13% Notes")
                 shall    have    received,    in   full
                 satisfaction of their claims thereunder
                 or  relating   thereto,  (A) GABCO  13%
                 Notes,   (B) the  payment   of  accrued
                 unpaid  interest   on  the  outstanding
                 principal  amount of Old 13% Notes, and
                 on the  amount of  the deferred payment
                 of interest on Old 13% Notes originally
                 due on June 15,  1993, in each case, at
                 a  rate  not   in  excess  of  thirteen
                 percent   (13%),   (C) payment   of   a
                 restructuring fee, in an 
                 aggregate amount not in excess of  $225,000,
                 and   (D) payment   of   all   out-of-pocket
                 expenses,  including  reasonable  fees   and
                 expenses  of counsel  and advisors, incurred
                 by  such  holders  in  connection  with  the
                 transactions  contemplated by  the GABCO 13%
                 Note Exchange  Agreement.   Interest on  the
                 GABCO  13%  Notes shall  begin to  accrue on
                 the Effective  Date.   The principal  amount
                 of GABCO  13% Notes  issued pursuant to  the
                 GABCO 13%  Note Exchange Agreement shall not
                 exceed  $111,500,000.   The  GABCO  13% Note
                 Exchange  Agreement shall  be  substantially
                 in   the   form   of   the   draft   thereof
                 distributed  to  the  Lenders  on  or  about
                 October  9, 1993;  the GABCO  13%  Notes and
                 the   GABCO   Pledge  Agreement   shall   be
                 substantially in the form  of the applicable
                 Exhibits  to   such  draft;  and  the   GACC
                 Undertaking  shall  be substantially  in the
                 form  of the  draft  thereof  distributed to
<PAGE>

                                      - 60 -

                 the Lenders on or about November 2, 1993.

                   (ii) No  Remaining  Claims Under  Old  13%
                 Notes.   All claims  of holders  of Old  13%
                 Notes under the Old  13% Notes and under any
                 Instruments  governing  the  Old  13%  Notes
                 shall  have  been  discharged,   terminated,
                 cancelled and released.

                 (d) Treatment of Old  Debt Securities Under
             Reorganization Plan.

                   (i)  Old Debt  Securities.  The holders of
                 all  of the  outstanding  (A)  9 1/2% Senior
                 Secured  Notes due  2000 of  Holding II, (B)
                 14 1/8% Senior  Notes due 1996 of Holding I,
                 (C)  20 1/2%  Senior Extendable  Reset Notes
                 due 1995  of Holding I,  (D) 14 3/8%  Senior
                 Subordinated  Debentures  due 1999  of GACC,
                 (E) 11%  Senior Debentures due 1995 of GACC,
                 (F) 9%  Senior Subordinated  Notes due  1993
                 of GACC  and (G)  Variable Rate  Convertible
                 Subordinated  Debentures  due 1993  of  GACC
                 (collectively,  the "Old  Debt  Securities")
                 shall  have  received, in  full satisfaction
                 of   their  claims  thereunder  or  relating
                 thereto,  (X)  GACC  14%  Notes  and/or  (Y)
                 shares  of  Common  Stock.    The  principal
                 amount of GACC  14% Notes issued pursuant to
                 the  GACC  14%  Note  Indenture  shall   not
                 exceed the  sum of $72,500,000 plus interest
                 accrued  thereon  from July  1,  1993.   The
                 GACC    14%   Note    Indenture   shall   be
                 substantially  in  the  form  of  the  draft
                 thereof  distributed to  the  Lenders  on or
                 about October  9,  1993;  and the  GACC  14%
                 Notes and  the GACC  Pledge Agreement  shall
                 be  substantially   in  the   form  of   the
                 applicable Exhibits to such draft.

                   (ii)  No  Remaining Claims  Under Old Debt
                 Securities.   All claims of  holders of  Old
                 Debt   Securities   under  such   Old   Debt
                 Securities   and   under   any   Instruments
                 governing  such  Old Debt  Securities  shall
                 have   been   discharged,   terminated   and
                 cancelled.

                 (e) AFC Loan Agreement; Other Advances.

                   (i)  AFC Loan  Agreement.  AFC shall  have
                 received,   in  full   satisfaction  of  its
                 claims under  the Loan  Agreement, dated  as
                 of  October 6,  1987, between  AFC  and GACC
                 (the  "AFC  Loan  Agreement") and  all other
                 Instruments  relating  thereto,  shares   of
                 Common Stock.  All  claims of AFC  under the
                 AFC    Loan   Agreement    and   all   other
                 Instruments  relating  thereto  shall   have
<PAGE>

                                      - 61 -

                 been discharged,  terminated and  cancelled.
                 The  AFC  Loan  Agreement  shall  have  been
                 cancelled.    The  Agents  and  the  Lenders
                 acknowledge   that,   from  and   after  the
                 Effective Date, GACC shall  have no  further
                 right to  require or receive  any loans from
                 AFC under the AFC Loan Agreement.

                   (ii)  Other AFC  Advances.  All claims  of
                 AFC with respect to  all loans and  advances
                 made by AFC to  GACC, Holding I  and Holding
                 II  (other  than loans  under  the  AFC Loan
                 Agreement)  shall   have  been   discharged,
                 terminated and cancelled.

                 (f) Treatment of  Claims and  Interests  of
             Holders of  Preferred Stock.  All of the holders
             of shares  of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B
             Preferred Stock and Series  C Preferred Stock of
             Holding I (the "Holding Preferred Stock")  shall
             have  received, in  full satisfaction  of  their
             claims   as   holders   of  shares   of  Holding
             Preferred Stock,  shares of  Common Stock.   All
             claims  and  interests  of  holders  of  Holding
             Preferred  Stock as holders of Holding Preferred
             Stock  shall  have been  discharged,  terminated
             and  cancelled.  All shares of Holding Preferred
             Stock shall have been cancelled.

                 (g) Comprehensive   Settlement   Agreement.
             The Administrative  Agent shall  have received a
             counterpart  of  the   Comprehensive  Settlement
             Agreement, duly  executed and delivered by  each
             of  the  parties  thereto.    The  Comprehensive
             Settlement  Agreement shall  be substantially in
             the form  of  Exhibit  U attached  hereto,  with
             such  changes as  shall  have been  approved  in
             writing  by   the  Required   Lenders  and   the
             Managing Agents.

                 (h)  AFC  Investment.     GACC  shall   have
             received at  least $7,500,000  of cash  proceeds
             of  an  Investment by  AFC  in Common  Stock and
             GACC 14% Notes.

                 (i) WGHP  Loan.   The Borrower  shall  have
             received  all of the  cash proceeds  of the WGHP
             Loan,  in   an   aggregate  amount   of  up   to
             $17,500,000.   The WGHP  Loan Agreement and  the
             WGHP    Subordination   Agreement    shall    be
             substantially  in  the form  of  Exhibit  T  and
             Exhibit U attached hereto, respectively.

                 (j) Letter  Agreement;  AFC  Control.   The
             Administrative Agent shall have received  copies
             of  the  Letter  Agreement,  duly  executed  and
             delivered by each of  the parties thereto.   The
             Letter Agreement  shall be  substantially in the
             form of  Exhibit X  attached  hereto, with  such
<PAGE>

                                      - 62 -

             changes  as  shall  have  been  approved by  the
             Required   Lenders  and   the  Managing  Agents.
             After giving  effect to the Reorganization,  (i)
             AFC shall  own and control  at least  (A) 39% of
             the  issued and  outstanding shares  of  Class A
             Common  Stock and  (B)  33%  of the  issued  and
             outstanding shares of Common Stock and  (ii) AFC
             designees  shall constitute  a  majority  of the
             members of the Board of Directors of GACC.

                 (k) Existing  Financing Arrangements.   All
             the  Obligations  (as defined  in  the  Existing
             Loan Agreement)  and all the  obligations of the
             Borrower under the  Existing WGHP Loan Agreement
             shall  have been  paid  in full  in cash.    The
             Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received   a
             fully executed  copy of the WGHP Pay Off Letter.
             The  WGHP Pay Off  Letter shall  be in  form and
             substance  satisfactory  to  the  Administrative
             Agent.

                 (l) Effective    Date    Certificate.   The
             Administrative  Agent  shall have  received  the
             Effective Date Certificate, dated the  Effective
             Date,  duly   executed  and   delivered  by   an
             Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

             SECTION 6.1.2.  Execution   and   Delivery    of
        Agreement,  Notes,  etc.   The  Administrative Agent
        shall   have   received  (a) counterparts   of  this
        Agreement,  duly  executed  and  delivered  by   the
        Principal Companies, the Agents and the  Lenders and
        (b)  for the account  of each  Lender, such Lender's
        Note, dated  the Effective  Date, duly  executed and
        delivered    by   the    Borrower   and   containing
        appropriate   insertions   and  conforming   to  the
        requirements of Section 3.2.

             SECTION 6.1.3.  Accession   Agreement.       The
        Administrative    Agent    shall    have    received
        counterparts of  the Accession  Agreement, dated  as
        of the  Effective Date, duly executed  and delivered
        by GACC and GABCO Sub.

             SECTION 6.1.4.  Subsidiary   Guaranty.       The
        Administrative    Agent    shall    have    received
        counterparts of  the Subsidiary  Guaranty, dated  as
        of  the Effective Date,  duly executed and delivered
        by LSI.

             SECTION 6.1.5.  Pledge    Agreement.         The
        Administrative    Agent    shall    have    received
        counterparts  of the  Pledge Agreement,  dated as of
        the Effective Date, duly  executed and delivered  by
        the Borrower,  GABCO Sub  and the  Collateral Agent,
        together  with  certificates evidencing  the Initial
        Pledged Shares  identified in Attachment  1 attached
        thereto (accompanied  by undated  stock powers  duly
        executed in blank).
<PAGE>

                                      - 63 -

             SECTION 6.1.6.  Security     Agreement;      UCC
        Filings, etc.   The Administrative Agent  shall have
        received  counterparts  of  the Security  Agreement,
        dated  as of the  Effective Date,  duly executed and
        delivered by each  of the Transaction Parties (other
        than GACC) and the Collateral Agent, together with

                 (a) acknowledgment   copies    of    proper
             Financing  Statements  (Form  UCC-1),  or   such
             other  evidence  of  filing or  arrangements for
             filing  as may  be acceptable  to the Collateral
             Agent,  naming the  applicable Transaction Party
             as the debtor, and  the Collateral Agent  as the
             secured  party for  the benefit  of the  Secured
             Parties,   and  other   similar  Instruments  or
             documents,  filed  under the  Uniform Commercial
             Code in  the States  listed on  Attachment 1  to
             the Security Agreement;

                 (b) executed  copies  of  proper  Financing
             Statements  (Form  UCC-3) necessary  to  release
             all Liens and  other rights of any Person in the
             collateral  described in  any security agreement
             previously granted by any Transaction  Party (or
             an  undertaking  satisfactory to  the Collateral
             Agent by the secured 
             party  under  any  such  security  agreement  to
             execute  and  deliver all  Financing  Statements
             (Form UCC-3)  required by  the Collateral  Agent
             necessary  to release  all such  Liens),  except
             for any Lien that  constitutes a Permitted  Lien
             under clause (a) of the definition thereof; and

                 (c) certified  copies  of  search  reports,
             dated a  date reasonably near (but prior to) the
             Effective Date, listing all effective  financing
             statements  which  name  any  Transaction  Party
             (under  its present name  or any  previous name)
             as   debtor   and  which   are   filed  in   the
             jurisdictions   in   which  filings   were  made
             pursuant  to clause (a), together with copies of
             such  financing  statements; and  accompanied by
             judgment and tax  lien searches with  respect to
             each of the Transaction Parties;

        Any   other   action,   including   the  taking   of
        possession of  specific Collateral by the Collateral
        Agent, required  by the  Collateral Agent  to create
        in favor  of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of
        the  Secured   Parties  a  perfected   Lien  on  the
        Collateral  described  in  the   Security  Agreement
        shall  have been properly  taken in  order to create
        such a perfected Lien.

             SECTION 6.1.7.  Trademark  Security   Agreement.
        The   Administrative   Agent  shall   have  received
        counterparts  of  the Trademark  Security Agreement,
        dated  as of the  Effective Date,  duly executed and
        delivered by  each of the Transaction Parties (other
<PAGE>

                                      - 64 -

        than GACC)  and the  Collateral Agent,  and in  form
        satisfactory  for  filing  with  the  United  States
        Patent and Trademark Office,  together with evidence
        satisfactory to the Collateral Agent that  each such
        Transaction  Party   has  identified   all  of   its
        federally  registered  trademarks and  service marks
        on  the  appropriate  schedules  to  the   Trademark
        Security Agreement.

             SECTION 6.1.8.  Collateral   Assignment.     The
        Administrative    Agent    shall    have    received
        counterparts   of   the  Collateral   Assignment  of
        Hanna-Barbera  LC   Documents,  dated   as  of   the
        Effective Date,  duly executed and delivered  by the
        Borrower  and the  Collateral  Agent, together  with
        acknowledgment    copies   of    proper    Financing
        Statements (Form UCC-1),  or such other  evidence of
        filing  or  arrangements   for  filing  as  may   be
        acceptable  to  the  Collateral  Agent,  naming  the
        Borrower  as  debtor  and  the  Collateral Agent  as
        secured  party  for  the  benefit   of  the  Secured
        Parties,  and other similar  Instruments filed under
        the  Uniform Commercial Code in the States listed as
        the location  of the  Borrower's principal  business
        offices on Attachment 1 to the Security Agreement.

             SECTION 6.1.9. Mortgages.    The  Administrative
        Agent  shall  have  received  counterparts  of  real
        estate mortgages or deeds of trust, dated  as of the
        Effective  Date  (collectively,   the  "Mortgages"),
        substantially  in the  form  of  Exhibit L  attached
        hereto (with such variations as are  appropriate for
        the jurisdiction  in which the  particular Mortgaged
        Property  is  located  and  are  acceptable  to  the
        Collateral  Agent),  with  respect to  each  of  the
        Mortgaged  Properties,  duly executed  and delivered
        by the  Borrower, the  Collateral Agent  and one  or
        more   trustees,  where   necessary,  together  with
        evidence satisfactory  to the Collateral  Agent that
        such Mortgages  have been duly  filed and  recorded,
        or that  arrangements satisfactory to the Collateral
        Agent have  been made for  filing and recording such
        Mortgages,  in such public offices as the Collateral
        Agent shall have specified.

             SECTION 6.1.10. Title Matters.  With respect  to
        each  Mortgaged  Property, the  Administrative Agent
        shall have received the following items:

                 (a) a  title insurance  policy in  form and
             with  endorsements  reasonably  satisfactory  to
             the Collateral Agent, issued  in amounts and  by
             one   or   more   title   insurance    companies
             satisfactory  to  the Collateral  Agent, subject
             to  no  exceptions  other than  those reasonably
             acceptable to the Collateral Agent;

                 (b) copies of all documents referred  to in
             the title  insurance policies  and requested  by
<PAGE>

                                      - 65 -

             the Collateral Agent;

                 (c) certified   copies  of   all  licenses,
             approvals  and permits  (including  certificates
             indicating  that certificates  of occupancy were
             issued) from Governmental  Authorities affecting
             such  Mortgaged  Property  that  are  reasonably
             requested by the Collateral Agent; and

                 (d) affidavits   from   the   Borrower,  if
             requested  by the  title  insurers  insuring the
             Lien  of such  Mortgages, sufficient  to  enable
             such  title  insurers  to issue  title insurance
             policies in accordance  with clause (a) of  this
             Section 6.1.10.

             SECTION 6.1.11.  MAI   Appraisals.      If   the
        Required  Lenders  determine  that   appraisals  are
        required  under  any  Applicable  Law, including  12
        U.S.C.  Section  93a,  Title  XI  of  the  Financial
        Institution Reform, Recovery and  Enforcement Act of
        1989  or  the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,
        with  respect  to the  value of  all  or any  of the
        Mortgaged  Properties,   the  Administrative   Agent
        shall   have  received   (at  the   expense  of  the
        Borrower)  copies   of  appraisals   on  each   such
        Mortgaged  Property,  performed  by  MAI  appraisers
        (Members of  the American  Institute of Real  Estate
        Appraisers) selected  by the Collateral  Agent.  The
        value  of the  Mortgaged  Properties shown  by  such
        appraisals (if  required) shall  be satisfactory  to
        the Required Lenders.

             SECTION 6.1.12.  Environmental  Audits.  If  the
        Managing   Agents   determine   that   environmental
        assessments   or   audits  are   required   by   any
        Applicable  Law,   or   if  the   Required   Lenders
        determine  that environmental  assessments or audits
        are required by  their internal credit policies,  in
        each  case  with  respect  to  all  or  any  of  the
        Mortgaged  Properties,  the    Administrative  Agent
        shall  have   received  (at   the  expense  of   the
        Borrower)   copies   of  reports   of  environmental
        assessments or  audits of such Mortgaged Properties,
        prepared   by   hydrologists   or  other   qualified
        independent   engineers,  consultants   or   experts
        satisfactory  to the Required Lenders.  The scope of
        such   environmental   assessments  or   audits  (if
        required), and  the  information contained  in  such
        reports,  shall  be  satisfactory  to  the  Required
        Lenders.

             SECTION 6.1.13. Cash  Collateral   Arrangements,
        etc.  The Administrative  Agent shall have  received
        counterparts   of  the   Concentration  Account  and
        Sub-Agency Agreement,  dated  as  of  the  Effective
        Date, duly  executed and delivered  by the Borrower,
        Bank of Boston and the Collateral Agent.
<PAGE>

                                      - 66 -

             SECTION 6.1.14. Amendment    to   Tax    Sharing
        Agreement.   The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have
        received copies of  an amendment to the  Tax Sharing
        Agreement, in  form  and substance  satisfactory  to
        the  Required Lenders and the Managing Agents.  Such
        amendment  shall   provide  that  the   maximum  tax
        liability  of any Subsidiary  of GACC  to GACC under
        the  Tax Sharing Agreement  for any  period shall be
        that  portion   of  the   actual  consolidated   tax
        liability  of GACC  and  its  Subsidiaries for  such
        period   attributable   (determined   on   a   basis
        satisfactory  to   the  Required  Lenders   and  the
        Managing Agents) to such Subsidiary.

             SECTION 6.1.15. Loan  Documents  and   Ancillary
        Documents.

                 (a) Each of the Loan  Documents and each of
             the  Ancillary  Documents  shall have  been duly
             and properly authorized, executed and  delivered
             by the respective  party or parties thereto  and
             shall be in full force and effect.

                 (b) The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have
             received  counterparts  of  each  Loan  Document
             (other  than  the Notes  and  the  Mortgages) in
             sufficient  number  for  distribution  to   each
             Lender, and  copies of  each Ancillary Document.
             Each   Loan  Document   and  Ancillary  Document
             (other   than   Loan  Documents   and  Ancillary
             Documents referred  to in  Section 6.1.1,  which
             are subject to  the special provisions contained
             therein)    shall,    where    applicable,    be
             substantially  in   the  form   of  an   Exhibit
             attached hereto,  and all  other Loan  Documents
             and  Ancillary Documents  shall  be in  form and
             substance  satisfactory to  the Required Lenders
             and  the   Managing  Agents.     All   exhibits,
             schedules  or  other attachments  to any  of the
             Collateral Documents  and any  of the  Ancillary
             Documents  shall  be  in   form  and   substance
             satisfactory  to the  Required Lenders  and  the
             Managing Agents.

             SECTION 6.1.16. Opinions   of  Counsel.      The
        Administrative  Agent shall  have received opinions,
        dated  the Effective  Date  (a)  addressed  to  each
        Agent  and  Lender,  from  (i)  Keating, Muething  &
        Klekamp,   general   counsel   to  the   Transaction
        Parties, substantially in  the form  of Exhibit  M-1
        attached   hereto,  and   otherwise   in  form   and
        substance  reasonably  satisfactory to  the Managing
        Agents, (ii) Koteen & Naftalin, special  FCC counsel
        to  the Transaction  Parties,  substantially in  the
        form  of Exhibit M-2  attached hereto, and otherwise
        in  form  and substance  reasonably  satisfactory to
        the  Managing   Agents,  (iii)  local   real  estate
        counsel  in each State  in which any  Mortgage is to
        be  recorded,   in  form  and  substance  reasonably
<PAGE>

                                      - 67 -

        satisfactory  to  the  Managing  Agents,  and   (iv)
        Jones,  Day,  Reavis  &  Pogue,  special  bankruptcy
        counsel  to  the Transaction  Parties, substantially
        in  the  form of  Exhibit  M-4 attached  hereto, and
        otherwise   in   form   and   substance   reasonably
        satisfactory  to   the  Managing  Agents,   and  (b)
        addressed  to  each  Lender, from  Bingham,  Dana  &
        Gould,  special  counsel  to  the  Managing  Agents,
        substantially in  the form  of Exhibit M-3  attached
        hereto.

             SECTION 6.1.17. Compliance  Certificate.     The
        Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received a  duly
        executed  and   completed  Compliance   Certificate,
        dated the Effective Date.

             SECTION 6.1.18. Solvency   Certificate.      The
        Administrative   Agent   shall   have   received   a
        certificate, dated the Effective  Date, in the  form
        of Exhibit O  attached hereto, duly executed  by the
        chief financial, accounting or  executive Authorized
        Officer of the Borrower.

             SECTION 6.1.19. Perfection  Certificate.     The
        Administrative   Agent   shall   have   received   a
        certificate, dated the Effective  Date, in the  form
        of  Exhibit E attached  hereto, duly  executed by an
        Authorized Officer of each Transaction Party  (other
        than GACC).

             SECTION 6.1.20. Document Acceptance  Agreements.
        The Administrative  Agent shall  have received  from
        each  of the Lenders  a duly  executed and delivered
        Document Acceptance Agreement.

             SECTION 6.1.21. Resolutions,    etc.         The
        Administrative Agent shall have received:

                 (a) from each of the Transaction Parties, a
             certificate, dated  the Effective  Date, of  its
             Secretary or any Assistant Secretary as to 

                   (i)  resolutions   of    its   Board    of
                 Directors then  in  full  force  and  effect
                 authorizing  the  execution,  delivery   and
                 performance  of, in each case, to the extent
                 such Transaction Party is  a party  thereto,
                 this Agreement  and each  of the other  Loan
                 Documents;

                   (ii)  the  incumbency  and  signatures  of
                 the officers  of each such Transaction Party
                 (the  "Authorized Officers")  authorized  to
                 act with  respect to  (in each  case to  the
                 extent  such  Transaction  Party is  a party
                 thereto),  this Agreement  and  each  of the
                 other    Loan   Documents,    (upon    which
                 certificate the  Agents and  the Lenders may
                 conclusively rely  until the  Administrative
<PAGE>

                                      - 68 -

                 Agent   shall   have  received   a   further
                 certificate   of  such   Transaction   Party
                 canceling    or    amending    such    prior
                 certificate,   which   further   certificate
                 shall  be  reasonably  satisfactory  to  the
                 Administrative Agent);

                   (iii)  each  Governing  Document  of  such
                 Transaction Party; and

                   (iv)  any   shareholder  agreement,  stock
                 subscription    agreement,   voting    trust
                 agreement, securities purchase agreement  or
                 similar agreement  to which it  is a  party;
                 and

                 (b) such other documents  (certified as  of
             the  Effective Date) as  the Required Lenders or
             the  Managing Agents may reasonably request with
             respect   to  any   matter   relevant   to  this
             Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents  or  the
             transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

        Each   of  such  documents  shall  be  in  form  and
        substance  reasonably  satisfactory to  the Managing
        Agents and the Required Lenders.

             SECTION 6.1.22.  Certificates of  Good Standing.
        The  Administrative  Agent  shall  have  received  a
        certificate  signed by the Secretary of State of the
        State of  incorporation of  each Transaction  Party,
        dated a  date   reasonably near (but  prior to)  the
        Effective Date, stating that  such Transaction Party
        is a  corporation duly  organized, validly  existing
        and in good standing under the laws of such State.

             SECTION 6.1.23. Financial   Statements.      The
        Borrower  shall   have  furnished  to  each  of  the
        Lenders   the   Historical   Financials    and   the
        Projections.

             SECTION 6.1.24. No  Materially  Adverse  Effect.
        No   event  or  events  shall  have  occurred  since
        December  31, 1992  which,  individually or  in  the
        aggregate,  have had  or  are  reasonably likely  to
        have a Materially Adverse Effect.

             SECTION  6.1.25. Restricted Payments;  Affiliate
        Transactions; Other Corporate Transactions.

                 (a) Restricted      Payments;     Affiliate
             Transactions.      Since   the   date  of   this
             Agreement, no Transaction  Party shall have made
             any   Restricted   Payments  or   entered  into,
             performed    or    completed    any    Affiliate
             Transactions, except (i) payments  of dividends,
             loans  or  advances  by  the  Borrower to  GACC,
             Holding I,  Holding II or GABCO, in an aggregate
             amount not  in excess  of  $2,500,000 (less  any
<PAGE>

                                      - 69 -

             such  payments  made  during the  period between
             March 31, 1993 and the date of  this Agreement),
             the proceeds  of which  are used  solely to  pay
             costs and  expenses incurred  in connection with
             the Reorganization, (ii) the payments and  other
             transactions  described  in Section  6.1.1,  and
             (iii) payments  of  principal of,  and  interest
             on,   Indebtedness   under  the   Existing  Loan
             Agreement.  The Administrative Agent  shall have
             received  evidence (in the  form of  a statement
             of sources and uses of funds or otherwise  as it
             shall  require)  reasonably satisfactory  to  it
             that the costs and  expenses of GACC,  Holding I
             and Holding II  incurred in connection with  the
             Reorganization  have been  paid  on or  prior to
             the Effective  Date, or  that adequate provision
             has  been  made   for  such  payment  after  the
             Effective Date.

                 (b) Other  Corporate  Transactions.   Since
             the  date of  this Agreement,  neither GACC  nor
             any of its  Subsidiaries shall  have (i)  merged
             or consolidated  with any  other Person,  except
             pursuant  to the  GACC  Mergers,  or (ii)  sold,
             transferred  or  disposed  of  any  Broadcasting
             Station.

             SECTION 6.1.26. Compliance   with    Warranties;
        Absence   of    Litigation;   No   Default.      The
        Administrative  Agent  shall  have   received,  with
        counterparts  for  each  Lender,  a  duly   executed
        certificate  of   an  Authorized   Officer  of   the
        Borrower, dated  the Effective Date,  to the  effect
        provided in Section 6.2.1.

             SECTION 6.1.27. Fees   and   Expenses.       The
        Administrative Agent shall have received payment  in
        full of all  of the Fees required  to be paid  on or
        prior  to  the  Effective  Date in  accordance  with
        Section  3.5,  and shall  have  received  payment in
        full  of  its   out-of-pocket  costs  and   expenses
        (including  counsel fees  and disbursements) payable
        in accordance  with Section 12.3  for which invoices
        have been submitted on or prior to such date.

             SECTION 6.1.28. Insurance.      The   Collateral
        Agent  shall   have  received   evidence  that   all
        insurance  policies,  coverages and  riders required
        pursuant  to  Section 8.1.5  remain  or are  in full
        force and effect.

             SECTION 6.2.  All   Credit  Extensions.      The
        obligations  of  each  Lender  to make  each  Credit
        Extension (including the initial  Credit Extensions)
        shall  also be subject  to the  satisfaction of each
        of  the  conditions  precedent  set  forth  in  this
        Section.

             SECTION 6.2.1.  Compliance   with    Warranties,
<PAGE>

                                      - 70 -

        Absence   of  Litigation,  No  Default,  etc.    The
        representations and  warranties set forth in Article
        VII,  in the Collateral  Documents and  in the other
        Loan Documents shall  have been true and  correct in
        all  material  respects as  of  the date  made, and,
        both   immediately  before   and  immediately  after
        giving effect to such Credit Extension,

                 (a) such  representations   and  warranties
             shall  be  true  and  correct  in  all  material
             respects  with the same  effect as  if then made
             (except for any such representation  or warranty
             that relates solely to a prior date);

                 (b) no development shall  have occurred  in
             any  litigation,  arbitration   or  governmental
             investigation  or  proceeding disclosed  by  the
             Principal   Companies   to   the   Lenders    in
             Section 7.8  of the Disclosure Schedule that, in
             the  opinion  of  the  Required Lenders  or  the
             Managing Agents, has a reasonable  likelihood of
             having a Materially Adverse Effect; and 

                 (c) no Default  shall have  occurred and be
             continuing.

             SECTION 6.2.2.  Notice       of       Borrowing;
        Continuation/     Conversion    Notice.          The
        Administrative Agent  shall have  received a  notice
        of borrowing  in compliance with  Section  3.1  or a
        Continuation/Conversion Notice, as the case may  be,
        for such  Credit Extension.   The  delivery of  such
        notice of borrowing or  such Continuation/Conversion
        Notice   shall   constitute  a   representation  and
        warranty  by  the Borrower  that  on and  as  of the
        requested  date of such Credit Extension, and before
        and after  giving effect  to such Credit  Extension,
        all  representations  and  warranties   required  by
        Section 6.2.1 are true and correct.

             SECTION 6.2.3.  Legality  of Transactions.    It
        shall  not be  unlawful  (a) for  any  Agent or  any
        Lender  to perform  any  of their  obligations under
        any  of   the  Loan   Documents  or   (b)  for   any
        Transaction Party  to perform any of its obligations
        under any of the Loan Documents.

             SECTION 6.2.4.  Satisfactory  Legal  Form,  etc.
        All documents executed or submitted pursuant  hereto
        by or on  behalf of any  of the Principal  Companies
        or any  of their Subsidiaries shall  be satisfactory
        in form  and substance  to the  Managing Agents  and
        their  counsel;  the   Managing  Agents  and   their
        counsel  shall have  received  all information,  and
        such  counterpart  originals  or  such certified  or
        other  copies of  such  materials, as  the  Managing
        Agents or their  counsel or any Lender  may request;
        and all  legal matters incident to  the transactions
        contemplated    by    this    Agreement   and    the
<PAGE>

                                      - 71 -

        Reorganization  shall be satisfactory  to counsel to
        the Managing Agents.


                             ARTICLE VII

                          WARRANTIES, ETC.

             In  order to induce  the Agents  and the Lenders
        to  enter into  this  Agreement  and to  make  Loans
        hereunder,   each   of   the   Principal   Companies
        represents  and warrants  unto each  Agent  and each
        Lender as set forth in this Article.

             SECTION 7.1.  Organization,  etc.   Each  of the
        Transaction   Parties   is   a    corporation   duly
        organized,  validly  existing and  in  good standing
        under   the   laws  of   the  jurisdiction   of  its
        incorporation, is duly  qualified to do business and
        is  in  good standing  as  a foreign  corporation in
        each jurisdiction  where the nature of  its business
        makes such  qualification  necessary and  where  the
        failure to  so qualify could reasonably  be expected
        to  have a Materially  Adverse Effect,  and has full
        power  and   authority  and   holds  all   requisite
        governmental  licenses, permits  and other Approvals
        to  own or  hold  under lease  its  Property and  to
        conduct  its  business  substantially  as  currently
        conducted by it and as proposed to be conducted.

             SECTION 7.2.  Power,  Authority.   Each  of  the
        Transaction Parties  has taken all necessary action,
        corporate or otherwise, to  authorize the execution,
        delivery  and performance of  the Loan Documents and
        Ancillary  Documents to  be  executed  by it.    The
        execution, delivery  and performance of  each of the
        Loan Documents  and each of the  Ancillary Documents
        to which  any Transaction  Party is  or is  to be  a
        party  on and  as  of the  Effective  Date will  not
        (except for Approvals which  will have been  already
        made or  obtained)  require any  Approval, will  not
        conflict  with,  result  in  any  violation  of,  or
        constitute any default  under (a)  any provision  of
        any  Governing  Document of  any  Transaction Party,
        (b)  any   Contractual  Obligation  of  any  of  the
        Principal Companies or any of their  Subsidiaries or
        (c) any Applicable  Law, and will  not result in  or
        require  the creation or  imposition of  any Lien on
        any  of their Property pursuant to the provisions of
        any   agreement   (excluding,  however,   the  Liens
        created  by  the  Collateral   Documents)  or  other
        Instrument  binding upon or applicable to any of the
        Transaction  Parties or any  of their  Property.  As
        of the Effective Date,  the Confirmation Order  will
        duly ratify  GACC's execution  and delivery  of each
        Loan  Document and  each  Ancillary Document  to  be
        executed  by  it, and  will  duly authorize  GACC to
        perform its  obligations  under this  Agreement  and
        each such Loan Document and Ancillary Document.
<PAGE>

                                      - 72 -

             SECTION 7.3.  Validity,  etc.    This  Agreement
        has  been   duly  executed  and  delivered   by  the
        Principal  Companies,  and  constitutes  the  legal,
        valid,  and  binding  obligation  of  the  Principal
        Companies,   enforceable  in   accordance  with  its
        terms.  Each of the  Loan Documents to which  any of
        the Transaction  Parties is or is to be a party does
        or will  constitute  the  legal, valid  and  binding
        obligation  of  such Transaction  Party, enforceable
        in  accordance with its  terms.   The enforceability
        of  this  Agreement and  the Loan  Documents against
        the  Transaction   Parties  shall   be  subject   to
        bankruptcy,  insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium
        or similar laws at  the time in effect affecting the
        enforceability   of   the   rights    of   creditors
        generally.

             SECTION 7.4.  Financial   Information.       All
        balance  sheets,  all statements  of  income  and of
        cash  flows,  and  all  other  financial  statements
        which have  been furnished by or on behalf of any of
        the  Principal  Companies  to  any  Lender,  or  any
        Managing  Agent for the purposes of or in connection
        with this Agreement or  any transaction contemplated
        hereby, including

                 (a) the audited  consolidated balance sheet
             at December 31, 1992  and December 31,  1991 and
             the  related audited  consolidated statements of
             income,  of  shareholders' equity  and  of  cash
             flows, for  each of the Fiscal Years then ended,
             of  GACC and its  Subsidiaries, certified by the
             Independent Public Accountant; and

                 (b) the  unaudited   consolidated   balance
             sheets  dated March  31,  1993, and  the related
             unaudited consolidated statements of income  and
             of cash flows, for  the three-month period  then
             ended    of    GACC   and    its    Subsidiaries
             (collectively, the "Historical Financials").

        have   been  prepared   in   accordance  with   GAAP
        consistently   applied   throughout    the   periods
        involved (except as  disclosed therein) and  present
        fairly (subject  to normal  year-end adjustments  in
        the  case  of  the  financial  statements  delivered
        pursuant to clause  (b)) the consolidated  financial
        condition of the corporations covered thereby as  at
        the  dates   thereof  and   the  results  of   their
        operations for  the  periods  then ended.    Neither
        GACC  nor any of  its Subsidiaries  has any material
        contingent  liability  or  liabilities   for  taxes,
        long-term  leases  or unusual  forward  or long-term
        commitments   which  are   not   reflected  in   the
        Historical Financials or in the notes thereto.

             SECTION 7.5.  Projections.      The    projected
        consolidated  balance  sheets  as  at  December  31,
        1993,  1994,  1995, 1996,  1997,  and 1998,  and the
<PAGE>

                                      - 73 -

        projected consolidated statements of income for  the
        Fiscal  Years  ending on  such  dates, all  of which
        have  been  delivered to  the  Lenders prior  to the
        date   of   this   Agreement    (collectively,   the
        "Projections"), have  been  prepared  based  on  the
        assumptions accompanying  them and reflect  the best
        good faith  estimate of  the Principal Companies  of
        the  performance  and  financial  condition  of  the
        Principal Companies  and their Subsidiaries  for the
        periods then ended based on such assumptions.

             SECTION 7.6.  Materially Adverse Effect.  

                 (a) For purposes of the Credit Extension to
             be  made on  the  Effective  Date, no  event  or
             events  have  occurred  since December  31, 1992
             which, individually  or in  the aggregate,  have
             had   or  are  reasonably   likely  to  have,  a
             Materially Adverse Effect.

                 (b) For   purposes  of   Credit  Extensions
             requested to be  made after the  Effective Date,
             no  event  or events  have  occurred  since  the
             Effective  Date which,  individually or  in  the
             aggregate, have had or are reasonably likely  to
             have a Materially Adverse Effect.

             SECTION 7.7.  Existing Indebtedness; Absence  of
        Default.   With respect to each item of Indebtedness
        listed in Section 8.2.2 of  the Disclosure Schedule,
        the  Principal  Companies  have  delivered  to   the
        Administrative  Agent  a true  and complete  copy of
        each  Instrument  evidencing  such  Indebtedness  or
        pursuant to  which such  Indebtedness was  issued or
        secured (including each amendment,  consent, waiver,
        or similar  Instrument executed and/or  delivered in
        respect thereof),  as the same  is in effect  on the
        date hereof.   Except as set forth  in Section 8.2.2
        of  the Disclosure  Schedule, none  of the Principal
        Companies  or  any   of  their  Subsidiaries  is  in
        default  in the payment of any such Indebtedness, or
        in  the  performance  of any  obligation  under  any
        Instrument evidencing such Indebtedness  or pursuant
        to which such Indebtedness was issued or secured.

             SECTION 7.8.  Litigation,  etc.   Except  as  to
        matters discussed in Section  7.8 of the  Disclosure
        Schedule,  there  is  no  pending  or,  to  the best
        knowledge  of  the  Principal  Companies (after  due
        inquiry),  threatened  litigation,  arbitration,  or
        governmental  investigation  or  proceeding  against
        any  of the  Principal  Companies  or any  of  their
        Subsidiaries  or to which any of the Property of any
        thereof is subject which 

                 (a) if adversely determined,  could have  a
             Materially Adverse Effect;

                 (b) relates  to this Agreement or any other
<PAGE>

                                      - 74 -

             Loan Document or to the Reorganization; or

                 (c) seeks to  enjoin or  otherwise  prevent
             the  consummation of, or  to recover any damages
             or   obtain   relief  as   a   result   of,  the
             transactions  contemplated  by or  in connection
             with this  Agreement, any  other Loan  Documents
             or the Reorganization.

        None of such  pending or threatened  proceedings has
        a  reasonable  likelihood  of  having  a  Materially
        Adverse Effect.

             SECTION 7.9.  Regulations G, U  and X.  None  of
        the   Principal   Companies   or    any   of   their
        Subsidiaries  or Affiliates  is engaged principally,
        or  as  one  of  its  important  activities,  in the
        business  of  extending credit  for  the purpose  of
        purchasing  or carrying margin  stock.   None of the
        proceeds of the Loans  will be used for the  purpose
        of,  or be  made  available by  the Borrower  in any
        manner to  any other Person to enable or assist such
        Person in,  directly  or  indirectly  purchasing  or
        carrying margin  stock.   Terms  for which  meanings
        are  provided in F.R.S.  Board Regulation G,  U or X
        or any  regulations substituted   therefor, as  from
        time  to time  in effect, are  used in  this Section
        with such meanings.

             SECTION 7.10. Government  Regulation.   None  of
        the   Principal   Companies   or   any   of    their
        Subsidiaries   or   Affiliates  is   an  "investment
        company" or a "company  controlled by an  investment
        company"  within  the  meaning  of  the   Investment
        Company  Act of  1940,  as  amended, or  a  "holding
        company," or a  "subsidiary company"  of a  "holding
        company," or  an "affiliate" of a  "holding company"
        or   of  a  "subsidiary   company"  of   a  "holding
        company," within the  meaning of the Public  Utility
        Holding  Company  Act  of  1935,  as  amended.    No
        Transaction  Party   is  a  Person  prohibited  from
        acquiring or  holding a Broadcasting Station  by the
        Communications  Act,  including  (i)  an  alien   or
        representative  of  an  alien,  (ii)  a  corporation
        organized under  the laws of any foreign government,
        (iii)  any  corporation  of  which  any  officer  or
        director  is  an   alien  or  of  which   more  than
        one-fifth of  the stock is owned  of record or voted
        by aliens or  their representatives or by  a foreign
        government  or  representative  thereof  or  by  any
        corporation organized  under the  laws of a  foreign
        country, and/or  (iv)  any corporation  directly  or
        indirectly controlled  by any  other corporation  of
        which any  officer or  more than  one-fourth of  the
        directors  are   aliens  or   of  which   more  than
        one-fourth of the stock is owned of  record or voted
        by aliens, their  representatives, or  by a  foreign
        government  or  representative  thereof,  or by  any
        corporation  organized under the  laws of  a foreign
<PAGE>

                                      - 75 -

        country.  Each  Transaction Party  is in  compliance
        with  the Communications  Act with  regard to  alien
        control or  ownership.    None  of  the  Transaction
        Parties  is  subject  to  any  Applicable  Law  that
        regulates   the   incurring   of  Indebtedness   for
        Borrowed Money.

             SECTION 7.11. Burdensome Agreements;  Restricted
        Payments.

                 (a) From and after the Effective Date, none
             of the  Principal  Companies  or  any  of  their
             Subsidiaries will  be a party  to any Instrument
             or  other   agreement  (other   than  the   Loan
             Documents   and  the   Ancillary  Documents)  or
             subject   to   any  Applicable   Law,  Governing
             Document  or Contractual  Obligation which could
             have a Materially Adverse Effect.

                 (b) Section   7.11(b)  of   the  Disclosure
             Schedule fully  and accurately describes, as  of
             the  date   of  this  Agreement,  all  (if  any)
             Restricted  Payments  made   since  December 23,
             1992.  

             SECTION 7.12. Taxes.    Each  of  the  Principal
        Companies  and each of  their Subsidiaries has filed
        all tax  returns and reports required  by Applicable
        Law to have been filed by it and  has paid all taxes
        and governmental charges thereby shown  to be owing,
        except any  such taxes  or charges  which are  being
        contested in good  faith by appropriate  proceedings
        and for which adequate  reserves in accordance  with
        GAAP shall have  been set aside  on its  books.   No
        tax  Liens have been  filed with  respect to  any of
        the   Principal   Companies   or    any   of   their
        Subsidiaries  and,  to  the best  knowledge  of  the
        Principal Companies (after  due inquiry), no  claims
        are  being asserted with  respect to  any such taxes
        or  charges  (and  no  basis  exists  for  any  such
        claims), which Liens and claims, individually or  in
        the  aggregate,  could  have  a  Materially  Adverse
        Effect.     All  tax   liabilities  are   adequately
        provided  for   on  the   books  of  the   Principal
        Companies  and  their  Subsidiaries.    The  federal
        income tax  liabilities of  the Principal  Companies
        and their  Subsidiaries have been finally determined
        by  the  Internal  Revenue  Service  for all  Fiscal
        Years up to and including the 1987 Fiscal Year.

             SECTION 7.13. Compliance   with  ERISA.      All
        Single Employer Plans are in substantial  compliance
        with  ERISA; no  Multiemployer Plan  is insolvent or
        in  reorganization (each  such term  as  defined for
        purposes of Title  IV of ERISA) or has  notified the
        Borrower,  any  Principal   Company  or  any   ERISA
        Affiliate that it  intends to terminate or  has been
        terminated;  no   Single   Employer  Plan   has   an
        accumulated or  waived  funding  deficiency  or  has
<PAGE>

                                      - 76 -

        applied  for an extension of any amortization period
        within the meaning of Section 412 of  the Code; none
        of   the  Principal  Companies   or  any   of  their
        Subsidiaries and  no  ERISA Affiliate  has  incurred
        any liability to or  on account of a Single Employer
        Plan  pursuant to  Section  4062,  4063, 4064  or  a
        Multiemployer Plan  pursuant to  Sections 515,  4201
        or  4204  of   ERISA;  no   proceedings  have   been
        instituted to  terminate any Plan; and  no condition
        exists which presents a material risk  to any of the
        Principal Companies or any of their  Subsidiaries of
        incurring a liability  to or  on account  of a  Plan
        pursuant to any  of the foregoing Sections  of ERISA
        or the  Code.  Except  as set forth  in Section 7.13
        of the  Disclosure Schedule,  the aggregate  present
        value   of  all  benefit   liabilities  (within  the
        meaning of  Section 4001  of ERISA)  of each  Single
        Employer Plan does not exceed the  aggregate current
        value  of all  assets of  such Plan  based upon  the
        most  recent estimated actuarial  data that has been
        provided   to  the   Principal   Companies  by   the
        consulting actuaries of  such Plan, and there  is no
        withdrawal  liability  (and would  be  no withdrawal
        liability assuming  a complete  withdrawal from  all
        such  Plans)  to  any  Multiemployer  Plan.     Each
        employee welfare  benefit plan  (within the  meaning
        of Section 3(a)  or 3(2)(B)  of ERISA) maintained or
        contributed  to by any of the Principal Companies or
        any  of their Subsidiaries requires that no benefits
        are due unless the event giving rise to the  benefit
        entitlement   occurs   prior  to   plan  termination
        (except as required by Title  I, Part 6 of  ERISA or
        applicable  state insurance  laws).   The  Principal
        Company   or   Subsidiary,   as   appropriate,   may
        terminate each  such employee  welfare benefit  plan
        at  any  time  (or at  any  time  subsequent  to the
        expiration  of any  applicable bargaining agreement)
        in  the  discretion  of  the  Principal  Company  or
        Subsidiary, without liability to any Person.

             SECTION 7.14. Labor  Controversies.   Except  as
        disclosed  in   Section  7.14   of  the   Disclosure
        Schedule,  there are no  labor controversies pending
        or,  to   the  best   knowledge  of  the   Principal
        Companies  (after  due inquiry),  threatened against
        any  of the  Principal  Companies  or any  of  their
        Subsidiaries, which, if adversely  determined, could
        have a Materially Adverse Effect.

             SECTION 7.15. Corporate Structure.

                 (a) Section   7.15(a)  of   the  Disclosure
             Schedule  accurately and  completely sets forth,
             as  of the date hereof,  the corporate structure
             of GACC and its Subsidiaries.

                 (b) Section   7.15(b)  of   the  Disclosure
             Schedule  accurately and  completely sets forth,
             on a pro-forma basis  as of the  Effective Date,
<PAGE>

                                      - 77 -

             the  corporate   structure  of   GACC  and   its
             Subsidiaries     immediately    following    the
             Reorganization    (the    "Pro-forma     Capital
             Structure").      Each   of   the   Subsidiaries
             indicated  as "Inactive"  is  inactive  and will
             remain  inactive from  and after  the  Effective
             Date,  meaning that  such company  has and  will
             have  no   Property  other   than  its   nominal
             capitalization,    has   and    will   have   no
             liabilities,  and is and  will be  conducting no
             business.

                 (c) Section   7.15(c)  of   the  Disclosure
             Schedule  accurately and  completely lists, with
             respect to each  of the Principal  Companies and
             their  Subsidiaries  reflected on  the Pro-Forma
             Capital  Structure, as  of  the  Effective Date,
             (i)  the  State of  incorporation  of each  such
             corporation,  (ii)  the  classes  and number  of
             authorized  and  outstanding shares  of  Capital
             Stock of each  such corporation, and the  owners
             of  such  outstanding  shares  of Capital  Stock
             (provided, that  only  those  Persons  who  will
             hold  five   percent  (5%)   or   more  of   the
             outstanding  shares  in  any  class  of  Capital
             Stock   of  GACC  are  listed)   and  (iii)  the
             business(es)  in  which  each  such  corporation
             will be engaged.

                 (d) All issued  and outstanding  shares  of
             Capital   Stock   of   each  of   the  Principal
             Companies   (other   than   GACC)   and    their
             Subsidiaries,  from  and  after  the   Effective
             Date, will  have been  duly and  validly issued,
             fully-paid  and  non-assessable,  and  will   be
             owned as  set forth  in Section  7.15(c) of  the
             Disclosure Schedule free and clear of  any Liens
             or restrictions on  transfer (except such as are
             permitted by Section 8.2.3).

                 (e) From  and  after  the  Effective  Date,
             there will be no outstanding  warrants, options,
             contracts or  commitments of  any kind entitling
             any Person to purchase or otherwise  acquire any
             Capital Stock of  any of the Principal Companies
             (other  than GACC) or  any of their Subsidiaries
             nor  will there  be  outstanding  any Securities
             (other  than  Class  B Common  Stock)  which are
             convertible   into   or  exchangeable   for  any
             Capital Stock  of any of the Principal Companies
             or  any of their  Subsidiaries.   From and after
             the   Effective   Date,   there   will   be   no
             outstanding   commitments,   options,  warrants,
             calls or  other agreements  (whether written  or
             oral)  binding on any of the Principal Companies
             (other than GACC)  or any of their  Subsidiaries
             to   issue,   sell,  grant,   transfer,  assign,
             mortgage,  pledge  or  otherwise dispose  of any
             Capital Stock of  any of the Principal Companies
<PAGE>

                                      - 78 -

             or  any of  their  Subsidiaries (except  such as
             are permitted by Section 8.2.3).

             SECTION 7.16. Ownership  of  Properties,  Liens.
        Section 7.16 of the  Disclosure Schedule sets  forth
        a true, correct  and complete description of  all of
        the  real Property owned  or leased by  GACC and its
        Subsidiaries   as  of  the  Effective  Date.    Each
        Principal Company  and each of its  Subsidiaries has
        valid  fee or  leasehold  interests  in all  of  its
        respective  real  Property and  good  and marketable
        title  to  all  of  its  respective  material  owned
        personal Property,  and none  of such  Property will
        be  subject  to   any  Lien  (except  such   as  are
        permitted by Section 8.2.3).

             SECTION 7.17. Patents,  Trademarks, etc.    Each
        Transaction  Party  owns  and   possesses  all  such
        patents,   patent  rights,   trademarks,   trademark
        rights, trade  names,  trade  name  rights,  service
        marks, service mark rights  and copyrights necessary
        for   the  conduct   of   the  businesses   of  such
        Transaction   Party   as   now  conducted   without,
        individually or  in the aggregate,  any infringement
        upon  any proprietary or  other rights  of any other
        Person.   None of  the Transaction  Parties owns  or
        possesses  any  patents or    patent rights,  or any
        federally registered  copyrights.   From  and  after
        the  Effective  Date,  all  of  the  trademarks  and
        service marks of the  Transaction Parties registered
        with the United  States Patent and  Trademark Office
        will  be  identified   in  the  Trademark   Security
        Agreement.  

             SECTION 7.18. Reorganization;    Accuracy     of
        Information.  The Registration  Statement accurately
        describes  in all  material respects  the terms  and
        conditions,    including    the   tax    and   other
        consequences, of the Reorganization and the  Plan of
        Reorganization.  All factual  information heretofore
        or contemporaneously  furnished by  or on  behalf of
        GACC or  any of its  Subsidiaries in writing  to any
        Agent   or  any  Lender   for  purposes   of  or  in
        connection with  this Agreement  or any  transaction
        contemplated  hereby,  including   the  Registration
        Statement,   is,   and   all   other  such   factual
        information hereafter furnished by  or on behalf  of
        any Transaction  Party to  any Agent  or any  Lender
        will  be,  true  and  accurate   in  every  material
        respect on the date  as of which such information is
        dated or  certified, and not incomplete  by omitting
        to  state any material  fact necessary  to make such
        information not misleading.

             SECTION 7.19. The  Collateral  Documents.    The
        provisions of  the  Collateral  Documents  will  be,
        from and  after  the  Effective Date,  effective  to
        create, in  favor of  the Collateral  Agent for  the
        benefit of  the Secured  Parties,  legal, valid  and
<PAGE>

                                      - 79 -

        enforceable Liens  in all right,  title and interest
        of  the Transaction  Parties in  any and  all of the
        Collateral   described    therein,   securing    the
        Obligations  from time to time outstanding.  Each of
        the  Collateral  Documents   will  create  a   fully
        perfected Lien in  all right, title and  interest of
        the Transaction Parties in the Collateral  described
        therein  superior in right to any Liens, existing or
        future,  which   any  Transaction   Party,  or   any
        creditor  of  or  purchaser  from  any   Transaction
        Party,  or any other  Person, may  have against such
        Collateral therein,  except to the  extent otherwise
        provided herein and in the other Loan Documents.

             SECTION 7.20. Environmental Matters.   Except as
        listed in Section 7.20 of the Disclosure Schedule:

                 (a) all   Property   (including  underlying
             groundwater) owned  or  leased  by  any  of  the
             Principal    Companies    or   any    of   their
             Subsidiaries  have  been, and  continue  to  be,
             owned or leased  by the Principal  Companies and
             their   Subsidiaries  in   compliance  with  all
             Environmental Laws;

                 (b) there  have been no past, and there are
             no  pending   or,  to   the  knowledge   of  the
             Principal Companies, threatened

                   (i)  claims,   complaints,   notices    or
                 requests for  information received by any of
                 the Principal  Companies  or  any  of  their
                 Subsidiaries    from    any     Governmental
                 Authority   with  respect   to  any  alleged
                 violation of any Environmental Laws, or

                   (ii)  complaints, notices or inquiries  to
                 any of  the Principal  Companies  or any  of
                 their  Subsidiaries  from  any  Governmental
                 Authority  alleging   liability  under   any
                 Environmental Laws;

                 (c) there   have   been   no   Releases  of
             Hazardous  Materials at,  on  or  under Property
             now or (to the  best knowledge of  the Principal
             Companies) previously owned or leased by any  of
             the  Principal   Companies  or   any  of   their
             Subsidiaries, the  costs to address which  would
             reasonably be  expected, individually  or in the
             aggregate, to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

                 (d) each  of  the  Principal  Companies and
             each of their Subsidiaries have been issued  and
             are  in material  compliance with  all  permits,
             certificates,  approvals,  licenses   and  other
             authorizations    relating    to   environmental
             matters  and  required under  Environmental Laws
             for their businesses;
<PAGE>

                                      - 80 -

                 (e) no Property now or, to the knowledge of
             the  Principal  Companies, previously  owned  or
             leased by  any of the Principal Companies or any
             of  their  Subsidiaries,  is listed  or proposed
             for listing  (with  respect  to  owned  Property
             only) on  the National Priorities List  pursuant
             to  CERCLA,  on the  CERCLIS  or on  any similar
             state list of sites  requiring investigation  or
             clean-up;

                 (f) there are no underground storage tanks,
             active   or   abandoned,   including   petroleum
             storage  tanks,  on  or under  any  Property now
             owned  or  leased   by  any  of  the   Principal
             Companies or any of their Subsidiaries;

                 (g) no Principal Company  and no Subsidiary
             of  any  Principal Company  has  transported  or
             arranged   for   the   transportation   of   any
             Hazardous  Material to any location (i) which is
             listed or proposed  for listing on the  National
             Priorities  List  pursuant  to  CERCLA,  on  the
             CERCLIS or  on any  similar state  list or  (ii)
             which is  the subject of federal, state or local
             enforcement  actions  or   other  investigations
             which would  reasonably be expected  to lead  to
             material  claims  against any  Principal Company
             or  any  Subsidiary  thereof  for  any  remedial
             work, damage  to natural  resources or  personal
             injury, including claims under CERCLA;

                 (h) there are  no polychlorinated biphenyls
             or asbestos  present at any  property now  owned
             or leased by any  of the Principal  Companies or
             any of their Subsidiaries; and

                 (i) no conditions exist at, on or under any
             property  now or previously  owned or  leased by
             any of the Principal  Companies or any  of their
             Subsidiaries which,  with the  passage of  time,
             or  the   giving  of  notice,   or  both,  would
             reasonably   be  expected   to  give   rise   to
             liability  under  any  Environmental  Laws,  and
             have,  individually  or   in  the  aggregate,  a
             Materially Adverse Effect.

             SECTION 7.21. Licenses and Approvals.

                 (a) Each of the Transaction  Parties is  in
             compliance  in all  material  respects  with all
             Applicable  Laws, including  the  Communications
             Act, and all other  Applicable Laws relating  to
             the  transmission  of radio,  television,  cable
             and microwave signals.

                 (b) Each of the Transaction Parties has all
             requisite  power  and  authority  and  necessary
             licenses   and   permits,  including   all   FCC
             Licenses,  to  own   and  operate  its  Property
<PAGE>

                                      - 81 -

             (including  all  Broadcasting Stations  owned or
             operated by it) and  to carry on  its businesses
             as now conducted.

                 (c) Set   forth  in  Section  7.21  of  the
             Disclosure  Schedule  is  a  true  and  complete
             description of all FCC Licenses material  to the
             operation of  any of  the Broadcasting  Stations
             of  the Transaction  Parties  and the  dates  on
             which such FCC Licenses  expire.  Each  such FCC
             License is  validly issued and in full force and
             effect.   Each Transaction  Party has  fulfilled
             and   performed  all  of  its  obligations  with
             respect to each such FCC  License.  No event has
             occurred which: (i)  has resulted  in, or  after
             notice or  lapse of  time or  both would  result
             in, or would permit,  revocation or  termination
             of any  such FCC License, or (ii) materially and
             adversely   affects   or   in  the   future  may
             materially adversely  affect any  of the  rights
             of  any   Transaction  Party  thereunder.     No
             license  or   franchise,  other   than  the  FCC
             Licenses  described  in   Section  7.21  of  the
             Disclosure   Schedule,   is  material   to   the
             operation of  any of  the Broadcasting  Stations
             of the  Transaction Parties, or  to the  conduct
             of   the  business  of   GACC  or   any  of  its
             Subsidiaries.     No  FCC   Licenses  or   other
             franchises or licenses  require that any present
             employee  of  any Transaction  Party  remain  an
             employee of such  Transaction Party, or that any
             transfer of  control of  such Transaction  Party
             must be  approved by any Governmental  Authority
             other than the FCC.

                 (d) No Transaction Party is a party  to and
             no   Transaction  Party  has  knowledge  of  any
             investigation,  notice  of violation,  order  or
             complaint issued  by or before any  Governmental
             Authority, including  the FCC, or  of any  other
             proceedings (other than proceedings relating  to
             the  radio industry  generally) which  could  in
             any  manner  threaten  or  adversely affect  the
             validity or  continued effectiveness  of any  of
             the FCC Licenses listed  on Section 7.21  of the
             Disclosure Schedule.   No  Principal Company has
             reason to  believe  (other  than  in  connection
             with  there being  no legal  assurance  thereof)
             that  any  of  the  FCC  Licenses  described  in
             Section  7.21 of  the  Disclosure  Schedule will
             not be  renewed in  the ordinary  course.   Each
             Transaction   Party   has  filed   all  material
             reports,  applications,  documents,  instruments
             and information  required  to  be  filed  by  it
             pursuant  to applicable rules and regulations or
             requests   of   every  regulatory   body  having
             jurisdiction  over any  of  its FCC  Licenses or
             the activities  of the  Transaction Parties with
             respect thereto.
<PAGE>

                                      - 82 -

             SECTION 7.22. Transactions with Affiliates.

                 (a) Section   7.22(a)  of   the  Disclosure
             Schedule  sets   forth  a   true,  correct   and
             complete    description   of    all   (if   any)
             Indebtedness  (i) of any GABCO Subsidiary to any
             GACC  Affiliate, and (ii)  of GABCO  to any GACC
             Affiliate.

                 (b) Section   7.22(b)  of   the  Disclosure
             Schedule  sets   forth  a   true,  correct   and
             complete    description   of    all   (if   any)
             Contractual  Obligations (other  than  contracts
             between  GABCO or  any GABCO  Subsidiary and  an
             Associated  Person that  would be  permitted  by
             Section 8.2.11(d))   between   (i)   any   GABCO
             Subsidiary,  on  the  one  hand,  and  any  GACC
             Affiliate,  on the  other hand,  and (ii) GABCO,
             on the one hand, and any GACC  Affiliate, on the
             other hand.  

                 (c) Except as disclosed  in Section 7.22(a)
             or Section 7.22(b) of  the Disclosure  Schedule,
             as of the  date of this  Agreement, no Affiliate
             Transaction  has been entered into, performed or
             completed  since  December 23, 1992  (other than
             Affiliate  Transactions that  would be permitted
             by Section 8.2.11(d)).

             SECTION 7.23. Representations in  Loan Documents
        and   Ancillary    Documents.       Each   of    the
        representations   and   warranties   made   by   the
        Principal Companies  in the Loan  Documents is  true
        and  correct.    Each  of  the  representations  and
        warranties made  by the  Principal Companies in  the
        Ancillary Documents is  true and  correct, and  each
        Principal  Company  makes  to each  Agent  and  each
        Lender each  such representation  and warranty  made
        therein to the same extent and with the same  effect
        as  if such  representation  or  warranty  were  set
        forth herein in full.


                            ARTICLE VIII

                              COVENANTS

             SECTION 8.1.  Certain   Affirmative   Covenants.
        Each Principal  Company agrees  with the Agents  and
        the  Lenders and warrants  that, from  and after the
        Effective  Date (or in  the case  of Section 8.1.12,
        from and  after March  31, 1994),  and until  all of
        the  Obligations  have  been  paid  in   full,  each
        Principal Company will,  and will cause each  of its
        Subsidiaries, to:

             SECTION 8.1.1.  Financial   Information,    etc.
        Furnish to  each Agent and each Lender copies of the
        following   financial   statements,    reports   and
<PAGE>

                                      - 83 -

        information:

                 (a) promptly  when  available  and  in  any
             event  within ninety  (90) days  after the close
             of each Fiscal Year,

                   (i)  a  consolidated  balance sheet  as at
                 the close of  such Fiscal Year,  and related
                 consolidated    statements    of     income,
                 shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for
                 such  Fiscal   Year,   of   GACC   and   its
                 Subsidiaries  (with  comparable  information
                 as at the close of  and for the prior Fiscal
                 Year), such statements for  such Fiscal Year
                 to  be audited  and accompanied  by an audit
                 report    issued    without    Impermissible
                 Qualification  by  the  Independent   Public
                 Accountant,

                   (ii)  consolidating balance  sheets as  at
                 the close of  such Fiscal Year, and  related
                 consolidating  statements of income for such
                 Fiscal   Year   (including   the    internal
                 earnings   report  of     each  Broadcasting
                 Station  of  the  Borrower  for such  Fiscal
                 Year), of  GACC and  its Subsidiaries  (with
                 comparable information  as at  the close  of
                 and for the prior Fiscal Year) certified  by
                 the   principal  accounting   or   financial
                 Authorized Officer of GACC,

                   (iii)  a      Compliance       Certificate
                 calculated as at  the close  of such  Fiscal
                 Year, and

                   (iv)  a   written    statement   of    the
                 Independent  Public Accountant  (A)  stating
                 that in making the  examination necessary to
                 make  the  audit  report  on  the  financial
                 statements  delivered  pursuant  to  clauses
                 (i) and  (ii), they obtained no knowledge of
                 any   default  by   GACC  or   any  of   its
                 Subsidiaries   in    the   performance    or
                 observance   of   any   of   the   covenants
                 contained  in  Article  VIII,  or,  if  such
                 Independent  Public Accountants  shall  have
                 obtained  knowledge  of  any  such  default,
                 specifying all such defaults and the  nature
                 and status thereof and (B) setting forth  in
                 reasonable  detail the  calculations made to
                 determine  compliance with  Sections  8.2.4,
                 8.2.5, 8.2.6, 8.2.8.

                 (b) promptly  when  available  and  in  any
             event within  sixty (60) days after the close of
             each of  the first three Fiscal Quarters of each
             Fiscal Year,

                   (i)  a  consolidated  balance sheet  as at
<PAGE>

                                      - 84 -

                 the close of  each such Fiscal  Quarter, and
                 related consolidated  statements of  income,
                 shareholders'  equity  and  cash  flows  for
                 such  Fiscal Quarter and  for the portion of
                 the Fiscal Year then  ended, of GACC and its
                 Subsidiaries  (with  comparable  information
                 as   at   the   close   of   and   for   the
                 corresponding  Fiscal  Quarter of  the prior
                 Fiscal   Year  and   for  the  corresponding
                 portion of such prior Fiscal Year),

                   (ii)  consolidating balance  sheets as  at
                 the  close   of  such  Fiscal  Quarter,  and
                 related consolidating  statements of  income
                 for such Fiscal  Quarter and for the portion
                 of  the  Fiscal  Year then  ended (including
                 the   internal   earnings  report   of  each
                 Broadcasting  Station  of the  Borrower  for
                 such  Fiscal  Quarter  and  portion of  such
                 Fiscal Year), of GACC  and its  Subsidiaries
                 (with   comparable  information  as  at  the
                 close of  and for  the corresponding  Fiscal
                 Quarter  of the  prior Fiscal  Year and  for
                 the  corresponding  portion  of  such  prior
                 Fiscal Year), and

                   (iii)  a      Compliance       Certificate
                 calculated as  at the close  of such  Fiscal
                 Quarter;

                 (c) promptly  upon receipt  thereof, copies
             of   all   detailed  financial   and  management
             reports, if  any, submitted  to GACC  or any  of
             its  Subsidiaries  by  any  independent   public
             accountant  in connection  with  each  annual or
             interim  audit  made  by  any  such  independent
             public  accountant of the  books of  GACC or any
             of its Subsidiaries;

                 (d) promptly upon completion thereof and in
             any  event  not  later  than  the  first  day of
             February  of  each Fiscal  Year,  a copy  of the
             annual  consolidated budget for such Fiscal Year
             and the  annual  budget  for  each  Broadcasting
             Station  for  such Fiscal  Year,  including,  in
             each  case,  budgeted  results  for each  Fiscal
             Quarter  and  for the  Fiscal  Year as  a whole,
             together with an explanation of  any differences
             between the  sum of  the individual Broadcasting
             Station  budgets  and the  consolidated  totals,
             and   upon  the   delivery  of   any   financial
             statements  relating  to  a  period included  in
             such budget,  a  summary  comparing  the  actual
             financial   performance   of   GACC   and    its
             Subsidiaries   during   such  period   to   that
             provided for in such budget;

                 (e) promptly  upon  any  filing  thereof by
             GACC  or any of  its Subsidiaries  with the SEC,
<PAGE>

                                      - 85 -

             any  annual,  periodic  or  special  reports  or
             registration  statements which  GACC  or  any of
             its Subsidiaries may file  with the SEC  or with
             any other securities exchange and copies of  any
             financial statements  which GACC or  any of  its
             Subsidiaries  may  file  with  any  Governmental
             Authority;

                 (f) promptly    upon    the    release   or
             distribution   thereof,  copies   of  all  press
             releases  and  other  written  statements   made
             available  generally  by  GACC  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries to  stockholders of GACC  or to one
             or  more  financial  news  services   concerning
             material developments  in the  business of  GACC
             or any of its Subsidiaries;

                 (g) promptly, such additional financial and
             other information  with respect to  GACC or  any
             of its  Subsidiaries as any  Lender (through the
             Administrative  Agent)  may from  time  to  time
             reasonably request.

             SECTION 8.1.2.  Maintenance     of     Corporate
        Existence, etc.   In  the case  of each  Transaction
        Party,   maintain   and   preserve   its   corporate
        existence, rights  and franchises;  continue to  own
        and  hold, legally and beneficially, free and  clear
        of all  Liens  (except  Liens permitted  by  Section
        8.2.3),  all of  the outstanding  shares of  Capital
        Stock  of  each of  its  Subsidiaries; and  take all
        reasonable  steps  to  maintain  its identity  as  a
        separate legal  entity and  to make  it apparent  to
        third   parties  that  it   is  a  corporation  with
        Property and liabilities distinct from  those of any
        Affiliate  of  such  Transaction   Party.    Without
        limiting  the  generality  of  the  foregoing,  each
        Transaction Party shall use its best efforts to:

                 (a) compensate  all consultants  and agents
             directly,  from  such Transaction  Party's  bank
             accounts,   for   services  provided   to   such
             Transaction   Party  by   such  consultants  and
             agents  and,   to  the   extent  any   employee,
             consultant  or agent of  a Transaction  Party is
             also  an  employee, consultant  or  agent of  an
             Affiliate,  allocate  the compensation  of  such
             employee,  consultant  or  agent  between   such
             Transaction Party and such Affiliate on  a basis
             which  reflects the  services  rendered  to such
             Transaction Party and such Affiliate;

                 (b) allocate  all  overhead  and  operating
             expenses   for   items   shared   between   such
             Transaction  Party  and  each  Affiliate on  the
             basis of  actual use  to the extent  practicable
             and,  to  the  extent  such  allocation  is  not
             practicable, on  a basis  reasonably related  to
             actual use;
<PAGE>

                                      - 86 -

                 (c) maintain the books and records  of such
             Transaction  Party  complete and  separate  from
             those of any Affiliate;

                 (d) not  maintain  bank  accounts  or other
             depository accounts  to which  any Affiliate  is
             an  account  party,  into  which  any  Affiliate
             makes deposits or  from which any  Affiliate has
             the power to make withdrawals;

                 (e) not permit any Affiliate  to pay any of
             the  operating  expenses  of  such   Transaction
             Party    (except    pursuant    to    allocation
             arrangements  reasonably  satisfactory   to  the
             Required Lenders);

                 (f) refrain   from   filing   or  otherwise
             initiating or supporting the filing of a  motion
             in any  Bankruptcy or  Insolvency Proceeding  to
             substantively consolidate the Borrower with  any
             Affiliate of the Borrower;

                 (g) remain solvent; and

                 (h) conduct all of its  business solely  in
             its own name.

             SECTION 8.1.3.  Foreign  Qualification.    Cause
        to be done at all  times all things necessary  to be
        duly  qualified  to  do  business  and  be  in  good
        standing   as   a   foreign   corporation  in   each
        jurisdiction where the nature of its  business makes
        such qualification  necessary and where  the failure
        to so qualify  could reasonably be expected  to have
        a Materially Adverse Effect.

             SECTION 8.1.4.  Payment  of Taxes, etc.  Pay and
        discharge, as the  same become due and  payable, all
        federal,  state  and local  taxes,  assessments  and
        other governmental charges or  levies against or  on
        any  of its income, profits or  Property, as well as
        all claims  of any  kind, including  all claims  for
        labor, materials  and  supplies, which,  if  unpaid,
        might become a  Lien upon any  of its Property,  and
        will pay before  they become delinquent  (subject to
        any  applicable subordination  provisions) all other
        material  obligations  and   liabilities;  provided,
        however, that  the foregoing  shall not  require any
        of  the   Principal  Companies   or  any  of   their
        Subsidiaries  to  pay  or  discharge  any  such tax,
        assessment,  charge,  levy,  claim,   obligation  or
        liability  (a) which is  not yet due  and payable or
        (b)  so  long  as  it  shall  contest  the  validity
        thereof  in good  faith  by appropriate  proceedings
        and shall set  aside on its books  adequate reserves
        in  accordance   with  GAAP  with  respect  thereto.
        Nothing  in  this  Section  8.1.4  shall  impair the
        absolute   and  unconditional   obligations  of  the
        Principal  Companies to pay  all the  Obligations as
<PAGE>

                                      - 87 -

        and when due and payable.

             SECTION 8.1.5.  Maintenance     of     Property;
        Insurance.   Keep all of its Property that is useful
        and  necessary  in its  businesses  in  good working
        order  and   condition  (ordinary   wear  and   tear
        excepted)  and maintain  or cause  to be  maintained
        with  insurance  companies reasonably  acceptable to
        the Managing  Agents insurance  with respect to  its
        Property and businesses against such casualties  and
        contingencies and  of such types, including, without
        limitation,   replacement  cost   insurance  on  all
        Property   constituting  a  material   part  of  any
        Broadcasting  Station  operated by  the  Borrower or
        any of  its Subsidiaries,  and in  such amounts  and
        with such deductibles  as are customary in  the case
        of  similar businesses;  and,  upon  request of  the
        Administrative   Agent   or  the   Required  Lenders
        (through  the Administrative Agent),  furnish to the
        Administrative  Agent  (in  sufficient quantity  for
        distribution   to   each   Lender)   at   reasonable
        intervals  a certificate of an Authorized Officer of
        the  Borrower setting forth the nature and extent of
        all  insurance   maintained  by     the  Transaction
        Parties in accordance with this Section 8.1.5.

             SECTION 8.1.6.  Notice  of Default,  Litigation,
        etc.     Upon  obtaining   knowledge  thereof,  give
        written   notice   (accompanied   by  a   reasonably
        detailed   explanation    with   respect    thereto)
        immediately to  each Lender  and the  Administrative
        Agent of:

                 (a) the occurrence of

                   (i)  any Default, and

                   (ii)  any  default  under  any   Ancillary
                 Document;

                 (b) any   litigation,    arbitration,    or
             governmental  investigation  or  proceeding  not
             previously  disclosed  by  the  Borrower to  the
             Lenders  which has  been instituted  or, to  the
             best  knowledge  of  the  Borrower   (after  due
             inquiry),  is  threatened against  any Principal
             Company or any of  its Subsidiaries or  to which
             any  of  their respective  Property  is  subject
             which

                   (i)  if adversely  determined, could  have
                 a Materially Adverse Effect, or

                   (ii)  relates  to   this  Agreement,   any
                 other  Loan Document, the Reorganization, or
                 any Ancillary Document;

                 (c) any material  adverse development which
             shall occur in any  litigation, arbitration,  or
<PAGE>

                                      - 88 -

             governmental    investigation   or    proceeding
             previously disclosed by the Principal  Companies
             to the Lenders;

                 (d) any   development   in   the  business,
             operations,  Property,  financial  condition  or
             prospects  of any  Principal Company  or any  of
             its   Subsidiaries  which,   in  the  reasonable
             judgment   of  the   Borrower,  could   have   a
             Materially Adverse Effect; and

                 (e) any       termination,       amendment,
             modification  or  supplement  of  any  Governing
             Document  of  any  Transaction   Party  or   any
             Ancillary  Document  or  any  waiver  under  any
             Ancillary  Document,  or any  notice,  document,
             other  Instrument,  financial  statement,  proxy
             statement  or  other  materials  of   any  kind,
             delivered or  received by  any Transaction Party
             with respect  to any Other  Debt Document, which
             written  notice  shall include  a  copy  (if  in
             writing) or a  description (if  not in  writing)
             of   any    such   termination,    modification,
             supplement,     waiver,    notice,     document,
             Instrument,    financial    statement,     proxy
             statement or other materials.

             SECTION  8.1.7. Notice of  Restricted  Payments.
        Without in any  way limiting the obligations  of the
        Principal Companies  under any  other provisions  of
        this Agreement,

                 (a) deliver  to  the  Administrative Agent,
             simultaneously  with its delivery thereof to any
             holder or holders of any Indebtedness  under any
             Other Debt  Document, or  any Representative  of
             any  such  holder  or  holders,  copies  of  all
             offers to make and  notices regarding any  offer
             or  intention to make  any Restricted Payment in
             respect  of  any  Indebtedness  under any  Other
             Debt Document; and

                 (b) not later than twenty  (20) days  prior
             to  making any  Restricted  Payment  (other than
             Restricted  Payments permitted  by  clauses (a),
             (b)(i)(B),  (b)(ii)(B),  (b)(iii), (k),  and (m)
             of  Section 8.2.8)  or commencing  any Affiliate
             Transaction,  deliver   to  the   Administrative
             Agent   written   notice   of   such    proposed
             Restricted  Payment  or   Affiliate  Transaction
             describing   the  same   in  reasonable  detail,
             specifying   the  proposed   amount,  payor  and
             recipient of  any  funds  pursuant  thereto  and
             including   any   calculations    necessary   to
             determine  compliance with Section 8.2.8 of this
             Agreement.

             SECTION 8.1.8.  Performance  of  Loan  Documents
        and Ancillary Documents.
<PAGE>

                                      - 89 -

                 (a) Promptly and faithfully  perform all of
             its Obligations hereunder and  under each  other
             Loan Document executed by it.

                 (b) Promptly and faithfully  perform all of
             its  obligations  under each  of  the  Ancillary
             Documents  executed   by  it   (subject  to  any
             applicable  subordination  provisions),  without
             giving effect to any modification,  amendment or
             waiver   thereof,  unless   such   modification,
             amendment  or  waiver has  been consented  to in
             writing by the Managing  Agents and the Required
             Lenders.

             SECTION 8.1.9.  Books and Records.  Keep  proper
        books  and records  reflecting all  of its  business
        affairs  and  transactions in  accordance  with GAAP
        and  permit any  Agent, any Lender  or any  of their
        respective representatives, at reasonable  times and
        intervals during ordinary  business hours, to  visit
        any   of  its   offices   and  Properties,   discuss
        financial   matters   relating   to  the   Principal
        Companies and  their Subsidiaries  with its officers
        and   Independent   Public  Accountants   (and  each
        Principal    Company    hereby    authorizes    such
        Independent   Public  Accountants   to  discuss  its
        financial  matters with any Agent, any Lender or any
        of  their  representatives)  and  examine  and  make
        abstracts  or photocopies from  any of  its books or
        other  corporate  records,  all  at  the  Borrower's
        expense for  any charges imposed by such accountants
        or for making such abstracts or photocopies.

             SECTION 8.1.10.  Compliance with Laws, etc.

                 (a) Obtain all such  Approvals and take all
             such   other   actions   with  respect   to  any
             Governmental Authority  as may  be required  for
             the execution, delivery and performance  of this
             Agreement,  the  other  Loan  Documents and  the
             Ancillary   Documents,  and   duly  perform  and
             comply with all of  the terms and  conditions of
             all Approvals so obtained;

                 (b) Comply in  all material  respects  with
             all Applicable Laws;

                 (c) (i)  Operate  its Broadcasting  Stations
             in accordance and in compliance in  all material
             respects    with   the    Communications    Act,
             (ii)  file  in  a timely  manner  all  necessary
             applications for  renewals of  all FCC  Licenses
             that  are  material  to the  operations  of  its
             Broadcasting  Stations  and (iii)  use  its best
             efforts to  defend any  proceedings which  could
             result   in   the  termination,   forfeiture  or
             non-renewal of any such FCC License;

                 (d) Promptly  furnish   or  cause   to   be
<PAGE>

                                      - 90 -

             furnished to the Administrative Agent:

                   (i)  a copy of any  order or notice of any
                 Communications  Regulatory  Authority  which
                 designates  any of  its FCC  Licenses  for a
                 hearing   or   which  refuses   renewal   or
                 extension  thereof,  or revokes  or suspends
                 its  authority  to  operate  a  Broadcasting
                 Station,

                   (ii)  a  copy of any competing application
                 filed   with   respect   to   any   of   its
                 franchises,    licenses    (including    FCC
                 Licenses),  rights,  permits,  consents   or
                 other  authorizations  pursuant to  which it
                 operates any Broadcasting Station;

                   (iii)  a copy  of any citation, notice  of
                 violation  or order to show  cause issued by
                 any Communications  Regulatory Authority  in
                 relation   to   any  of   its   Broadcasting
                 Stations, and

                   (iv)  a copy of any notice or  application
                 by   it   requesting  authority   to   cease
                 broadcasting  on any Broadcasting Station or
                 to  cease operating any Broadcasting Station
                 for any period in excess of five (5) days.

             SECTION 8.1.11. Provision     of      Additional
        Collateral;  MAI Appraisals.   From time  to time at
        its own cost  and expense, promptly create  or cause
        to be created  in favor of the Collateral  Agent for
        the  benefit of the Secured Parties, as security for
        all the Obligations,  perfected Liens (subject  only
        to Liens  permitted by this  Agreement) with respect
        to all  (if any) of  its Property which  is not then
        subject   to  a  perfected  Lien  in  favor  of  the
        Collateral Agent, to the extent the  Managing Agents
        or the Required  Lenders shall so request,  all such
        Liens to  be created  under Security  Instruments in
        form  and  substance satisfactory  to  the  Managing
        Agents;  deliver  or cause  to  be delivered  to the
        Collateral  Agent   (with  copies  to  the  Managing
        Agents)   all  such   instruments  (including  legal
        opinions,  title  insurance  policies,  Lien  search
        results and  releases and termination statements) as
        the Managing  Agents or  the Required  Lenders shall
        reasonably  request to evidence  satisfaction of the
        obligations   created   by   this  Section   8.1.11;
        promptly  provide  such  evidence  as  the  Managing
        Agents or the  Required Lenders shall request  as to
        the  perfection and priority  of such  Liens and any
        other  Liens   created  pursuant  to   any  of   the
        Collateral Documents;  and  deliver or  cause to  be
        delivered to  the Collateral  Agent (at the  expense
        of  the  Borrower),  with  copies  for  each Lender,
        copies of appraisals  of the value of  the Mortgaged
        Properties  as shall be required (in the judgment of
<PAGE>

                                      - 91 -

        the   Required   Lenders)   under   Applicable   Law
        (including  12 U.S.C. Section  93a, Title  XI of the
        Financial   Institution    Reform,   Recovery    and
        Enforcement  Act   of   1989  or   the   regulations
        promulgated    thereunder),   performed    by    MAI
        appraisers  (Members of  the  American Institute  of
        Real  Estate Appraisers) selected  by the Collateral
        Agent.

             SECTION 8.1.12. Cash                  Collateral
        Arrangements. In the case of the Borrower,

                 (a) cause  each deposit  account maintained
             by it with any financial institution  other than
             Bank of Boston  (other than any  deposit account
             maintained   by  WGHP-TV)  to  be  a  Collection
             Deposit Account  subject to  and  governed by  a
             Lockbox Agreement  duly executed by a  Sub-Agent
             of the Collateral Agent;

                 (b) notify, direct and use its best efforts
             to cause  each  Person  making payments  to  the
             Borrower   (other   than  to   WGHP-TV  relating
             exclusively  to its revenues)  to make  all such
             payments to a Collection Deposit Account;

                 (c) on  a daily basis,  whether or  not any
             Default is  continuing, cause  each Sub-Agent to
             transfer  all  available   funds  held  in  each
             Collection Deposit Account maintained with  such
             Sub-Agent   to    the   Concentration    Account
             maintained  with  Bank of  Boston, as  agent for
             the   Collateral  Agent,   all  on   the   terms
             contained  in  the  Concentration  Account   and
             Sub-Agency Agreement; and

                 (d) in  the  event  that  it  receives  any
             payments  or  remittances,  notwithstanding  the
             arrangement   for  payment   directly  into  the
             Collection Deposit Accounts, hold such  payments
             and remittances  in trust for the benefit of the
             Collateral  Agent and  the Lenders,  subject  to
             the Lien  granted by the Security Agreement, and
             cause  such  payments   and  remittances  to  be
             deposited  into  a  Collection  Deposit  Account
             with a  Sub-Agent, or  the Concentration Account
             with   Bank  of   Boston,  as   Agent   for  the
             Collateral Agent,  as soon as practicable  after
             the Borrower's receipt thereof.

        The  Borrower  shall  have  no  right  or  power  to
        withdraw  any  funds  from  any  Collection  Deposit
        Account.   The  covenants of  the Borrower contained
        in  this Section 8.1.12 shall terminate if the Total
        Debt  to Consolidated Broadcast  Cash Flow Ratio for
        any  Reference   Period  is   less  than   5.00:1.0;
        provided,  that no  Defaults  are continuing.   Upon
        the  occurrence of any Default at any time following
        such  termination,   or  if   the   Total  Debt   to
<PAGE>

                                      - 92 -

        Consolidated  Broadcast  Cash  Flow  Ratio  for  any
        subsequent Reference  Period is equal to  or greater
        than  5.00:1.0,  the  covenants  contained  in  this
        Section  8.1.12 may  be reinstated  at the direction
        of the  Required Lenders.   Upon such  reinstatement
        the  Borrower  shall have  a  period of  thirty (30)
        days to comply with such covenants.

             SECTION 8.1.13. Rate Protection Agreements.   In
        the case  of the Borrower,  at all times  during the
        period  commencing  ninety   (90)  days  after   the
        Effective  Date and ending three (3) years after the
        Effective   Date,   maintain   one   or  more   Rate
        Protection Agreements  consisting  of  one  or  more
        interest rate caps or collars,

                 (a) with  an  aggregate  notional principal
             amount equal  to at least 50% of the outstanding
             principal amount of the Loans then outstanding;

                 (b) with a Counterparty; and

                 (c) having   other   material   terms   and
             conditions  which  are reasonably  acceptable to
             the Required Lenders and the Managing Agents.

             SECTION 8.1.14. ERISA Notices.  

                 (a) Upon  the  request   of  the   Managing
             Agents, furnish  or cause to be furnished to the
             Managing  Agents  a  copy  of  the  most  recent
             actuarial  statement  required to  be  submitted
             under  Section   103(d)  of  ERISA  and   Annual
             Reports,   Form   5500,   with   all    required
             attachments, in respect  of each Single Employer
             Plan; and

                 (b) Promptly  upon   receipt  or  dispatch,
             furnish  to  the  Managing  Agents  any  notice,
             report or  demand sent or received in respect of
             any Single  Employer  Plan  under  Section  302,
             4041, 4042, 4043, 4063,  4065, 4066 and  4068 of
             ERISA, or in  respect of any  Multiemployer Plan
             under Section  4041A, 4202,  4219, 4242 or  4245
             of ERISA.

             SECTION 8.1.15. Environmental Compliance.

                 (a) Use and operate all  of its  Properties
             in compliance with  all Environmental Laws, keep
             all necessary permits,  approvals, certificates,
             licenses  and  other authorizations  relating to
             environmental matters  in effect  and remain  in
             compliance  therewith, and  handle all Hazardous
             Materials  in  compliance  with  all  applicable
             Environmental Laws;

                 (b) Provide written notice  to the Managing
             Agents   of   (i)   any    violation   of    any
<PAGE>

                                      - 93 -

             Environmental  Law regarding any of its Property
             or  any of  its  business operations,  (ii)  any
             known  Release, or  threat  of  Release, of  any
             Hazardous  Substances  at, from  or into  any of
             its Property which it  is required to  report in
             writing to  any Governmental Authority or  which
             could have  a Materially  Adverse Effect,  (iii)
             any   written  notice   of   violation   of  any
             Environmental   Law  or   of  any   Release   or
             threatened  Release of  any Hazardous Substance,
             including  any notice  or claim  of liability or
             potential  responsibility  from any  third party
             (including  any  Governmental   Authority),  and
             including   notice   of  any   formal   inquiry,
             proceeding,  demand,   investigation  or   other
             action with regard to  (A) the operation  of any
             of its Property, (B)  contamination on, from  or
             into  any of  its Property  or (C) investigation
             or remediation of offsite  locations at which it
             or any of its  predecessors are alleged  to have
             disposed  of Hazardous  Substances, or  (D)  any
             expense  or  loss  incurred by  any Governmental
             Authority  in  connection with  the  assessment,
             containment,  removal  or  remediation  of   any
             Hazardous Substances  with respect  to which  it
             may  be  liable  or  for  which  a  Lien may  be
             imposed on any of its Property;

                 (c) Cause   the   prompt   containment  and
             removal of any Hazardous Substances  Released or
             disposed   of  on  any   of  its   Property,  as
             necessary to comply  with all Environmental Laws
             and to preserve the value of such Property; and

                 (d) After reasonable notice by the Managing
             Agents  (which  notice  shall  be  given at  the
             direction of  the Required  Lenders), whether or
             not  a Default shall  have occurred,  permit any
             Agent,  in  its discretion  for  the purpose  of
             assessing  and   ensuring  the   value  of   any
             Property of  any Transaction  Party, to  obtain,
             at  the  expense of  the  Borrower, one  or more
             environmental  assessments or audits of any such
             Property prepared  by  a  hydrologist  or  other
             qualified  independent engineer,  consultant  or
             expert  selected  by such  Agent to  confirm (i)
             whether any Hazardous  Substances are present in
             the  soil  or water  at  such Property  and (ii)
             whether the  use and  operation of the  Property
             complies with all Environmental Laws.

             SECTION 8.2.  Certain Negative Covenants.   Each
        Principal  Company  agrees with  the Agents  and the
        Lenders  and  warrants  that,  from  and  after  the
        Effective  Date, and until  all the Obligations have
        been  paid in full, each Principal Company will not,
        and   will   not  cause   or   permit  any   of  its
        Subsidiaries to:
<PAGE>

                                      - 94 -

             SECTION 8.2.1.  Limitation    on    Nature    of
        Business.

                 (a) At  any  time   undertake,  conduct  or
             transact,  directly or  indirectly, any business
             except the  business  in which  it is  presently
             engaged as described  in Section 7.15(c) of  the
             Disclosure  Schedule,  and any  other businesses
             reasonably  incidental  or related  thereto,  or
             undertake, conduct  or transact  any business in
             a manner prohibited by Applicable Law.   Neither
             GACC,  GABCO  nor  GABCO  Sub   will  undertake,
             conduct  or  transact, directly  or  indirectly,
             any material business  except owning the Capital
             Stock of its  direct Subsidiaries  shown in  the
             Pro-forma  Capital  Structure,   and  activities
             reasonably related thereto.

                 (b) In the case of the Principal Companies,
             (i)   permit   any  Subsidiary   identified   as
             "Inactive" in Section 7.15(b) of  the Disclosure
             Schedule to conduct  or engage  in any  business
             or operations of any  kind, to own  any Property
             other   than  its   nominal  capitalization  and
             rights under immaterial agreements or  contracts
             that  do  not  require   any  payments  by  such
             Subsidiaries, to  incur or  assume or  permit to
             exist any Indebtedness or  to make or  permit to
             exist any Investment  (other than Investments in
             nominal  aggregate amounts)  or (ii)  create  or
             acquire any  new direct  or indirect  Subsidiary
             (other   than   pursuant   to   an   Acquisition
             permitted by clause (c) of Section 8.2.9).

                 (c) With  respect to  the Borrower  and any
             Broadcasting Station owned by the Borrower,

                   (i)  enter  into  any  so  called
                 "local  market  agreements" or  any
                 other  arrangements with  any other
                 Broadcasting  Station  (other  than
                 another Broadcasting  Station owned
                 by   the   Borrower)  whereby   the
                 parties    agree    to     function
                 cooperatively    in     terms    of
                 programming,   advertising,  sales,
                 management,  consulting  or similar
                 services,   except  for   any  such
                 agreements or arrangements existing
                 on the date  of this Agreement  and
                 described in Section  8.2.1 of  the
                 Disclosure Schedule; or

                   (ii)  enter  into  any  so-called
                 "time brokerage  agreements" or any
                 other  agreements  or  arrangements
                 under   which    any   Broadcasting
                 Station owned by the Borrower shall
                 (A)  sell  broadcast  time  to  any
<PAGE>

                                      - 95 -

                 other  Broadcasting Station  (other
                 than  another  Broadcasting Station
                 owned   by   the  Borrower)   which
                 programs  such  broadcast time  and
                 sells     its     own    commercial
                 advertising   announcements  during
                 such broadcast time or (B) purchase
                 broadcast time on  any other  radio
                 or  television station  (other than
                 another Broadcasting  Station owned
                 by the Borrower) for the purpose of
                 programming such broadcast time and
                 selling        its       commercial
                 advertisements  during  such  time,
                 except (A)  any such  agreement  or
                 arrangement existing on the date of
                 this  Agreement  and  described  in
                 Section  8.2.1  of  the  Disclosure
                 Schedule  and   (B)  Permitted  LMA
                 Transactions; or

                   (iii)  otherwise  enter into  any
                 oral or written agreement  with any
                 other Person pursuant to  which any
                 employee or any  Property owned  by
                 any    Transaction  Party  would be
                 used  by or  shared with  any other
                 Person.

             SECTION 8.2.2.  Indebtedness.    Create,  incur,
        assume,  or suffer to  exist or  otherwise become or
        be liable in respect of any Indebtedness, except:

                 (a) Indebtedness in  respect of  the  Loans
             and the other Obligations;

                 (b) Permitted Indebtedness;

                 (c) Indebtedness  of  GACC  under  GACC 14%
             Notes  in the maximum aggregate principal amount
             of  $72,500,000  plus  the  aggregate  principal
             amount  of   GACC  14%   PIK  Notes  issued   in
             compliance  with  clause  (g) of  Section 8.2.8,
             less,    in    each   case,    any   repayments,
             prepayments,      redemptions,      repurchases,
             defeasances    or    cancellations    of    such
             Indebtedness, plus,  in each  case, all  accrued
             unpaid interest  on such Indebtedness  at a rate
             not  in excess  of  fourteen percent  (14%)  per
             annum;

                 (d) Indebtedness  of GACC  under Securities
             issued by  GACC (other than in connection with a
             Bankruptcy  or  Insolvency Proceeding),  all Net
             Debt Proceeds  of which are  used exclusively to
             repay, prepay or redeem  all Indebtedness  under
             the  GACC  14%  Notes  and  the  GACC  14%  Note
             Indenture,  in  the maximum  aggregate principal
             amount equal  to such  principal  amount on  the
<PAGE>

                                      - 96 -

             date   of  issuance   thereof  (which  principal
             amount   shall   not   exceed   the    aggregate
             outstanding  Indebtedness  under  the  GACC  14%
             Notes and  the GACC  14% Note  Indenture at  the
             time of such  refinancing), less any repayments,
             prepayments,      redemptions,      repurchases,
             defeasances    or    cancellations    of    such
             Indebtedness,  plus all  accrued unpaid interest
             thereon;  provided,  however, that  the Managing
             Agents and  the Required  Lenders are  satisfied
             on the date of  issuance of such  Securities and
             at   all   times   thereafter   that   (i)   all
             Indebtedness in  respect of  such Securities  is
             expressly subordinated in right  of payment  and
             exercise  of remedies  to  the prior  payment in
             full  of all  Senior  Debt  (as defined  in  the
             GABCO 13% Note Exchange  Agreement as in  effect
             on  the  Effective Date),  on  terms  reasonably
             satisfactory  to  the  Managing  Agents and  the
             Required Lenders, (ii)  the stated maturity date
             of  such Indebtedness  is not  earlier than  the
             stated maturity  of the  GACC 14%  Notes on  the
             Effective  Date, (iii)  all mandatory repayment,
             prepayment, redemption, repurchase,  defeasance,
             sinking  fund and similar obligations in respect
             of such Indebtedness do  not exceed similar such
             obligations  in  respect  of the  GACC 14% Notes
             and the GACC 14% Note Indenture as  in effect on
             the Effective Date, (iv)  the contract  interest
             rate payable on  such Indebtedness is less  than
             the contract interest rate  payable on the  GACC
             14% Notes, as in  effect on the  Effective Date,
             (v)  the covenants, events of  default and other
             provisions  contained in the Securities or other
             Instruments    governing    such   Indebtedness,
             individually and  taken as a whole, are not more
             restrictive  or burdensome  than those contained
             in  the  GACC 14%  Notes and  the GACC  14% Note
             Indenture,  as in effect  on the Effective Date,
             and  (vi) such  Indebtedness is  not  secured by
             any   Property   of   GACC   or   any   of   its
             Subsidiaries,   except  the   Capital  Stock  of
             GABCO,  and   no  Subsidiary  of  GACC  has  any
             Contingent   Obligation   in  respect   of  such
             Indebtedness;

                 (e) Indebtedness of GABCO  under GABCO  13%
             Notes in the maximum aggregate  principal amount
             of  $111,500,000  plus the  aggregate  principal
             amount  of  GABCO   13%  PIK  Notes   issued  in
             compliance  with clause  (c) of  Section  8.2.8,
             less,    in    each   case,    any   repayments,
             prepayments,      repurchases,      redemptions,
             defeasances    or    cancellations    of    such
             Indebtedness, plus,  in each  case, all  accrued
             unpaid interest on  such Indebtedness at a  rate
             not in  excess  of  thirteen percent  (13%)  per
             annum  for amounts not  due and  payable and not
             in  excess of fourteen  percent (14%)  per annum
<PAGE>

                                      - 97 -

             on amounts due and payable;

                 (f) Indebtedness  of  GABCO  or  GACC under
             Securities  issued by GABCO  or GACC (other than
             in connection  with a  Bankruptcy or  Insolvency
             Proceeding),  all Net Debt Proceeds of which are
             used exclusively to repay, prepay or  redeem all
             Indebtedness under the  GABCO 13% Notes  and the
             GABCO  13%  Note  Exchange  Agreement,   in  the
             maximum  aggregate  principal  amount  equal  to
             such  principal amount  on the  date of issuance
             thereof   (which  principal   amount  shall  not
             exceed  the aggregate  outstanding  Indebtedness
             under  the  GABCO 13%  Notes  and the  GABCO 13%
             Note Exchange  Agreement  at  the time  of  such
             refinancing), less any  repayments, prepayments,
             redemptions,    repurchases,    defeasances   or
             cancellations  of  such Indebtedness,  plus  all
             accrued  unpaid   interest  thereon;   provided,
             however  that  the  Managing   Agents  and   the
             Required Lenders  are satisfied  on the date  of
             issuance  of such  Securities  and at  all times
             thereafter that (i)  all such Indebtedness shall
             be expressly  subordinated in  right of  payment
             and  exercise of  remedies to  the prior payment
             in full  of all  Senior  Debt (as  such term  is
             defined   in  the   GABCO  13%   Note   Exchange
             Agreement, as in  effect on the Effective  Date)
             on terms  no less  favorable to  the holders  of
             such   Senior   Debt  than   the   subordination
             provisions  contained  in  the  GABCO  13%  Note
             Exchange  Agreement,   as  in   effect  on   the
             Effective Date,  (ii) the  stated maturity  date
             of such  Indebtedness  is not  earlier than  one
             (1)  year after  the  Maturity Date,  (iii)  all
             "put"  rights,  and  all  mandatory   repayment,
             prepayment, redemption, repurchase,  defeasance,
             sinking fund and  similar obligations in respect
             of such  Indebtedness shall  not exceed  similar
             such rights and obligations  under the GABCO 13%
             Notes  and the GABCO 13% Note Exchange Agreement
             as in  effect on  the Effective  Date, (iv)  the
             contract and  default interest  rates payable on
             such  Indebtedness  are  not  greater  than  the
             corresponding  contract  and   default  interest
             rates  payable on the  GABCO 13%  Notes, (v) the
             covenants,   events   of   default   and   other
             provisions contained in the Securities  or other
             Instruments    governing   such    Indebtedness,
             individually and  taken as a whole, are not more
             restrictive  or burdensome  than those contained
             in the  GABCO 13%  Notes and the GABCO  13% Note
             Exchange  Agreement,   as  in   effect  on   the
             Effective  Date and  (vi) such  Indebtedness  is
             not secured  by any Property of  GACC or any  of
             its Subsidiaries,  except the  Capital Stock  of
             GABCO Sub  (if  such  Securities are  issued  by
             GABCO)  or the Capital  Stock of  GABCO (if such
             Securities are  issued  by  GACC),  and  neither
<PAGE>

                                      - 98 -

             GACC  nor any  of  its Subsidiaries  (other than
             the   issuer  of   such   Securities)   has  any
             Contingent   Obligation   in  respect   of  such
             Indebtedness;

                 (g) Indebtedness of the  Borrower under the
             WGHP Loan  Agreement, in  the maximum  aggregate
             principal   amount  of   $17,500,000,  less  any
             repayments,      prepayments,       redemptions,
             repurchases,  defeasances  or  cancellations  of
             such  Indebtedness,  plus  all  accrued   unpaid
             interest  thereon at a rate not to exceed at any
             time  or  for any  period  9 1/2% per  annum for
             amounts  not due  and  payable and  10 1/2%  per
             annum for amounts due and payable;

                 (h) Indebtedness of  the Borrower  that  is
             incurred  at any  time after  the Effective Date
             and is  not otherwise  permitted by  any of  the
             other clauses of this  Section 8.2.2,  provided,
             that  the  Managing  Agents  and   the  Required
             Lenders are  satisfied on the date of incurrence
             of  such   Indebtedness   and   at   all   times
             thereafter  that (i)  all such  Indebtedness  is
             expressly  subordinated, upon  written terms and
             conditions  completely satisfactory  in form and
             substance  to   the  Managing  Agents  and   the
             Required   Lenders,  in  right  of  payment  and
             exercise  of remedies  to  the prior  payment in
             full   of   all   the   Obligations   (and   any
             obligations   refinancing   or   refunding   the
             Obligations), (ii) the aggregate  amount of  all
             such Indebtedness  does not at  any time  exceed
             $10,000,000,  (iii) none of such Indebtedness is
             secured by any  Lien on any Property  (including
             any  Capital  Stock)  of  GACC  or  any  of  its
             Subsidiaries, and  neither GACC  nor any of  its
             Subsidiaries (other than the  Borrower) has  any
             Contingent   Obligation   in  respect   of  such
             Indebtedness,  (iv) each of the Special Covenant
             Conditions  is satisfied on  and as  of the date
             of  incurrence  of such  Indebtedness,  (v)  all
             mandatory   payment,   prepayment,   redemption,
             repurchase,   defeasance,   sinking   fund   and
             similar  obligations,  all  interest  rates  and
             payment  dates,  and all  covenants, conditions,
             events  of  default   and  other  provisions  in
             respect  of  such Indebtedness  are satisfactory
             in  form and  substance to  the Managing  Agents
             and the  Required Lenders, and (vi) the proceeds
             of  all  such  Indebtedness  are  used   by  the
             Borrower for general working capital purposes;

                 (i) Indebtedness of any  Subsidiary of GACC
             to GACC under the Tax Sharing Agreement;

                 (j) intercompany Indebtedness in respect of
             Investments permitted  by clause  (c) or (d)  of
             Section 8.2.7;
<PAGE>

                                      - 99 -

                 (k) Indebtedness of the  Borrower under any
             Rate Protection Agreements; and

                 (l) Indebtedness  of any  Principal Company
             or  any  of  its   Subsidiaries  consisting   of
             dividends declared  but not paid,  to the extent
             that such dividends are permitted by  clause (a)
             of Section  8.2.8.

             SECTION 8.2.3.  Liens.   Create, incur,  assume,
        or  suffer  to  exist  any  Lien  upon  any  of  its
        Property    (including   Capital    Stock   of   any
        Subsidiary),   whether   now   owned  or   hereafter
        acquired, except:

                 (a) Liens in favor of the  Collateral Agent
             securing the Loans and other Obligations;

                 (b) Permitted Liens;

                 (c) Liens  on the  Capital  Stock  of GABCO
             securing  Indebtedness of GACC that is permitted
             by clause (c), (d) or (f) of Section 8.2.2;

                 (d) Liens on the Capital Stock of GABCO Sub
             securing   Indebtedness   of   GABCO   that   is
             permitted  by  clause  (e)  or  (f)  of  Section
             8.2.2; and

                 (e) Liens on the  WGHP-TV Operating  Assets
             securing Indebtedness of the Borrower  permitted
             by clause (g) of Section 8.2.2.

             SECTION 8.2.4.  Financial Covenants.

                 (a) Bank  Debt  to  Consolidated  Broadcast
             Cash  Flow  Ratio.    Permit  the  Bank  Debt to
             Consolidated  Broadcast  Cash  Flow  Ratio   (as
             hereinafter  defined)  for any  Reference Period
             ending  in  any period  identified  below  to be
             greater than the  ratio specified below opposite
             such period: 

                                        Maximum  Bank   Debt
        to
                                      Consolidated
        Broadcast
                  Period                 Cash Flow  Ratio   


             12/31/93 to 9/30/94             3.75:1.0
             10/01/94 to 9/30/95             3.25:1.0
             10/01/95 to 9/30/96             2.75:1.0
             10/01/96 to 9/30/97             2.25:1.0
             10/01/97 to 9/30/98             1.75:1.0
             Thereafter                      1.50:1.0


             "Bank Debt to Consolidated  Broadcast Cash  Flow
<PAGE>

                                     - 100 -

             Ratio"  means,  in  relation  to  any  Reference
             Period,  the  ratio  of   (i)  the   outstanding
             principal  amount  of the  Loans  at the  end of
             such  Reference Period, to (ii) the Consolidated
             Broadcast   Cash   Flow    of   GACC   and   its
             Subsidiaries  for such  Reference Period.    For
             purposes  of   determining  the   Bank  Debt  to
             Consolidated Broadcast Cash Flow  Ratio for  any
             period, the Consolidated Broadcast Cash  Flow of
             GACC and its  Subsidiaries for such period shall
             exclude  all  such Consolidated  Broadcast  Cash
             Flow for such period attributable to WGHP-TV.

                 (b) Total  Debt  to  Consolidated Broadcast
             Cash  Flow Ratio.    Permit  the Total  Debt  to
             Consolidated  Broadcast  Cash  Flow  Ratio   (as
             hereinafter  defined)  for any  Reference Period
             ending  in  any period  identified  below to  be
             greater  than the ratio specified below opposite
             such period:
         
                                       Maximum  Total   Debt
        to
                                      Consolidated
        Broadcast
                  Period                  Cash  Flow  Ratio 


             12/31/93 to 9/30/94             7.00:1.0
             10/01/94 to 9/30/95             6.50:1.0
             10/01/95 to 9/30/96             6.00:1.0
             10/01/96 to 9/30/97             5.25:1.0
             10/01/97 to 9/30 98             4.75:1.0
             Thereafter                      4.25:1.0

             "Total Debt to Consolidated Broadcast  Cash Flow
             Ratio"  means,  in  relation  to  any  Reference
             Period,  the  ratio   of  (i)  the  Consolidated
             Funded Debt  of GACC and its Subsidiaries at the
             end  of  such  Reference  Period,  to  (ii)  the
             Consolidated  Broadcast Cash  Flow  of  GACC and
             its Subsidiaries for such Reference Period.

                 (c) Consolidated  Operating  Cash  Flow  to
             Total   Cash  Interest   Ratio.     Permit   the
             Consolidated Operating  Cash Flow  to Total Cash
             Interest Ratio for any  Reference Period  ending
             in any period identified  below to be  less than
             the ratio specified below opposite such period:

                                         M  i  n  i  m  u  m
        Consolidated
                                         Operating Cash Flow
                                            to Total Cash
                 Period                     Interest  Ratio 


             12/31/93 to 12/31/95             2.00:1.0
             Thereafter                       1.50:1.0
<PAGE>

                                     - 101 -

             "Consolidated  Operating Cash Flow to Total Cash
             Interest  Ratio"  means,   in  relation  to  any
             Reference   Period,  the   ratio  of   (i)   the
             Consolidated  Operating  Cash  Flow of  GACC and
             its Subsidiaries for such  Reference Period,  to
             (ii) the  Consolidated Cash Interest Charges  of
             GACC  and  its  Subsidiaries for  such Reference
             Period.

                 (d) Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio.    Permit
             the  Fixed   Charge  Coverage   Ratio  for   any
             Reference Period to be less than 1.00:1.0.

             "Fixed   Charge   Coverage  Ratio"   means,   in
             relation to any Reference Period, the ratio of

                     (i)   the  sum of (A)  the Consolidated
                 Operating  Cash   Flow  of   GACC  and   its
                 Subsidiaries    for such  Reference  Period,
                 plus (B)  the aggregate  amount of  federal,
                 state and  local income taxes  paid by  GACC
                 and  its  Subsidiaries  for  such  Reference
                 Period,

             to

                     (ii)   the sum  of (A) the Cash
                 Debt  Service  of   GACC  and   its
                 Subsidiaries  for  such   Reference
                 Period,  plus (B)  the Consolidated
                 Capital  Expenditures  of GACC  and
                 its Subsidiaries for such Reference
                 Period,  plus   (C)  the  aggregate
                 amount of federal, state  and local
                 income taxes paid  by GACC and  its
                 Subsidiaries  for   such  Reference
                 Period.

             SECTION 8.2.5.  Capital Expenditures.  Make  any
        Consolidated     Capital    Expenditures,     except
        Consolidated  Capital  Expenditures made  during any
        Fiscal  Year which  do  not  exceed the  Base  Capex
        Amount (as  defined  below)  for such  Fiscal  Year,
        plus  (provided  that  no  Events   of  Default  are
        continuing)  the  Carry-Forward  Capex   Amount  (as
        defined below) for such Fiscal Year.

             As used in this Section 8.2.5:

             "Base Capex Amount"  for any  Fiscal Year  means
        $6,000,000, provided  that (i)  if the  Consolidated
        Broadcast Cash  Flow of  GACC  and its  Subsidiaries
        for  the 1993, 1994  or 1995  Fiscal Year  equals or
        exceeds  $68,700,000,  $72,100,000  or  $75,700,000,
        respectively, then  the Base  Capex Amount  shall be
        $7,000,000  for  the  immediately  following  Fiscal
        Year, and  (ii) if  the Total  Debt to  Consolidated
        Broadcast Cash  Flow Ratio  for any  Fiscal Year  is
        less than  5.0 to  1.0, then the  Base Capex  Amount
<PAGE>

                                     - 102 -

        shall be  $8,000,000 for  the immediately  following
        Fiscal Year.

             "Carry-Forward   Capex  Amount"   for  the  1994
        Fiscal  Year means $0, and for  the 1995 Fiscal Year
        and each  Fiscal  Year thereafter  means the  excess
        (if any) of the aggregate Base Capex Amount  for the
        Antecedent  Fiscal Years (as defined below) over the
        actual  Consolidated  Capital  Expenditures of  GACC
        and  its  Subsidiaries  for  such Antecedent  Fiscal
        Years.

             "Antecedent  Fiscal Years" means (i) in relation
        to the 1995 Fiscal  Year, the 1994 Fiscal Year, (ii)
        in relation  to the 1996  Fiscal Year, the  1994 and
        1995 Fiscal  Years, (iii)  in relation  to the  1997
        and  1998  Fiscal   Years,  the  three   immediately
        preceding Fiscal Years.

             SECTION 8.2.6. Consolidated Corporate  Overhead.
        Permit the  Consolidated Corporate Overhead  of GACC
        and   its     Subsidiaries   for  any   Fiscal  Year
        identified below  to  exceed  the  amount  specified
        below opposite such Fiscal Year:

                                          M a x i m u m
        Consolidated
                     Fiscal Year           Corporate
        Overhead 

                       1994                 $4,500,000
                       1995                 $4,750,000
                       1996                 $5,000,000
                       1997                 $5,250,000
                       1998                 $5,500,000

             SECTION 8.2.7.  Investments.      Make,   incur,
        assume, or  suffer to  exist any  Investment in  any
        other Person, except:

                 (a) Permitted Investments;

                 (b) Investments   in   Associated   Persons
             permitted by Section 8.2.11;

                 (c) Investments in the form of intercompany
             loans or advances by (i) GACC to GABCO  or GABCO
             Sub, (ii) GABCO  to GACC or  GABCO Sub and (iii)
             GABCO Sub to GACC, GABCO or LSI;

                 (d) Investments in the form of intercompany
             loans or  advances by  the Borrower  and LSI  to
             GABCO Sub, provided that such loans or  advances
             are permitted by clause (b) of Section 8.2.8;

                 (e) Investments (i)  by GACC  in  Permitted
             Capital  Stock   of  GABCO,  (ii)  by  GABCO  in
             Permitted Capital Stock  of GABCO Sub and  (iii)
             by GABCO Sub in  Permitted Capital Stock  of the
<PAGE>

                                     - 103 -

             Borrower  and  LSI,  provided  that  no  Default
             shall result from any such Investment;

                 (f) Investments in an Acquired Station made
             with   Reserved   Net    Disposition   Proceeds,
             provided that  the Acquisition of such  Acquired
             Station is  permitted by  clause (c) of  Section
             8.2.9.

             SECTION  8.2.8.  Restricted  Payments.   Make or
        make  any  offer to  make  any Restricted  Payments,
        except:

                 (a) the  declaration  and  payment  of cash
             dividends by  (i) any Subsidiary of the Borrower
             to the  Borrower, (ii)  GABCO Sub  to GABCO  and
             (iii) GABCO to GACC;

                 (b) payments  by the  Borrower and  LSI  of
             cash   dividends  and   intercompany  loans  and
             advances  to GABCO Sub  in amounts  (and only in
             such amounts) necessary:

               (i)  to permit  GABCO to  make (and  GABCO
             shall  use all proceeds  of such payments to
             make):

                   (A)        Restricted    Payments
                 permitted by clauses  (c) and  (f);
                 and

                   (B)    payments  to  satisfy  its
                 obligations  in   respect  of  live
                 action   residual    payments   and
                 participations related to  programs
                 sold  to  Worldvision  Enterprises,
                 which  payments, in  the aggregate,
                 shall not exceed $3,500,000;

               (ii)  to  permit  GACC  to make  (and GACC
             shall use  all proceeds of  such payments to
             make)  Restricted   Payments  permitted   by
             clauses (f), (g) and (j). 

               (iii)  to permit  GABCO and  GACC to  make
             (and  GABCO and GACC  shall use all proceeds
             of  such  payments  to   make)  payments  to
             satisfy (A)  obligations of  GABCO and  GACC
             in   respect  of   sublease  shortfalls  and
             executive    compensation    and   severance
             arrangements  for   former  employees,   (B)
             obligations of  GABCO in  respect of GABCO's
             interests  in Theme  Park Partnership, which
             payments described  in clauses (A) and  (B),
             in   the   aggregate,   shall   not   exceed
             $2,200,000  during  the  1994  Fiscal  Year,
             $1,900,000  during  the  1995  Fiscal  Year,
             $900,000   during  the   1996  Fiscal  Year,
             $800,000 during  the 1997  Fiscal Year,  and
<PAGE>

                                     - 104 -

             $800,000  during  the  1998 Fiscal  Year and
             (C)  obligations  constituting  Consolidated
             Corporate  Overhead, in  an aggregate amount
             for any  Fiscal Year  not in  excess of  the
             maximum  amount permitted  by Section 8.2.6,
             less the  aggregate amount  paid or  accrued
             for   such   Fiscal   Year  in   respect  of
             Consolidated  Corporate   Overhead  of   the
             Borrower and its Subsidiaries. 

             provided  that no such  payments by the Borrower
             or LSI  of such cash  dividends or  intercompany
             loans or advances shall be permitted unless:

                     (x)  at   the   time   of   the
                 declaration and payment of any such
                 dividends,  and  at  the   time  of
                 payment  of  any   such  loans   or
                 advances,  and after  giving effect
                 thereto,   each   of  the   Special
                 Covenant  Conditions is  satisfied;
                 and

                     (y)  all   proceeds   of   such
                 payments by  the Borrower  and  LSI
                 are used  and applied substantially
                 contemporaneously  with the  making
                 of  such payments for the purposes,
                 and   only    for   the   purposes,
                 described in clauses (i),  (ii) and
                 (iii)   above,  and   the  Managing
                 Agents have  received such evidence
                 as   they  shall   have  reasonably
                 requested   from    the   Principal
                 Companies    of   such    use   and
                 application;

             (c) payments by  GABCO  of  (i)  accrued  unpaid
        interest on GABCO  13% Notes (A) from  the Effective
        Date to May 15, 1995, in cash at  the annual rate of
        eleven percent (11%)  and in the  form of GABCO  13%
        PIK Notes  at the annual  rate of two  percent (2%),
        and  (B) after May 15,  1995, in cash  at the annual
        rate of  thirteen percent (13%), (ii) accrued unpaid
        interest  on amounts due and payable under the GABCO
        13%  Notes and the GABCO 13% Note Exchange Agreement
        at  the annual default  rate not  to exceed fourteen
        percent     (14%),     (iii) scheduled     mandatory
        prepayments of  GABCO 13% Notes required  by Section
        5.1 of the  GABCO 13% Note Exchange  Agreement, (iv)
        fees, costs  and expenses  of holders  of GABCO  13%
        Notes  payable  by GABCO  under  the GABCO  13% Note
        Exchange  Agreement;  provided  that  such  payments
        referred  to  in  clauses   (i)  through  (iv)   are
        required   by   the   interest  payment,   scheduled
        prepayment and  fees, costs and expenses provisions,
        and   are   not   prohibited   by   the   applicable
        subordination  provisions,  of  the  GABCO 13%  Note
        Exchange  Agreement, as in  effect on  the Effective
<PAGE>

                                     - 105 -

        Date or as  amended from time to time  in compliance
        with this  Agreement and  (v) the amounts  described
        in clauses (B), (C) and (D) of Section 6.1.1(c)(i);

             (d) payments   and   prepayments  by   GABCO  of
        Indebtedness  under  the  GABCO  13%  Notes and  the
        GABCO  13% Note  Exchange  Agreement with  Net  Debt
        Proceeds  from the  issuance  by  GACC or  GABCO  of
        Indebtedness  permitted  by clause  (f)  of  Section
        8.2.2;   provided   that   (i)   such  payments   or
        prepayments       are       made       substantially
        contemporaneously with the  receipt by GACC or GABCO
        of  such Net Debt  Proceeds, and  (ii) such payments
        are not prohibited  by the applicable  subordination
        provisions  contained in the GABCO 13% Note Exchange
        Agreement, as in effect on the Effective Date  or as
        amended  from time to  time in  compliance with this
        Agreement;

             (e) payments   and   prepayments  by   GABCO  of
        Indebtedness  under  the  GABCO 13%  Notes  and  the
        GABCO  13%   Note   Exchange  Agreement   with   Net
        Securities  Proceeds from  the issuance  by GACC  of
        Permitted  Capital  Stock; provided  that  (i)  such
        payments  or  prepayments  are   made  substantially
        contemporaneously with the receipt  by GACC of  such
        Net Securities Proceeds, and (ii) such payments  are
        not  prohibited  by  the   applicable  subordination
        provisions  of   the   GABCO   13%   Note   Exchange
        Agreement, as in effect on the Effective Date or  as
        amended  from time to  time in  compliance with this
        Agreement;

             (f) payments  by  GACC  or  GABCO (whichever  of
        such  Persons  issued the  Securities  governing the
        Indebtedness  permitted  by clause  (f)  of  Section
        8.2.2)  of  (i)  accrued  unpaid  interest,  at  the
        non-default rate  permitted by clause (f) of Section
        8.2.2,   and   scheduled  mandatory   prepayment  or
        amortization  obligations,  in amounts  permitted by
        clause  (f)   of  Section   8.2.2,  in   respect  of
        principal of  Indebtedness permitted  by clause  (f)
        of Section 8.2.2,  (ii) accrued  unpaid interest  on
        amounts  due   and  payable  under  the  Instruments
        governing the  Indebtedness permitted by  clause (f)
        of Section 8.2.2,  at the default rate  permitted by
        clause (f) of  Section 8.2.2, and (iii)  fees, costs
        and expenses  of holders  of Indebtedness  permitted
        by  clause (f) of  Section 8.2.2 payable  by GACC or
        GABCO,   as   applicable,   under  the   Instruments
        governing  such  Indebtedness;  provided  that  such
        payments  are  required  by  the  interest  payment,
        scheduled  prepayment  or  amortization   and  fees,
        costs   and  expenses   provisions,   and  are   not
        prohibited   by    the   applicable    subordination
        provisions,  contained in  the Instruments governing
        or relating  to such  Indebtedness as  in effect  on
        the  date  of issuance  of  such Indebtedness  or as
        amended  from time to  time in  compliance with this
<PAGE>

                                     - 106 -

        Agreement;

             (g) payments by GACC of accrued unpaid  interest
        on GACC  14% Notes (i) from the Effective Date until
        (but  not including) December  31, 1996,  (A) in the
        form of GACC 14% PIK Notes and  (B) if any holder of
        GACC 14% Notes would be entitled to interest  on any
        interest payment date  in an amount  that is not  an
        integral multiple  of $100, in  the form of  cash in
        an amount  equal to the excess of the amount of such
        interest over the highest integral multiple  of $100
        included in  the amount of  such interest,  provided
        that  the amount of  such cash  interest payments to
        all  holders of  GACC  14%  Notes shall  not  exceed
        $175,000  during any Fiscal  Year and  (ii) from and
        after  December 31, 1996,  in cash, in  each case at
        the annual  rate of fourteen percent (14%); provided
        that  such  payments are  required  by the  interest
        payment provisions of the  GACC 14% Note  Indenture,
        as  in effect  on the  Effective Date  or as amended
        from   time  to   time  in   compliance  with   this
        Agreement;

             (h) payments by  GACC of Indebtedness under  the
        GACC 14% Notes and the GACC 14% Note  Indenture with
        Net  Debt Proceeds  from  the  issuance by  GACC  of
        Indebtedness  permitted  by clause  (d)  of  Section
        8.2.2;  provided that  (i)  such payments  are  made
        substantially contemporaneously with the  receipt by
        GACC of such  Net Debt  Proceeds, and  (ii) each  of
        the Special  Covenant Conditions is satisfied at the
        time of such payment;

             (i) payments   and   redemptions  by   GACC   of
        Indebtedness under the  GACC 14% Notes and  the GACC
        14%  Note  Indenture with  Net  Securities  Proceeds
        from  the  issuance  by GACC  of  Permitted  Capital
        Stock;  provided   that   (i)   such   payments   or
        redemptions       are       made       substantially
        contemporaneously with the receipt  by GACC of  such
        Net  Securities  Proceeds,  and  (ii)  each  of  the
        Special  Covenant  Conditions is  satisfied  at  the
        time of such payment;

             (j) payments   by   GACC   of   accrued   unpaid
        interest,  at a  rate  permitted  by clause  (d)  of
        Section   8.2.2   in   respect   of   principal   of
        Indebtedness  permitted  by clause  (d)  of  Section
        8.2.2; provided  that such payments are  required by
        the  interest  payment   provisions,  and  are   not
        prohibited   by    the   applicable    subordination
        provisions,  contained in  the Instruments governing
        or  relating to such  Indebtedness, as  in effect on
        the  date  of issuance  of  such Indebtedness  or as
        amended  from time to  time in  compliance with this
        Agreement;

             (k) payments  by  the  Borrower  of (i)  accrued
        unpaid  interest  on outstanding  Indebtedness under
<PAGE>

                                     - 107 -

        the  WGHP  Loan Agreement,  at  a rate  permitted by
        clause  (g)  of  Section 8.2.2,  (ii)  principal  on
        outstanding   Indebtedness   under  the   WGHP  Loan
        Agreement,  out of excess  cash flow  of WGHP-TV and
        with  net proceeds of sales of WGHP Operating Assets
        and (iii) agents  fees to the agent for  the lenders
        under  the  WGHP Loan  Agreement,  but only  if such
        agent is not  AFC or one  of its  Affiliates, in  an
        aggregate  amount  not  to  exceed  $20,000  in  any
        Fiscal   Year;  provided  that   such  payments  are
        required   by   the   interest  payment,   mandatory
        prepayment and required fee  provisions of the  WGHP
        Loan  Agreement,  and  are  not  prohibited  by  the
        applicable  subordination  provisions  contained  in
        the  WGHP Subordination Agreement, each as in effect
        on the  Effective Date  or as  amended from  time to
        time in compliance with this Agreement;

             (l) payments  by any Subsidiary of  GACC to GACC
        in respect  of  Indebtedness of  such Subsidiary  to
        GACC under the Tax Sharing Agreement; and

             (m) Restricted Payments  to Associated  Persons,
        to the extent permitted by Section 8.2.11.

             SECTION 8.2.9.  Mergers;  Acquisitions; Sales of
        Property.   Consolidate  or merge  with any  Person,
        engage  in any Sale  of any  Broadcasting Station or
        all  or any substantial part of its Property (either
        in  a single  transaction  or  a series  of  related
        transactions)  to   any   Person,  engage   in   any
        Acquisition  of  any  Broadcasting  Station  or  any
        other  Person, or sell and thereafter lease back all
        or any part of its Property except

                 (a) any Permitted Disposition;

                 (b) any  Sale   by  the  Borrower  of   the
             operating  assets,  including all  FCC Licenses,
             of any Broadcasting Station; provided, that:

                   (i)   the    sole   consideration
                 payable  to  or  receivable  by the
                 Borrower  in  connection with  such
                 Sale consists  of cash  payable  at
                 the  closing  of  such  Sale  in an
                 amount not less than the fair value
                 of  the  Property  subject  to such
                 Sale;

                   (ii) the operating  cash flow  of
                 such  Broadcasting Station  for the
                 most  recently  completed Reference
                 Period for which the  Lenders shall
                 have    received   the    financial
                 statements   required   by  Section
                 8.1.1(b),   plus    the   aggregate
                 operating cash  flow of  all  other
                 Broadcasting  Stations sold  by the
<PAGE>

                                     - 108 -

                 Borrower   during  such   Reference
                 Period,   shall   not  exceed   ten
                 percent  (10%) of  the Consolidated
                 Operating Cash Flow of GACC and its
                 Subsidiaries  for  such   Reference
                 Period (computed  without regard to
                 such Sale);

                   (iii) on  and as  of the  date of
                 such  Sale,  each  of  the  Special
                 Covenant  Conditions  is satisfied;
                 and

                   (iv)  the  Borrower shall  either
                 (A)  prepay  Loans  with   all  Net
                 Disposition  Proceeds of  such Sale
                 on the  date  of such  Sale or  (B)
                 have demonstrated to the reasonable
                 satisfaction of the Managing Agents
                 and  the  Required  Lenders  on  or
                 prior to the date of such Sale that
                 all  Net  Disposition  Proceeds  of
                 such  Sale not used to prepay Loans
                 on the date of such Sale ("Reserved
                 Net Disposition Proceeds")  will be
                 used in an Acquisition permitted by
                 clause (c), and shall pledge to the
                 Collateral  Agent  on  the  date of
                 such  Sale,  as  security  for  the
                 obligations,  pursuant  to  a  cash
                 collateral pledge agreement in form
                 and  substance satisfactory  to the
                 Collateral Agent,  all Reserved Net
                 Disposition Proceeds  of such Sale.
                 All  such Reserved  Net Disposition
                 Proceeds  shall  be  held   by  the
                 Collateral  Agent  in pledge  until
                 such  time  as   the  Borrower   is
                 prepared     to    complete     the
                 Acquisition   of   a   Broadcasting
                 Station in compliance with  all the
                 conditions set forth in clause (c),
                 at which time the  Collateral Agent
                 shall release to  the Borrower  all
                 Reserved  Net Disposition  Proceeds
                 required   by   the   Borrower   to
                 complete such  Acquisition, and the
                 Borrower shall  immediately use all
                 such  proceeds   to  complete  such
                 Acquisition.

             Any  excess  Reserved Net  Disposition  Proceeds
             shall  be  used to  prepay  Loans in  accordance
             with Section  3.3.2(b).  Upon the failure of the
             Borrower to  satisfy any  of the  conditions set
             forth  in   clause   (c),   all   Reserved   Net
             Disposition  Proceeds shall  be used  to  prepay
             Loans in accordance with Section 3.3.2(b); and
<PAGE>

                                     - 109 -

                 (c) any  Acquisition by  the Borrower  of a
             Broadcasting   Station    with   Reserved    Net
             Disposition Proceeds, provided, that

                   (i)   the  Borrower   shall  have
                 demonstrated   to  the   reasonable
                 satisfaction of the Managing Agents
                 and the Required  Lenders that  the
                 Broadcasting Station to be acquired
                 (the   "Acquired   Station")   will
                 generate   operating   cash    flow
                 approximately  equal   to  (A)  the
                 historical  operating cash  flow of
                 the  Broadcasting Station  the Sale
                 of which has produced such Reserved
                 Net Disposition Proceeds (the "Sold
                 Station")   multiplied  by   (B)  a
                 fraction  having  as its  numerator
                 the  cash  purchase  price  of  the
                 Acquired Station and having  as its
                 denominator the total amount of Net
                 Disposition Proceeds  received from
                 the Sale of the Sold Station;

                   (ii)  the   Borrower  shall  have
                 entered  into  a  binding  purchase
                 agreement  for  the Acquisition  of
                 the Acquired  Station within ninety
                 (90)  days  after the  Sale  of the
                 Sold Station;

                   (iii)  the   Acquisition  of  the
                 Acquired  Station   is  consummated
                 within two hundred  ten (210)  days
                 after the date the binding purchase
                 agreement for  such Acquisition has
                 been entered into by the Borrower;

                   (iv) all  of the Property  of the
                 Acquired  Station  shall  be  owned
                 exclusively  by  the  Borrower  and
                 shall be pledged to  the Collateral
                 Agent  for  the   benefit  of   the
                 Secured Parties as security for all
                 the   Obligations,    pursuant   to
                 Security  Instruments  satisfactory
                 to  the  Managing  Agents,  and all
                 filings,   recordings   and   other
                 actions necessary in the reasonable
                 judgment of the Managing  Agents to
                 create in favor  of the  Collateral
                 Agent a first-priority Lien  on all
                 such   Property  shall   have  been
                 taken; and

                   (v) on and as of the date of such
                 Acquisition,  each  of the  Special
                 Covenant   Conditions    has   been
                 satisfied.
<PAGE>

                                     - 110 -

             SECTION 8.2.10. Modification,  etc.  of  Certain
        Agreements and  Governing Documents.  Consent  to or
        enter  into or permit  any amendment,  supplement or
        other modification of any Ancillary Document  or any
        Governing Document of any Transaction Party;

             SECTION 8.2.11. Transactions  with   Affiliates.
        Enter  into any  transaction  or agreement  with any
        Associated Person,  or permit  any GABCO  Subsidiary
        to  enter into, engage in, enter into any commitment
        with   respect   to,  or   perform   any,  Affiliate
        Transaction, except:

             (a) the incurrence of Indebtedness  by any GABCO
        Subsidiary to  GACC under the  Tax Sharing Agreement
        and the  payment of  any such  Indebtedness by  such
        GABCO Subsidiary;

             (b) Investments  permitted  by clauses  (b), (c)
        and (d) of Section 8.2.7;

             (c) loans  or   advances  to  employees  of  any
        Transaction  Party   in  the   ordinary  course   of
        business for  travel expenses,  drawing accounts  or
        other similar business related expenses;

             (d) the  sale  by the  Borrower  of  advertising
        time to an  Associated Person that is not  resold by
        such   Associated  Person,  or  the  purchase  by  a
        Transaction Party  of insurance  from an  Associated
        Person  that is an  insurance carrier  or through an
        Associated  Person that  is an  insurance agency, in
        each  case  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,
        provided  that  the  terms  of  each  such  sale  of
        advertising  time or  purchase  of insurance  is  no
        less favorable  to the Borrower  or such Transaction
        Parry, as  the case may  be, than would  be the case
        if such sale or purchase had been  entered into with
        a Person that is not an Associated Person; and

             (e) any  other  agreements or  transactions with
        an  Associated Person  that would  not otherwise  be
        permitted by  any of  the other  provisions of  this
        Section  8.2.11, provided,  that  (i) the  terms  of
        such agreement  or transaction are no less favorable
        to the  Principal Companies  and their  Subsidiaries
        than   would  be  the  case  if  such  agreement  or
        transaction  had  been  entered into  with  a Person
        that  is not  an  Associated  Person, and  (ii)  the
        potential aggregate value  payable or receivable  by
        the Transaction Parties in connection  with all such
        transactions  during  any  Fiscal  Year  shall   not
        exceed $1,000,000.

             SECTION 8.2.12.  Capital  Stock.   Issue,  sell,
        transfer,  pledge,  mortgage, assign  or  dispose of
        any shares  of any  Capital Stock  of any  Principal
        Company or any Subsidiary of  any Principal Company,
        except  (a)  the  pledge  of  Capital  Stock  of the
<PAGE>

                                     - 111 -

        Borrower and  LSI to  the Collateral  Agent for  the
        benefit  of  the  Secured Parties  pursuant  to  the
        Pledge  Agreement, (b) the  pledge of  Capital Stock
        of GABCO  for the benefit of the holders of the GACC
        14%  Notes pursuant  to the  GACC  Pledge Agreement,
        (c) the  pledge of  Capital Stock  of GABCO Sub  for
        the  benefit of the  holders of the  GABCO 13% Notes
        pursuant to  the  GABCO  Pledge Agreement,  (d)  the
        issuance  by GACC of shares of its Permitted Capital
        Stock, provided  that no  Default  is continuing  at
        the time of such issuance or would  result from such
        issuance,  and (e) the issuance by GABCO, GABCO Sub,
        the  Borrower  or  LSI  of  such Person's  Permitted
        Capital Stock pursuant  to Investments permitted  by
        clause (e) of Section 8.2.7; or

             SECTION   8.2.13.  Restrictive  or  Inconsistent
        Agreements.   Enter  into  or  become bound  by  any
        Contractual Obligation:

             (a) (other  than  the  Loan  Documents  and  the
        Other  Debt Documents (as in effect on the Effective
        Date  or as amended from time  to time in compliance
        with    this   Agreement))    which,   directly   or
        indirectly,  prohibits  or  restrains,  or  has  the
        effect of prohibiting  or restraining, or  otherwise
        imposes   any   materially  adverse   or  burdensome
        condition  upon,  the  declaration  or  payment   of
        dividends,  the  incurrence  of   Indebtedness,  the
        granting of Liens,  the making of loans  or advances
        to  any  other  Principal  Company  or   Transaction
        Party,  or the amendment  or modification  of any of
        the Loan Documents; or

             (b) containing   any  provision  that  would  be
        violated  or  breached   by  any  Loan  or   by  the
        performance  by any  of the  Transaction Parties  of
        their  obligations   hereunder  or  under  any  Loan
        Document.

             SECTION 8.2.14.  Fiscal   Year.     Change   its
        Fiscal Year.

             SECTION 8.2.15.  Change  of  Location,  Name  or
        Deposit  Accounts.  Change  (a) the  location of its
        principal   place   of  business,   chief  executive
        office,  major  executive  office,  chief  place  of
        business  or  records concerning  its  business  and
        financial  affairs, or  (b)  its  name or  the  name
        under  or by which it conducts  its business, or (c)
        with respect  to the Borrower  or LSI, open  any new
        account  for  the deposit  of  funds, in  each case,
        without first  giving the  Collateral Agent  written
        notice thereof and  having taken any and  all action
        required by  the  Collateral Agent  to maintain  and
        preserve  the Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent
        provided under the Collateral Documents.

             SECTION 8.2.16.  ERISA Compliance.
<PAGE>

                                     - 112 -

             (a) Permit any Single  Employer Plan to incur an
        "accumulated funding  deficiency", as  such term  is
        defined  in  Section 302  of  ERISA, whether  or not
        such deficiency is or may be waived;

             (b) Fail to  contribute to  any Single  Employer
        Plan to  an extent  which, or  terminate any  Single
        Employer Plan  in a  manner which,  could result  in
        the imposition of a Lien  on the Property of  any of
        the   Principal   Companies   or   any   of    their
        Subsidiaries; or

             (c) Permit  or   take  any  action  which  would
        result in  the aggregate benefit liabilities (within
        the meaning of Section 4001 of  ERISA) of any Single
        Employer  Plan exceeding  the value  of the  current
        assets of such Plan.

             SECTION    8.3.  No   Claims    Against    GABCO
        Subsidiaries.   GABCO and, upon its execution of the
        Accession  Agreement,  GACC  acknowledge  and  agree
        with the  Borrower, the  Agents and  the Lenders  as
        follows:

             (a) The  obligations of GACC  under the GACC 14%
        Note  Indenture and the GACC 14% Notes, and of GABCO
        under  the GABCO 13% Note Exchange Agreement and the
        GABCO  13% Notes are  obligations of  GACC and GABCO
        only,  and no GABCO   Subsidiary  has any Contingent
        Obligation with  respect thereto or with  respect to
        any other Indebtedness of GACC or GABCO.

             (b) The  GABCO  Subsidiaries have  no obligation
        to  pay dividends to or  to make Investments in GACC
        or  GABCO   for  the  purpose  of   funding  payment
        obligations of GACC  or GABCO to the holders of GACC
        14% Notes or GABCO 13% Notes or otherwise.


                             ARTICLE IX

                          EVENTS OF DEFAULT

             SECTION 9.1.  Events  of  Default.    The   term
        "Event of Default"  shall mean any of the events set
        forth in this  Section occurring or existing  at any
        time  on  or  after  the  Effective  Date  (or, with
        respect  to any of  the events  described in Section
        9.1.7, occurring  at any time after the date of this
        Agreement).

             SECTION 9.1.1.  Non-Payment   of    Obligations.
        The  Borrower (or, with  respect to  clause (c), any
        Transaction Party) shall default

             (a) in the  payment  or  prepayment  under  this
        Agreement or  any Note when due  of any principal of
        the  Loans,   and   such  default   shall   continue
        unremedied for a period of one (1) Business Day;
<PAGE>

                                     - 113 -

             (b) in the payment  or prepayment when due under
        this Agreement or  any Note of  any interest on  any
        Loan  or  any Fees  payable  under Section  3.5, and
        such default shall continue unremedied for  a period
        of three (3) Business Days; or

             (c) in   the   payment   when  due   under  this
        Agreement  or any of the other Loan Documents of any
        other  amount (other than  an amount  referred to in
        clause  (a) or (b)), and such default shall continue
        unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days.

             SECTION 9.1.2.  Non-Performance    of    Certain
        Obligations.   The Principal Companies shall default
        in the due  performance or observance of any  of its
        obligations under  Section 8.1.2,  8.1.7, 8.1.12  or
        Section   8.2   (including  Section   8.2.1  through
        8.2.16, inclusive).

             SECTION 9.1.3.  Non-Performance     of     Other
        Obligations.   Any Transaction  Party shall  default
        in the  due performance   and observance  of any  of
        its  obligations in any of the Loan Documents (other
        than those  obligations specified  in Section  9.1.1
        or   9.1.2)   and   such   default  shall   continue
        unremedied  for   fifteen  (15)  days  after  notice
        thereof shall  have been  given to  the Borrower  by
        the Administrative Agent.

             SECTION 9.1.4.  Breach   of   Warranty.      Any
        representation or warranty of any Transaction  Party
        under any Loan Document  is or shall be incorrect in
        any material respect when made or deemed made.

             SECTION 9.1.5.  Default    Under    Other   Debt
        Documents.    Any  of  the  following  events  shall
        occur:

             (a) any  Transaction Party shall fail to pay any
        principal, interest or  other amounts due in respect
        of any Indebtedness under any Other Debt Document;

             (b) any   Indebtedness  under   any  Other  Debt
        Document  is  accelerated or  otherwise  becomes due
        and payable prior to its scheduled payment date;

             (c) any  default  or  event  of  default  occurs
        under any Other Debt Document;

             (d) any  holder  or   holders  of  any   of  the
        Indebtedness under  any Other Debt Document,  or any
        Representative of  any such holder or holders, shall
        exercise,  purport to  exercise, give  any notice of
        its  intention to exercise or become entitled by the
        terms of  any Other  Debt Document  to exercise  (i)
        any  right  to  accelerate Indebtedness  outstanding
        under any  Other Debt  Document, (ii)  any right  to
        require  any  Restricted  Payment  to   be  made  in
        respect of  such Indebtedness,  or  (iii) any  other
<PAGE>

                                     - 114 -

        remedies under any Other Debt Document; or

             (e) any Transaction  Party shall make, offer  to
        make or become obligated  to make or offer  to make,
        any   Restricted   Payment   in   respect   of   any
        Indebtedness under  any Other  Debt Document  (other
        than   Restricted   Payments   permitted   by   this
        Agreement   and  other   than   offers  to   make  a
        Restricted  Payment   where  the   making  of   such
        Restricted  Payment   is  contingent   on  all   the
        Obligations  first   having  been   paid  in   full)
        including  any  optional  prepayment   of  principal
        under any Other Debt Document, any payment  required
        by  the GACC  14% Indenture  or the  GABCO  13% Note
        Exchange  Agreement upon a change in control, or any
        payment  required by  the  GABCO 13%  Note  Exchange
        Agreement out  of excess cash flow or upon a sale of
        assets;

             SECTION 9.1.6.  Default       Under        Other
        Instruments.   Any Principal  Company or  any of its
        Subsidiaries shall fail  to make any payment  of any
        Indebtedness   (other  than   the  Obligations)  the
        outstanding   principal  amount   of  which  exceeds
        $500,000,  or shall fail  to perform  or observe the
        terms   of   any   Instrument   relating   to   such
        Indebtedness,  and  such failure  shall  permit  any
        holder  of   such  Indebtedness   to  declare   such
        Indebtedness to be  immediately due  and payable  or
        to  otherwise  be accelerated,  or  any Lien  on any
        Property  of  any  Principal  Company  or  any  such
        Subsidiary securing any  such Indebtedness shall  be
        foreclosed upon.

             SECTION 9.1.7.  Bankruptcy,   Insolvency,   etc.
        Any  Principal  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  of any
        Principal Company shall

             (a) generally  fail  to pay  its  debts as  they
        become due,  or admit  in writing  its inability  to
        pay its debts as they become due;

             (b) apply for, consent  to, or acquiesce in, the
        appointment  of  a trustee,  receiver, sequestrator,
        or  other custodian for any Principal Company or any
        such Subsidiary or  any Property of any  thereof, or
        make  a  general   assignment  for  the  benefit  of
        creditors;

             (c) in the absence of  such application, consent
        or  acquiescence,  permit  or suffer  to  exist  the
        involuntary  appointment  of  a  trustee,  receiver,
        sequestrator or  other custodian  for any  Principal
        Company  or any such Subsidiary or for a substantial
        part  of  the  Property  of  any  thereof,  and such
        trustee,  receiver, sequestrator  or other custodian
        shall not be discharged within thirty days;

             (d) permit or  suffer to  exist the  involuntary
<PAGE>

                                     - 115 -

        commencement   of,  or   voluntarily  commence,  any
        bankruptcy,  reorganization,  debt  arrangement,  or
        other   case   or   proceeding   (other   than   the
        Reorganization   Cases)  under   any  bankruptcy  or
        insolvency  laws, or permit  or suffer  to exist the
        involuntary   commencement   of,    or   voluntarily
        commence,    any   dissolution,    winding   up   or
        liquidation  proceeding  (except  for the  voluntary
        dissolution,  not  under  bankruptcy  or  insolvency
        law, of  any such Person  that is not  a Transaction
        Party),  in each case,  by or  against any Principal
        Company  or any  such Subsidiary,  provided  that if
        not commenced by  any Principal Company or  any such
        Subsidiary, such  proceeding shall  be consented  to
        or acquiesced  in by  any Principal  Company or  any
        such Subsidiary, or shall result in the entry  of an
        order for  relief or  shall  remain undismissed  for
        thirty (30) days; 

             (e) with   respect  to  any  Transaction  Party,
        permit  or suffer to  exist the  commencement of any
        case,   proceeding  or  other   action  seeking  the
        issuance of  a  warrant  of  attachment,  execution,
        distraint  or similar  process  against  all or  any
        material part of  its Property (except for  any such
        attachment or  similar process that would constitute
        a Permitted Lien); or

             (f) take  any  corporate action  authorizing, or
        in furtherance of, any of the foregoing.

             SECTION 9.1.8.  Judgments.    A  final  judgment
        which, with  other such outstanding  final judgments
        against  any of the  Principal Companies  and any of
        their   Subsidiaries,   exceeds   an  aggregate   of
        $500,000  (net  of actual  insurance  coverage  with
        respect  thereto),  shall  be  rendered against  any
        Principal   Company   or  any   Subsidiary   of  any
        Principal  Company  and,  within  thirty  (30)  days
        after entry  thereof, such judgment  shall not  have
        been discharged  or execution thereof stayed pending
        appeal, or  if, within  thirty (30)  days after  the
        expiration  of any  such  stay, such  judgment shall
        not have been discharged.

             SECTION 9.1.9.  ERISA.    Any of  the  following
        events shall occur:

             (a) any  Single  Employer  Plan  shall  fail  to
        maintain the  minimum funding  standard required  by
        Section 412  of the  Code for  any plan  year, or  a
        waiver  of  such standard  or  the extension  of any
        amortization  period  is  sought  or  granted  under
        Section 412(d) or (e) of the Code;

             (b) any Plan  is or shall  have been  terminated
        or  the  subject of  termination  proceedings  under
        ERISA,  or an  event shall  have occurred  entitling
        the PBGC to  terminate a Plan under  Section 4042(a)
<PAGE>

                                     - 116 -

        of ERISA; or

             (c) any  Principal  Company, any  Subsidiary  of
        any Principal Company  or any ERISA Affiliate  shall
        have incurred  or become likely  to incur  liability
        to  or  an   account  of  a  termination  of   or  a
        withdrawal  from a  Plan under  Section 4062,  4063,
        4064, 4201, 4204 or 515 of ERISA;

        and  there  shall  result  from  any  such  event or
        events  either  (i)  the  provision of  security  to
        induce the issuance of a waiver or extension of  any
        funding  requirement under Section  412 of ERISA, or
        (ii)  liability, or  a  material risk  of  incurring
        liability,  to  the PBGC  or  a  Plan or  a  trustee
        appointed under  Section 4042  or 4049  of ERISA  in
        excess of $500,000.

             SECTION 9.1.10.  Broadcasting Stations.   Any of
        the following  events  shall occur  with respect  to
        any Broadcasting Station or FCC  License material to
        the operations of the Borrower:

             (a) the  commencement   by  any   Communications
        Regulatory Authority of any proceedings to  suspend,
        revoke,  terminate,  require the  divestiture  of or
        adversely  modify   any  such  FCC   License,  which
        proceedings  are not dismissed  or discharged within
        thirty (30) days;

             (b) on-the-air  broadcasting operations  of  any
        Broadcasting   Station(s)  owned   by  the  Borrower
        accounting for, in  the aggregate, ten percent (10%)
        or  more of the  consolidated net operating revenues
        of  the  Borrower  and  its   Subsidiaries  (i)  are
        interrupted  at  any time  for  more than  120 hours
        during any period  of 20 consecutive days  (the last
        day  of such period being hereinafter referred to as
        the  "Interruption  Determination  Date"), and  (ii)
        the Borrower shall not  have satisfied the  Required
        Lenders  by the 30th  day following the Interruption
        Determination Date  that the  Borrower will  receive
        proceeds   of   business    interruption   insurance
        sufficient  to  cover the  aggregate  lost operating
        revenues resulting from such interruption;

             (c) the   entry  of   any  order   by   the  FCC
        suspending,  revoking,  terminating,  requiring  the
        divestiture of  or adversely modifying any  such FCC
        License;

             (d) any loss,  revocation or  failure to  timely
        file for renewal of any such FCC License; or

             (e) any   designation  of   an  application  for
        renewal of any  such FCC License for  an evidentiary
        hearing.

             SECTION 9.1.11.  Impairment  of  Security,  etc.
<PAGE>

                                     - 117 -

        Any Loan  Document, or any  Lien granted thereunder,
        shall  (except in  accordance  with its  terms),  in
        whole  or in part, terminate, cease to be effective,
        or  cease  to  be  the  legally  valid,  binding and
        enforceable  obligation  of  any  Transaction  Party
        thereto;  or  any  Transaction  Party  or any  other
        Person shall,  directly  or indirectly,  contest  in
        any  manner  such  effectiveness, validity,  binding
        nature or  enforceability; or any Lien  securing any
        Obligations shall,  in whole or  in  part,  cease to
        be  a perfected first priority Lien, subject only to
        those exceptions permitted by the Loan Documents.

             SECTION 9.1.12. Change of Control.   At any time
        after  the  Effective  Date,  any  of  the following
        shall occur:

             (a) AFC  shall  cease to  own and  control, both
        legally and  beneficially, with the  power to  vote,
        at  least that  number of  shares of  Class A Common
        Stock  equal to  the  greater of  (i) the  number of
        shares of  Class A Common  Stock so owned  by AFC on
        the  Effective  Date  (after giving  effect  to  the
        Reorganization) minus  the number of shares of Class
        A  Common Stock equal  to eight percent  (8%) of the
        shares  of Class A  Common Stock  outstanding on the
        Effective   Date  (after   giving   effect  to   the
        Reorganization)  and (ii)  the number  of shares  of
        Class A Common  Stock equal  to twenty-five  percent
        (25%)   of  the  shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock
        outstanding  on  the  Effective  Date (after  giving
        effect  to the  Reorganization) (in  each case, with
        appropriate   proportional   adjustments   for   any
        dividend  payable in shares of Class A Common Stock,
        any  stock split or  other subdivision  of shares of
        Class A Common Stock or  any reverse stock split  or
        other  combination  of  shares  of  Class  A  Common
        Stock);

             (b) GACC shall cease  to own  and control,  both
        legally and  beneficially, with  the power  to vote,
        one hundred percent  (100%) of the Capital  Stock of
        GABCO of every class;

             (c) GABCO shall cease to  own and control,  both
        legally  and beneficially,  with the  power to vote,
        one hundred percent  (100%) of the Capital  Stock of
        GABCO Sub of every class;

             (d) GABCO  Sub shall  cease to  own and control,
        both  legally and  beneficially, with  the power  to
        vote,  one hundred  percent  (100%)  of the  Capital
        Stock of the Borrower of every class; or

             (e) any Person  or Persons and any Affiliates of
        any such Person  or Persons acting in  concert shall
        at   any   time   own   or   control,   legally   or
        beneficially, directly  or indirectly,  a number  of
        outstanding shares of  Class A Common Stock  of GACC
<PAGE>

                                     - 118 -

        in excess  of the  number of  outstanding shares  of
        such  class owned legally and beneficially by AFC at
        such  time; any Person or Persons and any Affiliates
        of  any  such Person  or  Persons acting  in concert
        (other than  AFC) shall  possess, through  ownership
        of Capital Stock, contract, proxy or otherwise,  the
        power  to elect or cause  the election of a majority
        of the members  of the Board  of Directors of  GACC;
        or a  majority  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of
        Directors of GACC  shall not have been  nominated or
        otherwise approved by AFC.

             SECTION 9.1.13.  Materially   Adverse    Effect.
        Any  event or events  shall have  occurred since the
        Effective  Date   which,  individually  or   in  the
        aggregate,  have had  or  are reasonably  likely  to
        have, a Materially Adverse Effect.


               SECTION 9.2.  Action if  Bankruptcy.   If  any  Event  of
          Default described in clauses (a) through (e) of  Section 9.1.7
          shall occur,  the outstanding  principal amount  of all  Loans
          and  the  outstanding amount  of  all other  Obligations shall
          automatically be and  become immediately due and  payable, all
          without notice,  demand, presentment  or other  action of  any
          kind.

               SECTION 9.3.  Action if Other  Event of Default.   If any
          Event of  Default (other than an Event of Default described in
          Section 9.2) shall occur for any reason, whether  voluntary or
          involuntary,  and  be  continuing,  the Administrative  Agent,
          upon  the  direction  of  the  Required  Lenders,  shall, upon
          notice  or  demand,   declare  all  or  any   portion  of  the
          outstanding  principal amount of the Loans and the outstanding
          amount of  all other  Obligations  to be  immediately due  and
          payable, whereupon such  Loans and other Obligations  shall be
          and become immediately  due and payable, in  each case without
          further notice,  demand, presentment  or other  action of  any
          kind.

               SECTION  9.4.   Commitment  Termination  Event.   If  any
          Commitment  Termination  Event shall  occur,  the  Commitments
          shall automatically  terminate,  all without  notice,  demand,
          presentment or other action of any kind.


                                    ARTICLE X

                THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE MANAGING AGENTS AND
                               THE COLLATERAL AGENT

               SECTION 10.1.  Actions.   Each  Lender and the  holder of
          each  Note  hereby authorizes  the Administrative  Agent, each
          Managing Agent  and the Collateral  Agent to act  on behalf of
          such Lender  or holder under this Agreement and the other Loan
          Documents  and, in  the absence of  other written instructions
          from the  Required Lenders received  from time to  time by the
          Administrative Agent, either Managing  Agent or the Collateral
          Agent,  as  the  case  may  be  (with  respect  to  which  the
<PAGE>

                                     - 119 -

          Administrative Agent, either Managing Agent or the  Collateral
          Agent,  as the case  may be, agrees  that it  will, subject to
          the  next three  sentences  of this  Section,  comply in  good
          faith  except to  the extent  that it is  advised by   counsel
          that  such compliance  would  be  contrary to  any  Applicable
          Law), to exercise such powers  hereunder and thereunder as are
          specifically delegated  to or  required of  the Administrative
          Agent, each  Managing Agent  or  the Collateral  Agent by  the
          terms hereof  and thereof, together with such powers as may be
          reasonably  incidental  thereto.   Each  Lender agrees  (which
          agreement  shall survive any termination of this Agreement) to
          indemnify each  Agent, promptly  upon demand,  Ratably at  the
          time such  demand is transmitted, from and against any and all
          liabilities,   obligations,   losses,    damages,   penalties,
          actions, judgments,  suits, costs,  expenses or  disbursements
          of any  kind or nature whatsoever  (collectively, "Indemnified
          Costs") which may  at any time be imposed on,  incurred by, or
          asserted  against such  Agent,  in  any  way  relating  to  or
          arising  out  of  this Agreement  or  any  of  the other  Loan
          Documents,  including the  reimbursement of any  Agent for all
          reasonable out-of-pocket expenses  (including reasonable  fees
          and disbursements of  counsel, amounts paid in  settlement and
          court   costs)  incurred   by  such  Agent   hereunder  or  in
          connection herewith  or in  enforcing the  obligations of  the
          Transaction Parties under this Agreement  or any of the  other
          Loan Documents,  in all cases  as to which  such Agent is  not
          reimbursed  by the Principal Companies; except for any portion
          of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,  penalties,
          actions, judgments,  suits, costs,  expenses or  disbursements
          which (a)  a court of  competent jurisdiction has  found, in a
          final  nonappealable order, resulted directly and primarily by
          reason  of such Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct
          or  (b)  have  been  reimbursed  by  the  Principal  Companies
          pursuant to Section 12.4.  No  Agent shall be required to take
          any action hereunder or  under any other Loan Document,  or to
          prosecute or defend any  suit in respect of this  Agreement or
          any   other  Loan   Document,   unless   indemnified  to   its
          satisfaction by  the Lenders  against  any Indemnified  Costs.
          If any  indemnity in favor of any Agent shall become impaired,
          such Agent may call  for additional indemnity and cease  to do
          the  acts indemnified against  until such additional indemnity
          is  given.    Any of  the  Agents  may  delegate their  duties
          hereunder to Affiliates, agents or attorneys-in-fact  selected
          in good faith by the delegating Agent.

               SECTION 10.2.  Exculpation.        Notwithstanding    any
          provision to the contrary  elsewhere in this Agreement  or any
          of the other  Loan Documents,  none of the  Agents shall  have
          any  duties or  responsibilities, except  those expressly  set
          forth herein, or  any fiduciary relationship with  any Lender,
          and   no   implied  covenants,   functions,  responsibilities,
          duties, obligations  or liabilities  shall be  read into  this
          Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document  or  otherwise exist
          against any  Agent.    Neither the  Agents  nor any  of  their
          respective   directors,   officers,   employees    or   agents
          (collectively, the "Related  Parties") shall be liable  to any
          Lender for  any  action taken  or omitted  to be  taken by  it
          under this  Agreement  or  any  other  Loan  Document,  or  in
          connection herewith or  therewith, except for its  own willful
<PAGE>

                                     - 120 -

          misconduct or  gross negligence, nor shall any Agent or any of
          the  Related  Parties  be  responsible  for  any  recitals  or
          representations  or warranties  herein or therein,  or for the
          effectiveness,  enforceability, validity, or  due execution of
          this  Agreement  or any  other  Loan Document,  nor  shall any
          Agent or any  of the Related Parties be obligated  to make any
          inquiry respecting the performance  by the Transaction Parties
          of  their obligations  hereunder or thereunder,  or to inspect
          the Properties, books  or records of the  Transaction Parties.
          The Agents  shall be entitled  to rely upon  advice of counsel
          concerning  legal  matters  and  upon   any  notice,  consent,
          certificate, statement,  or writing  which it  believes to  be
          genuine  and to have  been presented by a  proper Person.  The
          Agents shall in all cases be fully protected in acting,  or in
          refraining from  acting, under  this Agreement  and the  other
          Loan  Documents in accordance  with a request  of the Required
          Lenders (or, to  the extent this  Agreement requires a  higher
          percentage,  such higher percentage), and such request and any
          action  taken or  failure  to act  pursuant  thereto shall  be
          binding upon all  the Lenders  and all future  holders of  the
          Obligations.   The Agents shall be  fully justified in failing
          or refusing to  take any  action under this  Agreement or  any
          other Loan Document  unless it shall first receive such advice
          or  concurrence of  the Required  Lenders (or,  to the  extent
          this  Agreement  requires  a  higher percentage,  such  higher
          percentage) as it deems appropriate.  

               SECTION 10.3.  Successor.    Subject  to the  appointment
          and  acceptance  of   a  successor  as  provided   below,  the
          Administrative Agent,  each Managing Agent and  the Collateral
          Agent may  resign as  such at any  time upon  at least  thirty
          (30) days'  prior notice to  the Borrower and  all Lenders and
          any such  Agent may  be removed  at any  time with  reasonable
          cause by the Required  Lenders.  Upon any such  resignation or
          removal,  the Required Lenders may, upon consultation with the
          Borrower,  appoint  another  Lender  which  is  a   commercial
          banking  institution or  trust institution  having a  combined
          capital and surplus  of at least  $500,000,000 as a  successor
          Administrative Agent, Managing  Agent or Collateral Agent,  as
          the  case may be.   If the  Required Lenders do  not make such
          appointment   within  ten  days,   the  resigning  or  removed
          Administrative Agent,  Managing Agent or Collateral  Agent, as
          the case may be, shall,  upon consultation with the  Borrower,
          appoint  a   new  Administrative  Agent,  Managing   Agent  or
          Collateral Agent, as the  case may be, from among  the Lenders
          which  are commercial  banking or trust  institutions having a
          combined capital and surplus  of at least $500,000,000  or, if
          no  Lender accepts  such  appointment,  from among  all  other
          commercial  banking institutions or  trust institutions having
          a  combined capital  and  surplus  of at  least  $500,000,000.
          Upon  the  acceptance  of any  appointment  as  Administrative
          Agent,  Managing Agent or  Collateral Agent,  as the  case may
          be,  such  successor Administrative  Agent, Managing  Agent or
          Collateral  Agent shall  thereupon  become the  Administrative
          Agent,  Managing Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder and under
          the  applicable  Loan  Documents  and  shall  be  entitled  to
          receive from  the prior Administrative  Agent, Managing  Agent
          or Collateral Agent,  as the  case may be,  such documents  of
          transfer and assignment  as it may reasonably request, and the
<PAGE>

                                     - 121 -

          resigning or  removed Administrative Agent,  Managing Agent or
          Collateral  Agent shall  be  discharged  from its  duties  and
          obligations  under   this  Agreement   and   the  other   Loan
          Documents.

               SECTION 10.4.  Collateral  Documents,  etc.   Each Lender
          hereby  authorizes the  Collateral  Agent  to enter  into  the
          applicable Collateral Documents  and the Administrative  Agent
          and  each   Managing  Agent  to  enter  into  any  other  Loan
          Documents and  each thereof  to take  all action  contemplated
          thereby.  Each  Lender agrees  that no Lender  shall have  any
          right  individually  to  seek  to  realize  upon  any security
          granted  by or  guaranty provided by  any Collateral Document,
          it  being understood and agreed  that such rights and remedies
          may be  exercised by the  Collateral Agent for  the benefit of
          the Lenders,  the Collateral  Agent, the  Managing Agents  and
          the  Administrative  Agent upon  the  terms of  the Collateral
          Documents.

               SECTION 10.5.  Loans  by Agents.  Any Lender which may at
          any time be acting as Administrative Agent, Managing  Agent or
          Collateral Agent  and as  a Lender hereunder,  shall have  the
          same rights  and powers with respect  to any Loans made  by it
          and any Notes  held by it as  any Lender and may  exercise the
          same as  if  it were  not the  Administrative Agent,  Managing
          Agent  or Collateral  Agent, and the  term "Lender"  and, when
          appropriate,  "holder", shall  include any Lender  who is then
          an Agent.

               SECTION 10.6.  Credit    Decisions.        Each    Lender
          acknowledges  that it has, independently of the Administrative
          Agent,  each  Managing Agent,  the  Collateral Agent  and each
          other  Lender, and based on the financial information referred
          to  in  Sections  7.4  and  7.5  and   such  other  documents,
          information, and investigations as  it has deemed appropriate,
          made its  own credit decision  to make its  Commitment and its
          Loan.     Each  Lender   also  acknowledges   that  it   will,
          independently  of  the  Administrative  Agent,  each  Managing
          Agent,  the Collateral Agent and each  other Lender, and based
          on  such documents,  information,  and  investigations  as  it
          shall deem appropriate at  any time, continue to make  its own
          credit decisions as to exercising  or not exercising from time
          to time any rights  and privileges available to it  under this
          Agreement,  the Collateral  Documents, the Notes  or the other
          Loan Documents.

               SECTION 10.7.  Notices,   etc.  to   the   Administrative
          Agent.   The  Administrative  Agent  will distribute  to  each
          Lender  each Instrument received for such Lender's account and
          copies   of  all   other   communications  received   by   the
          Administrative  Agent from  the Borrower  for distribution  to
          the Lenders  by the  Administrative Agent  in accordance  with
          the terms of this Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE XI

                       ADDITIONAL LENDERS AND PARTICIPANTS
<PAGE>

                                     - 122 -

               SECTION 11.1.  Participations by Lenders.

               SECTION   11.1.1  Participations.  During    the   period
          commencing with the  date of this Agreement and  ending ninety
          (90) days after  the Effective Date (the  "Initial Syndication
          Period"),  the  Managing  Agents  may,  for  their  benefit as
          Lenders and for the  benefit of any other Lender  that informs
          the  Managing  Agents  of  its  desire  to  sell participating
          interests hereunder  during such period,  sell to one  or more
          banks   or   other  entities   ("Participants")  participating
          interests  in any Loan owing to such  Lender, any Note held by
          such  Lender, any  Commitment  of such  Lender,  or any  other
          interest of  such Lender  under this Agreement  and under  the
          other  Loan  Documents (which  sales  shall be,  as  nearly as
          practicable, and  permitting customary rounding  of such sales
          and resulting  retained interests, on  a pro rata  basis as to
          the Loans, Notes, Commitments and other interests of all  such
          Lenders).   After the  expiration of  the Initial  Syndication
          Period,  any  Lender  may, in  the  ordinary  course   of  its
          business and in  accordance with Applicable  Law, sell to  one
          or  more  Participants  participating interests  in  any  Loan
          owing to such  Lender, any  Note held by  such Lender, or  any
          other  interest of such Lender  under this Agreement and under
          the other Loan Documents.  In the event of  any such sale by a
          Lender  of  participating  interests  to a  Participant,  such
          Lender's  Obligations   under  this  Agreement  to  the  other
          parties  to this Agreement shall remain unchanged, such Lender
          shall remain  solely responsible for the  performance thereof,
          such Lender shall remain  the holder of any such Note  for all
          purposes  under this  Agreement and the  other Loan Documents,
          the  Borrower and  the Administrative Agent  shall continue to
          deal  solely and directly with  such Lender in connection with
          such  Lender's rights and obligations under this Agreement and
          the other  Loan  Documents and  such Lender  shall retain  the
          sole   right  to  enforce  the  Obligations  of  the  Borrower
          relating   to  the   Loans  and  to   approve  any  amendment,
          modification or  waiver of  any provision  of this  Agreement.
          It  is  understood  that  nothing  in the  prior  sentence  or
          elsewhere in this Section 11.1.1 shall prohibit a  Lender from
          agreeing with any  Participant that such Lender will  not take
          any action that would  require approval of all of  the Lenders
          under Section 12.14  without the consent of  such Participant.
          Each Lender  hereby agrees  that it  will not  agree with  any
          Participant that  it will  not  take any  action without  such
          Participant's  consent   unless  such  action   would  require
          approval of all Lenders under Section 12.14. 

               SECTION   11.1.2.  Participant's   Right  of   Setoff  in
          Certain  Cases.  The  Borrower  agrees  that each  Participant
          shall be deemed  to have  all rights of  set-off and  bankers'
          lien   provided   by  Applicable   Law   in  respect   of  its
          participating interest in  amounts owing under  this Agreement
          and any  Note to  the  same extent  as if  the amount  of  its
          participating interest were owing  directly to it as a  Lender
          under  this  Agreement   or  any  Note,  provided   that  such
          Participant shall  only be entitled to such right of setoff if
          it  shall  have agreed,  for the  benefit  of the  Lenders and
          holders of  Notes, in the agreement pursuant to which it shall
          have  acquired its participating interest to purchase from the
<PAGE>

                                     - 123 -

          Lenders and holders of Notes  such participations in the Notes
          held by them as  shall be necessary to cause  such Participant
          to  share the  amount  recovered in  exercising such  right of
          set-off or  bankers'  lien pro  rata  in accordance  with  the
          aggregate  unpaid principal and interest  on the Loans held by
          each of them.

               SECTION  11.1.3.  Rights of  Participants.  The  Borrower
          also  agrees that  each Participant  shall be entitled  to the
          benefits of  Sections 3.7, 4.5,  4.8 and 12.4  with respect to
          its participation in the  Loans outstanding from time  to time
          and  all  amounts   to  which  any  Participant   is  entitled
          thereunder shall  be  paid by  the  Borrower directly  to  the
          Lender; provided,  that no  Participant shall  be entitled  to
          receive any greater amount pursuant  to such Sections than the
          transferor  Lender would  have  been  entitled to  receive  in
          respect  of  the amount  of  the participation  transferred by
          such  transferor  Lender  to  such  Participant  had  no  such
          transfer occurred.

               SECTION 11.2.  Assignments by Lenders.

               SECTION    11.2.1.  Assignments.  During    the   Initial
          Syndication   Period,  the  Managing  Agents  may,  for  their
          benefit as  Lenders and the  benefit of any  other Lender that
          informs  the Managing  Agents  of  its  desire to  assign  its
          rights  and  obligations under  this  Agreement and  the other
          Loan Documents during such period,  assign and transfer to any
          one  or  more  additional  banks  or  financial   institutions
          ("Purchasing  Lender"), all  or  any  part of  such  Assigning
          Lender's rights and obligations (including Commitments)  under
          this  Agreement and the Notes (which assignments and transfers
          shall be, as  nearly as practicable, and  permitting customary
          rounding of  such  assignments and  transfers, on  a pro  rata
          basis as to the  rights and obligations of all  such Lenders).
          After the  Initial Syndication  Period, any  Lender (any  such
          Lender  (including  the  Managing Agents,  as  Lenders,  being
          referred  to  herein as  an "Assigning  Lender"), may,  in the
          ordinary  course  of  its  business  and  in  accordance  with
          Applicable Law, sell to  any other Lender or any  Affiliate of
          such Assigning Lender  and, with the  consent of the  Managing
          Agents (such consent not to  be unreasonably withheld), to one
          or more  other  Purchasing  Lenders all  or  any part  of  its
          rights and  obligations under  this Agreement  and the  Notes.
          Any  such assignment and transfer ("Assignment") shall be made
          pursuant   to   an   Assignment   and  Acceptance   Agreement,
          substantially in the  form of  Exhibit R  attached hereto  (an
          "Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement"),  executed  by  such
          Purchasing  Lender and such Assigning Lender (and, in the case
          of  a Purchasing  Lender  that  is not  then  a  Lender or  an
          Affiliate thereof, by the  Administrative Agent) and delivered
          to the Administrative  Agent for its acceptance  and recording
          in the Register  (as hereinafter defined); provided,  however,
          that  (a)  the  aggregate amount  of  Loans  of  the Assigning
          Lender  being assigned  pursuant to any  such Assignment after
          the Initial  Syndication Period  shall in  no   event be  less
          than    $5,000,000  and  shall  be  an  integral  multiple  of
          $1,000,000 (or, if  less, the entire remaining amount  of such
          Lender's Loan), and  (b) each  such Assignment shall  be of  a
<PAGE>

                                     - 124 -

          constant,  and    not a  varying,  percentage  of  all of  the
          Assigning   Lender's   rights  and   obligations   under  this
          Agreement.   From and after  the effective  date specified  in
          each  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement, which  effective
          date  must  be  at least  five  (5)  Business  Days after  the
          execution  and  delivery  of  such  Assignment and  Acceptance
          Agreement  to the  Administrative Agent and  (if required) the
          acceptance  of such Assignment and Acceptance Agreement by the
          Administrative Agent (the "Transfer  Effective Date"): (i) the
          Purchasing Lender thereunder  shall be a party  hereto and, to
          the  extent  provided   in  such  Assignment  and   Acceptance
          Agreement,  have  the  rights  and  obligations  of  a  Lender
          hereunder with  respect to the Loans as set forth therein, and
          (ii)  the  Assigning Lender  thereunder  shall, to  the extent
          provided  in  such  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement, be
          released  from its  obligations under this  Agreement (and, in
          the case  of an Assignment  of the entire  remaining amount of
          an  Assigning  Lender's  Loans,  such Assigning  Lender  shall
          cease to be a party hereto).

               SECTION  11.2.2.  Effect  of  Assignment  and  Acceptance
          Agreement.  Each  Assignment  and  Acceptance  Agreement  duly
          executed  and  delivered  in  compliance  with  the  foregoing
          provisions of  Section 11.2.1 shall  be deemed to   amend this
          Agreement to  the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to
          reflect  the addition  of such Purchasing  Lender as  a Lender
          hereunder and the resulting adjustment of Percentages.

               SECTION  11.2.3.  Delivery   of  New  Notes  By  Borrower
          Following  Assignment.  In the  case of  any Assignment  under
          Section  11.2.1 after  the  Effective  Date, within  five  (5)
          Business  Days  after the  Transfer Effective  Date determined
          pursuant   to  the   applicable   Assignment  and   Acceptance
          Agreement  and  Section 11.2.1,  the  Borrower,  at   its  own
          expense,  shall  execute  and deliver  to  the  Administrative
          Agent, against surrender of  the Note of the Assigning  Lender
          to  the Administrative Agent, a  new Note to  the order of the
          Purchasing Lender  in an amount equal to the Loans assigned to
          it pursuant to  such Assignment and Acceptance  Agreement and,
          if  the Assigning Lender  has retained Loans  hereunder, a new
          Note  to  the order  of the  Assigning  Lender in  a principal
          amount equal to the Loans retained by it hereunder.  Such  new
          Notes shall  be  dated the  Transfer Effective  Date (or  such
          other  date   as  may  be  agreed  to  by  the  Borrower,  the
          Administrative  Agent, the Assigning Lender and the Purchasing
          Lender) and  shall  otherwise be  in the  form of  the   Notes
          replaced  thereby.   The  Notes  surrendered by  the Assigning
          Lender shall  be returned by  the Administrative Agent  to the
          Borrower marked "cancelled."

               SECTION  11.2.4.  Administrative Agent's  Maintenance  of
          Register.  The  Administrative  Agent  shall  maintain at  its
          address a  copy of  each Assignment  and Acceptance  Agreement
          delivered  to  it  and a  register  (the  "Register")  for the
          recordation of  the names and addresses of the Lenders and the
          principal amount of the  Loans owing to each Lender  from time
          to time.  The entries in the Register  shall be conclusive, in
          the  absence  of   manifest  error,  and  the   Borrower,  the
          Administrative Agent,  the Collateral  Agent  and the  Lenders
<PAGE>

                                     - 125 -

          may treat each Person  whose name is recorded in  the Register
          as the  owner of the  Loans recorded therein  for all purposes
          of this  Agreement.    The  Register shall  be  available  for
          inspection   by   the  Borrower,   any  Managing   Agent,  the
          Collateral  Agent or  any Lender  at any  reasonable  time and
          from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

               SECTION   11.2.5.  Actions   of   Administrative   Agent;
          Fees.  Upon  its  receipt  of  an  Assignment  and  Acceptance
          Agreement executed  by  an  Assigning  Lender  and  Purchasing
          Lender (and, in the  case of a Purchasing  Lender that is  not
          then  a Lender or an Affiliate  thereof, by the Administrative
          Agent),  together with  (in the  case  of a  Purchasing Lender
          that is not then a Lender or an Affiliate thereof)  payment by
          the  Purchasing  Lender to  the  Administrative Agent  for the
          account  of  the Administrative  Agent  of a  registration and
          processing fee of  $2,500, the Administrative Agent  shall (a)
          promptly accept such Assignment and  Acceptance Agreement, (b)
          on  the Transfer  Effective Date  determined  pursuant thereto
          and Section 11.2.1  record the  information contained  therein
          in the Register  and (c)  give notice of  such acceptance  and
          recordation to each of the Lenders and the Borrower.

               SECTION  11.2.6.  Assigning  Lender,  Purchasing  Lender,
          and   Other   Parties,   Confirmations   and   Agreements.  By
          executing  and   delivering  an   Assignment  and   Acceptance
          Agreement, the Assigning Lender thereunder and  the Purchasing
          Lender thereunder shall  confirm to and agree  with each other
          and the other  parties hereto  as follows: (a)  other than  as
          provided  in such  Assignment and Acceptance   Agreement, such
          Assigning Lender  makes  no  representation  or  warranty  and
          assumes  no  responsibility with  respect  to  any statements,
          warranties  or representations  made in or  in connection with
          this  Agreement  or any  of the  other  Loan Documents  or the
          execution, legality, validity,   enforceability,  genuineness,
          sufficiency or  value of this Agreement, any of the other Loan
          Documents or  any other Instrument furnished  pursuant hereto;
          (b)  such Assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty
          and  assumes no  responsibility with respect  to the financial
          condition  of   any  of   the  Principal   Companies  or   the
          performance  or observance  by any of  the Principal Companies
          of any of their  Obligations under this Agreement, any  of the
          other  Loan  Documents  or  any  other  Instrument   furnished
          pursuant hereto; (c)  such Purchasing Lender confirms  that it
          has received  a copy of  this Agreement, together  with copies
          of  such  financial statements  and  such other  documents and
          information  as  it has  deemed  appropriate to  make  its own
          credit analysis  and decision  to enter  into such  Assignment
          and  Acceptance Agreement;  (d) such  Purchasing Lender  will,
          independently and  without reliance  upon any  of the  Agents,
          such Assigning  Lender or any  other Lender and  based on such
          documents and information as it shall deem  appropriate at the
          time, continue to make  its own credit decisions in  taking or
          not  taking action  under this Agreement;  (e) such Purchasing
          Lender appoints  and authorizes  the Managing  Agents and  the
          Administrative  Agent  to take  such  action as  agent  on its
          behalf and  to exercise such  powers under  this Agreement  or
          any of  the  other  Loan Documents  as  are delegated  to  the
          Managing  Agents  and the  Administrative  Agent by  the terms
<PAGE>

                                     - 126 -

          hereof  and  thereof,   together  with  such  powers   as  are
          reasonably incidental  thereto;  (f)  such  Purchasing  Lender
          agrees that  it will perform  in accordance  with their  terms
          all of  the obligations which  by the terms  of this Agreement
          or any  of  the  other  Loan  Documents  are  required  to  be
          performed by  it as a  Lender; and (g)  such Purchasing Lender
          (i)  consents  in  all  respects  to  the  provisions  of  the
          Collateral Documents,  (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms of
          the Collateral  Documents and (iii) authorizes  the Collateral
          Agent  as  Collateral Agent  to act  on  its behalf  under the
          Collateral Documents  and to  exercise such  powers under  the
          Collateral  Documents as are delegated to the Collateral Agent
          by the  terms  thereof,  together  with  such  powers  as  are
          reasonably incidental thereto.

               SECTION 11.3.  Disclosure of  Information.  The Principal
          Companies   authorize  each   Lender  to  disclose     to  any
          Participant or Purchasing  Lender (each,  a "Transferee")  and
          any prospective  Transferee any and  all information in   such
          Lender's possession concerning  the Principal Companies  which
          has  been delivered  to such  Lender by  or  on behalf  of the
          Principal  Companies or  any Agent pursuant  to this Agreement
          or which has been delivered to such Lender by or on  behalf of
          the Principal  Companies or any Agent in  connection with such
          Lender's credit evaluation  of the  Principal Companies  prior
          to becoming  a party to this Agreement;  provided, that, prior
          to   any  such  disclosure,   the  Transferee  or  prospective
          Transferee  shall  agree to  be  bound  by the  provisions  of
          Section 12.14.

               SECTION 11.4.  Assistance.   In order  to facilitate  the
          addition of Purchasing  Lenders and  Participants hereto,  the
          Principal  Companies  agree  to cooperate  fully  and promptly
          with each  Assigning Lender,  each Purchasing  Lender and  the
          Managing Agents  in connection  therewith and  to provide  all
          reasonable  assistance  requested by  each  Assigning  Lender,
          each  Purchasing  Lender  or   the  Managing  Agents  relating
          thereto, including, without limitation:

                    (a)  the   furnishing   promptly  of   such  written
               materials and financial information regarding the 
               Principal Companies  and their Subsidiaries as  each such
               Assigning  Lender,  Purchasing  Lender  or  the  Managing
               Agents may reasonably request;

                    (b)  the prompt execution of such  documents as each
               such Assigning  Lender, Purchasing Lender or the Managing
               Agents may reasonably request with respect thereto; and

                    (c)  the participation  by officers of the Principal
               Companies  and   their  Subsidiaries  in  a   meeting  or
               teleconference call with  prospective Purchasing  Lenders
               or  prospective  Participants, upon  the request  of each
               such Assigning  Lender, Purchasing Lender or the Managing
               Agents.

               SECTION 11.5.  Taxes.  If any interest  in this Agreement
          or  any  Note  is  transferred  to  any  Transferee  which  is
          organized under the  laws of any  jurisdiction other than  the
<PAGE>

                                     - 127 -

          United  States or  any  state  thereof, the  Assigning  Lender
          shall   cause   such   Transferee,   concurrently   with   the
          effectiveness  of  such  transfer,  (a)  to  represent  to the
          Assigning Lender  (for the  benefit of  the Assigning  Lender,
          the  Agents and  the Borrower)  that under  Applicable  Law no
          taxes will  be required to  be withheld by  the Administrative
          Agent,  the Borrower or  the Assigning Lender  with respect to
          any  payments to be made to  such Transferee in respect of the
          Loans, (ii)  to furnish to  the Assigning Lender  (and, in the
          case of any Purchasing Lender  registered in the Register, the
          Administrative Agent and  the Borrower)  either U.S.  Internal
          Revenue  Service Form 4224, U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form
          1001 or  U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8  (wherein such
          Transferee claims entitlement to  complete exemption from U.S.
          federal withholding  tax on all  interest payments  hereunder)
          and (iii) to agree  (for the benefit of the  Assigning Lender,
          the  Administrative  Agent and  the  Borrower) to  provide the
          Assigning Lender  (and, in the  case of any  Purchasing Lender
          registered in the  Register, the Administrative Agent  and the
          Borrower) a new Form 4224 or Form 1001 upon the expiration  or
          obsolescence of  any previously delivered form  and comparable
          statements  in accordance with Applicable Laws of the U.S. and
          amendments  duly executed  and completed  by such  Transferee,
          and  to  comply from  time to  time  with Applicable  Law with
          regard to such withholding tax exemption.

               SECTION  11.6.  Federal  Reserve   Bank.  Nothing  herein
          shall prohibit any Lender from  pledging or assigning any Note
          to  any  Federal Reserve  Bank  in accordance  with Applicable
          law.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

               SECTION 12.1.  Waivers, Amendments, etc.   The provisions
          of this Agreement and  the other Loan Documents may  from time
          to time  be amended, modified  or waived,  and any  Collateral
          may  be released,  if such amendment,  modification, waiver or
          release is  consented to  in writing  by the Required  Lenders
          and,  in  the  case  of any  amendment  or  modification,  the
          Principal  Companies  party  to  the  relevant  Loan Document;
          provided,  however,  that  no  such  amendment,  modification,
          waiver or release:

               (a)  which would  modify any  requirement hereunder  that
          any particular action  be taken  by all the  Lenders shall  be
          effective unless consented to by each Lender;

               (b)  which  would   modify  this   Section,  change   the
          definition of  "Required Lenders"  or "Commitment  Termination
          Event", release any  Guaranty, waive  any condition  precedent
          contained in Section  6.1.1, increase the aggregate  amount of
          the Commitments above $220,000,000, or extend  the Commitments
          beyond  March 15, 1994, shall be effective unless consented to
          by each Lender;

               (c)  which  would   release  any   substantial  (in   the
<PAGE>

                                     - 128 -

          reasonable  judgment  of  the  Managing  Agents)  part  of the
          Collateral shall be  effective unless  consented to  by   each
          Lender,  unless either (i) such release  is in connection with
          the  Sale  of  such  Collateral,  and  substantially  all  Net
          Disposition  Proceeds  of   such  Sale  are  used   to  prepay
          principal of  the Loans,  (ii) such  release is  of Collateral
          consisting  of WGHP-TV Operating Assets in connection with the
          Sale of such  WGHP-TV Operating Assets, and  substantially all
          net cash  proceeds  of  such  Sale  are  used  to  prepay  any
          combination of  principal of the WGHP Loan or principal of the
          Loans, (iii) such release is of  Collateral consisting of cash
          and  substantially  all  of  such  cash  is  used   to  prepay
          principal of  the Loans, or (iv) such release is in connection
          with the  Sale of  such Collateral  and substantially all  the
          Net Disposition Proceeds of  such Sale are not used  to prepay
          principal of the Loans, provided that the  aggregate amount of
          Net Disposition  Proceeds not used to prepay  principal of the
          Loans  in  all such  Sales does  not  exceed $20,000,000  on a
          cumulative basis;

               (d)  which   would  increase   the   Commitment  or   the
          Percentage  of  any  Lender,  reduce  any  Fees  described  in
          Section 3.5  payable to any  Lender, extend the  due date for,
          or  reduce (other  than  by  application of  prepayments)  the
          amount of,  any  Installment payable  to  any Lender,  or  any
          interest on any  Loan (or  reduce the principal  amount of  or
          rate  of interest  on any  Loan) of  any Lender shall  be made
          without the consent of each such Lender affected thereby; or

               (e)  which would  adversely affect the  interests, rights
          or  obligations of  the Administrative Agent,  either Managing
          Agent  or  the   Collateral  Agent  in  its  capacity  as  the
          Administrative  Agent, the  Managing Agent  or  the Collateral
          Agent, as  the case may be,  or would amend the  provisions of
          Section 3.1 or 3.6  relating to the transfer of  funds between
          the  Administrative Agent and the Lenders (including the types
          of funds  or  the  method of  such  transfer), shall  be  made
          without  the  consent   of  the  Administrative   Agent,  each
          Managing Agent or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be;

          The  provisions  of this  Section  12.1  are  subject  to  the
          provisions of Section 12.15.  No failure or delay on the  part
          of  the  Administrative  Agent,  either  Managing  Agent,  the
          Collateral Agent, any  Lender, or  the holder of  any Note  in
          exercising  any  power  or  right  under  this  Agreement, the
          Collateral Documents,  the Notes  or any  other Loan  Document
          shall operate as  a waiver  thereof, nor shall  any single  or
          partial  exercise of  any  such power  or  right preclude  any
          other or  further  exercise thereof  or  the exercise  of  any
          other power or right.  No notice to or demand on  the Borrower
          or any  other Transaction Party  in any case  shall entitle it
          to  any notice or  demand in  similar or  other circumstances,
          unless   otherwise  required  by  the  Loan  Documents.    The
          remedies herein provided  are cumulative and not  exclusive of
          any remedies  provided in any  of the other  Loan Documents or
          at law or in equity.

               No  waiver  or  approval  by  the  Administrative  Agent,
          either  Managing Agent,  the Collateral Agent,  any Lender, or
<PAGE>

                                     - 129 -

          the holder  of any Note  under this Agreement,  the Collateral
          Documents, the Notes or any other  Loan Document shall, except
          as may  be otherwise  stated in  such waiver  or approval,  be
          applicable  to subsequent transactions.  No waiver or approval
          hereunder  shall require  any similar or  dissimilar waiver or
          approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.

               SECTION 12.2.  Notices.      All   notices    and   other
          communications  provided  to  any   party  hereto  under  this
          Agreement,  the Collateral  Documents, the Notes  or any other
          Loan  Document   shall  (except   as  otherwise   specifically
          provided  herein or  therein)  be in  writing or  by facsimile
          transmission and addressed  or delivered to it at  its address
          designated  for notices  set forth below  its signature hereto
          in the  case of the  Principal Companies, and  in the case  of
          the Administrative Agent, the  Collateral Agent, each Managing
          Agent and each Lender  at the address specified on  Schedule I
          or at such  other address as may  be designated by such  party
          in a notice to the other  parties.  Any notice, if mailed  and
          properly  addressed with  postage prepaid, and  any notice, if
          transmitted by  facsimile transmission, shall be  deemed given
          when received.

               SECTION 12.3.  Costs  and  Expenses.     Each   Principal
          Company agrees to  pay all  reasonable out-of-pocket  expenses
          incurred by  the Agents  in connection  with the  structuring,
          preparation, negotiation,  review, execution  and delivery  of
          this  Agreement  and each  other  Loan Document  and Ancillary
          Document,  including   schedules   and   exhibits,   and   any
          amendments, consents or  waivers to this Agreement,  the other
          Loan Documents or related  documents as may from time  to time
          hereafter be  required or requested (whether or not any of the
          same  become effective),  including reasonable  (a)  costs and
          expenses of syndication and (b)  fees and expenses of  counsel
          (including all  local and  special  counsel) for  the   Agents
          from  time to  time incurred in  connection therewith, whether
          or not  the transactions  contemplated hereby  or thereby  are
          consummated, and to pay all reasonable  expenses of the Agents
          (including  reasonable  fees and  expenses  of counsel  to the
          Agents)  incurred  in  connection  with  the  preparation  and
          review  of  the  form  of  any  Instrument  relevant  to  this
          Agreement,  the  consideration  of  legal  questions  relevant
          hereto  and thereto,  and the consideration  and/or conduct of
          any  proposed or  actual  restructuring  or "workout"  of  any
          Obligations.   The  Borrower  also  agrees to  reimburse  each
          Agent  and  each Lender  upon demand  for  all stamp  or other
          taxes  payable in  connection with the  execution, delivery or
          enforcement  of  this  Agreement  or  any  Instrument  related
          hereto  and   for   all  reasonable   out-of-pocket   expenses
          (including reasonable  attorneys'  fees  and  legal  expenses)
          incurred  by  such  Agent  or such  Lender  in  enforcing  the
          Obligations   of  the   Principal  Companies  and   the  other
          Transaction Parties  under this  Agreement or  any other  Loan
          Document  and the consideration and/or conduct of any proposed
          or actual restructuring or "workout" of any Obligations.

               SECTION 12.4.  Indemnification.  In consideration  of the
          execution  and delivery of  this Agreement by  each Lender and
          the extension  of  the  Commitments,  each  Principal  Company
<PAGE>

                                     - 130 -

          hereby  indemnifies, exonerates  and holds each  of the Agents
          and  each  of  the  Lenders  and   each  of  their  respective
          shareholders,   officers,    directors,   employees,    agents
          subsidiaries  and  Affiliates  (collectively the  "Indemnified
          Parties" and, individually, an  "Indemnified Party") free  and
          harmless  from and  against  any and  all  actions, causes  of
          action,  suits,  losses,  costs,  liabilities,  damages,   and
          expenses actually incurred  in connection therewith or  any of
          the transactions contemplated hereby  (irrespective of whether
          such Indemnified  Party is  a party  to the  action for  which
          indemnification  hereunder  is  sought), including  reasonable
          fees  and disbursements of counsel, amounts paid in settlement
          and  court costs (the  "Indemnified Liabilities"), incurred by
          the  Indemnified Parties  or any of  them as  a result  of, or
          arising out  of, or relating  to, or as  a direct or  indirect
          result of:

               (a)  any  transaction  described in  or  contemplated  by
          Section 6.1 or financed or to be financed in whole  or in part
          or directly or indirectly with the proceeds of any Loan;

               (b)  the entering  into or performance  of this Agreement
          or any of  the other Loan Documents by any  of the Indemnified
          Parties or any of the Principal Companies; and

               (c)  the  presence on  or under, or  the escape, seepage,
          leakage,   spillage,   discharge,  emission,   discharging  or
          release from,  any real property  owned or operated  by any of
          the Principal Companies  or any of  their Subsidiaries of  any
          Hazardous   Material   (including,  without   limitation,  any
          losses, liabilities,  damages,  injuries, costs,  expenses  or
          claims   asserted   or  arising   under   Environmental  Law),
          regardless of  whether or not caused by, or within the control
          of,   any  of  the   Principal  Companies  or   any  of  their
          Subsidiaries;

          except for any  portion of such Indemnified  Liabilities which
          a  court  of competent  jurisdiction  has found,  in  a final,
          nonappealable  order,  resulted  solely  by   reason  of  such
          Indemnified Party's  gross negligence or willful misconduct or
          breach by such  Indemnified Party of its obligations under the
          Loan  Documents.   If  and to  the  extent that  the foregoing
          undertaking may be unenforceable for  any reason, each of  the
          Principal  Companies   hereby  agrees  to  make   the  maximum
          contribution to  the payment and  satisfaction of each  of the
          Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under  Applicable
          Law, except as aforesaid  to the extent not payable  by reason
          of  the  Indemnified  Party's  gross  negligence   or  willful
          misconduct or breach of such obligations.

               SECTION 12.5.  Survival.      The   obligations  of   the
          Principal  Companies under  Sections 3.7, 4.5,  4.8, 12.3, and
          12.4  and the  obligations of the  Lenders under  Section 10.1
          shall in each case  survive any termination of this  Agreement
          and the  repayment of  the Obligations.   The  representations
          and  warranties  made  by  the  Transaction  Parties  in  this
          Agreement  and  in  each  other  Loan  Document,  and  in  any
          document,  certificate or statement  delivered pursuant hereto
          or  thereto or  in  connection  herewith or  therewith,  shall
<PAGE>

                                     - 131 -

          survive the execution and delivery  of this Agreement and each
          Loan Document and the making of the Loans.

               SECTION 12.6.  Severability.    Any  provision   of  this
          Agreement,  the  Notes or  any  other Loan  Document  which is
          prohibited or unenforceable  in any jurisdiction shall,  as to
          such  jurisdiction,  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of such
          prohibition  or  unenforceability  without   invalidating  the
          remaining  provisions  of this  Agreement,  the Notes  or such
          other or  enforceability of  any such  provision in  any other
          jurisdiction.

               SECTION 12.7.  Headings.   The various  headings of  this
          Agreement  and  of   each  Loan  Document  are   inserted  for
          convenience  only  and   shall  not  affect  the   meaning  or
          interpretation of this Agreement or such Loan  Document or any
          provisions hereof or thereof.

               SECTION 12.8.  Counterparts;  Entire  Agreement.     This
          Agreement may be  executed by  the parties  hereto in  several
          counterparts, each  of which shall be deemed to be an original
          and all of  which shall  constitute together but  one and  the
          same agreement.   This  Agreement, the  Notes, the other  Loan
          Documents,  and   any  Assignment  and   Acceptance  Agreement
          constitute the entire  understanding among the parties  hereto
          with respect to  the subject matter  hereof and supersede  any
          prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

               SECTION 12.9.  CHOICE OF  LAW.  THIS  AGREEMENT HAS  BEEN
          EXECUTED AND  DELIVERED IN  THE COMMONWEALTH  OF MASSACHUSETTS
          AND SHALL  IN ALL RESPECTS BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
          GOVERNED  BY THE  INTERNAL LAWS  OF SUCH  STATE  APPLICABLE TO
          CONTRACTS MADE  AND TO BE  PERFORMED WHOLLY WITHIN  SUCH STATE
          AND,  IN THE CASE  OF PROVISIONS  RELATING TO  INTEREST RATES,
          ANY APPLICABLE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.

               SECTION 12.10.  SERVICE  OF  PROCESS.     EACH  PRINCIPAL
          COMPANY   BY  ITS  EXECUTION  HEREOF  (A)  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY
          SUBMITS TO THE  NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE  STATE COURTS
          OF THE COMMONWEALTH  OF MASSACHUSETTS AND TO  THE NONEXCLUSIVE
          JURISDICTION  OF THE  UNITED  STATES  DISTRICT COURT  FOR  THE
          DISTRICT OF MASSACHUSETTS FOR THE  PURPOSE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION
          OR  OTHER  PROCEEDING  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  BASED  UPON  THIS
          AGREEMENT  OR ANY  OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT  OR THE  SUBJECT MATTER
          HEREOF OR  THEREOF, AND (B)  HEREBY, WAIVES TO  THE EXTENT NOT
          PROHIBITED BY  APPLICABLE LAW,  AND AGREES  NOT TO  ASSERT, BY
          WAY OF  MOTION,  AS  A  DEFENSE  OR  OTHERWISE,  IN  ANY  SUCH
          PROCEEDING, ANY  CLAIM THAT IT  IS NOT  SUBJECT PERSONALLY  TO
          THE  JURISDICTION OF THE ABOVE-NAMED COURTS, THAT ITS PROPERTY
          IS EXEMPT  OR IMMUNE  FROM ATTACHMENT  OR EXECUTION, THAT  ANY
          SUCH PROCEEDING  BROUGHT IN ONE  OF THE ABOVE-NAMED  COURTS IS
          IMPROPER, OR THAT THIS AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT,
          OR THE  SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF  OR THEREOF MAY  NOT BE ENFORCED
          IN OR BY SUCH  COURT.  EACH PRINCIPAL COMPANY  HEREBY CONSENTS
          TO SERVICE OF  PROCESS IN  ANY SUCH PROCEEDING  IN ANY  MANNER
          PERMITTED  BY  CHAPTER  223A  OF  THE   GENERAL  LAWS  OF  THE
          COMMONWEALTH  OF MASSACHUSETTS,  AND  AGREES THAT  SERVICE  OF
          PROCESS  BY  REGISTERED  OR  CERTIFIED  MAIL,  RETURN  RECEIPT
          REQUESTED,   AT  ITS  ADDRESS  SPECIFIED  IN  OR  PURSUANT  TO
<PAGE>

                                     - 132 -

          SECTION 12.2 IS REASONABLY CALCULATED TO GIVE ACTUAL NOTICE.

               SECTION 12.11.  Successors and Assigns.   This  Agreement
          shall  be binding upon and  shall inure to  the benefit of the
          parties hereto  and their  respective successors and  assigns;
          provided, however, that:

               (a)  no  Principal Company  may  assign or  transfer  its
          rights  or obligations  hereunder  without  the prior  written
          consent of all Lenders; and

               (b)  the rights  of sale,  assignment, participation  and
          transfer by the Lenders are subject to Article XI.

               SECTION 12.12.  Other     Transactions;    Consent     to
          Relationships.   Nothing contained  herein shall  preclude the
          Administrative Agent,  the  Managing  Agents,  the  Collateral
          Agent  or any  Lender  from engaging  in  any transaction,  in
          addition to those  contemplated by this Agreement  or any Loan
          Document, with  any of the Principal Companies or any of their
          Affiliates in which  such Principal Company or  such Affiliate
          is not restricted hereby from engaging with any other Person.

               SECTION 12.13.  Further   Assurances.      Each  of   the
          Principal Companies hereby agrees that  it will, from time  to
          time at  its own  expense,  promptly execute  and deliver  all
          further Instruments,  and take all further action, that may be
          necessary or  appropriate, or  that the  Administrative Agent,
          either  Managing Agent,  the Collateral Agent  or the Required
          Lenders  may  reasonably  request,  in  order  to  perfect  or
          protect any  Lien granted or purported to be granted under the
          Collateral   Documents,   to    enable   the   Lenders,    the
          Administrative Agent,  either Managing Agent or the Collateral
          Agent   to  exercise  and  enforce  their  rights  under  this
          Agreement and the other Loan Documents and otherwise to  carry
          out  the  intent  of   this  Agreement  and  the  other   Loan
          Documents.

               SECTION 12.14.  Confidentiality.  Each Lender  shall, for
          a period  of two  (2) years, hold  all non-public  information
          obtained  pursuant  to  the  requirements  of this  Agreement,
          which has  been identified in  writing as confidential  by any
          Principal Company, in accordance with such Lender's  customary
          procedures  for  handling  confidential  information  of  this
          nature  and  in   accordance  with  safe  and   sound  banking
          practices, provided  that in  any event  it is  understood and
          agreed   that  each   Lender  may  make   disclosure  of  such
          information  (a) at any time after an Event of Default, (b) to
          its  examiners,  Affiliates,  outside  auditors, counsel,  and
          other  professional   advisors  in  connection   with     this
          Agreement,  (c)  as  reasonably  required  by  any  bona  fide
          prospective   Participant  or  Purchasing   Lender  or  actual
          Participant  or  Purchasing  Lender  in  connection  with  the
          contemplated transfer of any  Commitment, Loan or Note or  any
          participation therein or  (d) as required or  requested by any
          Governmental   Authority   or  pursuant   to   legal  process;
          provided, further, that,

                      (i)     unless prohibited by  any Applicable  Law,
<PAGE>

                                     - 133 -

               each Lender  shall notify  the Borrower  promptly of  any
               request  by any  Governmental Authority  (other than  any
               such request  in connection  with an  examination of  the
               financial condition of  such Lender by such  Governmental
               Authority)  for   disclosure  of   any  such   non-public
               information and shall exercise its reasonable  efforts to
               permit the Principal Companies,  if practical, to respond
               to such notice  prior to disclosure of  such information;
               and

                     (ii)     in no event shall any  Lender be obligated
               or  required  to return  any  materials furnished  by the
               Principal Companies.

               SECTION 12.15.  Release of  Collateral, Subordination  of
          Liens.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the  Collateral Agent to
          execute and  deliver, on behalf of all Lenders and without any
          further  consent or  other  action by  the  Lenders, (a)  such
          releases, termination  statements and  other documents as  are
          necessary or appropriate  to release Collateral from  the Lien
          of  the  Collateral  Documents  in  connection  with  any Sale
          permitted  by this Agreement or in connection with any release
          of Collateral  permitted  by  this Agreement  or  any  of  the
          Collateral   Documents,  and   (b)   the  WGHP   Subordination
          Agreement,  providing  for  the  subordination  of  the  Liens
          granted  to the  Collateral  Agent  in the  WGHP-TV  Operating
          Assets to the Liens granted to or  for the benefit of the WGHP
          Lender in the WGHP-TV Operating Assets.

               SECTION 12.16.  WAIVER  OF JURY TRIAL.  TO THE EXTENT NOT
          PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE  LAW WHICH CANNOT BE WAIVED,  EACH OF
          THE MANAGING AGENTS, THE COLLATERAL  AGENT, THE ADMINISTRATIVE
          AGENT  AND  THE  LENDERS  AND  EACH  PRINCIPAL  COMPANY HEREBY
          WAIVES, AND  COVENANTS  THAT IT  WILL NOT  ASSERT (WHETHER  AS
          PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY  JURY
          IN ANY  FORUM IN RESPECT  OF ANY ISSUE,  CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION
          OR  CAUSE  OF  ACTION  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  BASED  UPON  THIS
          AGREEMENT OR ANY  OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT OR  THE SUBJECT  MATTER
          HEREOF OR  THEREOF OR ANY  OBLIGATION OR IN  ANY WAY CONNECTED
          WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO  THE DEALINGS  OF YOU OR  ANY
          PRINCIPAL  COMPANY IN  CONNECTION WITH  ANY OF  THE  ABOVE, IN
          EACH  CASE  WHETHER  NOW  EXISTING  OR  HEREAFTER  ARISING AND
          WHETHER IN  CONTRACT  OR TORT  OR OTHERWISE.   EACH  PRINCIPAL
          COMPANY   ACKNOWLEDGES   THAT    THE   PROVISIONS   OF    THIS
          SECTION 12.16  CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH THE
          MANAGING  AGENTS,  THE  COLLATERAL  AGENT, THE  ADMINISTRATIVE
          AGENT AND  THE LENDERS ARE  RELYING AND WILL  RELY IN ENTERING
          INTO  THIS AGREEMENT  AND  ANY OTHER  PRESENT  OR FUTURE  LOAN
          DOCUMENT.  ANY  OF THE MANAGING AGENTS, THE  COLLATERAL AGENT,
          THE  ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT  OR  THE  LENDERS OR  ANY  PRINCIPAL
          COMPANY MAY FILE  AN ORIGINAL  COUNTERPART OR A  COPY OF  THIS
          SECTION 12.16  WITH  ANY  COURT  AS  WRITTEN  EVIDENCE  OF THE
          CONSENT  OF  THE MANAGING  AGENTS,  THE COLLATERAL  AGENT, THE
          ADMINISTRATIVE  AGENT  AND  THE  LENDERS  AND  EACH  PRINCIPAL
          COMPANY TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

               SECTION  12.17.   Amendment  and Restatement  of Original
          Loan  Agreement.   This Agreement represents  an amendment and
          restatement  of the  Loan Agreement,  dated as  of  August 20,
<PAGE>

                                     - 134 -

          1993, among  the Borrower, GABCO,  the financial  institutions
          party  thereto as  lenders, Bank of  Boston, as administrative
          agent,  Continental, as  collateral agent, Bank  of Boston and
          Continental   as   managing  agents,   and  Bank   of  Boston,
          Continental and The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., as co-agents.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have  caused this
          Agreement  to   be  executed  by   their  respective  officers
          hereunto duly  authorized as of  the day and  year first above
          written.


                                   GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND
                                    RADIO COMPANY, INC.


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:

                                   Address:  One East Fourth Street
                                             Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
                                   Fax:  (513) 721-8413
                                   Attention:  Gregory C. Thomas


                                   GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING
                                    COMPANY


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:

                                   Address:  One East Fourth Street
                                             Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
                                   Fax: (513) 721-8413
                                   Attention: Gregory C. Thomas


                                   CONTINENTAL BANK, N.A. as
                                    Collateral Agent, as Managing
                                    Agent, as Co-Agent and as one
                                    of the Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
                                    BOSTON, as Administrative
                                    Agent, as Managing Agent, as
                                    Co-Agent and as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:
<PAGE>

                                     - 135 -

                                   THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.,
                                    as Co-Agent and as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as one of
                                    the Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   BANK OF MONTREAL, as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK USA,
                                    as one of the Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   CHEMICAL BANK, as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   BANQUE PARIBAS, as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:
                                   STAR BANK, N.A., as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:
<PAGE>

                                     - 136 -

                                   THE PROVIDENT BANK, as one of the
                                    Lenders


                                   By:                            
                                       Its:



          <PAGE>







                 GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO COMPANY, INC.
                        GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING COMPANY
                              One East Fourth Street
                              Cincinnati, Ohio  45202


          Continental Bank N.A.,                  Banque Paribas
            Individually, as Managing Agent       Chemical Bank
            and as Collateral Agent               Bank of Montreal
          The First National Bank of Boston,      The Bank of New York
            Individually, as Managing Agent       The Provident Bank
            and as Administrative Agent           Star Bank, N.A.,
          The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.             Cincinnati
          National Westminster Bank USA

          Re:  Modification No. 1                 Dated as of:           
                                                    December 17, 1993

          Gentlemen:

               We refer to the Loan Agreement, dated as of August 20,
          1993, as amended and restated as of November 30, 1993 (as
          amended from time to time and in effect, the "Loan
          Agreement"), by and among Great American Television and Radio
          Company, Inc. (the "Borrower"), Great American Broadcasting
          Company ("GABCO"), the financial institutions party thereto as
          lenders (the "Lenders"), The First National Bank of Boston
          ("Bank of Boston") and Continental Bank, N.A. ("Continental"),
          as managing agents for the Lenders, Bank of Boston, as
          administrative agent for  the Lenders, and Continental, as
          collateral agent for the Lenders.  All terms in this letter
          agreement (this "Agreement") that are not defined herein, but
          that are defined in the Loan Agreement, shall have the
          meanings specified for such terms in the Loan Agreement.
<PAGE>







               The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

                                     ARTICLE I

                                   MODIFICATIONS

               Effective as of the date of this Agreement (the
          "Modification Date"), the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in
          each of the following respects:

               SECTION 1.1.  Amendments to Defined Terms.  Section 1.1
          of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in each of the
          following respects:

                         (a)  Deletion of Defined Terms.  The defined
               terms "WGHP Loan", "WGHP Loan Agreement" and "WGHP
               Subordination Agreement" are hereby deleted in their
               entirety.

                              (b)  New Defined Terms. The following new
               defined terms are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Loan
               Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:

                              "WGHP 9 1/2% Notes" means the 9 1/2% Notes due
                    December 31, 1999 of the Borrower, issued pursuant
                    to the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Indenture.

                              "WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Indenture" means the
                    Indenture, to be executed on or prior to the
                    Effective Date by the Borrower and Star Bank, N.A.,
                    as trustee, providing for the issuance of WGHP 9
                    1/2% Notes.

                              "WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Purchase Agreement" means
                    the Securities Purchase Agreement to be executed on
                    or prior to the Effective  Date by the Borrower and
                    each of the initial holders of WGHP 9 1/2% Notes.

                              "WGHP Subordination Agreement" means the
                    Subordination Agreement to be executed by the
                    Borrower, the trustee under the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes
                    Indenture, and the initial holders of WGHP 9 1/2%
                    Notes, pursuant to which all obligations of the
                    Borrower in respect of the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes shall
                    be subordinated to Senior Indebtedness (as defined
                    therein).

                              (c)  Amendments.  The definitions of each of
               the following defined terms contained in Section 1.1 of
               the Loan Agreement are hereby amended in the following
               respects:

                     (i)     The definition of "Excess Cash Flow" 
<PAGE>







          is hereby amended (A) by replacing the reference to "WGHP Loan
          Agreement" appearing in clause (c) thereof with "WGHP 9 1/2%
          Notes", and (B) by amending and restating clause (y) thereof
          to read in its entirety as follows:

                      (y)   there shall be excluded from payments or
                      prepayments of Consolidated Funded Debt of GACC and its
                      Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Year all redemptions of
                      WGHP 9 1/2% Notes during such Fiscal Year, and

                 (ii)     The definition of "Net Disposition 

          Proceeds" is hereby amended by adding the following new
          sentence at the conclusion thereof:

                     Net Disposition Proceeds shall not include any cash
                     consideration received by the Borrower from the Sale of
                     any WGHP-TV Operating Assets required by the WGHP
                     Subordination Agreement to be paid to the holders of
                     WGHP 9 1/2% Notes.

                  (iii)     The definition of "Other Debt 

          Documents" is hereby amended by amending and  restating clause
          (c) thereof to read in its entirety as follows:

                      (c)   the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes, the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes
                      Indenture and the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Purchase Agreement,

                  SECTION 1.2.  Amendments to Conditions Precedent. 
          Paragraph (i) of Section 6.1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby
          amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

               (i)  WGHP 9 1/2% Notes.  The Borrower shall have received
               all of the cash proceeds of the sale of the WGHP 9 1/2%
               Notes, in the aggregate amount of $17,500,000.  The WGHP
               9 1/2% Notes Indenture, the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Purchase
               Agreement and the WGHP Subordination Agreement shall be
               substantially in the form of Exhibit T, Exhibit Y and
               Exhibit U hereto, respectively.

                        SECTION 1.3.  Amendments to Negative Covenants. 
          Section 8.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in each of
          the following respects:

                         (a)  Permitted Indebtedness.  Paragraph (g) of
               Section 8.2.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by
               replacing the reference therein to the "WGHP Loan
               Agreement" with "WGHP 9 1/2% Notes".

                              (b)  Restricted Payments.  Paragraph (k) of
               Section 8.2.8 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and
               restated in its entirety to read as follows:
<PAGE>







                (k) (i) payments by the Borrower of accrued unpaid
                interest on outstanding Indebtedness under the WGHP 9 1/2%
                Notes, at a rate permitted by clause g of Section 8.2.2.
                and (ii) redemptions of WGHP 9 1/2% Notes out of
                excess cash flow of WGHP-TV Operating Assets;
                provided that such payments and redemptions are
                required by the interest payment and mandatory
                redemption provisions of the WGHP 9 1/2% Notes 
                Indenture, and are not prohibited by the applicable
                subordination provisions contained in the WGHP
                Subordination Agreement, each as in effect on the
                Effective Date or as amended from time to time in
                compliance with this Agreement;

               SECTION  1.4.  New Exhibits to Loan Agreement.

                      (a)   WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Indenture.  Exhibit T
               annexed to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced by the
               form of WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Indenture attached hereto.

                      (b)   WGHP Subordination Agreement.  Exhibit U
               annexed to the Loan Agreement is hereby replaced by the
               form of WGHP Subordination Agreement attached hereto.

                      (c)   WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Purchase Agreement.  The
               form of WGHP 9 1/2% Notes Purchase Agreement is hereby
               added to the Loan Agreement as a new Exhibit Y.

                                    ARTICLE II

                          REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

               We hereby represent and warrant to each of you as
          follows:

               SECTION 2.01.  Binding Effect of Documents, etc.  This
          Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each
          Principal Company and is in full force and effect.  The
          agreements and obligations of each Principal Company contained
          in this Agreement constitute legal, valid and binding
          obligations of such Principal Company enforceable against such
          Principal Company in accordance with their respective terms,
          except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
          reorganization, insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws
          affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights or by
          general equitable principles.

               SECTION 2.02.  Corporate Authority, etc.  The execution
          and delivery by each Principal Company of this Agreement have
          been duly and properly authorized by all necessary corporate
          or other action on the part of each Principal Company and do
          not and will not (a) contravene any provision of the charter
          or organizational documents or by-laws of any Principal
<PAGE>






          Company, (b) conflict with, or result in a breach of the
          terms, conditions or provisions of or constitute a default
          under, any agreement, deed of trust, indenture, mortgage or
          other instrument to which any Principal Company is a party or
          by which any Principal Company or its properties is bound or
          affected, (c) violate or contravene any provision of any law
          or regulation or any order, ruling or interpretation
          thereunder or any judgment, decree or order of any court or
          governmental or regulatory authority, bureau, agency or
          official (all as in effect and from time to time and
          applicable to any Principal Company), (d) require any waivers,
          consents or approvals from any of the creditors of any
          Principal Company, or (e) require any consents or approvals
          from any shareholders of any Principal Company.

                                    ARTICLE III

                               CONSENT OF GUARANTOR

               SECTION 3.01.  Consent of Guarantor.

               (a)  The Guarantor, by its signature below, absolutely
          and unconditionally consents to the execution, delivery and
          performance by the Borrower of this Agreement.

               (b)  It is the express understanding and intention of the
          Guarantor that all the Obligations of the Principal Companies
          shall at all times hereafter continue to be entitled to all
          the benefits of, and to all the security constituted by, its
          Guaranty to the same extent as prior to the execution of this
          Agreement.

                                     ARTICLE V
           
                         PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

               Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement,
          all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Loan
          Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents remain
          unaltered. This Agreement and the rights and obligations
          hereunder of each of the parties hereto shall be governed by
          and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of
          the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.  This Agreement shall be
          binding upon and inure to the benefit of each of the parties
          hereto and their respective successors in title and permitted
          assigns.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
          counterparts, but all of such counterparts shall together
          constitute but one and the same agreement.  In making proof of
          this Agreement, it shall not be necessary to produce or
          account for more than one counterpart hereof signed by each of
          the parties hereto.

               If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign
          the enclosed counterparts of this Agreement and return such
<PAGE>






          counterparts to the undersigned.


                                   Very truly yours,

                                   GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING
                                     COMPANY



                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO
                                     COMPANY, INC.



                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


               The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted by each of the
          undersigned on and as of the date first above written.


          CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
            Individually, as Managing Agent and as Collateral Agent


          By: ______________________________
             Title:

          THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
            Individually, as Managing Agent and as Administrative Agent


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          CHEMICAL BANK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:
<PAGE>







          NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK USA


          By: ______________________________
             Title:
           

          THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          BANQUE PARIBAS


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          BANK OF MONTREAL


          By: ______________________________
             Title:

          THE PROVIDENT BANK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          STAR BANK, N.A., CINCINNATI


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          <PAGE>

                 GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO COMPANY, INC.
                       GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
                        GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING COMPANY
                GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO HOLDINGS, INC.
                               LEISURE SYSTEMS, INC.
                              One East Fourth Street
                              Cincinnati, Ohio  45202


          Continental Bank N.A.,                  Banque Paribas
            Individually, as Managing Agent       Chemical Bank
            and as Collateral Agent               Bank of Montreal
          The First National Bank of Boston,      The Bank of New York
            Individually, as Managing Agent       The Provident Bank
            and as Administrative Agent           Star Bank, N.A.
          The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.            Cincinnati
          National Westminster Bank USA

          Re:  Consent and Waiver          Dated as of: February 3, 1994

          Gentlemen:

               We refer to the Loan Agreement, dated as of August 20,
          1993, as amended and restated as of November 30, 1993 (as
          amended from time to time and in effect, the "Loan
          Agreement"), by and among Great American Television and Radio
          Company, Inc. ("Borrower"), Great American Communications
          Company ("GACC"), Great American Broadcasting Company
          ("GABCO"), Great American Television and Radio Holdings, Inc.
          and Leisure Systems, Inc. ("LSI"), the  financial institutions
          party thereto as lenders ("Lenders"), The First National Bank
          of Boston ("Bank of Boston") and Continental Bank, N.A.
          ("Continental"), as managing agents for the Lenders, Bank of
          Boston, as administrative agent for the Lenders, and
          Continental, as collateral agent for the Lenders.  All terms
          in this letter of agreement ("this Agreement") that are not
          defined herein, but that are defined in the Loan Agreement,
          shall have the meanings specified for such terms in the Loan
          Agreement.

                                     ARTICLE I

                                     CONSENTS

               SECTION 1.1.  Proposed Transactions.

                         (a)   Execution and Delivery of Note Purchase
               Agreement.  GACC proposes to execute and deliver a Note
               Purchase Agreement, substantially in the form of the
<PAGE>






               draft thereof attached hereto as Exhibit A ("Draft Note
               Purchase Agreement") providing for the issuance  and sale
               by GACC of up to $200,000,000 of 9-3/4% promissory notes
               ("GACC 9-3/4% Notes") to the purchasers named therein.

                         (b)    Delivery of Notices to Redeem GABCO 13%
               Notes and GACC 14% Notes.  GABCO proposes to deliver a
               notice pursuant to Section 5.2 of the GABCO 13% Note Exchange
               Agreement to repurchase all the outstanding GABCO 13%
               Notes ("Notice to Repurchase GABCO 13% Notes").  GACC
               proposes to deliver a notice pursuant to Section 3.3 of
               the GACC 14% Note Indenture to redeem all the outstanding
               GACC 14% Notes ("Notice to Redeem GACC 14% Notes", and,
               together with the Notice to Repurchase GABCO 13% Notes,
               the "Redemption Notices").  Drafts of the Redemption
               Notices are attached hereto as Exhibits B-1 and B-2,
               respectively (such drafts being hereinafter referred to
               as the "Draft Redemption Notices").

                         SECTION 1.2.  Requests for Consents and Waivers
          under Loan Agreement.  GACC, GABCO and the Borrower have
          requested the Managing Agents and the Required Lenders to:

                         (a)   grant all such waivers and consents as
               are required under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan
               Documents to permit:

                               (i)  the execution and delivery by GACC
                    of a definitive note purchase agreement in or
                    substantially in the form of the Draft Note Purchase
                    Agreement (such definitive agreement being
                    hereinafter referred to as the "Definitive Note
                    Purchase Agreement"); and

                               (ii)     the delivery by GACC and GABCO
                    of definitive redemption notices in or substantially
                    in the form of the Draft Redemption Notices (such
                    definitive notices being hereinafter referred to as
                    the "Definitive Redemption Notices"); and

                         (b)  waive the Defaults and Events of Default
               that would otherwise arise under Section 9.1.5 of the
               Loan Agreement upon the delivery by GACC and GABCO of the
               Definitive Redemption Notices.

               SECTION 1.3.  Required Lender Consents and Waivers. 
          Subject to the conditions, covenants and limitations contained
          in Article II of this Agreement, the undersigned Required
          Lenders hereby:

                         (a)  grant all such consents and waivers as are
               required under the Loan Agreement and the other Loan
               Documents to permit:
<PAGE>






                              (i)  the execution and delivery by GACC of
                    the Definitive Note Purchase Agreement; and

                              (ii) the delivery by GACC and GABCO of the
                    Definitive Redemption Notices; and

                         (b)  waive any Defaults or Events of Default
               that would otherwise arise as a result of the delivery of
               the Definitive Redemption Notices.

                                    ARTICLE II

                      CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS TO CONSENTS

               The consents and waivers of the Required Lenders granted
          pursuant to Section 1.3 are subject to each of the following
          conditions, covenants and limitations:

               SECTION 2.1.  Form of Documents.  Each of the Definitive
          Note Purchase Agreement and the Definitive Redemption Notices
          shall, when executed and/or delivered by GACC or GABCO, be in
          the form of the draft thereof attached hereto, or
          substantially in that form with only such variations as shall
          have been expressly approved in writing by the Required
          Lenders.

               SECTION 2.2.  No Amendments.  GACC will not, at any time
          after execution and delivery of the Definitive Note Purchase
          Agreement, cause or permit the Definitive Note Purchase
          Agreement to be modified, supplemented or amended in any
          respect without (in each case) the express prior written
          consent of the Required Lenders.

               SECTION 2.3.  No Implied Waivers or Consents.  Anything
          herein express or implied to the contrary notwithstanding, the
          consents and waivers of the Required Lenders granted pursuant
          to Section 1.3 do not cover, and shall not be construed to be
          consents or approvals by the Lenders for, or agreements of the
          Lenders with, any of the following transactions, arrangements
          or matters:

                         (a)  the execution and/or delivery of an
               Indenture providing for the issuance of GACC 9-3/4%
               Notes;

                         (b)  the issuance and/or sale of any GACC 9-
               3/4% Notes;

                         (c)  the making of any Restricted Payment in
               respect of the GABCO 13% Notes or the GACC 14% Notes; or

                         (d)   the making of any offer or the giving of
               any notice to make any Restricted Payment in respect of
               the GABCO 13% Notes or GACC 14% Notes (other than any
<PAGE>






               offer made or notice given pursuant to the Definitive
               Redemption Notices).

                         SECTION 2.4.  No Commitments.  Nothing
          contained herein shall constitute, imply, or be construed as:

                         (a)   the approval by the Managing Agents or
               the Lenders of the form of Indenture attached to the
               Draft Note Purchase Agreement (or any other form of such
               Indenture), including the terms of subordination
               contained in Article 10 thereof; or

                         (b)   any commitment on the part of the
               Managing Agents or the Lenders to give their consent,
               approval or agreement to the sale and/or issuance of GACC
               9-3/4% Notes, or to the repurchase or redemption of GACC
               14% Notes or GABCO 13% Notes.

          Any such approval, commitment, consent or agreement will (if
          and when given by the Managing Agents and Required Lenders) be
          contained in a separate modification and consent agreement
          that will include terms, conditions and other provisions
          satisfactory to the Managing Agents, the Required Lenders and
          the Principal Companies.

                                    ARTICLE III

                               CONSENT OF GUARANTORS

               The Guarantors and LSI, by their signature below,
          absolutely and unconditionally consent to the execution,
          delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Principal
          Companies.  It is the express understanding and intention of
          the Guarantors and LSI  that all the Obligations of the
          Principal Companies shall at all times hereafter continue to
          be entitled to all the benefits of, and to all the security
          constituted by, the Guaranties, or, in the case of LSI, the
          Subsidiary Guaranty, to the same extent as prior to the
          execution of this Agreement.

                                    ARTICLE IV

                         PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

               Except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement,
          all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Loan
          Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents remain
          unaltered.   This Agreement is a Loan Document.  This
          Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder of each of
          the parties hereto shall be governed by and interpreted and
          determined in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of
          Massachusetts.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure
          to the benefit of each of the parties hereto and their
          respective successors in title and permitted assigns.  This
<PAGE>






          Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, but
          all of such counterparts shall together constitute but one and
          the same agreement.  In making proof of this Agreement, it
          shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one
          counterpart hereof signed by each of the parties hereto.

               If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign
          the enclosed counterparts of this Agreement and return such
          counterparts to the undersigned.


                                   Very truly yours,

                                   GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO
                                     COMPANY, INC.


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:
           

                                   GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS
                                     COMPANY


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING
                                     COMPANY


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO
                                     HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   LEISURE SYSTEMS, INC.


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:
<PAGE>







               The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted by the
          undersigned Required Lenders on and as of the date first above
          written.

          CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
            Individually, as Managing Agent and as Collateral Agent


          By: ______________________________
             Title:
           

          THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
            Individually, as Managing Agent and as Administrative Agent


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          CHEMICAL BANK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK USA


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          BANQUE PARIBAS


          By: ______________________________
             Title:
<PAGE>






           
          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          BANK OF MONTREAL


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE PROVIDENT BANK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          STAR BANK, N.A.


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


 <PAGE>




                  GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO COMPANY, INC.
                        GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
                         GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING COMPANY
                  GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                LEISURE SYSTEMS, INC.
                                One East Fourth Street
                               Cincinnati, Ohio  45202



          Continental Bank N.A.,                       Banque Paribas
            Individually, as Managing Agent            Chemical Bank
            and as Collateral Agent                    Bank of Montreal
          The First National Bank of Boston,           The Bank of New York
            Individually, as Managing Agent            The Provident Bank
            and as Administrative Agent                Star Bank, N.A.
          The Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A.                 Cincinnati
          National Westminster Bank USA

       Re:  Consent, Waiver and Amendment No. 3 to Loan Agreement

       Dated as of: February 18, 1994

          Gentlemen:

               We refer to the Loan Agreement, dated as of August 20, 1993,
          as amended and restated as of November 30,  1993 (as amended from
          time to  time and in effect, the  "Loan Agreement"), by and among
          Great American Television  and Radio Company, Inc.  ("Borrower"),
          Great  American Communications  Company ("GACC"),  Great American
          Broadcasting  Company ("GABCO"), Great  American   Television and
          Radio  Holdings,  Inc. and  Leisure  Systems,  Inc. ("LSI"),  the
          financial institutions party thereto as lenders ("Lenders"),  The
          First National Bank of Boston ("Bank of  Boston") and Continental
          Bank, N.A.  ("Continental"), as managing agents  for the Lenders,
          Bank of  Boston, as  administrative agent  for  the Lenders,  and
          Continental, as collateral agent  for the Lenders.  All  terms in
          this letter of agreement  ("this Agreement") that are not defined
          herein,  but that are defined  in the Loan  Agreement, shall have
          the meanings specified for such terms in the Loan Agreement.

                                      ARTICLE I
<PAGE>






               
                                         -2-






                                       CONSENTS


               SECTION 1.1.  Proposed Transactions.




          (a)  Issuance  and Sale of GACC  9-3/4% Notes.   GACC proposes to
          issue and sell 9-3/4% promissory notes ("GACC  9-3/4% Notes"), in
          an aggregate principal amount of $200,000,000, upon the terms and
          subject to  the conditions  contained in  (i)  the Note  Purchase
          Agreement,  dated   as  of  February  3,   1994  ("Note  Purchase
          Agreement"), between  GACC and the purchasers  identified therein
          ("Purchasers"),  (ii) the draft, in the form attached to the Note
          Purchase  Agreement, of the Indenture proposed to be entered into
          by GACC  and Shawmut  Bank Connecticut, National  Association, as
          Trustee  (the  "Trustee") ("Draft  GACC 9-3/4%  Note Indenture"),
          (iii) the  draft, in the form  attached to the  Draft GACC 9-3/4%
          Note Indenture,  of the  GACC  9-3/4% Notes  ("Draft GACC  9-3/4%
          Notes"),   and (iv) the draft,  in the form attached  to the Note
          Purchase Agreement, of the Registration Rights Agreement proposed
          to  be  entered   into  by  GACC   and  the  Purchasers   ("Draft
          Registration Rights  Agreement")  (the  Draft  GACC  9-3/4%  Note
          Indenture, the Draft GACC 9-3/4% Notes and the Draft Registration
          Rights  Agreement, each as amended in the manner reflected in the
          changed pages  delivered to the Administrative  Agent on February
          15,  1994, being  hereinafter referred  to, collectively,  as the
          "Draft Transaction Documents").


          (b)  Prepayment and Redemption  of GACC 14%  Notes and GABCO  13%
          Notes.  With proceeds of the  sale of GACC 9-3/4% Notes, (i) GACC
          proposes  to  redeem  all  the  outstanding  GACC  14%  Notes  in
          accordance  with Section 3.7 of  the GACC 14%  Note Indenture and
          (ii) GABCO proposes to prepay all the outstanding GABCO 13% Notes
          in accordance with Section 5.2 of the GABCO 13% Note Exchange
           Agreement.


                         SECTION 1.2.   Requests  for Consents  and Waivers
          under  Loan Agreement.    The Borrower  and  the other  Principal
          Companies have requested the Required Lenders to:



          (a)  grant all such  waivers and consents  as are required  under
<PAGE>







                                         -3-






          the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to permit:

                (i)  the  execution  and  delivery  by  GACC of  definitive
          agreements  or instruments in or substantially in the form of the
          Draft  Transaction  Documents  (such  definitive  agreements  and
          instruments being hereinafter  referred to, collectively,  as the
          "Definitive Transaction Documents");





                (ii)  the issuance and sale by GACC of GACC 9-3/4% Notes in
          an aggregate  principal amount  of up  to $200,000,000,  upon the
          terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the  Note
          Purchase Agreement and the Draft Transaction Documents ("Proposed
          Sale of 9-3/4% Notes");

                (iii)    the redemption  of  all the  outstanding GACC  14%
          Notes  in  accordance  with Section  3.7  of  the  GACC 14%  Note
          Indenture, and the  prepayment of all  the outstanding GABCO  13%
          Notes  in accordance  with Section 5.2  of the  GABCO 13%  Note 
          Exchange Agreement, in each case with the proceeds of the Proposed
          Sale of GACC 9-3/4% Notes ("Proposed  Redemptions") (the Proposed
          Sale of 9-3/4%  Notes and  the  Proposed  Redemptions  being  
          hereinafter referred  to,  collectively,  as the "Refinancing
          Transactions"); and

                (iv)     the  payment  by GACC  with  the  proceeds of  the
          Proposed Sale  of  9-3/4%  Notes  of fees,  costs  and  expenses,
          including legal costs, of the Purchasers and the Trustee required
          to  be paid by GACC in accordance with the Definitive Transaction
          Documents ("Required Payment of Expenses"); and
<PAGE>







                                         -4-






          (b)  waive  the  Defaults  and   Events  of  Default  that  would
          otherwise arise under  Section 9.1.5 of  the Loan Agreement  upon
          the making of the Proposed Redemptions.





          SECTION 1.3.  Required  Lender Consents and Waivers.   Subject to
          the provisions  of Section 1.4, the  undersigned Required Lenders
          hereby:





          (a)  grant all such  consents and waivers  as are required  under
          the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents to permit:

          (i)  the  execution  and  delivery  by  GACC  of  the  Definitive
          Transaction Documents;


          (ii)  the Proposed Sale of  9-3/4% Notes;

          (iii)  the Proposed Redemptions; and


          (iv)  the Required Payment of Expenses; and



          (b)  waive any Defaults or Events of Default that would otherwise
          arise under Section 9.1.5  of the Loan Agreement upon  the making
<PAGE>







                                         -5-






          of the Proposed Redemptions.

               SECTION  1.4.  Conditions and  Limitations  to Consents  and
          Waivers.    The consents  and  waivers  of the  Required  Lenders
          granted  pursuant to  Section  1.3 are  subject  to each  of  the
          following conditions, covenants and limitations:


               (a)  Form of Definitive Transaction Documents.   Each of the
          Definitive   Transaction  Documents  shall,   when  executed  and
          delivered  by GACC,  be  in the  form  of the  Draft  Transaction
          Documents, or substantially in that form, with only such material
          variations as  shall have been  expressly approved in  writing by
          the Required Lenders.



               (b)  No Amendments.  GACC will not  (at any time on or prior
          to the  Transaction  Completion Date)  cause or  permit the  Note
          Purchase  Agreement or,  at  any  time  after the  execution  and
          delivery thereof (and prior  to the Transaction Completion Date),
          any  of the  Definitive  Transaction Documents,  to be  modified,
          supplemented or amended in any respect without (in each case) the
          express prior written consent of the Required Lenders. 



               (c)  Use  of Proceeds.  GACC  shall use all  the proceeds of
          the Proposed Sale of 9-3/4% Notes in the following manner:




                    (i)  first, and immediately after its  receipt thereof,
          to redeem GACC  14% Notes or  prepay GABCO  13% Notes, until  the
          GACC 14%  Notes and GABCO  13% Notes are  redeemed or  prepaid in
          full;





                    (ii)  second, to make the Required Payment of Expenses;
          and





                    (iii)  thereafter,  for any  purpose not  prohibited by
<PAGE>







                                         -6-






          the Loan Agreement.




               (d)  Limitation  on  Principal  Amount.    The consents  and
          waivers of the  Required Lenders granted pursuant to  Section 1.3
          do not  cover,  and shall  not  be construed  to be  consents  or
          approvals by the  Lenders for, the  issuance or sale  by GACC  of
          GACC   9-3/4%  Notes  in   a  principal   amount  in   excess  of
          $200,000,000.


               SECTION   1.5.  Effectiveness   of  Consents   and  Waivers;
          Termination.   The consents and  waivers of the  Required Lenders
          granted pursuant to Section 1.3  shall be effective on and  as of
          the date of  this Agreement.    Such  consents and waivers  shall
          terminate and  cease to be  of any  further force of  effect upon
          (a) any breach by  GACC of  any of the  conditions, covenants  or
          limitations contained  in Section  1.4 or (b) the  termination of
          this Agreement in  accordance with  Article V.   The Lenders,  by
          their execution  of this Agreement,  authorize the Administrative
          Agent to confirm  to the Purchasers,  based on such  certificates
          and other assurances from GACC as the Administrative  Agent shall
          require,  that, on  and as  of  the Transaction  Completion Date,
          there  has  been  no  breach  of  the  conditions,  covenants  or
          limitations contained in Section 1.4.




                                      ARTICLE II

                             AMENDMENTS TO LOAN AGREEMENT

               Effective on and as of the date on which all the Refinancing
          Transactions have been completed ("Transaction Completion Date"),
          but  subject  always to  the provisions  of  Article V,  the Loan
          Agreement is hereby amended in each of the following respects:

               SECTION 2.1.  Amendments to Defined Terms.




          (a)  The following defined terms appearing in Section  1.1 of the
          Loan Agreement are hereby  amended and restated to read  in their
          entirety as follows:
<PAGE>







                                         -7-









          "Ancillary   Documents"  means,  collectively,   the  Other  Debt
          Documents, the Reorganization Plan, the GATR 9-1/2% Note Purchase
          Agreement,  the  GACC Merger  Agreements,  the  GACC 9-3/4%  Note
          Purchase  Agreement,  the  Registration  Rights   Agreement,  the
          Additional  Funding Agreement,  the  Tax Sharing  Agreement,  the
          Comprehensive   Settlement   Agreement,   the  Hanna-Barbera   LC
          Documents, and all other  Instruments that shall be from  time to
          time  identified by  the  Borrower  and  the Managing  Agents  as
          Ancillary Documents for purposes of this Agreement.





          "Other Debt Documents" means, collectively,  (a)  the GACC 9-3/4%
          Notes and the  GACC 9-3/4%  Note Indenture, (b)  the WGHP  9-1/2%
          Notes  and the  WGHP  9-1/2% Note  Indenture  and (c)  all  other
          Instruments evidencing, guarantying  or securing any Indebtedness
          outstanding under  any Instrument referred  to in any  of clauses
          (a) or (b) above, or clauses (b) or (h) of Section 8.2.2.





          (b) The following defined terms  are hereby added  to Section 1.1
          of the Loan Agreement in appropriate alphabetical order:





          "Exchange  Offer" means the offer to  be made by GACC to exchange
          securities of GACC for outstanding GACC 9-3/4%  Notes pursuant to
          Section 2 of the Registration Rights Agreement.





          "GACC  9-3/4%  Notes"  means  (i)  at  all  times  prior  to  the
          consummation   of   the  Exchange   Offer,   the  9-3/4%   Senior
          Subordinated Notes Due February 15, 2004 of  GACC issued pursuant
          to  the GACC 9-3/4% Note  Purchase Agreement and  the GACC 9-3/4%
          Note Indenture, and (ii)  from and after the consummation  of the
          Exchange Offer,  the securities  issued pursuant to  the Exchange
          Offer on such consummation  date in exchange for the  GACC 9-3/4%
<PAGE>







                                         -8-






          Notes described in clause (i).





          "GACC  9-3/4% Note  Indenture" means  (i) at  all times  prior to
          consummation of the  Exchange Offer, the  Indenture, dated as  of
          February  18,  1994,  by  and   between  GACC  and  Shawmut  Bank
          Connecticut,  National Association, as Trustee, providing for the
          issuance by GACC  of GACC 9-3/4% Notes,  and (ii) from  and after
          the consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Indenture referred to
          in clause  (i), as amended on  or prior to the  effective date of
          the  Exchange Offer to permit the Indenture to be qualified under
          the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.





          "GACC  9-3/4% Note  Purchase Agreement"  means the  Note Purchase
          Agreement, dated as of February   3, 1994, by and among  GACC and
          the initial purchasers  of GACC 9-3/4%  Notes, providing for  the
          issuance by GACC of GACC 9-3/4% Notes.





          "Registration  Rights Agreement"  means  the Registration  Rights
          Agreement, dated  as of February 18, 1994,  by and among GACC and
          the initial purchasers  of GACC 9-3/4%  Notes, providing for  the
          Exchange  Offer and the registration under  the Securities Act of
          1933 of GACC 9-3/4% Notes.





          SECTION 2.2.   Amendments  to Section  3.3.2(c) -  Net Securities
          Proceeds.    Section 3.3.2(c)  of  the Loan  Agreement  is hereby
          amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:





          "(c) Net  Securities  Proceeds.    All  Net  Securities  Proceeds
          received by  GACC shall be used,  substantially contemporaneously
          with  such  receipt,  to prepay  principal  of  the  Loans.   Any
<PAGE>







                                         -9-






          prepayment of principal of the  Loans pursuant to this  paragraph
          (c) shall reduce the remaining Installments by the amount of such
          prepayment in  the inverse  order of maturity  thereof, beginning
          with the Installment due on the Maturity Date."





          SECTION 2.3.   Amendments to  Section 8.1.7 -  Notices.   Section
          8.1.7  of the  Loan Agreement  is hereby  amended in each  of the
          following respects:



               (a) by (i)  deleting the  period following paragraph  (b) of
          such  Section  8.1.7,   and  (ii)  inserting  in  its  place  the
          following:  "; and";



               (b) by  deleting  the  reference  to  clause  (b)(ii)(B)  of
          Section 8.2.8 contained in  paragraph (b) of such  Section 8.1.7;
          and



               (c)  by  adding  the  following new  paragraph  (c)  to such
          Section 8.1.7:




                    "(c) not later  than ten (10) days  prior to appointing
          any Person as a paying agent, trustee or other Representative for
          holders of   Indebtedness under any Other  Debt Document, deliver
          to the  Administrative Agent written notice  of such appointment,
          together  with  a  description  of such  Representative  and  the
          identity, address, telephone and telecopier numbers of the Person
          or  Persons  authorized to  receive  notices  on behalf  of  such
          Representative under the applicable Other Debt Documents."





          SECTION  2.4.    Amendments  to  Section  8.2.2  -  Indebtedness.
          Section 8.2.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended in each  of
          the following respects:
<PAGE>







                                         -10-










          (a)  by  amending and  restating  paragraph (c)  of such  Section
          8.2.2 to read in its entirety as follows:




                    "(c) Indebtedness of GACC  under GACC  9-3/4% Notes  in
          the maximum aggregate principal  amount of $200,000,000, less any
          repayments, prepayments, redemptions, repurchases, defeasances or
          cancellations  of such  Indebtedness,  plus  all accrued,  unpaid
          interest on such Indebtedness at a rate not in excess of nine and
          three-quarters percent (9-3/4%) per annum;"; and





          (b)  by deleting the  text of paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of such
          Section 8.2.2 and, in each case,  inserting in place of such text
          the following phrase:  "Intentionally Deleted".





          SECTION 2.5.  Amendments to Section 8.2.3 - Liens.  Section 8.2.3
          of the  Loan Agreement is hereby amended  by deleting the text of
          paragraphs (c) and (d)  of such Section 8.2.3 and,  in each case,
          inserting   in  place   of  such   text  the   following  phrase:
          "Intentionally Deleted".





          SECTION 2.6.  Amendments to  Section 8.2.4 - Financial Covenants.
          Section 8.2.4 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by amending
          and restating  the  table  contained  in paragraph  (c)  of  such
          Section 8.2.4 to read in its entirety as follows:


           
<PAGE>







                                         -11-






                                       Minimum Consolidated
                                      Operating Cash Flow to
                    "Period            Total Cash Interest
                                              Ratio


                         12/31/93          1.75 : 1.0
               to 12/31/96
                         Thereafter        2.00 : 1.0"




          SECTION 2.7.  Amendments to  Section 8.2.8 - Restricted Payments.
          Section 8.2.8 of the Loan Agreement  is hereby amended in each of
          the following respects:





          (a)  The preamble to Section 8.2.8 is hereby amended and restated
          to read in its entirety as follows:





          "SECTION  8.2.8.  Restricted Payments.   Make, offer  to make, or
          deliver any  notice of  the  making of,  any Restricted  Payment,
          except:"





          (b) by amending and  restating clauses (i) and (ii) of  paragraph
          (b) of such Section 8.2.8 to read in their entirety as follows:





          "(i)  to permit GABCO to  make (and GABCO shall use  all proceeds
          of such payment to  make) payments to satisfy its  obligations in
          respect  of  live  action residual  payments  and  participations
          related to  programs  sold  to  Worldivision  Enterprises,  which
          payments, in the aggregate, shall not exceed $3,500,000;
<PAGE>







                                         -12-










          (ii)  to permit  GACC to make (and GACC shall use all proceeds of
          such payments  to make) Restricted Payments  permitted by clauses
          (c) and (d);"





          (c) by  amending and  restating paragraphs  (c), (d)  and (e)  of
          such Section 8.2.8 to read in their entirety as follows:





          "(c)  payments  by GACC of (i) accrued unpaid interest on GACC 9-
          3/4%  Notes in cash at the annual rate of nine and three-quarters
          percent (9-3/4%), (ii) accrued unpaid interest on amounts due and
          payable under  the GACC 9-3/4%   Notes  and the GACC  9-3/4% Note
          Indenture at the  annual default  rate equal to  eleven and  one-
          quarter percent  (11-1/4%)and (iii)  fees, costs and  expenses of
          holders of GACC 9-3/4%  Notes and the  trustee under the GACC  9-
          3/4%  Note Indenture payable by  GACC under the  GACC 9-3/4% Note
          Indenture and  the Registration Rights Agreement;  provided, that
          such payments  referred to  in  clauses (i), (ii)  and (iii)  are
          required  by the  interest payment  and fees, costs  and expenses
          provisions,   and  are   not  prohibited  by   the  subordination
          provisions, of the GACC 9-3/4% Note Indenture or the Registration
          Rights Agreement, each as in effect on the original issue date of
          the  GACC  9-3/4% Notes  or  as  amended  from  time to  time  in
          compliance with  this Agreement,  and (iv) liquidated  damages to
          the  holders of  GACC 9-3/4%  Notes that  shall have  accrued and
          become payable in accordance with  Section 4 of the  Registration
          Rights Agreement; provided, that such payments are not prohibited
          by  the   subordination  provisions  of  the   GACC  9-3/4%  Note
          Indenture, as in effect on the original issue date of the GACC 9-
          3/4%  Notes or as  amended from time  to time  in compliance with
          this Agreement;





          (d)       the  issuance  of GACC  9-3/4%  Notes  in exchange  for
          existing  GACC  9-3/4%  Notes  pursuant to  the  Exchange  Offer;
          provided  that (i) the GACC  9-3/4% Notes issued  in the Exchange
<PAGE>







                                         -13-






          Offer  are  in the  form of  Exhibit B  to  the GACC  9-3/4% Note
          Indenture, as in effect on the original issue date of the GACC 9-
          3/4% Notes, except for  such changes as shall have  been approved
          in  writing by the Managing  Agents and the  Required Lenders and
          (ii)  in connection with the Exchange Offer, the GACC 9-3/4% Note
          Indenture shall not have been amended or modified in any respect,
          except for (A)  such amendments or modifications as  are required
          to  qualify  the GACC  9-3/4%  Note  Indenture  under  the  Trust
          Indenture  Act of  1939, as  amended, and  that do  not adversely
          affect GACC  or the  Lenders  and (B) such changes  as shall have
          been  approved in writing by the Managing Agents and the Required
          Lenders;





          (e)        notices by GACC pursuant to Section 3.8 of the GACC 9-
          3/4%  Note Indenture informing  the holders of  GACC 9-3/4% Notes
          that an offer to redeem GACC 9-3/4% Notes is being  made pursuant
          to  Section 4.12  or  4.13 of  the  GACC 9-3/4%  Note  Indenture;
          provided, that (i) the delivery of such notice is required by the
          mandatory  redemption   provisions  of   the  GACC   9-3/4%  Note
          Indenture,  and (ii)  prior  to the  giving  of such  notice  the
          Principal Companies shall have paid in full, or made arrangements
          satisfactory  to the  Managing Agents  (which  arrangements shall
          have been  consented to in writing by the Managing Agents) to pay
          in full, all the Obligations;"; and





          (d)  by deleting the text  of paragraphs (f) through (j)  of such
          Section 8.2.8 and, in each case, inserting  in place of such text
          the following phrase:  "Intentionally Deleted".





          SECTION  2.8.   New Section  8.2.8A.   The following  new Section
          8.2.8A  is hereby added  to the Loan  Agreement immediately after
          the conclusion of Section 8.2.8 of the Loan Agreement:





          "Section 8.2.8A.   Special  Covenants of the  Principal Companies
<PAGE>






               
                                         -14-






          Regarding Restricted Payments.   Make any Restricted Payment that
          would cause or have the effect of, or enter into any agreement or
          other  arrangement that  would  cause  or  have  the  effect  of,
          reducing  the  amount  of  "Senior  Bank  Debt"  or  "WGHP  Debt"
          permitted to be incurred  under Section 4.7(c)(i) of the  GACC 9-
          3/4%  Note Indenture (whether pursuant to  Section 4.13(b) or (c)
          of  the GACC 9-3/4%  Note Indenture, or  otherwise), unless prior
          thereto the  Principal Companies shall have  obtained the express
          written  consent  of  the  Required  Lenders  to  the  Restricted
          Payment, other agreement or  arrangement, and the written consent
          of the Administrative Agent to the corresponding reduction in the
          permitted amount of such "Senior Bank Debt" or "WGHP Debt"."





          SECTION  2.9.  Amendment to  Section 9.1.5 -  Default Under Other
          Debt  Documents.  Section 9.1.5  of the Loan  Agreement is hereby
          amended by  amending and restating paragraph (e)  of such Section
          9.1.5 to read in its entirety as follows:



                    "(e)   any Transaction Party shall make, offer to make,
          deliver any notice of the making of, or become obligated to make,
          offer  to make  or  deliver  any notice  of  the making  of,  any
          Restricted  Payment under  any  Other Debt  Document (other  than
          Restricted  Payments  and  notices  to  make  Restricted Payments
          permitted by this Agreement) including any optional prepayment of
          principal under any Other Debt  Document, any payment required by
          the GACC 9-3/4% Note  Indenture upon a change in  control or sale
          of assets, or any deposit with  a trustee, paying agent or  other
          Representative for  the  holders of  GACC  9-3/4% Notes  for  the
          purpose  of defeasing all or any part of GACC's obligations under
          the GACC 9-3/4% Note Indenture and the GACC 9-3/4% Notes;

                                     ARTICLE III

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

               The Principal Companies hereby  represent and warrant to the
          Agents  and  the Lenders  as of  the date  hereof  and as  of the
          Transaction Completion Date as follows:

               SECTION  3.1.  Representations  in Loan Documents.   Each of
          the  representations and warranties made  by or on  behalf of the
          Principal Companies to  the Agents  and the Lenders  in the  Loan
          Documents was  true and correct when made, is true and correct on
          and as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct on and as
<PAGE>







                                         -15-






          of  the Transaction Completion Date, except, in each case, (a) as
          effected by the consummation  of the transactions contemplated by
          the Loan Documents  (including this   Agreement) and  (b) to  the
          extent that  any such representation  or warranty relates  by its
          express terms solely to a prior date.

               SECTION 3.2.   Corporate Authority, etc.  The  execution and
          delivery  by each Principal Company of this Agreement and by GACC
          of  the  Note  Purchase  Agreement and  each  of  the  Definitive
          Transaction  Documents, the performance by each Principal Company
          of its  agreements and obligations under each  of such documents,
          and the  implementation of  all the transactions  contemplated by
          each of such documents, have been duly and properly authorized by
          all  necessary  corporate or  other action  on  the part  of each
          Principal  Company, and do not and will not conflict with, result
          in  a violation  of,  or constitute  any  default under  (a)  any
          provision of any Governing Document of any Principal Company, (b)
          any Contractual  Obligation of any  Principal Company or  (c) any
          Applicable Law, and will not result in or require the creation or
          imposition of any  Lien on any  Property of any of  the Principal
          Companies pursuant  to the  provisions of any  Instrument binding
          upon or applicable  to any of the  Principal Companies or  any of
          their Property.

               SECTION 3.3.  Binding  Effect.  Each of this  Agreement, the
          Note Purchase  Agreement and the Definitive Transaction Documents
          have been duly  executed and delivered by  each Principal Company
          identified  as a party thereto, and is  in full force and effect.
          The  agreements   and  obligations  of   each  Principal  Company
          contained in  such documents constitute legal,  valid and binding
          obligations of such  Principal Company, enforceable  against such
          Principal Company in accordance with their  terms, except as such
          enforceability  may  be  limited by  bankruptcy,  reorganization,
          insolvency, moratorium or other similar laws  affecting generally
          the  enforcement of  creditors'  rights or  by general  equitable
          principles.    All  the   Obligations  are  hereby  ratified  and
          confirmed  in  all  respects and  are  and  will  continue to  be
          entitled to all the benefits of the Collateral.

               SECTION  3.4.   Representations in  Note  Purchase Agreement
          True.  Each of the  representations and  warranties made by  GACC
          in  the Note  Purchase Agreement  is true  and correct,  and GACC
          hereby  makes   to  each   Agent  and  each   Lender  each   such
          representation  and warranty made therein  to the same extent and
          with the same effect  as if such representation or  warranty were
          set forth herein in full.

               SECTION  3.5.   No Defaults.   After  giving effect  to this
          Agreement, no Defaults  or Events of Default  will be continuing,
          and no defaults or events of default will be continuing under any
<PAGE>







                                         -16-






          of the Other Debt Documents or other Ancillary Documents.

               SECTION 3.6.  No Obligations of Subsidiaries.  No Subsidiary
          of GACC has or will have any obligation, direct or contingent,
          matured or unmatured, under or in respect of the Note Purchase
          Agreement, the GACC 9-3/4% Notes or any of the other Definitive
          Transaction Documents (it being understood that the GACC 9-3/4%
          Note Indenture requires GACC to cause its Subsidiaries to comply
          with certain operating covenants).


                                      ARTICLE IV

                                      COVENANTS


               SECTION 4.1.   Delivery of Copies  of Transaction Documents.
          GACC shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative
          Agent, within 10 days after the Transaction Completion Date, true
          and  complete copies of the  Note Purchase Agreement  and each of
          the Definitive  Transaction Documents, each as  duly executed and
          delivered by each of the parties thereto.

               SECTION 4.2.  Legal Opinion.  The Principal  Companies shall
          cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, within 10 days
          after the  Transaction Completion Date, a  written legal opinion,
          addressed to the Managing Agents and the Lenders, dated as of the
          Transaction Completion  Date, from  Keating, Muething  & Klekamp,
          counsel  to the Principal Companies.  Such legal opinion shall be
          in form and substance satisfactory to the Managing Agents.
           
               SECTION 4.3.   Legal Fees.   The  Principal Companies  shall
          pay, promptly after receipt of invoices from the  Managing Agents
          therefor, the reasonable fees  and disbursements of Bingham, Dana
          & Gould,  special counsel  for the  Managing Agents, incurred  in
          connection with  the preparation, negotiation,  review, execution
          and delivery of this Agreement, the Note  Purchase Agreement, the
          Definitive  Transaction  Documents   and  the  transactions   and
          arrangements contemplated hereby and thereby.

               SECTION  4.4.    Other   Documents  and  Proceedings.    The
          Principal Companies shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the
          Managing  Agents, within  five days  after  receipt of  a request
          therefor, such  other documents and certificates  as the Managing
          Agents shall have reasonably  requested, and such other documents
          and certificates shall be satisfactory  in form and substance  to
          the Managing Agents and their counsel.


                                      ARTICLE V
<PAGE>






               
                                         -17-






                                     TERMINATION

               On March  15, 1994, if the Refinancing Transactions have not
          been  completed  prior  to  such  date,    this  Agreement  shall
          terminate in  its entirety with the  same force and  effect as if
          this   Agreement  had  never  been  executed.     Upon  any  such
          termination, and whether or  not the Refinancing Transactions are
          thereafter  completed, the  consents and  waivers under  the Loan
          Agreement  and  the  other  Loan Documents  granted  pursuant  to
          Section  1.3 shall cease  to be of  any force or  effect, and the
          amendments to the Loan Agreement described in Article II shall be
          null and void  and, for all purposes of the  Loan Agreement, have
          noeffect whatsoever as if this Agreement had never been executed.


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                CONSENT OF GUARANTORS
           

               The  Guarantors   and  LSI,   by  their   signatures  below,
          absolutely and unconditionally consent to the execution, delivery
          and performance of this Agreement by the Principal Companies.  It
          is the express understanding and intention of the  Guarantors and
          LSI  that all the Obligations of the Principal Companies shall at
          all times hereafter continue  to be entitled to all  the benefits
          of, and to all  the security constituted by, the  Guaranties, or,
          in  the case of LSI, the Subsidiary  Guaranty, to the same extent
          as prior to the execution of this Agreement.

                                     ARTICLE VII

                          PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

               Except as  otherwise expressly  provided by  this Agreement,
          all of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Loan Agreement
          and  each of the  other Loan Documents  remain unaltered.    This
          Agreement is  a Loan Document.  This Agreement and the rights and
          obligations hereunder  of each  of the  parties  hereto shall  be
          governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the
          laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.   This Agreement shall
          be binding upon  and inure to the benefit of  each of the parties
          hereto  and their  respective successors  in title  and permitted
          assigns.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of 
<PAGE>







                                         -18-






          counterparts,  but  all  of  such  counterparts  shall   together
          constitute but one  and the same agreement.   In making proof  of
          this Agreement, it shall  not be necessary to produce  or account
          for  more than  one  counterpart hereof  signed  by each  of  the
          parties hereto.

               If you are  in agreement with the foregoing  Consent, Waiver
          and Amendment No. 3  to Loan Agreement, please sign  the enclosed
          counterparts of  this Agreement  and return such  counterparts to
          the undersigned, whereupon this Agreement, as so accepted by you,
          shall become a binding agreement between you and the  undersigned
          Principal Companies on and as of February 18, 1994.



                                   Very truly yours,

                                   GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND RADIO
                                     COMPANY, INC.


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS
                                     COMPANY


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   GREAT AMERICAN BROADCASTING
                                     COMPANY


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   GREAT AMERICAN TELEVISION AND
                                     RADIO HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


                                   LEISURE SYSTEMS, INC.
<PAGE>







                                         -19-







                                   By:____________________________
                                      Title:


               The foregoing Consent, Waiver and Amendment No. 3 to Loan
          Agreement is hereby accepted by the undersigned Required Lenders
          on and as of February 18, 1994.
           

          CONTINENTAL BANK N.A.,
            Individually, as Managing Agent and as Collateral Agent


          By: ______________________________
             Title:

          THE FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF BOSTON,
            Individually, as Managing Agent and as Administrative Agent


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE CHASE MANHATTAN BANK, N.A.


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          NATIONAL WESTMINSTER BANK USA


          By: ______________________________
             Title:
<PAGE>







                                         -20-






          BANQUE PARIBAS


          By: ______________________________
             Title:

          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          CHEMICAL BANK

           
          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          BANK OF MONTREAL


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE BANK OF NEW YORK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          THE PROVIDENT BANK


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


          STAR BANK, N.A.


          By: ______________________________
             Title:


   





















                        GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY

                                         AND

                   SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                       Trustee





                                 ___________________

                                      INDENTURE
                                 ___________________





                                     $250,000,000
                                   PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

                 9 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due February 15, 2004
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page


          ARTICLE 1

                      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE  . . .   1
                     Section 1.1
                                Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
                     Section 1.2
                                Other Definitions . . . . . . . . . . .  22
                     Section 1.3
                     Incorporation by Reference of
                     TIA  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                     Section 1.4
                                Rules of Construction . . . . . . . . .  23

          ARTICLE 2

                                      THE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                     Section 2.1
                                Form and Dating . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
                     Section 2.2Execution and Authentication  . . . . .  24
                     Section 2.3
                                Registrar and Paying Agent  . . . . . .  24
                     Section 2.4
                     Paying Agent to Hold Money in
                     Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                     Section 2.5
                                Holder Lists  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
                     Section 2.6
                                Transfer and Exchange . . . . . . . . .  25
                     Section 2.7
                                Replacement Notes . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                     Section 2.8
                                Outstanding Notes . . . . . . . . . . .  26
                     Section 2.9
                                Treasury Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                     Section 2.10
                                Temporary Notes . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                     Section 2.11
                                Cancellation  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
                     Section 2.12
                                Defaulted Interest  . . . . . . . . . .  28
                     Section 2.13
                                Record Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
                     Section 2.14
                                CUSIP Number  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

          ARTICLE 3


                                         (i)
<PAGE>







                                                                       Page




                          REDEMPTIONS AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE  . . . . .  28
                     Section 3.1
                                Notices to Trustee  . . . . . . . . . .  28
                     Section 3.2
                     Selection of Notes to be
                     Redeemed or Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
                     Section 3.3
                                Notice of Redemption  . . . . . . . . .  30
                     Section 3.4
                                Effect of Notice of Redemption  . . . .  30
                     Section 3.5
                                Deposit of Redemption Price . . . . . .  31
                     Section 3.6
                                Notes Redeemed in Part  . . . . . . . .  31
                     Section 3.7
                                Optional Redemption . . . . . . . . . .  31
                     Section 3.8
                                Mandatory Offers  . . . . . . . . . . .  33

          ARTICLE 4

                                      COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                     Section 4.1
                                Payment of Notes  . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                     Section 4.2
                                Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
                     Section 4.3
                                Compliance Certificate  . . . . . . . .  36
                     Section 4.4
                                Stay, Extension and Usury Laws  . . . .  37
                     Section 4.5
                     Limitation on Restricted
                     Payments   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
                     Section 4.6
                                Corporate Existence . . . . . . . . . .  38
                     Section 4.7
                                Limitation on Indebtedness  . . . . . .  38
                     Section 4.8
                     Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates   . . .  40
                     Section 4.9
                                Limitation on Liens . . . . . . . . . .  41
                     Section 4.10
                     Payment of Taxes and Other
                     Claims   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
                     Section 4.11
                     Restrictions Against
                     Limitations on Upstream Payments   . . . . . . . .  42


                                         (ii)
<PAGE>







                                                                       Page




                     Section 4.12
                                Change of Control . . . . . . . . . . .  43
                     Section 4.13
                     Redemption from the Proceeds of Asset Sales  . . .  44
                     Section 4.14
                     Maintenance of Office or
                     Agencies   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
                     Section 4.15Limitation on Certain Debt   . . . . .  47

          ARTICLE 5

                                      SUCCESSORS  . . . . . . . . . . .  50
                     Section 5.1
                                Merger or Consolidation . . . . . . . .  50
                     Section 5.2
                                Surviving Person Substituted  . . . . .  51

          ARTICLE 6

                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . . . . . . . . .  51
                     Section 6.1
                                Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . .  51
                     Section 6.2
                                Acceleration  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
                     Section 6.3
                                Other Remedies  . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
                     Section 6.4
                                Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . .  53
                     Section 6.5
                                Control by a Majority . . . . . . . . .  54
                     Section 6.6
                                Limitation on Suits . . . . . . . . . .  54
                     Section 6.7
                     Rights of Holders to Receive
                     Payment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
                     Section 6.8
                                Collection Suit by Trustee  . . . . . .  55
                     Section 6.9
                     Trustee May File Proofs of
                     Claim  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
                     Section 6.10
                                Priorities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
                     Section 6.11
                                Undertaking for Costs . . . . . . . . .  56

          ARTICLE 7



                                        (iii)
<PAGE>







                                                                       Page




                                       TRUSTEE  . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
                     Section 7.1
                                Duties of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . .  56
                     Section 7.2
                                Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . .  57
                     Section 7.3
                                Individual Rights of Trustee  . . . . .  58
                     Section 7.4
                                Trustee's Disclaimer  . . . . . . . . .  58
                     Section 7.5
                                Notice of Defaults  . . . . . . . . . .  58
                     Section 7.6
                                Reports by Trustee to Holders . . . . .  58
                     Section 7.7
                                Compensation and Indemnity  . . . . . .  59
                     Section 7.8
                                Replacement of Trustee  . . . . . . . .  59
                     Section 7.9
                     Successor Trustee by Merger,
                     etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
                     Section 7.10
                                Eligibility; Disqualifications  . . . .  60
                     Section 7.11
                     Preferential Collection of
                     Claims Against Company   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60

          ARTICLE 8

                                DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE  . . . . . . . .  61
                     Section 8.1
                     Discharge of Liability on
                     Notes; Defeasance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
                     Section 8.2
                                Conditions to Defeasance  . . . . . . .  62
                     Section 8.3
                                Application of Trust Money  . . . . . .  62
                     Section 8.4
                                Repayment of Company  . . . . . . . . .  62
                     Section 8.5
                     Indemnity for U.S. Government
                     Obligations  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
                     Section 8.6
                                Reinstatement . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63

          ARTICLE 9

                                      AMENDMENTS  . . . . . . . . . . .  63


                                         (iv)
<PAGE>







                                                                       Page




                     Section 9.1
                     Amendments and Supplements
                     Permitted Without Consent of Holders   . . . . . .  63
                     Section 9.2
                     Amendments and Supplements
                     Requiring Consent of Holders   . . . . . . . . . .  64
                     Section 9.3 
                                Compliance with TIA . . . . . . . . . .  65
                     Section 9.4
                     Revocation and Effect of
                     Consents   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
                     Section 9.5
                     Notation on or Exchange of
                     Notes  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66
                     Section 9.6
                                Trustee Protected . . . . . . . . . . .  66
                     Section 9.7
                     Amendments Requiring Consent of Holders of Senior
                     Indebtedness   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  66

          ARTICLE 10

                                    SUBORDINATION . . . . . . . . . . .  67
                     Section 10.1
                                Agreement to Subordinate  . . . . . . .  67
                     Section 10.2
                     Liquidation; Dissolution;
                     Bankruptcy   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
                     Section 10.3
                                Default on Senior Indebtedness  . . . .  68
                     Section 10.4
                                Acceleration of Notes . . . . . . . . .  69
                     Section 10.5
                     When Distributions Must be Paid Over   . . . . . .  69
                     Section 10.6
                                Notice  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
                     Section 10.7
                                Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
                     Section 10.8
                                Relative Rights . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
                     Section 10.9
                     The Company and Holders May Not Impair Subordination    71
                     Section 10.10
                     Distribution or Notice to
                     Representative   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72




                                         (v)
<PAGE>







                                                                       Page




                     Section 10.11
                                Rights of Trustee and Paying
                                Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
                     Section 10.12
                     Authorization to Effect
                     Subordination  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
                     Section 10.13
                                Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
                     Section 10.14
                                Defeasance of this Article 10 . . . . .  73
                     Section 10.15
                                No Claims Against Subsidiaries  . . . .  73

          ARTICLE 11

                                    MISCELLANEOUS . . . . . . . . . . .  74
                     Section 11.1
                                Trust Indenture Act Controls  . . . . .  74
                     Section 11.2
                                Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
                     Section 11.3
                     Communication by Holders with
                     Other Holders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
                     Section 11.4
                     Certificate and Opinion as to
                     Conditions Precedent   . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
                     Section 11.5
                     Statements Required in
                     Certificate or Opinion   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
                     Section 11.6
                                Rules by Trustee and Agents . . . . . .  75
                     Section 11.7
                                Legal Holidays  . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
                     Section 11.8
                                No Recourse Against Others  . . . . . .  76
                     Section 11.9
                                Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
                     Section 11.10
                     Initial Appointments,
                     Compliance Certificates  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
                     Section 11.11
                                Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
                     Section 11.12
                     No Adverse Interpretation of
                     Other Agreements   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
                     Section 11.13
                                Successors  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76


                                         (vi)
<PAGE>







                                                                       Page




                     Section 11.14
                                Severability  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77
                     Section 11.15
                                Third Party Beneficiaries . . . . . . .  77
                     Section 11.16
                     Table of Contents, Headings,
                     Etc.   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77

          EXHIBIT A - Form of Series A Note
          EXHIBIT B - Form of Series B Note







































                                        (vii)
<PAGE>







                                CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

                    TIA                                Indenture
                    Section                            Section  

                    310(a)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . .  7.10
                       (a)  (2) . . . . . . . . . . .  7.10
                       (a)  (3) . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (a)  (4) . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (a)  (5) . . . . . . . . . . .  7.10
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.10
                       (c)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.

                    311(a)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.11
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.11
                       (c)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.

                    312(a)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  2.5
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.3
                       (c)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.3

                    313(a)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.6
                       (b)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (b)  (2) . . . . . . . . . . .  7.6
                       (c)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.6, 11.2
                       (d)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.6

                    314(a)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  4.2, 11.2
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (c)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . .  11.4
                       (c)  (2) . . . . . . . . . . .  11.4
                       (c)  (3) . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (d)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (e)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.5
                       (f)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.

                    315(a)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.1
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.5
                       (c)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.1
                       (d)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  7.1
                       (e)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.11

                    316(a)   (last sentence)  . . . .  2.9
                       (a)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . .  (A)6.5
                       (a)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . .  (B)6.4
                       (a)  (2) . . . . . . . . . . .  N.A.
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  6.4, 6.7

                    317(a)  (1) . . . . . . . . . . .  6.8
                       (a)  (2) . . . . . . . . . . .  6.9
                       (b)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  2.4



                                        (viii)
<PAGE>







                    318(a)    . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.1

          N.A. = not applicable



















































                                         (ix)
<PAGE>







               INDENTURE dated as of February 18 , 1994, between Great
          American Communications Company, a Florida corporation (the
          "Company") and Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association, a
          national banking association organized under the laws of the
          United States (the "Trustee").

               Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other
          party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the
          Company's 9 % Senior Subordinated Notes Due February 15, 2004,
          Series A and, if and when issued, the Company's 9 % Senior
          Subordinated Notes Due February 15, 2004, Series B.


                                      ARTICLE 1

                      DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          Section 1.1    Definitions.

               "Acquired Indebtedness" means, with respect to any specified
          Person and any Person acquired by such specified Person,
          Indebtedness of the Acquired Person existing at the time of the
          acquisition, including Indebtedness issued in connection with or
          in contemplation of, such acquisition.

               "Acquired Person" means, with respect to any specified
          Person, any other Person acquired by such specified Person,
          whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, other business
          combination or otherwise.

               "Additional Notes" means Notes (either Series A Notes or
          Series B Notes, but excluding Series B Notes issued with respect
          to the exchange of Initial Notes in a Registered Exchange Offer),
          if any, other than the Initial Notes, issued after the Issue Date
          under this Indenture in an aggregate principal amount not to
          exceed $50,000,000, provided that the Indebtedness evidenced by
          such Notes was not Incurred in violation of this Indenture.

               "AFC" means American Financial Corporation, an Ohio
          corporation.

               "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any
          other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by
          or under direct or indirect common control with such specified
          Person.  For purposes of this definition, "control" (including,
          with correlative meanings, the terms "controlling", "controlled
          by" and "under common control with") of any Person means the
          possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or
          cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person,
          whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement
          or otherwise.

               "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent, Authenticating
          Agent or co-registrar.
<PAGE>







               "Applicable Documents" means collectively the Purchase
          Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, this Indenture and
          the Notes.

               "Applicable Premium" means, with respect to any Note called
          for redemption by the Company after a Change of Control, the
          greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of
          such Note, and (ii) the total, if greater than zero, of (A) the
          present value of all required interest and principal payments due
          on such Note, computed using a discount rate equal to the
          Treasury Rate plus 75 basis points, minus (B) the then
          outstanding principal amount of such Note, minus (C) any accrued
          and unpaid interest paid on such Note on the Redemption Date.

               "Approvals" means each and every approval, consent, filing
          or registration by, or with any Governmental Body, or any
          creditor or shareholder of the Company, necessary (i) to
          authorize or permit the execution, delivery or performance by the
          Company of the Applicable Documents, and (ii) for the validity or
          enforceability of any of such Applicable Documents against the
          Company.

               "Asset Sale" by any Person means any transfer, conveyance,
          sale, lease or other disposition by such Person or any of its
          Subsidiaries (including a consolidation or merger or other sale
          of any such Subsidiaries with, into or to another Person in a
          transaction in which such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary,
          but excluding a disposition by a Subsidiary of such Person to
          such Person or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person) of (i)
          shares of Capital Stock (other than directors' qualifying shares)
          or other ownership interests of a Subsidiary of such Person, (ii)
          substantially all of the assets of such Person or any of its
          Subsidiaries or (iii) other assets or rights of such Person or
          any of its Subsidiaries, whether owned on the date of this
          Indenture or thereafter acquired, in one or more related
          transactions.  The term "Asset Sale" shall not include (i) any
          Permitted Disposition or (ii) any sale or issuance by the Company
          of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company.

               "Bank Agent Consent" means, with respect to any Asset Sale
          Payment (as defined in Section 4.13), the written consent of the
          Representative or Representatives of holders of at least a
          majority in outstanding principal amount of Senior Bank Debt
          (including unused commitments which, if funded, would constitute
          Senior Bank Debt) delivered by such Representative or
          Representatives to the Company, with a copy to the Trustee, prior
          to such Asset Sale Payment, pursuant to which such Representative
          or Representatives consent to such Asset Sale Payment and,
          consequently, the related permanent reduction (in the amount of
          such Asset Sale Payment) of the amount of Designated Senior Debt
          available to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.7(c)(i).  As of



                                          2
<PAGE>







          the Issue Date, The First National Bank of Boston would be the
          Representative entitled to give the Bank Agent Consent.

               "Bank Credit Agreements" means (i) the Loan Agreement, dated
          as of August 20, 1993, and amended and restated as of November
          30, 1993, among GATR, the Company, Great American Television and
          Radio Holdings, Inc., Leisure Systems, Inc., Great American
          Broadcasting Company, Continental Bank, N.A. and The First
          National Bank of Boston, as managing agents, and the lenders
          party thereto, (ii) each instrument pursuant to which Obligations
          under the Bank Credit Agreements described in (i) above, or any
          subsequent Bank Credit Agreements, are amended, deferred,
          extended, renewed, replaced, refunded or refinanced, in whole or
          in part, and (iii) each instrument now or hereafter evidencing,
          governing, guarantying or securing any Indebtedness under any
          Bank Credit Agreements, in each case, as modified, amended,
          restated or supplemented from time to time.

               "Bank Lenders" means the lenders under the Bank Credit
          Agreements.

               "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code or any
          similar Federal or State law for the relief of debtors.

               "Board of Directors" means, with respect to any Person, the
          Board of Directors of such Person or any committee of the Board
          of Directors of such Person duly authorized, with respect to any
          particular matter, to exercise the power of the Board of
          Directors of such Person.

               "Board Resolution" means, with respect to any Person, a duly
          adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of such Person.

               "Broadcasting Station" means all related licenses,
          franchises and permits issued under federal, state or local laws
          from time to time which authorize a Person to receive or
          distribute, or both, over the airwaves, audio, visual, or
          microwave signals within a geographic area for the purpose of
          providing commercial broadcasting television or radio, together
          with all Property owned or used in connection with the
          programming provided pursuant to, and all interest of such Person
          to receive revenues from any other Person which derives revenues
          from or pursuant to, said licenses, franchises and permits.

               "Business Day" means any day other than a Legal Holiday in
          New York City, New York or Hartford, Connecticut.

               "Capital Expenditure" means any amount paid in connection
          with the purchase or construction of any assets acquired (other
          than from an Affiliate) or constructed after the date hereof (a)
          to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such assets
          are or should be included in "addition to property, plant or


                                          3
<PAGE>







          equipment" in accordance with GAAP and (b) if the acquisition or
          construction of such assets is not part of any acquisition of a
          Person.

               "Capital Lease Obligation" of any Person means the
          obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of
          (or other Indebtedness arrangements conveying the right to use)
          real or personal property of such Person which is required to be
          classified and accounted for as a capital lease or a liability on
          the face of a balance sheet of such Person in accordance with
          GAAP.  The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date
          of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such
          lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be
          terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.  Capital
          Lease Obligation shall not include payments due under any Film
          Contracts.

               "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares,
          interests, rights, participations, each class of common stock and
          preferred stock of such Person and/or other equivalents (however
          designated) of corporate stock or equity participations,
          including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such
          Person and partnership interests, whether general or limited, of
          such Person.

               "Cash Equivalents" means:

                    (a)  marketable obligations issued or unconditionally
               guaranteed by the United States government, in each case
               maturing within 360 days after the date of acquisition
               thereof;

                    (b)  marketable direct obligations issued by any state
               of the United States or any political subdivision of any
               such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing
               within 360 days after the date of acquisition thereof and,
               at the time of acquisition, having the highest rating
               obtainable from either Standard & Poor's Corporation or
               Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                    (c)  commercial paper maturing no more than 360 days
               after the date of acquisition thereof, issued by a
               corporation organized under the laws of any state of the
               United States or of the District of Columbia and, at the
               time of acquisition, having a rating in one of the two
               highest rating categories obtainable from either Standard &
               Poor's Corporation or Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                    (d)  money market funds whose investments are made
               solely in securities described in clause (a) maturing within
               one (1) year after the date of acquisition thereof;



                                          4
<PAGE>







                    (e)  certificates of deposit maturing within 360 days
               after the date of acquisition thereof, issued by any
               commercial bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve
               System that has capital, surplus and undivided profits (as
               shown on its most recent statement of condition) aggregating
               not less than $100,000,000 and is rated A or better by
               Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor's
               Corporation; and

                    (f)  repurchase agreements entered into with any
               commercial bank of the nature referred to in clause (e),
               secured by a fully perfected Lien in any obligation of the
               type described in any of clauses (a) through (e), having a
               fair market value at the time such repurchase agreement is
               entered into of not less than 100% of the repurchase
               obligation thereunder of such commercial bank.

               "Change of Control" means any transaction or series of
          transactions in which any of the following occurs:  (i) any
          Person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the
          Exchange Act and Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),
          other than (a) AFC or (b) funds managed by Fidelity Management &
          Research Company or any of its Affiliates, becomes the direct or
          indirect "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
          Exchange Act) of (A) greater than 50% of the total voting power
          (on a fully diluted basis as if all convertible securities had
          been converted) entitled to vote in the election of directors of
          the Company or GATR, or the Surviving Person (if other than the
          Company), or (B) greater than 20% of the total voting power (on a
          fully diluted basis as if all convertible securities had been
          converted) entitled to vote in the election of directors of the
          Company or GATR, or the Surviving Person (if other than the
          Company), and such Person or group has the ability to elect,
          directly or indirectly, a majority of the members of the Board of
          Directors of the Company; or (ii) the Company or GATR
          consolidates with or merges into another Person, another Person
          consolidates with or merges into the Company or GATR, the Company
          or GATR issues shares of its Capital Stock or all or
          substantially all of the assets of the Company or GATR are sold,
          assigned, conveyed, transferred, leased or otherwise disposed of
          to any Person as an entirety or substantially as an entirety in
          one transaction or a series of related transactions and the
          effect of such consolidation, merger, issuance or sale is as
          described in clause (i) above.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no
          Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred by virtue of
          (I) the Company or any of its employee benefit or stock plans
          filing (or being required to file after the lapse of time) a
          Schedule 13D or 14D-1 (or any successor or similar schedule, form
          or report under the Exchange Act) or (II) the purchase by one or
          more underwriters of Capital Stock of the Company in connection
          with a Public Offering.



                                          5
<PAGE>







               "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same
          may be amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and
          the rules and regulations issued thereunder, as from time to time
          in effect.

               "Company" means the party named as such above until a
          successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

               "Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any
          Person, for any period, the aggregate amount, to the extent such
          amount was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income, of
          interest, whether expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued or
          scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period (except to the
          extent accrued in a prior period) in respect of all Indebtedness
          of such Person and its subsidiaries (including, without
          duplication, original issue discount on any Indebtedness
          (including, in the case of the Company, any original issue
          discount on the Notes) to the extent attributable to such
          period), net of interest income.  For purposes of this
          definition, (a) interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be
          deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by the
          Board of Directors of such Person (as evidenced by a Board
          Resolution) to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital
          Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP, and (b) interest shall
          be increased or reduced by the net cost (including amortization
          of discount) or benefit associated with Interest Rate or Currency
          Protection Agreements attributable to such period.

               "Consolidated Net Income," with respect to any Person and
          its subsidiaries, for any period, means the aggregate of the net
          income (or loss) of such Person and its subsidiaries for such
          period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with
          GAAP; provided that (a) the net income of any other Person in
          which such Person or any of its subsidiaries has an interest
          (which interest does not cause the net income of such other
          Person to be consolidated with the net income of such Person and
          its subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP) shall be included only
          to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions
          actually paid to such Person or such subsidiary by such other
          Person in such period; (b) the net income of any subsidiary of
          such Person that is subject to any Payment Restriction shall be
          excluded to the extent such Payment Restriction actually
          prevented the payment of an amount that otherwise could have been
          paid to, or received by, such Person or a subsidiary of such
          Person not subject to any Payment Restriction, provided, however,
          that with respect to the Consolidated Net Income of the Company,
          the Consolidated Net Income of the Company's Subsidiaries shall
          not be so excluded, notwithstanding the existence of any such
          Payment Restriction, so long as the terms of any such Payment
          Restriction limiting the payment of dividends by the Company's
          Subsidiaries are not more restrictive at the time of
          determination of  Consolidated Net Income than the Payment


                                          6
<PAGE>







          Restrictions limiting such payment of dividends in effect on the
          Issue Date; and (c) there shall be excluded the following: 
          (i) such Person's share, determined in accordance with GAAP, of
          the net loss of any other Person in which such Person or any of
          its subsidiaries has an interest (which interest does not cause
          the net loss of such other person to be consolidated with the net
          income or loss of such Person and its subsidiaries in accordance
          with GAAP), (ii) the net income (or loss) of any other Person
          acquired in a pooling of interests transaction for any period
          prior to the date of such acquisition, (iii) all gains realized
          upon or in connection with or as a consequence of the issuance of
          the Capital Stock of such Person or any of its subsidiaries and
          any gains on pension reversions received by such Person or any of
          its subsidiaries, (iv) all gains and losses, together with any
          related provision for taxes, realized in connection with any sale
          of assets by such Person during such period (including, without
          limitation, dispositions pursuant to sale and leaseback
          transactions), and (v) all extraordinary gains or losses,
          together with any related provision for taxes, realized by such
          Person during such period and (vi) the cumulative effect of a
          change in accounting principles in the year of adoption of such
          change.

               "Corporate Trust Office" means the address of the Trustee
          specified in Section 11.2 or such other address as the Trustee
          may give notice to the Company.

               "Cumulative Operating Cash Flow" means the Operating Cash
          Flow of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period beginning
          January 1, 1994, through and including the end of the most
          recently ended fiscal quarter (taken as one accounting period)
          preceding the date of any proposed Restricted Payment.

               "Cumulative Total Interest Expense" means the Total Interest
          Expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the period
          beginning January 1, 1994, through and including the end of the
          most recently ended fiscal quarter (taken as one accounting
          period) preceding the date of any proposed Restricted Payment.

               "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee,
          liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy
          Law.

               "Debt to Operating Cash Flow Ratio" means, with respect to
          any date, the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of all
          outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
          of such date on a consolidated basis to (b) Operating Cash Flow
          of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for
          the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately
          prior to such date, determined on a pro forma basis after giving
          effect to all acquisitions or dispositions (whether by merger,
          consolidation, purchase or sale of securities or assets or


                                          7
<PAGE>







          otherwise) of any business or assets made by the Company and its
          Subsidiaries from the beginning of such four-quarter period
          through such date as if such acquisition or disposition had
          occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period.

               "Default" means any event which is, or after notice or
          passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default (as defined
          in Section 6.1(a)).

               "Designated Senior Debt" means and includes (i) the Senior
          Bank Debt, and (ii), without duplication, the WGHP Debt.

               "Disposition" means, with respect to any Person, any merger,
          consolidation or other business combination involving such Person
          (whether or not such Person is the Surviving Person) or the sale,
          assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of
          all or substantially all of such Person's assets in one
          transaction or a series of related transactions.

               "Disqualified Capital Stock" means, (i) with respect to any
          Person, any Capital Stock of such Person or its subsidiaries
          that, by its terms, by the terms of any agreement related thereto
          or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible,
          puttable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event
          or the passage of time would be, required to be redeemed or
          repurchased by such Person or its subsidiaries, including at the
          option of the holder, in whole or in part, or has, or upon the
          happening of an event or passage of time would have, a redemption
          or similar payment due, on or prior to the stated maturity date
          of the Notes, or (ii) any other Capital Stock of such Person or
          its subsidiaries designated as Disqualified Capital Stock by such
          Person at the time of issuance.

               "Dollars" and "$" mean lawful currency of the United States
          of America.

               "Excess Proceeds" means with respect to any Asset Sale by
          any Person, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash (including
          any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or
          amortization of, a note or installment receivable or otherwise,
          but only if, as and when received, and cash received upon sale of
          securities or other Property or assets received as consideration
          with respect to such Asset Sale, except to the extent that any of
          the foregoing are financed or sold with recourse to the Company
          or any Subsidiary) net of (i) brokerage commissions and other
          reasonable fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of
          counsel and investment bankers) related to such Asset Sale, (ii)
          provisions for all taxes payable as a result of such Asset Sale,
          (iii) payments made to retire Senior Indebtedness where such
          payments are required by the instrument governing such
          Indebtedness, (iv) amounts required to be paid to any Person
          (other than the Company or any Subsidiary) owning a beneficial


                                          8
<PAGE>







          interest in the Property or assets the subject of such Asset Sale
          and (v) appropriate amounts to be provided by the Company or any
          Subsidiary, as the case may be, as a reserve, in accordance with
          GAAP, against any liabilities associated with such Asset Sale and
          retained by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be,
          after such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, pension and
          other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to
          environmental matters and liabilities under any indemnification
          obligations associated with such Asset Sale, all as reflected in
          an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

               "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
          amended.

               "FCC" means the Federal Communications Commission, or any
          Governmental Body succeeding to the functions thereof.

               "Film Contracts" means contracts with suppliers that convey
          the right to broadcast specified films, videotape motion
          pictures, syndicated television programs or sports or other
          programming.

               "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set
          forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
          Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public
          Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
          Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
          entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the
          accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances
          as of the date of determination, as in effect from time to time,
          consistently applied.

               "GATR" means Great American Television and Radio Company,
          Inc., an Ohio corporation.

               "Governmental Body" means any nation or government, any
          state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity
          exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or
          administrative functions of or pertaining to government and any
          court or arbitrator.

               "Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent
          or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any
          other Person (the "Primary Obligor") in any manner, whether
          directly or indirectly, and including, without limitation, any
          obligation of such Person, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or
          supply funds, for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness
          or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase
          of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (ii) to
          purchase property, securities or services for the purpose of
          assuring the holder of such Indebtedness of the payment of such
          Indebtedness, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity


                                          9
<PAGE>







          capital or other financial statement, condition or liquidity of
          the Primary Obligor so as to enable the Primary Obligor to pay
          such Indebtedness (and "Guaranteed," "Guaranteeing" and
          "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing);
          provided, however, that the Guarantee by any Person shall not
          include endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in
          either case, in the ordinary course of business.

               "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

               "Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other
          obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion,
          exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become
          liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation or the
          recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such
          Indebtedness or other obligation on the balance sheet of such
          Person (and "Incurrence," "Incurred," "Incurrable" and
          "Incurring" shall have meanings correlative to the foregoing);
          provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an
          obligation of such Person that exists at such time becoming
          Indebtedness shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such
          Indebtedness.

               "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, (i) all
          liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) for
          borrowed money (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to
          the whole of the assets of such Person or only to a portion
          thereof and whether short-term or long-term, secured or
          unsecured), (b) evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, drafts
          accepted or similar instruments or letters of credit (including
          such liabilities representing the balance deferred and unpaid of
          the purchase price of any property, other than any such liability
          that represents an account payable or any other monetary
          obligation to a trade creditor created, incurred, assumed or
          guaranteed by such Person in the ordinary course of business in
          connection with obtaining goods, materials or services, which
          account is not overdue according to the original terms of sale,
          unless such account payable is being contested in good faith),
          (c) for the payment of money relating to Capital Lease
          Obligations; or (d) under the terms of any amendment, renewal,
          extension or refunding of any liability of the types referred to
          in the preceding clauses (a), (b) or (c); (ii) the maximum fixed
          repurchase price of all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person
          or, if there is no such maximum fixed repurchase price, the
          liquidation preference of such Disqualified Capital Stock, plus
          accrued but unpaid dividends; (iii) reimbursement obligations of
          such Person with respect to letters of credit or bankers'
          acceptances issued for the benefit of such Person; (iv) net
          obligations of such Person with respect to Interest Rate or
          Currency Protection Agreements; (v) all liabilities of others of
          the kind described in the preceding clause (i), (ii), (iii) or
          (iv) that such Person has Guaranteed or that is otherwise its


                                          10
<PAGE>







          legal liability; and (vi) all obligations of others secured by a
          Lien to which any of the Property or assets of such Person are
          subject (other than obligations of a lessor under any operating
          lease pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
          leases Property, if such lessor grants a Lien on such lease to
          secure such lessor's Indebtedness), whether or not the
          obligations secured thereby shall have been assumed by such
          Person or shall otherwise be such Person's legal liability
          (provided that if the obligations so secured have not been
          assumed by such person or are not otherwise such person's legal
          liability, such obligations shall be deemed to be in an amount
          equal to the fair market value of such properties or assets, as
          determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such
          Person, which determination shall be evidenced by a Board
          Resolution).  For purposes of the preceding sentence, the
          "maximum fixed repurchase price" of any Disqualified Capital
          Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
          calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified
          Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were
          purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to
          be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is
          based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such
          Disqualified Capital Stock (or any equity security for which it
          may be exchanged or converted), such fair market value shall be
          determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such
          Person, which determination shall be evidenced by a Board
          Resolution.  For purposes hereof, Indebtedness incurred by any
          Person that is a general partnership (other than non-recourse
          Indebtedness) shall be deemed to have been incurred by the
          general partners of such partnership pro rata in accordance with
          their respective interests in the liabilities of such partnership
          unless any such general partner shall, in the reasonable
          determination of the Board of Directors of the Company, be unable
          to satisfy its pro rata share of the liabilities of the
          partnership, in which case the pro rata share of any Indebtedness
          attributable to such partner shall be deemed to be incurred at
          such time by the remaining general partners on a pro rata basis
          in accordance with their interests.

               "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or
          as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or
          more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the
          applicable provisions hereof, including, for all purposes of this
          instrument and any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of
          the TIA that are deemed to be a part of and govern this
          instrument and any such supplemental indenture, respectively.

               "Independent Financial Advisor" means a reputable
          accounting, appraisal or a nationally recognized investment
          banking firm that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Board of
          Directors of the Company, qualified to perform the task for which



                                          11
<PAGE>







          such firm has been engaged hereunder and disinterested and
          independent with respect to the Company and its Affiliates.

               "Initial Notes" means Notes in the principal amount of
          $200,000,000 issued to the Purchasers under this Indenture on the
          Issue Date pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

               "Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding" means, with respect
          to any Person, (i) any insolvency or bankruptcy or similar case
          or proceeding, or any reorganization, receivership, liquidation,
          dissolution or winding up of such Person, whether voluntary or
          involuntary, or (ii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors
          or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of such
          Person.

               "Interest Differential" means, with respect to any
          Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding involving the Company, the
          difference between the rate of interest on the Notes and the rate
          of interest on the Senior Bank Debt immediately prior to the
          commencement of such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding,
          excluding in each case any increase in the rate of interest
          resulting from any default or event of default.

               "Interest Payment Date" means the fifteenth day of each
          February and August commencing August 15, 1994.

               "Interest Rate or Currency Protection Agreement" means any
          interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement,
          currency swap agreement or other financial agreement or
          arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Subsidiary
          against fluctuations in interest rates or currency exchange rates
          and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the
          payments due with respect to Indebtedness being hedged thereby.

               "Investment" by any Person in any other Person means any
          investment by such Person in such other Person, whether by a
          purchase of assets, in any transaction or series of related
          transactions, individually or in the aggregate, purchase of
          Capital Stock, capital contribution, loan, advance (other than
          reasonable loans and advances to employees for moving and travel
          expenses, as salary advances, and other similar customary
          expenses incurred, in each case in the ordinary course of
          business consistent with past practice) or similar credit
          extension constituting Indebtedness of such other Person, and any
          Guarantee of Indebtedness of such other Person.

               "Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the
          Initial Notes.

               "Lien" means any mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, charge
          or adverse claim affecting title or resulting in an encumbrance
          against real or personal property, or a security interest of any


                                          12
<PAGE>







          kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention
          agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other
          agreement to sell which is intended to constitute or create a
          security interest, mortgage, pledge or lien, and any filing of or
          agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform
          Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction);
          provided that in no event shall a true operating (as opposed to
          financing) lease be deemed to constitute a Lien hereunder.

               "Material Adverse Effect" means a material adverse effect on
          the business, Property, operations, condition (financial or
          otherwise) or prospects of the Company or the Company and its
          Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

               "Net Proceeds" shall mean with respect to any Public
          Offering, the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the
          Company, after payment of expenses, commissions and the like
          incurred in connection therewith.

               "Note" or "Notes" means the notes described herein,
          including both the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes, the
          Series A Notes and the Series B Notes, issued under this
          Indenture.

               "Obligations" with respect to any instrument or agreement
          means any and all principal, interest, penalties, premiums, fees,
          indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other charges,
          obligations and liabilities existing from time to time under such
          instrument or agreement, whether direct or indirect, joint or
          several, actual, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured,
          liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, arising by
          contract, operation of law or otherwise, including any
          obligations or liabilities to repay, redeem, repurchase, retire,
          acquire or defease any Indebtedness under such instrument or
          agreement, or any obligation to establish a sinking fund for any
          such purpose.

               "Offer" means an offer by the Company to repurchase Notes
          after any Change of Control Trigger Date or Asset Sale Trigger
          Date.

               "Officer" means, with respect to any Person, the President,
          the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the
          Secretary or any Vice President of such Person.

               "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two
          Officers, one of whom must be the President, the Treasurer, a
          Vice-President or the Secretary of the Company.  

               "Operating Cash Flow" means, with respect to any period, the
          Consolidated Net Income of the Company and its Subsidiaries for
          such period, plus (a) provision for taxes based on income or


                                          13
<PAGE>







          profits, to the extent such provision for taxes was included in
          computing such Consolidated Net Income, plus (b) Consolidated
          Interest Expense for such period, plus (c) depreciation,
          amortization and all other non-cash charges, to the extent such
          depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges were
          deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income (including
          amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding
          amortization of Film Contracts and write-downs of Film
          Contracts).

               "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal
          counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee.  The counsel may be an
          employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

               "pari passu," when used with respect to the ranking of any
          Indebtedness of any Person in relation to other Indebtedness of
          such Person, means that each such Indebtedness (a) either (i) is
          not subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other
          Indebtedness of such Person or (ii) is subordinate in right of
          payment to the same Indebtedness of such Person as is the other
          and is so subordinate to the same extent and (b) is not
          subordinate in right of payment to the other or to any
          Indebtedness of such Person as to which the other is not so
          subordinate.

               "Pari Passu Indebtness" means any Indebtedness of the
          Company whether outstanding at the Issue Date or Incurred
          thereafter, which (a) ranks pari passu with the Notes (including,
          with respect to the Initial Notes, Indebtedness evidenced by the
          Additional Notes) and (b) by its terms, or by the terms of any
          agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Indebtedness is
          Incurred, (i) does not provide for payments of principal of such
          Indebtedness at the final stated maturity thereof or by way of a
          sinking fund applicable thereto or by way of any mandatory
          redemption, retirement or repurchase thereof by the Company
          (including any redemption, retirement or repurchase which is
          contingent upon events or circumstances, but excluding any
          retirement required by virtue of acceleration of such
          Indebtedness upon an event of default thereunder), in each case
          prior to the final stated maturity of the Notes and (ii) does not
          permit redemption or other retirement (including pursuant to an
          offer to purchase made by the issuer) of such other Indebtedness
          at the option of the holder thereof prior to the final stated
          maturity of the Notes, other than a redemption or other
          retirement at the option of the holder of such Indebtedness
          (including pursuant to an offer to purchase made by the issuer)
          which is conditioned upon the change of control of the Company
          pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained
          in Section 4.12 hereof.

               "Payment Restriction" means, with respect to a subsidiary of
          any Person, any encumbrance, restriction or limitation, whether


                                          14
<PAGE>







          by operation of the terms of its charter or by reason of any
          agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
          governmental regulation, on the ability of (i) such subsidiary to
          (a) pay dividends or make other distributions on its Capital
          Stock or make payments on any obligation, liability or
          Indebtedness owed to such Person or any other subsidiary of such
          Person, (b) make loans or advances to such Person or any other
          subsidiary of such Person, or (c) transfer any of its properties
          or assets to such Person or any other subsidiary of such Person,
          or (ii) such Person or any other subsidiary of such Person to
          receive or retain any such (a) dividends, distributions or
          payments, (b) loans or advances, or (c) transfer of properties or
          assets.

               "Permitted Disposition" means (i) any transfer, conveyance,
          sale, lease or other disposition (a "sale") by the Company or any
          of its Subsidiaries of its inventory in the ordinary course of
          its business; (ii) any sale by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its business of its
          equipment or other tangible Property that is obsolete or no
          longer useful or necessary to its business; (iii) any sale by the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of its
          business, and in a manner consistent with its customary and usual
          cash management practices, of its Permitted Investments of the
          kind described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof;
          (iv) the creation or incurrence of any Liens in any Property of
          the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are permitted by this
          Indenture and (v) any sale of Property by or at the direction of
          a secured party holding a Lien on such Property, which Lien is
          permitted by this Indenture, pursuant to the exercise by such
          secured party of its rights as a creditor.

               "Permitted Investment" by any Person means (i) any Related
          Business Investment, (ii) Investments in securities or other
          Property not constituting cash or Cash Equivalents and received
          in connection with an Asset Sale, to the extent permitted by
          Section 4.13, or any other disposition of assets not constituting
          an Asset Sale, (iii) cash and Cash Equivalents, (iv) Investments
          existing on the Issue Date, (v) Investments by any Subsidiary in
          other Subsidiaries, (vi) Investments by the Company in any of its
          Subsidiaries required by any instrument or agreement governing
          Senior Indebtedness to the extent that such Investments consist
          of (A) performance under Guarantees Incurred by the Company in
          compliance with this Indenture with respect to Indebtedness of
          its Subsidiaries not Incurred in violation of this Indenture or
          (B) Liens securing the Company's Obligations with respect to any
          Guarantee described in the foregoing clause (A),
          (vii) Investments in the form of accounts receivable arising from
          sales of goods or services in the ordinary course of business,
          provided that for any accounts receivable that are more than 120
          days overdue, appropriate reserves or allowances have been
          established in accordance with GAAP and (viii) Investments in the


                                          15
<PAGE>







          form of advances or prepayments to suppliers or employees in the
          ordinary course of business.

               "Permitted Liens" shall mean (i) Liens for taxes,
          assessments, and similar governmental charges to the extent (A)
          not delinquent or (B) being contested in good faith by
          appropriate proceedings and as to which reserves have been set
          aside to the extent required by GAAP; (ii) statutory Liens of
          landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers,
          materialmen, repairmen, or other like Liens arising in the
          ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet
          delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate
          process of law, and for which a reserve or other appropriate
          provision, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been
          made; (iii) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of
          business to secure lease obligations or nondelinquent obligations
          under workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or other
          social security benefits; (iv) Liens to secure the performance of
          public statutory obligations that are not delinquent, appeal
          bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
          (other than for borrowed money); (v) zoning restrictions,
          easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, minor defects or
          irregularities in title and other similar charges or encumbrances
          not interfering in any material respect with the business of the
          Company or any Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of
          business; (vi) Liens in respect of purchase money Indebtedness
          Incurred to acquire furniture, fixtures, equipment or other
          operating assets provided that (A) such Liens are limited to the
          assets acquired after January 1, 1994 and (B) the principal
          amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Lien does not exceed
          the acquisition cost of such assets, (vii) Liens securing
          Indebtedness which secure assets leased pursuant to Capital Lease
          Obligations, (viii) Liens on any assets of any Acquired Person
          securing Acquired Indebtedness which assets or Acquired Person
          are acquired by the Company or a Subsidiary subsequent to the
          date of the Indenture, and which Liens were in existence on or
          prior to the acquisition of such assets or Acquired Person (to
          the extent that such Liens were not created in connection with or
          in contemplation of such acquisition), provided that such Liens
          are limited to the assets or Acquired Person so acquired and the
          proceeds thereof, and (ix) Liens imposed pursuant to condemnation
          or eminent domain or substantially similar proceedings; provided
          that in the case of clauses (vi) (vii) and (viii), any
          Indebtedness secured by such Liens was not Incurred in violation
          of Section 4.7.

               "Person" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation,
          a business trust, a joint stock company, a trust, an
          unincorporated association, a joint venture, a Governmental Body
          or any other entity of whatever nature.




                                          16
<PAGE>







               "Post-Petition Interest" means, with respect to any
          Indebtedness of any Person, all interest accrued or accruing on
          such Indebtedness after the commencement of any Insolvency or
          Liquidation Proceeding against such Person in accordance with and
          at the contract rate (including, without limitation, any rate
          applicable upon default) specified in the agreement or instrument
          creating, evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, whether or
          not, pursuant to applicable law or otherwise, the claim for such
          interest is allowed as a claim in such Insolvency or Liquidation
          Proceeding.

               "Preferred Stock" as applied to the Capital Stock of any
          corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however
          designated) that is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or
          as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or
          involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over
          shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

               "principal" of a debt security means the principal of the
          security including the premium, if any, on the security.

               "Property" means all types of real, personal, tangible,
          intangible or mixed property.

               "Prospectus" means the prospectus included in any
          Registration Statement (including, without limitation, a
          prospectus that discloses information previously omitted from a
          prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement
          in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act),
          as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, with
          respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Notes
          covered by such Registration Statement, and all other amendments
          and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective
          amendments, and all material incorporated by reference or deemed
          to be incorporated by reference in such Prospectus.

               "Public Offering" means a firm commitment underwritten
          primary public offering of Capital Stock of the Company.

               "Purchase Agreement" means, collectively, all of the several
          Note Purchase Agreements dated as of February 3, 1994, whereby
          the Company agreed to issue and sell and the various Purchasers
          named in such agreements agreed to purchase, in the aggregate,
          $200,000,000 in principal amount of Notes, as the same may be
          amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in
          accordance with the terms thereof.

               "Purchasers" means the Purchasers named on the execution
          pages of the Purchase Agreement.





                                          17
<PAGE>







               "Qualified Capital Stock" means, with respect to any Person,
          any and all Capital Stock issued by such Person after the Issue
          Date that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

               "Qualified Capital Stock Proceeds" shall mean, with respect
          to any Person, (a) in the case of any sale of Qualified Capital
          Stock (other than pursuant to a transaction in which such Person
          Incurs, any Indebtedness Incurred in connection with the issuance
          or acquisition of such Capital Stock), the aggregate net cash
          proceeds received by such Person, net of attorney's fees,
          accountant's fees and brokerage, consultation, underwriting and
          other fees and expenses actually incurred in connection with such
          issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a result
          thereof or (b) in the case of any exchange, exercise, conversion
          or surrender of any Indebtedness of such Person issued for cash
          after the date of the Indenture for or into shares of Qualified
          Capital Stock of such Person, the net book value of such
          Indebtedness as adjusted on the books of such Person to the date
          of such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender, plus any
          additional amount paid by the security holder to such Person upon
          such exchange, exercise, conversion or surrender and less any and
          all payments made to the security holders, and all other expenses
          (including commissions and the like) incurred by such Person in
          connection therewith.

               "Redemption Date" when used with respect to any Note to be
          redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to
          this Indenture and the Notes.

               "Redemption Price" when used with respect to any Note to be
          redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to
          this Indenture and the Notes.

               "Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company
          or any of its Subsidiaries Incurred or given in exchange for, or
          the proceeds of which are used to, extend, refinance, renew,
          replace, substitute, defease or refund any other Indebtedness of
          the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (and related interest,
          premium, penalties, breakage costs, fees, expenses and other
          amounts owing in respect of such Indebtedness, to the extent
          permitted to be Incurred by Section 4.7(c)(iv)) Incurred in
          accordance with the terms of this Indenture, including
          Section 4.7.

               "Registered Exchange Offer" means the registration by the
          Company under the Securities Act of Series B Notes pursuant to a
          Registration Statement pursuant to which the Company offers each
          Holder of Series A Notes the opportunity to exchange all
          outstanding Series A Notes held by such Holder for Series B Notes
          in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
          amount of Registrable Securities held by such Holder, all in



                                          18
<PAGE>







          accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration
          Rights Agreement.

               "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration
          Rights Agreement between the Company and the Purchasers, dated as
          of February 18, 1994, as the same may be amended, supplemented or
          otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms
          thereof.

               "Registration Statement" means any registration statement of
          the Company under which any of the Initial Notes are included
          therein pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights
          Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements
          to such registration statement, including post-effective
          amendments, all exhibits, and all material incorporated by
          reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such
          registration statement.

               "Related Business Investments" means (i) any Investment by a
          Person in any other Person substantially all of whose revenues
          are derived from the operation of one or more Broadcasting
          Stations or from the sale of advertising time or the delivery,
          transmission or dissemination of entertainment or information to
          public viewers or subscribers, so long that, as a result of such
          Investment, (A) such Person becomes a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary, or
          (B) such Person either (1) is merged, consolidated or amalgamated
          with or into the Company or one of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
          and the Company or such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is the surviving
          person, or (2) transfers or conveys substantially all of its
          assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or one of its
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries; (ii) the acquisition of all or
          substantially all the assets of any Broadcasting Station; and
          (iii) any Capital Expenditure or Investment, in each case
          reasonably related to the business of selling advertising time or
          delivering, transmitting or disseminating entertainment or
          information to public viewers or subscribers.

               "Relative" means, in relation to any Person, any spouse,
          parent, grandparent, child, grandchild, brother or sister of such
          Person, or the spouse of any of the foregoing.

               "Reorganization Securities" means, with respect to any
          Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding involving the Company,
          Capital Stock or other securities of the Company as reorganized
          or readjusted (or Capital Stock or any other securities of any
          other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company, unless the
          Company is no longer in existence and such Subsidiary is the
          Surviving Person)), provided for by a plan of reorganization or
          readjustment and the payment of all of which Capital Stock or
          other securities is subordinated, at least to the same extent as
          the Notes, to the payment of all outstanding Senior Indebtedness
          after giving effect to such plan of reorganization or


                                          19
<PAGE>







          readjustment; provided, however, that , (i) if Capital Stock,
          such securities shall have no mandatory repurchase, redemption,
          prepayment, sinking fund, or dividend obligations prior to six
          months following the final scheduled maturity date of all Senior
          Indebtedness (as modified by such plan of reorganization or
          readjustment) and (ii) if debt securities:  (A) such securities
          shall not provide for amortization (including sinking fund and
          mandatory redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or
          prepayment provisions) commencing prior to six months following
          the final scheduled maturity of all Senior Indebtedness of the
          Company (as modified by such plan of reorganization or
          readjustment); (B) if the rate of interest on such securities is
          fixed, such rate of interest shall not exceed the greater of (1)
          the rate of interest on the Notes and (2) the sum of the rate of
          interest on the Senior Bank Debt on the effective date of such
          plan of reorganization or readjustment and the Interest
          Differential; (C) if the rate of interest on such securities
          floats, such rate of interest shall not exceed at any time the
          sum of the interest rate on the Senior Bank Debt at such time and
          the Interest Differential; (D) such securities shall not have
          covenants or default provisions materially more burdensome to the
          Company than those in effect with respect to the Notes on the
          Issue Date; and (E) no Subsidiary of the Company (or the
          Surviving Person, if other than the Company) has any obligation,
          direct or indirect, to make, grant or Incur any Lien securing any
          payment or distribution of any kind in respect of any
          Reorganization Securities.

               "Representative" means, with respect to any Senior
          Indebtedness, the agent or other representative(s), if any, of
          holders of such Senior Indebtedness.

               "Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person,
          without duplication: (i) any dividend or other distribution,
          whether in cash or in Property or securities, declared or paid on
          any shares of such Person's Capital Stock (other than (A) in the
          case of the Company, dividends or distributions payable solely in
          shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or options,
          warrants or other rights to acquire Qualified Capital Stock of
          the Company and (B) any dividends, distributions or other
          payments made to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary by a
          Subsidiary), or the making by such Person or any of its
          subsidiaries of any other distribution in respect of, such
          Person's Capital Stock or any warrants, rights or options to
          purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock
          (other than exchangeable or convertible Indebtedness of such
          person); (ii) the redemption, repurchase, retirement or other
          acquisition for value by such Person or any of its subsidiaries,
          directly or indirectly, of such person's Capital Stock (and, in
          the case of a Subsidiary, Capital Stock of the Company) other
          than Capital Stock owned by the Company or a Wholly-Owned
          Subsidiary or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or


                                          20
<PAGE>







          acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock (other than
          exchangeable or convertible Indebtedness of such Person), and
          other than, in the case of the Company, through the issuance in
          exchange therefor solely of Qualified Capital Stock of the
          Company; (iii) any payment to purchase, redeem, defease or
          otherwise acquire or retire for value any Pari Passu Indebtedness
          or Subordinated Indebtedness (other than with the proceeds of
          Refinancing Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture), except
          in accordance with the mandatory redemption or repayment
          provisions set forth in the original documentation governing such
          Indebtedness; and (iv) any Investment other than Permitted
          Investments.

               "Sale" means  any sale, lease, conveyance, exchange,
          transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation or other disposition
          of any Property.

               "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

               "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as
          amended.

               "Senior Agent" means (i) until all Indebtedness under the
          Bank Credit Agreements is paid in full in cash, the
          administrative agent (or the institution performing similar
          functions) under the Bank Credit Agreement under which the
          greatest aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness is
          outstanding, and (ii) if all Indebtedness under the Bank Credit
          Agreements has been paid in full, the person (or the
          Representative of the persons) holding the greatest amount of
          Senior Indebtedness.

               "Senior Bank Debt" means (i) the Indebtedness outstanding
          under the Bank Credit Agreements up to a maximum principal amount
          of $250,000,000 minus (A) the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
          from Asset Sales applied to permanently reduce the principal of
          Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Agreements pursuant to
          Section 4.13(b), minus (B) the aggregate amount of Asset Sale
          Payments made by the Company, provided that a reduction described
          in this clause (B) that would otherwise be caused by a particular
          Asset Sale Payment will not be effective without a Bank Agent
          Consent with respect to such Asset Sale Payment if the effect of
          such reduction would be to reduce the amount of Designated Senior
          Debt available to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.7(c)(i) to an
          amount lower than the amount of Senior Bank Debt outstanding plus
          the amount of WGHP Debt outstanding, in each case as of the
          applicable Determination Time  (including, in the case of Senior
          Bank Debt, unused commitments which the Bank Lenders are
          unconditionally obligated to fund at the Determination Time and
          which, if funded, would constitute Senior Bank Debt). and
          (ii) any interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications,
          reimbursements, damages and other similar charges (including, but


                                          21
<PAGE>







          not limited to, all fees and expenses of counsel and all other
          charges, fees and expenses) payable under the Bank Credit
          Agreements.

               "Senior Indebtedness" means and includes all principal of,
          premium and interest (including Post-Petition Interest) on and
          other Obligations with respect to (i) Designated Senior Debt and
          (ii) any other Indebtedness of the Company (other than as
          otherwise provided in this definition), whether outstanding on
          the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred, other than the Notes;
          provided, however, that the following shall not constitute Senior
          Indebtedness:  (A) any Indebtedness which by the terms of the
          instrument creating or evidencing the same is pari passu,
          subordinated or junior in right of payment to the Notes in any
          respect, (B) that portion of any Indebtedness Incurred in
          violation of this Indenture, (C) any Preferred Stock, or (D) any
          Indebtedness of the Company (other than Designated Senior Debt)
          which is subordinated to or junior in right of payment in any
          respect to any other Indebtedness of the Company.  Without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, "Senior Indebtedness"
          shall include the principal of, premium, if any, and interest
          (including Post-Petition Interest) and all other Obligations of
          every nature of the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to
          time in respect of Designated Senior Debt; provided, however,
          that any Indebtedness under any refinancing, refunding or
          replacement of the Designated Senior Debt shall not constitute
          Senior Indebtedness to the extent that the Indebtedness
          thereunder is by its express terms subordinate to any other
          Indebtedness of the Company (other than Designated Senior Debt). 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Senior Indebtedness" shall not
          include (1) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes, (2) Indebtedness
          which when incurred and without respect to any election under
          Section 1111(b) of Title 11, United States Code, is without
          recourse to the Company, (3) any liability for foreign, federal,
          state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company,
          (4) Indebtedness of the Company to the extent such liability
          constitutes Indebtedness to a Subsidiary or any other Affiliate
          of the Company or any of such Affiliate's subsidiaries,
          (5) Indebtedness for the purchase of goods or materials in the
          ordinary course of business or (6) Indebtedness owed by the
          Company for compensation to employees or for services.

               "Series A Notes" means the Company's 9 % Senior Subordinated
          Notes due February 15, 2004, Series A, as amended or supplemented
          from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are
          issued pursuant to this Indenture.

               "Series B Notes" means the Company's 9 % Senior Subordinated
          Notes due February 15, 2004, Series B, as amended or supplemented
          from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof, that are
          issued pursuant to this Indenture in connection with a Registered
          Exchange Offer.


                                          22
<PAGE>







               "Significant Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person,
          any Subsidiary of such Person that would be (i) a "significant
          subsidiary" as defined in (a) or (b) of the definition of that
          term in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated
          pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect
          on the Issue Date or (ii) material to the business, condition
          (financial or other), business, operations or prospects of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

               "Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the
          Company which is subordinated or junior in right of payment to
          the Notes.

               "Subordinated Obligations" means all Indebtedness and other
          Obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, contingent
          or otherwise, now or hereafter existing under or in respect of
          the Notes (pursuant to the terms thereof or any other agreement
          or instrument relating thereto), this Indenture, or any of the
          other Applicable Documents.

               "Subsidiary" means any corporation, association,
          partnership, joint venture or other business entity of which the
          Company and/or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or
          indirectly, either (a) in respect of a corporation, owns or
          controls more than 50% of the outstanding Capital Stock having
          ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
          directors or similar managing body, irrespective of whether or
          not a class or classes shall or might have voting power by reason
          of the happening of any contingency, or (b) in respect of an
          association, partnership, joint venture or other business entity,
          exercises sufficient control over and/or has a sufficiently large
          interest in, such association, partnership, joint venture or
          other business entity that the operations thereof are, in
          accordance with GAAP, consolidated with those of the Company or
          any Subsidiary.

               "Subsidiary Debt Documents" means, collectively, the Bank
          Credit Agreements and the WGHP Notes.

               "Surviving Person" means, with respect to any Person
          involved in or that makes any Disposition, the Person formed by
          or surviving such Disposition or the Person to which such
          Disposition is made.

               "Tax Sharing Agreement" means the Agreement of Allocation of
          Payment of Federal Income Taxes, to be dated as of December 28,
          1993, among the Company and its Subsidiaries, as amended,
          restated or supplemented from time to time.

               "Taxes" means any present or future income, stamp or other
          taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments, deductions,
          withholding or other charges of whatever nature, now or hereafter


                                          23
<PAGE>







          imposed, levied, collected, withheld, or assessed by any
          Governmental Body.

               "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
          Section 77aaa-77bbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

               "Total Interest Expense" of a Person means (i) the total
          amount of interest expense (including amortization of original
          issue discount and noncash interest payments or accruals and the
          interest component of any Capital Lease Obligations but,
          excluding any intercompany interest owed by any Subsidiary to any
          other Subsidiary of such Person), (ii) all fees, commissions,
          discounts and other charges of the Company and its Subsidiaries
          with respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptances,
          determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and
          (iii) the product of (a) the total amount of dividends declared
          on Disqualified Capital Stock other than common stock (whether
          accrued or paid) of such Person and its consolidated
          Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one
          and the denominator of which is one minus the then current
          combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such
          Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated
          basis and in accordance with GAAP.

               "Treasury Rate" means the yield to maturity at the time of
          computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant
          maturity (as complied by, and published in, the most recent
          Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) which has become
          publicly available at least 2 Business Days prior to the date
          fixed for redemption of the Notes following a Change of Control
          (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any
          publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly
          equal to the then remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of
          the Notes; provided, however, that if the Weighted Average Life
          to Maturity of the Notes is not equal to the constant maturity of
          a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average
          yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear
          interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year)
          from the weekly average yields of Unites States Treasury
          securities for which such yields are given, except that if the
          Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Notes is less than one
          year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States
          Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year
          shall be used.

               "Trustee" means the party named as such above until a
          successor replaces it and thereafter means the successor.

               "Trust Officer" means any officer or assistant officer of
          the Trustee authorized by the Trustee to administer its corporate
          trust matters.



                                          24
<PAGE>







               "Weighted Average Life to Maturity" means, when applied to
          any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by
          dividing (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a)
          the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund,
          serial maturity or other required scheduled payment of principal,
          including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, with (b)
          the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that
          will elapse between such date and the making of such payment, by
          (ii) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such
          Indebtedness.

               "WGHP Debt" means (i) the Indebtedness outstanding under the
          WGHP Notes up to a maximum principal amount of $17,500,000 minus
          (A) the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds from Asset Sales
          applied to permanently reduce principal of Indebtedness under the
          WGHP Notes pursuant to Section 4.13(b), minus (B) the aggregate
          amount of Asset Sale Payments made by the Company pursuant to
          Section 4.13(c) to the extent such amount has not already been
          counted as a reduction of Senior Bank Debt pursuant to clause
          (i)(B) of the definition of "Senior Bank Debt"; provided that a
          reduction described in this clause (B) that would otherwise be
          caused by a particular Asset Sale Payment will not be effective
          without a Bank Agent Consent with respect to such Asset Sale
          Payment if the effect of such reduction would be to reduce the
          amount of Designated Senior Debt available to be Incurred
          pursuant to Section 4.7(c)(i) to an amount lower than the amount
          of WGHP Debt outstanding plus the amount of Senior Bank Debt
          outstanding, in each case as of the applicable Determination Time 
          (including, in the case of Senior Bank Debt, unused commitments
          which the Bank Lenders are unconditionally obligated to fund at
          the Determination Time and which, if funded, would constitute
          Senior Bank Debt).and (ii) any interest, penalties, fees,
          indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other similar
          charges payable under the WGHP Notes.

               "WGHP Notes" shall mean (i) the 9-1/2% promissory notes of
          GATR issued pursuant to that certain Indenture, dated as of
          December 28, 1993, between GATR and Star Bank, N.A., as Trustee,
          (ii) each instrument pursuant to which obligations under the WGHP
          Notes described in clause (i) above, or any subsequent WGHP Notes,
          are amended, deferred, extended, renewed, replaced, refunded or
          refinanced, in whole or in part, and (iii) each instrument now or
          hereafter evidencing, governing, guarantying or securing any
          Indebtedness under any such WGHP Notes, in each case, as
          modified, amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

               "Wholly-Owned Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary 100% of the
          equity interests in which (however measured) are owned by the
          Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company or the
          Company and one or more Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries of the Company
          taken together, except in any case for the minimum equity
          interest required to be held by directors, if any, to satisfy the


                                          25
<PAGE>







          requirements of any applicable statute requiring that directors
          own qualifying shares.

          Section 1.2    Other Definitions.

               Term                                 Defined in Section     

               "Affiliate Transaction"  . . . . . . . . . . . .   4.8
               "Asset Sale Payment" . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4.13(c)
               "Asset Sale Redemption"  . . . . . . . . . . . .   3.7(c)
               "Authenticating Agent" . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2.2
               "Asset Sale Trigger Date"  . . . . . . . . . . .   4.13
               "Available Proceeds" . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4.13
               "Change of Control Redemption" . . . . . . . . .   3.7(b)
               "Change of Control Trigger Date" . . . . . . . .   4.12
               "Covenant Defeasance Option" . . . . . . . . . .   8.1
               "Determination Time" . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4.13(c)
               "Event of Default" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6.1
               "Legal Defeasance Option"  . . . . . . . . . . .   8.1
               "Legal Holiday"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11.7
               "Nonpayment Default" . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10.3
               "Notice of Default"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6.1
               "Offer"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3.8
               "Paying Agent" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2.3
               "Payment Blockage Notice"  . . . . . . . . . . .  10.3
               "Payment Default"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10.3
               "Purchase Date"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3.8
               "Registrar"  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2.3
               "Successor Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5.1
               "Trustee Expenses" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6.8
               "U.S. Government Obligation" . . . . . . . . . .   8.1

          Section 1.3    Incorporation by Reference of TIA.

               Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA,
          the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part
          of, this Indenture.  Any terms incorporated by reference in this
          Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference
          to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the
          TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.

          Section 1.4    Rules of Construction.

               Unless the context otherwise requires:  (1) a term has the
          meaning assigned to it in this Indenture; (2) an accounting term
          not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it under
          GAAP; (3) "or" is not exclusive; (4) words in the singular
          include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; (5)
          provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and (6)
          any reference to a Section or Article refers to such Section or
          Article of this Indenture.



                                          26
<PAGE>







                                      ARTICLE 2

                                      THE NOTES

          Section 2.1    Form and Dating.

               The Series A Notes and the related Trustee's certificate of
          authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A,
          and the Series B Notes and the related Trustee's certificate of
          authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B,
          both of which exhibits are part of this Indenture.  The Notes may
          have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock
          exchange rule or usage.  The Company and the Trustee shall
          approve the form of the Series A Notes and the Series B Notes and
          any notation, legend or endorsement on them.  Each Note shall be
          dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall be in
          denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

               The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall
          constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this
          Indenture and to the extent applicable, the Company and the
          Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
          expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound
          thereby.

          Section 2.2    Execution and Authentication.

               Two Officers of the Company (each of whom shall have been
          duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall sign
          each Note for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.  If
          an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that
          office at the time the Note is authenticated, the Note shall
          nevertheless be valid.  The Company's seal shall be reproduced on
          each Note.

               A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual
          signature of the Trustee, and the Trustee's signature shall be
          conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under
          this Indenture.  The form of Trustee's certificate of
          authentication to be borne by the Series A Notes and Series B
          Notes shall be substantially as set forth in Exhibit A and
          Exhibit B, respectively.  The Trustee may appoint an
          authenticating agent (the "Authenticating Agent") acceptable to
          the Company to authenticate Notes.  Unless limited by the terms
          of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate
          Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this
          Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes
          authentication by such agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the
          same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or any of its
          Affiliates.




                                          27
<PAGE>







               With respect to the sale and issuance of the Initial Notes,
          the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order signed by two
          Officers of the Company, authenticate (i) Series A Notes for
          issuance on the Issue Date up to $200,000,000 and (ii) Series B
          Notes from time to time for issue only in an exchange pursuant to
          the Registration Rights Agreement for a like principal amount of
          Series A Notes.  With respect to the sale and issuance of
          Additional Notes, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of (A) an
          Officers' Certificate to the effect that the issuance of such
          Additional Notes is permitted by this Indenture, including
          Section 4.7 hereof, and (B) a written order signed by two
          Officers of the Company, authenticate Series A or Series B Notes
          as specified in such order.  In no case shall the aggregate
          principal amount of outstanding Notes exceed $250,000,000 at any
          time, except as provided in Section 2.7.

          Section 2.3    Registrar and Paying Agent.

               The Company shall maintain an office or agency (the
          "Registrar") where Notes may be presented or surrendered for
          registration of transfer or for exchange and an office or agency
          (the "Paying Agent") where Notes may be presented or surrendered
          for payment.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes
          and of their transfer and exchange.  The Company may appoint one
          or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents
          reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.  The term "Paying Agent"
          includes any additional paying agent.  The Company may change the
          Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without prior notice to
          any Holder.  The Company shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee
          shall notify the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not
          a party to this Indenture.  The Company shall enter into an
          appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this
          Indenture, and such agreement shall incorporate the provisions of
          the TIA and implement the provisions of this Indenture that
          relate to such Agent.

               The Company initially appoints Securities Transfer Company
          of Cincinnati, Ohio as Registrar, Paying Agent and agent for
          service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes.  The
          Company or any of its Affiliates may act as Paying Agent,
          Registrar or co-registrar.  If the Company fails to appoint or
          maintain a Registrar and/or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act
          as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in
          accordance with Section 7.7.

          Section 2.4    Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

               The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the
          Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in
          trust for the Holders' benefit or the Trustee all assets the
          Paying Agent holds for the redemption or purchase of the Notes or
          for the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest


                                          28
<PAGE>







          on, the Notes (whether such assets have been distributed to it by
          the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and will notify
          the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor
          on the Notes) in providing the Paying Agent with sufficient funds
          to redeem or purchase Notes or make any payment on the Notes as
          and to the extent required to be redeemed, purchased or paid
          under the terms of this Indenture.  While any such default
          continues, the Trustee may require the Paying Agent to pay all
          money it holds to the Trustee and to account for any assets
          distributed.  The Company at any time may require the Paying
          Agent to pay all money it holds to the Trustee and to account for
          any assets disbursed.  Upon payment over to the Trustee, the
          Paying Agent (if other than the Company or any of its Affiliates)
          shall have no further liability for the money it delivered to the
          Trustee.  If the Company or any of its Subsidiaries acts as
          Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust
          fund for the Holders' benefit all money it holds as Paying Agent.

          Section 2.5    Holder Lists.

               The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is
          reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of
          the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply
          with Section 312(a) of the TIA.  If the Trustee is not the
          Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 7
          Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
          times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form
          and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require that
          sets forth the names and addresses of, and the aggregate
          principal amount of Notes held by, each Holder, and the Company
          shall otherwise comply with Section 312(a) of the TIA.

          Section 2.6    Transfer and Exchange.

               When Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar
          with a request to register a transfer or to exchange them for an
          equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized 
          denominations, the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the
          transfer or make the exchange if its requirements for such
          transaction are met; provided, however, that any Note presented
          or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be
          duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer
          in form satisfactory to the Registrar or co-registrar and the
          Trustee duly executed by the Holder of such note or by its
          attorney duly authorized in writing.  To permit registrations of
          transfers and exchanges, the Company shall issue, and the Trustee
          shall authenticate, Notes at the Registrar's request.

               Neither the Company nor the Registrar shall be required to
          issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note (i) during a
          period beginning at the opening of business on the day that the
          Trustee receives notice of any redemption from the Company


                                          29
<PAGE>







          pursuant to Section 3.3 and ending at the close of business on
          the date the notice of redemption is sent to Holders, (ii)
          selected for redemption, in whole or in part, except the
          unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part may be
          transferred or exchanged, and (iii) during an Offer if such Note
          is tendered pursuant to such Offer and not withdrawn.

               No service charge shall be made for any registration of
          transfer or exchange (except as otherwise expressly permitted
          herein), but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
          to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable
          in connection therewith (other than any such transfer tax or
          similar governmental charge payable upon exchanges pursuant to
          Section 2.10, 3.6 or 9.5, which the Company shall pay).

               Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer of any
          Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat
          the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute
          owner of such Note (whether or not such Note shall be overdue and
          notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing on
          such Note made by anyone other than the Company, the Registrar or
          any co-registrar) for the purpose of receiving payment of
          principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, such Note and
          for all other purposes, and notice to the contrary shall not
          affect the Trustee, any Agent or the Company.

          Section 2.7    Replacement Notes.

               If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or if
          the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their
          satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the
          Company shall issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a
          written order signed by two Officers of the Company, authenticate
          a replacement Note if the Trustee's requirements are met, and
          each such replacement Note shall be an additional obligation of
          the Company.  If the Trustee or the Company requires, the Holder
          must supply an indemnity bond that is sufficient in the judgment
          of the Trustee and the Company to protect the Company, the
          Trustee, or any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer
          if a Note is replaced.  The Company and the Trustee may charge
          for its reasonable expenses in replacing a Note.

          Section 2.8    Outstanding Notes.

               The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes the
          Trustee has authenticated except for those it has cancelled,
          those delivered to it for cancellation, and those described in
          this Section 2.8 as not outstanding.  If a Note is replaced
          pursuant to Section 2.7 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered
          for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee
          receives proof satisfactory to it that a bona fide purchaser
          holds the replaced Note.  A mutilated Note ceases to be


                                          30
<PAGE>







          outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof
          pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof.  If the entire principal of, and
          premium, if any, and accrued interest on, any Note is considered
          paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and interest
          on it ceases to accrue.  Subject to Section 2.9, a Note does not
          cease to be outstanding because the Company or any Affiliate of
          the Company holds such Note.

          Section 2.9    Treasury Notes.

               In determining whether the Holders of the required principal
          amount of Notes have concurred in any directions, waiver or
          consent, Notes owned by the Company or any Subsidiary or
          Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though they are
          not outstanding; provided, however, that for the purposes of
          determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on
          any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the
          Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. 
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that the Company or any
          Affiliate of the Company offers to purchase or acquires pursuant
          to an exchange offer, tender offer or otherwise shall not be
          deemed to be owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company
          until legal title to such Notes passes to the Company or such
          Affiliate, as the case may be.

          Section 2.10   Temporary Notes.

               Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
          may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. 
          Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive
          Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
          appropriate for temporary Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the
          Company shall prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of a written
          order signed by two Officers of the Company, shall authenticate
          definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.  Until such
          exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights,
          benefits and privileges as definitive Notes.

          Section 2.11   Cancellation.

               The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for
          cancellation.  The Registrar, any co-registrar, the Paying Agent,
          the Company and its Subsidiaries shall forward to the Trustee any
          Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange,
          replacement, payment (including all Notes called for redemption
          and all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to an Offer) or
          cancellation, and the Trustee shall cancel all such Notes and
          shall destroy all cancelled Notes (subject to the record
          retention requirements of the Exchange Act) and deliver a
          certificate of their destruction to the Company unless, by
          written order signed by two Officers of the Company, the Company
          shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it.  The Company


                                          31
<PAGE>







          may not issue new Notes to replace any Notes that have been
          cancelled by the Trustee or that have been delivered to the
          Trustee for cancellation.  If the Company or any Affiliate of the
          Company acquires any Notes (other than by redemption pursuant to
          Section 3.7 or an Offer pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.13), such
          acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of
          the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until such
          Notes are delivered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to
          this Section 2.11.

          Section 2.12   Defaulted Interest.

               If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the
          Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner
          plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted
          interest, to Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each
          case at the rate provided in the Notes and Section 4.1.  The
          Company shall, with the Trustee's consent, fix or cause to be
          fixed each such special record date and payment date.  At least
          15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, at the
          request of the Company, the Trustee in the name of, and at the
          expense of, the Company) shall mail a notice that states the
          special record date, the related payment date and the amount of
          interest (including interest, if any, on the defaulted interest)
          to be paid.

          Section 2.13   Record Date.

               The record date for purposes of determining the identity of
          holders of Notes entitled to vote or consent to any action by
          vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture
          shall be the later of 10 days prior to the first solicitation of
          such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders
          furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation.

          Section 2.14   CUSIP Number.

               A "CUSIP" number will be printed on the Notes, and the
          Trustee shall use the CUSIP number in notices of redemption,
          purchase or exchange as a convenience to Holders, provided that
          any such notice may state that no representation is made as to
          the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the
          notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on
          the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.  The
          Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the
          CUSIP number.








                                          32
<PAGE>







                                      ARTICLE 3

                          REDEMPTIONS AND OFFERS TO PURCHASE

          Section 3.1    Notices to Trustee.

               If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section
          3.7 it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 but not more
          than 15 days before notice of any redemption is to be mailed to
          Holders (or such shorter time as may be satisfactory to the
          Trustee), an Officers' Certificate stating that the Company has
          elected to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.7, the date notice
          of redemption is to be mailed to Holders, the Redemption Date,
          the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed, the
          Redemption Price for such Notes, the amount of accrued and unpaid
          interest on such Notes as of the Redemption Date and the manner
          in which Notes are to be selected for redemption if less than all
          outstanding Notes are to be redeemed.  If the Trustee is not the
          Registrar, the Company shall, concurrently with delivery of its
          notice to the Trustee of a redemption, cause the Registrar to
          deliver to the Trustee a certificate (upon which the Trustee may
          rely) setting forth the name of, and the aggregate principal
          amount of Notes held by each Holder.

               If the Company is required to offer to purchase Notes
          pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.13, it shall furnish to the
          Trustee, at least 5 Business Days before notice of the Offer is
          to be mailed to Holders, an Officers' Certificate setting forth
          that the Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.13, as
          the case may be, the Purchase Date, the maximum principal amount
          of Notes the Company is offering to purchase pursuant to the
          Offer, the purchase price for such Notes, and the amount of
          accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes as of the Purchase
          Date.

               The Company will also provide the Trustee with any
          additional information that the Trustee reasonably requests in
          connection with any redemption or Offer.

          Section 3.2    Selection of Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased.

               If less than all outstanding Notes are to be redeemed or if
          less than all Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer are to be
          accepted for payment, the Company shall select the outstanding
          Notes to be redeemed or accepted for payment in compliance with
          the requirements of the principal national securities exchange,
          if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not
          listed on a securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or
          by any other method that the Trustee deems fair and appropriate;
          provided, however, that if any Additional Notes are outstanding,
          such selection shall be effected in such a manner as to ensure
          that the ratio of the outstanding principal amount of the Initial


                                          33
<PAGE>







          Notes and the ratio of the outstanding principal amount of
          Additional Notes, respectively, to the sum of the outstanding
          principal amount of the Initial Notes and Additional Notes prior
          to such selection is equal to such ratios after such selection. 
          If the Company elects to mail notice of a redemption to Holders,
          the Trustee shall, at least 5 days prior to the date notice of
          redemption is to be mailed, (i) select the Notes to be redeemed
          from Notes outstanding not previously called for redemption, and
          (ii) promptly notify the Company of the names of each Holder of
          Notes selected for redemption, the principal amount of Notes held
          by each such Holder and the principal amount of such Holder's
          Notes that are to be redeemed.  If less than all Notes tendered
          pursuant to an Offer are to be accepted for payment, the Trustee
          shall select on or prior to the Purchase Date for such Offer the
          Notes to be accepted for payment; provided, however, that if any
          Additional Notes are outstanding, such selection shall be
          effected in such a manner as to ensure that the ratio of the
          outstanding principal amount of the Initial Notes and the ratio
          of the outstanding principal amount of Additional Notes,
          respectively, to the sum of the outstanding principal amount of
          the Initial Notes and Additional Notes prior to such selection is
          equal to such ratios after such selection.  The Trustee shall
          select for redemption or purchase Notes or portions of Notes in
          principal amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000;
          except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are selected for
          redemption or purchase, the aggregate principal amount of the
          Notes held by such Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, may
          be redeemed or purchased.  Except as provided in the preceding
          sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called
          for redemption or tendered pursuant to an Offer also apply to
          portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered pursuant to
          an Offer.

          Section 3.3    Notice of Redemption.

                    (a)  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before
          any Redemption Date, the Company shall mail by first class mail
          to each such Holder's registered address a notice of redemption
          to each Holder of Notes or portions thereof that are to be
          redeemed.  With respect to any redemption of Notes, the notice
          shall identify the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed and
          shall state:  (1) the Redemption Date; (2) the Redemption Price
          for the Notes and the amount of unpaid and accrued interest on
          such Notes as of the date of redemption; (3) if any Note is being
          redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such
          Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, upon
          surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount
          equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued; (4) the name and
          address of the Paying Agent; (5) that Notes called for redemption
          must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption
          Price for, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, such Notes;
          (6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption


                                          34
<PAGE>







          payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue
          on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of
          the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption
          Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;
          and (7) if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the
          identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be
          redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to
          be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be
          outstanding after such partial redemption.

                    (b)  At the Company's request, the Trustee shall (at
          the Company's expense) give the notice of any redemption to
          Holders; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to the
          Trustee, at least 10 days prior to the date that notice of the
          redemption is to be mailed to Holders, an Officers' Certificate
          that (i) requests the Trustee to give notice of the redemption to
          Holders, (ii) sets forth the information to be provided to
          Holders in the notice of redemption, as set forth in the
          preceding paragraph, and (iii) sets forth the aggregate principal
          amount of Notes to be redeemed and the amount of accrued and
          unpaid interest thereon as of the redemption date.  If the
          Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall, concurrently
          with any such request, cause the Registrar to deliver to the
          Trustee a certificate (upon which the Trustee may rely) setting
          forth the name of, the address of, and the aggregate principal
          amount of Notes held by, each Holder; provided further that any
          such Officers' Certificate may be delivered to the Trustee on a
          date later than permitted under this Section 3.3(b) if such later
          date is acceptable to the Trustee.

          Section 3.4    Effect of Notice of Redemption.

               Once notice of redemption is mailed to the Holders, Notes
          called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption
          Date at the Redemption Price.  Upon surrender to the Trustee or
          the Paying Agent, the Notes called for redemption shall be paid
          at the Redemption Price.

          Section 3.5    Deposit of Redemption Price.

                    (a)  On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company
          shall deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
          Redemption Price of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be
          redeemed on that date.  After any Redemption Date, the Trustee or
          the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money
          that the Company deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent
          in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price
          of, and accrued interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

                    (b)  If the Company complies with the preceding
          paragraph, unless the Company defaults in the payment of such
          Redemption Price interest on the Notes to be redeemed will cease


                                          35
<PAGE>







          to accrue on such Notes on the applicable Redemption Date,
          whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.  If a Note
          is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior
          to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid
          interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was
          registered at the close of business on such record date.  If any
          Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
          for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply
          with the preceding paragraph, interest will be paid on the unpaid
          principal, premium, if any, and interest from the redemption date
          until such principal, premium and interest is paid, at the rate
          of interest provided in the Notes and Section 4.1.

          Section 3.6    Notes Redeemed in Part.

               Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the
          Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate for the
          Holder at the Company's expense a new Note equal in principal
          amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

          Section 3.7    Optional Redemption.

                    (a)  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.7,
          the Notes may not be redeemed at the option of the Company prior
          to February 15, 1999.  Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to
          redemption at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at
          the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal
          amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid
          interest to the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-
          month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated
          below.

          Year                                                    Percenta
          ge

          1999  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   104.875%

          2000  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   103.250%

          2001  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   101.625%

          2002 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   100.000 %

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, up to 25% in aggregate
          principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture
          will be redeemable from time to time prior to December 31, 1996,
          at the option of the Company, from the Net Proceeds of one or
          more Public Offerings of the Company at a Redemption Price equal
          to 108.75% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued
          and unpaid interest to the date of redemption; provided, however,
          that any such redemption shall be permitted only if and to the
          extent that, after giving effect thereto and to any simultaneous


                                          36
<PAGE>







          redemptions pursuant to Section 3.7(b) or  Section 3.7(c), at
          least $100,000,000 in principal amount of Initial Notes will
          remain outstanding.

                    (b)  Prior to February 15, 1999, the Notes will be
          subject to redemption (a "Change of Control Redemption") at the
          option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time within
          180 days after the later of (i) a Change of Control Trigger Date,
          and (ii) the completion of an Offer made as a result of a Change
          of Control, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (A) the
          principal amount thereof, plus (B) accrued and unpaid interest to
          the redemption date, plus (C) the Applicable Premium; provided,
          however, that a Change of Control Redemption shall be permitted
          only if and to the extent that, after giving effect thereto and
          to any simultaneous redemptions pursuant to the last sentence of
          Section 3.7(a) or Section 3.7(c), at least $100,000,000 in
          principal amount of Initial Notes will remain outstanding, unless
          such Change of Control Redemption is for all outstanding Notes.

                    (c)  Prior to December 31, 1996 the Notes will be
          subject to redemption (an "Asset Sale Redemption") at the option
          of the Company, in whole or in part, following an Asset Sale in
          connection with an Asset Sale Payment; provided that an Asset
          Sale Redemption may be made by the Company only if, and to the
          extent that, each of the following conditions is satisfied;
          (i) only two Asset Sale Redemptions will be permitted under this
          Indenture; (ii) the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes
          to be redeemed pursuant to an Asset Sale Redemption will be
          limited to that amount which is necessary to make the ratio set
          forth in Section 4.13(c), given the amount of the proposed Asset
          Sale Payment, equal to (but not more or less than) 4.5:1; and
          (iii) after giving effect to the proposed Asset Sale Redemption
          and to any simultaneous redemptions pursuant to the last sentence
          of Section 3.7(a) or Section 3.7(b), at least $100,000,000 in
          principal amount of Initial Notes will remain outstanding.  In
          the event of an Asset Sale Redemption, the Notes will be
          redeemable at the Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of
          the principal amount of the Notes) set forth below, plus any
          accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption, if
          redeemed during the periods indicated below.

                              Period              Percentage

                    February 15, 1994 to July 31, 1994102.00%
                    August 1, 1994 to February 14, 1995103.00%
                    February 15, 1995 to December 31, 1996108.75%


          Section 3.8    Mandatory Offers.

                    (a)  Within 60 days after any Change of Control Trigger
          Date, or within 10 Business Days after any Asset Sale Trigger


                                          37
<PAGE>







          Date, the Company shall mail a notice to each Holder (with a copy
          to the Trustee) containing all instructions and materials
          necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the
          Offer and stating:  (1) that an Offer is being made pursuant to
          Section 4.12 or 4.13, as the case may be, the length of time the
          Offer shall remain open, and the maximum aggregate principal
          amount of Notes that the Company is required to purchase pursuant
          to such Offer (2) the purchase price for the Notes (as set forth
          in Section 4.12 or 4.13, as the case may be), the amount of
          accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes as of the purchase
          date, and the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30
          days nor later than 40 days from the date such notice is mailed
          (the "Purchase Date"); (3) that any Note not tendered will
          continue to accrue interest if interest is then accruing; (4)
          that, unless the Company fails to deposit with the Paying Agent
          on the Purchase Date an amount sufficient to purchase all Notes
          accepted for payment, interest shall cease to accrue on such
          Notes after the Purchase Date; (5) that Holders electing to
          tender any Note or portion thereof will be required to surrender
          their Note, with a form entitled "Option of Holder to Elect
          Purchase" completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified
          in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day
          preceding the Purchase Date, provided that Holders electing to
          tender only a portion of any Note must tender a principal amount
          of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof; (6) that Holders will be
          entitled to withdraw their election to tender Notes if the Paying
          Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the
          second Business Day preceding the Purchase Date, a telegram,
          telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of
          the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase,
          and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
          have such Note purchased; (7) that Holders whose Notes are
          accepted for payment in part will be issued new Notes equal in
          principal amount to the unpurchased portion of Notes surrendered,
          provided that only Notes in a principal amount of $1,000 or
          integral multiples thereof will be accepted for payment in part
          and (8) if the Offer is made with respect to a Change of Control,
          the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
          Control.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.8 to
          the contrary, the Company shall not be required to commence an
          Offer as a result of a Change of Control if, within thirty (30)
          days of the Change of Control Trigger Date, the Company notifies
          the Holders that all outstanding Notes will be redeemed pursuant
          to a Change of Control Redemption.

                    (c)  Subject to the provisions of Article 10, on the
          Purchase Date for any Offer, the Company will (i) in the case of
          an Offer resulting from a Change of Control, accept for payment
          all Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to such Offer
          and, in the case of an Offer resulting from one or more Asset


                                          38
<PAGE>







          Sales, accept for payment the maximum principal amount of Notes
          or portions thereof tendered pursuant to such Offer that can be
          purchased out of Excess Proceeds from such Asset Sales, (ii)
          deposit with the Paying Agent the aggregate purchase price of all
          Notes or portions thereof accepted for payment and any accrued
          and unpaid interest on such Notes as of the Purchase Date, and
          (iii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee all Notes
          tendered pursuant to the Offer, together with an Officers'
          Certificate setting forth the name of each Holder of the tendered
          Notes and the principal amount of the Notes or portions thereof
          tendered by each such Holder.  For purposes of this Section 3.8,
          the Trustee shall act as the Paying Agent.

                    (d)  With respect to any Offer, (i) if less than all of
          the Notes tendered pursuant to an Offer are to be accepted for
          payment by the Company for any reason, the Company and the
          Trustee shall select on or prior to the Purchase Date the Notes
          or portions thereof to be accepted for payment pursuant to
          Section 3.2; provided, however, that if any Additional Notes are
          outstanding, such selection shall be effected in such a manner as
          to ensure that the ratio of the outstanding principal amount of
          the Initial Notes and the ratio of the outstanding principal
          amount of Additional Notes, respectively, to the sum of the
          outstanding principal amount of the Initial Notes and Additional
          Notes prior to such selection is equal to such ratios after such
          selection, and (ii) if the Company deposits with the Paying Agent
          on or prior to the Purchase Date an amount sufficient to purchase
          all Notes accepted for payment, interest shall cease to accrue on
          such Notes on the Purchase Date; provided, however, that if the
          Company fails to deposit an amount sufficient to purchase all
          Notes accepted for payment, the deposited funds shall be used to
          purchase on a pro rata basis all Notes accepted for payment and
          interest shall continue to accrue on all Notes not purchased.

                    (e)  Subject to the provisions of Article 10, promptly
          after the Purchase Date with respect to an Offer, (i) the Paying
          Agent shall mail to each Holder of Notes or portions thereof
          accepted for payment an amount equal to the purchase price for,
          plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, such Notes, (ii) with
          respect to any tendered Note not accepted for payment in whole or
          in part, the Trustee shall return such Note to the Holder
          thereof, and (iii) with respect to any Note accepted for payment
          in part, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to each such
          Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the unpurchased
          portion of the tendered Note.

                    (f)  The Company will (i) publicly announce the results
          of the Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase
          Date, and (ii) comply with Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and
          any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws
          and regulations are applicable to any Offer.



                                          39
<PAGE>







                                      ARTICLE 4

                                      COVENANTS

          Section 4.1    Payment of Notes.

               Subject to the provisions of Article 10, the Company shall
          pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the
          Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. 
          Holders must surrender their Notes to the Paying Agent to collect
          principal payments.  Principal, premium, or interest shall be
          considered paid on the date due if, by 11 a.m. Eastern Standard
          Time on such date, the Company has deposited with the Paying
          Agent money in immediately available funds designated for and
          sufficient to pay such principal, premium or interest; provided,
          however, that principal, premium or interest shall not be
          considered paid within the meaning of this Section 4.1 if money
          intended to pay such principal, premium or interest is held by
          the Paying Agent for the benefit of holders of Senior
          Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Article 10.  The
          Paying Agent shall return to the Company, no later than five days
          following the date of payment, any money (including accrued
          interest) that exceeds the amount then due and payable on the
          Notes.

               To the extent lawful, the Company shall pay interest
          (including Post-Petition Interest) on overdue principal, premium
          and interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at a
          rate equal to 1.5% per annum in excess of the then applicable
          interest rate on the Notes, compounded semiannually.

          Section 4.2    Reports.

                    (a)  To the extent permitted by applicable law or
          regulation, whether or not the Company is subject to the
          requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the
          Company shall file with the SEC all quarterly and annual reports
          and such other information, documents or other reports (or copies
          of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules
          and regulations prescribe) required to be filed pursuant to such
          provisions of the Exchange Act.  The Company shall file with the
          Trustee, within 5 days after it files the same with the SEC,
          copies of the quarterly and annual reports and the information,
          documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any
          of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations
          prescribe) that it is required to file with the SEC pursuant to
          this Section 4.2.  The Company shall also comply with the other
          provisions of TIA Section 314(a).  If the Company is not permitted
          by applicable law or regulations to file the aforementioned reports,
          the Company (at its own expense) shall file with the Trustee and
          mail, or cause the Trustee to mail, to Holders at their addresses
          appearing in the register of Notes at the time of such mailing


                                          40
<PAGE>







          within 5 days after it would have been required to file such
          information with the SEC, all information and financial
          statements, including any notes thereto and with respect to
          annual reports, an auditors' report by an accounting firm of
          established national reputation, and a "Management's Discussion
          and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,"
          comparable to the disclosure that the Company would have been
          required to include in annual and quarterly reports, information,
          documents or other reports, including, without limitation,
          reports on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, if the Company was subject
          to the requirements of such Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
          Act.

                    (b)  At any time when the Company is not permitted by
          applicable law or regulations to file the aforementioned reports,
          upon the request of a Holder of a Series A Note, the Company will
          promptly furnish or cause to be furnished such information as is
          specified pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act
          (or any successor provision thereto) to such Holder or to a
          prospective purchaser of such Series A Note designated by such
          Holder, as the case may be, in order to permit compliance by such
          Holder with Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

          Section 4.3    Compliance Certificate.

                    (a)  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within
          135 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an
          Officers' Certificate stating that (i) a review of the activities
          of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal
          year has been made to determine whether the Company has kept,
          observed, performed and fulfilled all of its obligations under
          this Indenture and the Notes, (ii) such review was supervised by
          the Officers of the Company signing such certificate, and (iii)
          that to the best knowledge of each Officer signing such
          certificate, (a) the Company has kept, observed, performed and
          fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and
          is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the
          terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a
          Default or Event of Default occurred, describing all such
          Defaults or Events of Default of which each such Officer may have
          knowledge and what action the Company has taken or proposes to
          take with respect thereto), and (b) no event has occurred and
          remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of
          the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
          are prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of
          the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to
          take with respect thereto.

                    (b)  So long as not contrary to the then current
          recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public
          Accountants, the annual financial statements delivered pursuant
          to Section 4.2 shall be accompanied by a written statement of the


                                          41
<PAGE>







          Company's independent public accountants (who shall be a firm of
          established national reputation reasonably satisfactory to the
          Trustee) that in making the examination necessary for
          certification of such financial statements nothing has come to
          their attention that would lead them to believe that the Company
          has violated any provisions of Sections 4.1, 4.5, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9,
          4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.15 or Article 5, or if any such
          violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of
          existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants
          shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any
          failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

               The Company will, so long as any of the Notes are
          outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, promptly after any Officer
          of the Company becomes aware of (i) any Default or Event of
          Default, or (ii) any default or event of default under any other
          mortgage, indenture or instrument that could result in an Event
          of Default under Section 6.1, an Officers' Certificate specifying
          such Default, Event of Default or default and what action the
          Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          Section 4.4    Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

               The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do
          so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any
          manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any
          stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time
          hereafter in force, that might affect the covenants or the
          performance of its obligations under this Indenture and the
          Notes; and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so)
          hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law,
          and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law,
          hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power granted to the
          Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, but will suffer and permit
          the execution of every such power as though no such law has been
          enacted.

          Section 4.5    Limitation on Restricted Payments.

                    (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
          Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted
          Payment, except (1) dividends, payments or other distributions
          with respect of any Capital Stock by any Subsidiary to the
          Company or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, (2)
          repurchases, redemptions, retirements or acquisitions of Capital
          Stock by a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company from the
          Company or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company, (3)
          payments, prepayments, repurchases, redemptions and acquisitions
          permitted under Section 4.7 with respect to Indebtedness not
          incurred in violation of Section 4.7, and (4) Restricted Payments
          by the Company if (i) at the time of and after giving effect to
          the proposed Restricted Payment no Default or Event of Default


                                          42
<PAGE>







          shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a
          consequence thereof, (ii) at the time of and immediately after
          giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, the Company
          could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
          Section 4.7(b) and (iii) at the time of and immediately after
          giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment (the value of
          any such payment if other than cash, as determined by the Board
          of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and
          evidenced by a Board Resolution, provided that in the event such
          value exceeds $3 million such determination shall be supported by
          a fairness opinion of an Independent Financial Advisor) the
          aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments (excluding all
          payments, investments, redemptions, repurchases, retirements and
          other acquisitions described in clause (ii) of Section 4.5(b))
          declared or made after the Issue Date does not exceed an amount
          equal to the sum of (A) Cumulative Operating Cash Flow of the
          Company and its Subsidiaries less 1.4 times Cumulative Total
          Interest Expense of the Company and its Subsidiaries, plus (B) an
          amount equal to 100% of the aggregate Qualified Capital Stock
          Proceeds received by the Company from the issuance and sale
          (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Qualified Capital
          Stock to the extent that such proceeds are not used to redeem,
          repurchase, return or otherwise acquire Capital Stock or any
          Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to
          clause (ii) of Section 4.5(b) and (C) $5,000,000.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding Section 4.5(a), the following
          Restricted Payments may be made:  (i) the payment of any dividend
          within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at said
          date of declaration such payment would have complied with the
          provisions of this Indenture; (ii) the redemption, repurchase,
          retirement or other acquisition for value of any Capital Stock or
          any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary in exchange
          for, or out of the Qualified  Capital Stock Proceeds of, the
          substantially concurrent sale (other than to the Company or a
          Subsidiary of the Company) of Qualified Capital Stock of the
          Company; and (iii) the redemption of Notes under the
          circumstances provided in Article 3 and in Sections 4.12 and
          4.13.

          Section 4.6    Corporate Existence.

               Subject to Section 4.13 and Article 5, the Company will do
          or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in
          full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate,
          partnership or other existence of each of its Significant
          Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational
          documents of each of its Significant Subsidiaries and the rights
          (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company
          and each of its Significant Subsidiaries; provided, however, that
          the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right,
          license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other


                                          43
<PAGE>







          existence of any Significant Subsidiary, if the Board of
          Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no
          longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company
          and its Significant Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and that the
          loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the
          Holders.

          Section 4.7    Limitation on Indebtedness.

                    (a)  Except as set forth in this Section 4.7, the
          Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary, after the
          Issue Date, directly or indirectly, to Incur any Indebtedness
          (including Acquired Indebtedness and under any Additional Note). 
          For purposes of this Indenture, Indebtedness of any Acquired
          Person that is not a Subsidiary, which Indebtedness is
          outstanding at the time such Person is acquired by the Company or
          a Subsidiary or becomes, or is merged into or consolidated with,
          a Subsidiary, shall be deemed to have been Incurred by the
          Company at the time such Acquired Person becomes, or is merged
          into or consolidated with, a Subsidiary.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding Section 4.7(a) and in addition to
          Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.7(c), the
          Company (subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.15) or
          any Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if (i) no Default or Event
          of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or
          as a consequence of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness and
          (ii) on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Debt
          to Operating Cash Flow Ratio of the Company and its Subsidiaries
          at the time of such Incurrence, after giving pro forma effect
          thereto, is 7.0:1 or less.

                    (c)  Notwithstanding Section 4.7(a) and in addition to
          Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred under Section 4.7(b), the
          Company and its Subsidiaries may Incur any of the following
          Indebtedness:

                        (i)   Designated Senior Debt;

                       (ii)   Indebtedness evidenced by the Initial Notes;

                      (iii)   Indebtedness to any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary
               of the Company or Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the
               Company (provided that such Indebtedness is at all times
               held by the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
               Company); provided, however, that for purposes of this
               Section 4.7, upon either (A) the transfer or other
               disposition by any such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of any
               Indebtedness so permitted to a Person other than the Company
               or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company or (B) the
               issuance, sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of
               shares of Capital Stock (including by consolidation or


                                          44
<PAGE>







               merger) of such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary to a Person other
               than the Company or another such Wholly-Owned Subsidiary,
               the provisions of this clause (iii) shall no longer be
               applicable to such Indebtedness and such Indebtedness shall
               be deemed to have been Incurred by the Company at the time
               of such transfer or other disposition;

                       (iv)   Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to
               Indebtedness that was Incurred prior to the Issue Date or,
               if incurred after the Issue Date, was Incurred in compliance
               with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however,
               that (A) the principal amount of such Refinancing
               Indebtedness shall not exceed the principal amount (or
               accreted value, in the case of Indebtedness issued at a
               discount) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced,
               renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased or refunded (plus
               the amount of fees, costs and expenses incurred and the
               amount of any premium, penalties, breakage costs and other
               similar amounts required to be paid in connection with such
               refinancing pursuant to the terms of the instrument
               governing the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed,
               replaced, substituted, defeased or refunded or the amount of
               any premium reasonably determined by the Company as
               necessary to accomplish a refinancing by means of a tender
               offer or privately negotiated repurchase, which
               determination shall be supported by a fairness opinion from
               an Independent Financial Advisor, plus the fees, costs and
               expenses of such tender offer or repurchase); and (B) the
               Refinancing Indebtedness shall (1) have a Weighted Average
               Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted
               Average Life to Maturity of the Indebtedness being extended,
               refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted, defeased or
               refunded; (2) not have a final scheduled maturity earlier
               than the final scheduled maturity of the Indebtedness being
               extended, refinanced, replaced, renewed, substituted,
               defeased or refunded; (3) not permit redemption at the
               option of the holder earlier than the earliest date of
               redemption at the option of the holder of the Indebtedness
               being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, substituted,
               defeased or refunded; and (4) rank no more senior or be at
               least as subordinated, as the case may be, in right of
               payment to the Notes as the Indebtedness being extended,
               refinanced, replaced, renewed, substituted, defeased or
               refunded; provided, further, that the limitations contained
               in this clause (iv) shall not preclude the Company or any of
               its Subsidiaries from Incurring additional Indebtedness
               permitted to be Incurred at the time under Section 4.7(b) or
               any other clause of this Section 4.7(c), notwithstanding
               that such additional Indebtedness would fall within the
               definition of "Refinancing Indebtedness;"




                                          45
<PAGE>







                        (v)   With respect to the Company, Guarantees of
               obligations under existing Investments in The Theme Park
               Partnership, an Australian partnership, up to an aggregate
               amount not exceeding 4,033,125 Dollars (Australian);

                       (vi)   Indebtedness with respect to Interest Rate or
               Currency Protection Agreements; and

                      (vii)   Indebtedness not otherwise permitted to be
               Incurred pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) above which,
               together with any other outstanding Indebtedness Incurred
               pursuant to this clause (vii), has an aggregate principal
               amount not in excess of $25,000,000 at any one time
               outstanding (plus Obligations for related payments for early
               termination, interest, fees, expenses and indemnities and
               other similar amounts payable thereunder or in connection
               therewith).

          Section 4.8    Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.

                    (a)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
          shall enter into any transaction or series of transactions to
          sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of
          its properties or assets to or to purchase any property or assets
          from, or for the direct or indirect benefit of, an Affiliate of
          the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, make any
          Investment in or enter into any contract, agreement,
          understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the direct
          or indirect benefit of, an Affiliate of the Company or of any
          Subsidiary of the Company (each, including any series of
          transactions with one or more Affiliates, an "Affiliate
          Transaction"), unless such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that
          are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Subsidiary
          than those that could have been obtained at that time in a
          comparable transaction by the Company or such Subsidiary with an
          unrelated Person.

                    (b)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
          shall enter into an Affiliate Transaction involving or having a
          potential aggregate value of more than $1,000,000, other than
          transactions in the ordinary course of business, including, but
          not limited to, the sale of advertising time or the purchase of
          insurance from an Affiliate that is an insurance carrier or
          through an Affiliate that is an insurance agent or agency, unless
          such transaction has been approved by a majority of the Board of
          Directors who have no direct or indirect interest in the
          Affiliate Transaction or in the Affiliate that is a party to the
          Affiliate Transaction, or in any other party that is an Affiliate
          of any such Affiliate.

                    (c)  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
          shall enter into an Affiliate Transaction involving or having a


                                          46
<PAGE>







          potential aggregate value of more than $5,000,000 other than
          transactions in the ordinary course of business, including, but
          not limited to, the sale of advertising time that is used by the
          purchaser thereof and is not resold unless the Board of Directors
          shall first have received a written opinion from an Independent
          Financial Advisor for the benefit of the Company and the Holders,
          which firm is not receiving any contingent fee or other
          consideration directly or indirectly related to the successful
          completion of the Affiliate Transaction, to the effect that the
          proposed Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company from a
          financial point of view.

                    (d)  The provisions of this Section 4.8 shall (i) not
          prohibit or restrict, if not otherwise in violation of this
          Indenture, the execution by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries of, the making by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries of any loan, guarantee or other extension of credit
          contemplated by, the performance by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries of Obligations under, the making by the Company or
          any of its Subsidiaries of any payment required by, or the
          exercise by any person of such person's rights under, the
          Subsidiary Debt  Documents, (ii) not apply to any Restricted
          Payment that is made in compliance with the provisions of
          Section 4.5, (iii) not apply to the reasonable and customary fees
          and compensation paid or indemnity provided on behalf of,
          officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or
          any Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors of the
          Company or such Subsidiary or the senior management thereof in
          good faith, (iv) not apply to any dividend distribution or
          redemption of Capital Stock of the Company that is made in
          compliance with the provisions of Section 4.13 and (v) not apply
          to transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiary or exclusively between or among
          Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries provided such transactions are not
          otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, including, but not
          limited to, the payment by any Subsidiary of the Company of
          obligations of such Subsidiary to the Company under the Tax
          Sharing Agreement.

          Section 4.9    Limitation on Liens.

               The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its
          Subsidiaries to, Incur, assume, suffer to exist, create or
          otherwise cause to be effective any Lien on any asset now owned
          or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom or
          assign or convey any right to receive income therefrom to secure
          any Indebtedness except:  (i) Permitted Liens, (ii) Liens
          existing as of the Issue Date (and any extension, renewal or
          replacement Liens upon the same Property subject to such Liens,
          provided the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by each
          Lien constituting such an extension, renewal or replacement Lien
          shall not exceed the principal amount of Indebtedness secured by


                                          47
<PAGE>







          the Lien theretofore existing, plus amounts described in Section
          4.7(iv)(A) with respect to permitted Refinancing Indebtedness),
          (iii) Liens securing all or any Senior Indebtedness; (iv) Liens
          securing Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company, provided
          that (A) such Liens are limited to Property or assets of such
          Subsidiary, (B) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens was not
          Incurred in violation of this Indenture and (C) the Indebtedness
          secured by such Liens is not subordinated to or junior in right
          of payment in any respect to any other Indebtedness of such
          Subsidiary other than Senior Bank Debt; (v) Liens replacing,
          extending or renewing, in whole or in part, any Lien described in
          the foregoing clauses (i) through (iv), including in connection
          with any refinancing of the Indebtedness, in whole or in part,
          secured by any such Lien effected in accordance with Section 4.7,
          provided that if any such clauses limit the amount secured by or
          the Property or assets subject to such Liens, no such
          replacement, extension or renewal shall increase the amount of
          Indebtedness or the Property or assets subject to such Liens and
          (vi) any other Lien securing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance
          with Section 4.7, if the Notes are equally and ratably secured by
          the Property or assets subject to such Lien, provided that if the
          Company creates any Lien under this clause (vi) on its Property
          or assets to secure any Subordinated Indebtedness, the Lien
          securing such Subordinated Indebtedness shall be subordinated and
          junior to the Lien securing the Notes with the same or lesser
          priorities as such Subordinated Indebtedness has with respect to
          the Notes.

          Section 4.10   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

               The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Significant
          Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge, before the same shall become
          delinquent, (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges
          (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and
          additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its
          Subsidiaries or properties of the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and
          supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the
          property of it or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however,
          that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or
          cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge
          or claim if either (a) the amount, applicability or validity
          thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate
          proceedings and an adequate reserve has been established therefor
          to the extent required by GAAP or (b) the failure to make such
          payment or effect such discharge (together with all other such
          failures) would not have a Material Adverse Effect.







                                          48
<PAGE>







          Section 4.11   Restrictions Against Limitations on Upstream
                         Payments.

               The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary of
          the Company, to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or
          to become effective any Payment Restriction or other encumbrance
          or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to
          (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital
          Stock or any other interest or participation in, or measured by,
          its profits owned by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, the
          Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, (b) make loans or
          advances to the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company, or (c)
          transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any
          Subsidiary of the Company, except for such Payment Restrictions
          or encumbrances existing under or by reasons of:  (i) any
          instrument governing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries not Incurred in violation of this Indenture,
          provided that such Payment Restrictions or encumbrances are no
          more restrictive in the aggregate with respect to such dividends
          and other payments than those contained in the Subsidiary Debt
          Documents as in effect on the Issue Date, (ii) applicable law,
          (iii) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a
          Person acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as in
          effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such
          Indebtedness was Incurred in contemplation of or in connection
          with such acquisition), provided that such restriction is not
          applicable to any Person, or the Property or assets of any
          Person, other than the Acquired Person, (iv) non-assignment
          provisions in leases entered into in the ordinary course of
          business and consistent with past practices, (v) instruments
          governing purchase money Indebtedness for Property acquired in
          the ordinary course of business that only impose restrictions on
          the Property so acquired, (vi) any agreement for the sale or
          disposition of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary,
          provided that such restriction is only applicable to such
          Subsidiary or assets, as applicable, (vii) Refinancing
          Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture with respect to
          Indebtedness described in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v), provided
          that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such
          Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive in the aggregate
          than those contained in the instrument governing the Indebtedness
          being refinanced immediately prior to such refinancing.

          Section 4.12   Change of Control.

                    (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control (such
          date being the "Change of Control Trigger Date"), each Holder
          will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or
          any part of such Holder's Notes pursuant to the Offer (but, with
          respect to any partial tender of Notes, the Company shall only be
          required to purchase principal amounts in integral multiples of
          $1,000) at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the


                                          49
<PAGE>







          aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
          interest to the date of purchase.  The Offer shall be effected in
          accordance with Section 3.8 and Article 3 (to the extent
          applicable) and the provisions of this Section 4.12.

                    (b)   Prior to the time required for the mailing of
          notice with respect to an Offer pursuant to Section 3.8, the
          Company will in good faith (i) seek to obtain any required
          consent of the holders of any Senior Indebtedness the terms of
          which prohibit the Company from repurchasing Notes so as to
          permit the making of the Offer and the purchase of Notes pursuant
          to this Section 4.12, (ii) use its best efforts to repay all or a
          portion of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent
          necessary (including, if necessary, payment in full of such
          Indebtedness and payment of any prepayment premiums, fees,
          expenses or penalties) to permit the making of the Offer and the
          purchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.12 without such
          consent or (iii) if such Indebtedness is not then prepayable to
          such extent, make an offer to the holders of the Senior
          Indebtedness from which consent is required and cannot be
          obtained to repay such Indebtedness in full for an amount equal
          to the outstanding principal balance thereof and accrued interest
          to the date of repayment, plus any fees, expenses and penalties
          required pursuant to the instruments governing such Indebtedness,
          plus, in the event such Indebtedness is subsequently prepayable
          at a premium, the premium payable when such Indebtedness is first
          prepayable, and repay any holder who accepts such offer. 
          Following compliance by the Company with the requirements of the
          foregoing sentence, the Company shall, within the time required
          for the mailing of notice with respect to an Offer pursuant to
          Section 3.8, mail notice of such Offer.

          Section 4.13   Redemption from the Proceeds of Asset Sales.

                    (a)  The Company will not, and will not permit any of
          its Subsidiaries to, make any Asset Sale, whether in a single
          transaction or a series of related transactions, unless:  (i) the
          Company or the applicable Subsidiary receives consideration at
          the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market
          value of the Property or securities sold or otherwise disposed of
          (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
          Company evidenced by a Board Resolution); (ii) at least 75% of
          such consideration is in the form of cash; provided, however,
          that the following shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of
          this Section 4.13:  (A) the amount of any liabilities (as shown
          on the Company's or such Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet
          or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Subsidiary (other
          than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the
          Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets, and
          (B) any notes or other obligations received by the Company or any
          such Subsidiary from a transferee that are converted by the
          Company or such Subsidiary into cash within six months of such


                                          50
<PAGE>







          Asset Sale; provided further, that the 75% limitation referred to
          in clause (ii) above shall not apply (AA) to any sale, transfer
          or other disposition of assets constituting one or more
          Broadcasting Stations in which the cash portion of such
          consideration received therefor, determined in accordance with
          the foregoing proviso, is equal to or greater than what the
          after-tax net proceeds would have been had such transaction
          complied with the aforementioned 75% limitation or (BB) to a so-
          called "like-kind" exchange of assets, so long as (1) the assets
          so received consist principally of cash or Cash Equivalents, the
          assumption of liabilities and the acquisition of assets to be
          used for or in connection with the business of owning and
          operating Broadcasting Stations, and (2) at the time of and after
          giving effect to such exchange, and treating any Indebtedness
          Incurred as a result of such exchange as having been Incurred at
          the time of such exchange, no Default or Event of Default shall
          have occurred and be continuing and the Company could Incur at
          least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section
          4.7(b); provided yet further that the 75% limitation referred to
          in clause (ii) above shall be deemed to have been satisfied if
          (AAA) at the date of the Asset Sale and after giving effect
          thereto, Section 4.5(a) would permit the Company to make a
          Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the difference between
          the actual cash consideration received by the Company or the
          applicable Subsidiary with respect to such Asset Sale and 75% of
          the fair market value of the Property or securities sold or
          otherwise disposed of in such Asset Sale (determined as provided
          above) and (BBB) the Company treats the receipt of non-cash
          consideration in an amount equal to the amount set forth in the
          foregoing clause (AAA) as a Restricted Payment under
          Section 4.5(a), whether or not such receipt would otherwise be
          classified as an Investment or a Permitted Investment; and (iii)
          the Excess Cash Proceeds received by the Company or such
          Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale are applied
          in accordance with this Section 4.13.  

                    (b)  Within 360 days after the later of such sale or
          the receipt of Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds from such
          sale may (i) be applied to permanently reduce Senior
          Indebtedness, (ii) be used to make Related Business Investments
          or  Capital Expenditures on one or more of the Company's or its
          Subsidiaries' Broadcasting Stations or to enter into a contract
          to acquire one or more Broadcasting Stations using such Excess
          Proceeds and such acquisition is completed within such 360 day
          period, or (iii) be used to make a payment permitted by Section
          4.13(c), which payment shall be counted as a permanent reduction
          of the amount of Designated Senior Debt available to be Incurred
          pursuant to Section 4.7(c)(i) subject to the definitions of
          "Senior Bank Debt" and "WGHP Debt."  Any Excess Proceeds from an
          Asset Sale not applied or invested as provided in clauses (i),
          (ii) or (iii) of this Section 4.13(b) will be deemed to



                                          51
<PAGE>







          constitute "Available Proceeds" and shall be applied as provided
          in Section 4.13(d).

                    (c)  The Company may use a portion of the Excess
          Proceeds from an Asset Sale to pay dividends on the Company's
          Capital Stock or redeem, repurchase or retire shares of the
          Company's Capital Stock or warrants, rights or options to
          purchase or acquire shares of the Company's Capital Stock (any
          such dividend, redemption, repurchase or retirement out of Excess
          Proceeds from a single Asset Sale an "Asset Sale Payment"),
          subject to the conditions and limitations set forth in this
          Section 4.13(c).  An Asset Sale Payment may be made by the
          Company only if, and to the extent that, each of the following
          conditions is satisfied as of the time of the proposed Asset Sale
          Payment (the "Determination Time"): (i) the Company shall have
          obtained a Bank Agent Consent; (ii) such Asset Sale Payment (as
          well as all prior Asset Sale Payments, if any) shall be counted
          as a permanent reduction of the amount of Designated Senior Debt
          available to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.7(c)(i) subject to
          the definitions of "Senior Bank Debt" and "WGHP Debt."; (ii) the
          Determination Time occurs on or prior to December 31, 1996;
          (iii) only two Asset Sale Payments will be permitted under this
          Indenture; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have
          occurred and be continuing at the Determination Time or as a
          consequence of such Asset Sale Payment; and (v) after giving
          effect to (A) the application of any Excess Proceeds from the
          applicable Asset Sale in accordance with clauses (i) and (ii) of
          Section 4.13(b) prior to the Determination Time, (B) any Asset
          Sale Redemption of Notes pursuant to Section 3.7(c) out of any
          Excess Proceeds from the applicable Asset Sale and (C) any Asset
          Sale Payment out of any Excess Proceeds from the applicable Asset
          Sale, the ratio set forth below is equal to (but not more or less
          than) 4.5:1.


                                         D-X
                                 ____________________

                               OCF + [(.065)(REP-X-Y)]

          where:

          D    =    the aggregate amount of all outstanding Indebtedness of
                    the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated
                    basis as of the Determination Time, without giving
                    effect to the Asset Sale Redemption (if any)
                    represented by "X" in the formula.

          X    =    the principal amount of Notes (if any) to be redeemed
                    in an Asset Sale Redemption pursuant to Section 3.7(c)
                    out of Excess Proceeds from the applicable Asset Sale



                                          52
<PAGE>







                    in order to satisfy the conditions set forth in this
                    Section 4.13(c).

          OCF  =    the Operating Cash Flow of the Company and its
                    Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the four most
                    recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to
                    the Determination Time, determined on a pro forma basis
                    after giving effect to (i) the applicable Asset Sale
                    and any other Asset Sales consummated during such four-
                    quarter period as if they had occurred at the beginning
                    of such four-quarter period and (ii) all acquisitions
                    or other dispositions (whether by merger,
                    consolidation, purchase or sale of securities or assets
                    or otherwise) of any business or assets, made by the
                    Company and its Subsidiaries from the beginning of such
                    four-quarter period through the Determination Time as
                    if such acquisition or disposition had occurred at the
                    beginning of such four-quarter period.

          REP  =    the total amount of Excess Proceeds from the applicable
                    Asset Sale remaining after deducting therefrom all
                    portions thereof applied prior to the Determination
                    Time pursuant to this Section 4.13, but without giving
                    effect to the Asset Sale Redemption (if any)
                    represented by "X" in the formula or to the Asset Sale
                    Payment represented by "Y" in the formula.

          Y    =    the amount of the proposed Asset Sale Payment to be
                    made at the Determination Time pursuant to this
                    Section 4.13(c).

               (d)  As soon as practicable, but in no event later than
          10 Business Days after any date (an "Asset Sale Trigger Date")
          that the aggregate amount of Available Proceeds exceeds
          $15,000,000, the Company shall, if and to the extent permitted by
          the agreements governing any Senior Indebtedness of the Company,
          subject to the provisions of Article 10, commence an offer to
          purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes that may be
          purchased out of such Available Proceeds, at an offer price in
          cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued
          and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.  The Offer shall be
          effected in accordance with Section 3.8 and Article 3 (to the
          extent applicable) and the provisions of this Section 4.13.  To
          the extent that any Available Proceeds remain after completion of
          an Offer, the Company may use the remaining amount for any
          purpose permitted by this Indenture, but not, unless otherwise
          permitted by Section 4.5, to offer to repurchase or otherwise
          redeem, repurchase, retire or acquire for value any Pari Passu
          Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness.  In the event that the
          Company is prohibited under the terms of any agreement governing
          outstanding Senior Indebtedness of the Company from repurchasing
          Notes with Available Proceeds pursuant to an Offer as required by


                                          53
<PAGE>







          the first sentence of this Section 4.13(d), the Company shall
          promptly use all Available Proceeds to permanently reduce
          outstanding Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

               (e)  If, at any time, any funds are received by or for the
          account of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries upon the sale,
          conversion, collection or other liquidation of any non-cash
          consideration received in respect of an Asset Sale, such funds
          shall, when received, constitute Excess Proceeds and shall,
          within 360 days after the receipt of such funds, be applied as
          provided in this Section 4.13.

          Section 4.14   Maintenance of Office or Agencies.

               The Company will maintain in the City of New York, an office
          or an agency (which may be an office of any Agent) where Notes
          may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and
          where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of
          the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Company will
          give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the
          location of such office or agency.  If at any time the Company
          shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
          presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
          served at the Corporate Trust Office.

               The Company may also from time to time designate one or more
          other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or
          surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to
          time rescind such designations; provided, however, that no such
          designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company
          of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in the City of
          New York, for such purposes.  The Company will give prompt
          written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or
          rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
          office or agency.

          Section 4.15   Limitation on Certain Debt.

               The Company shall not Incur or suffer to exist any
          Indebtedness (other than Designated Senior Debt, purchase money
          Indebtedness secured by a Lien described in clause (vi) of the
          definition of  Permitted Liens  (so long as such Indebtedness was
          not Incurred in violation of this Indenture), and the Notes) that
          would rank subordinate to or junior in right of payment to any
          other Indebtedness of the Company, unless the Indebtedness so
          Incurred is either (i) Pari Passu Indebtedness or
          (ii) Subordinated Indebtedness and by its terms, or by the terms
          of any agreement or instrument pursuant to which such
          Subordinated Indebtedness is Incurred, (A) such Subordinated
          Indebtedness does not provide for payments of principal of such
          Indebtedness at the stated maturity thereof or by way of a
          sinking fund applicable thereto or by way of any mandatory


                                          54
<PAGE>







          redemption, defeasance, retirement or repurchase thereof by the
          Company (including any redemption, retirement or repurchase which
          is contingent upon events or circumstances, but excluding any
          retirement required by virtue of acceleration of such
          Indebtedness upon an event of default thereunder), in each case
          prior to the final stated maturity of the Notes and (B) such
          Subordinated Indebtedness does not permit redemption or other
          retirement thereof (including pursuant to an offer to purchase
          made by the Company) at the option of the holder thereof prior to
          the final stated maturity of the Notes, other than a redemption
          or other retirement at the option of the holder of such
          Subordinated Indebtedness (including pursuant to an offer to
          purchase made by the Company) which is conditioned upon a change
          of control of the Company pursuant to provisions substantially
          similar to those contained in Section 4.12; provided, however,
          that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (1) distinctions
          between categories of Indebtedness which exist by reason of any
          Liens arising or created in respect of some but not all
          Indebtedness and (2) any intercreditor agreements (to which the
          Company is not a party) among different classes of creditors of
          the Company.

          Section 4.16.  Maintenance of Properties.

               The Company will cause all properties used or useful in the
          conduct of its business or the business of any Significant
          Subsidiary of the Company to be maintained and kept in good
          condition, repair and working order and supplied with all
          necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary
          repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements
          thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary
          so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be
          properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided,
          however, that nothing in this Section 4.16 shall prevent the
          Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of
          such properties if such discontinuance is, as determined by the
          Company in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business
          or the business of any Significant Subsidiary and not
          disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

          Section 4.17.  Maintenance of Insurance.

               The Company shall, and shall cause its Significant
          Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their properties which
          are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage with
          insurers believed by the Company to be responsible to the extent
          that property of similar character is usually so insured by
          corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in
          accordance with good business practice.  The Company shall, and
          shall cause its Significant Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds
          from any such insurance policy to repair, replace or otherwise
          restore the property to which such proceeds relate, except to the


                                          55
<PAGE>







          extent that a different use of such proceeds is, as determined by
          the Company, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its
          business or the business of any Subsidiary and not
          disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

          Section 4.18.  Compliance with Laws.

               The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its
          Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules,
          regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of
          America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any
          governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority,
          bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect
          of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership
          of their respective properties, except such as are being
          contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and except
          for such noncompliance as would not in the aggregate have a
          Material Adverse Effect.

          Section 4.19.  Limitation on Issuances and Dispositions of
          Capital Stock of Subsidiaries.

               The Company (i) shall not, and shall not permit any
          Subsidiary to, transfer, convey, sell, or otherwise dispose of
          any Capital Stock, or securities convertible or exchangeable
          into, or options, warrants, rights or any other interest with
          respect to, Capital Stock of a Subsidiary to any Person (other
          than the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary) unless such
          transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition is of 100%
          of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary and the Excess Proceeds
          from such transfer, conveyance or sale are applied in accordance
          with Section 4.13 hereof and (ii) shall not permit any Subsidiary
          to issue shares of its Capital Stock (other than directors'
          qualifying shares), or securities convertible or exchangeable
          into, or options, warrants, rights or any other interest with
          respect to, its Capital Stock to any Person other than to the
          Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary; provided, however, that
          this Section 4.19 shall not prevent the sale of less than 100% of
          the Capital Stock of a Subsidiary of the Company if
          (A) immediately after and giving pro forma effect to such
          transaction as if the Company ceased to own any equity interest
          in such Subsidiary on the first day of the four most recent full
          fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such transaction
          (even if less than 100% of the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary
          is sold) and the application of proceeds therefrom, the Company
          could incur at least $1 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section
          4.7(b) or (B) such Subsidiary accounted for 5% or less of
          Operating Cash Flow for the four-quarter period described in
          clause (A) and is projected by the Company in good faith (as set
          forth in an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) to
          account for less than 5% of Operating Cash Flow for the four
          quarters immediately following such transaction.


                                          56
<PAGE>





























































                                          57
<PAGE>







                                      ARTICLE 5

                                      SUCCESSORS

          Section 5.1    Merger or Consolidation.

                    (a)  The Company (i) shall not consolidate with or
          merge into any other Person; (ii) shall not permit any other
          Person to consolidate with or merge into the Company; (iii) shall
          not permit any other Person to consolidate with, merge into or be
          merged into by, any Subsidiary (in a transaction in which such
          Subsidiary (or successor person) remains (or becomes) a
          Subsidiary); and (iv) shall not directly or indirectly, transfer,
          convey, sell, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
          all of its properties and assets as an entirety (except for any
          Permitted Disposition, or the merger or consolidation of any
          Subsidiary of the Company with or into, or the disposition of all
          or substantially all of the assets of any Subsidiary of the
          Company to, the Company or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the
          Company) unless, in any such transaction:

                         (A)  in the case the Company shall
               consolidate with or merge into another Person or shall
               directly or indirectly transfer, convey, sell, lease or
               otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
               properties and assets as an entirety, the Person formed
               by such consolidation or into which the Company is
               merged or the Person which acquires by transfer,
               conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition all or
               substantially all of the properties and assets of the
               Company as an entirety (for purposes of this Article 5,
               a "Successor Company") shall be a corporation,
               partnership or trust, shall be organized and validly
               existing under the laws of the United States of
               America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia
               and shall expressly assume by an indenture supplemental
               hereto executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form
               reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and
               punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if
               any) and interest on all the Notes and the performance
               of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the
               Company to be performed or observed;

                         (B)  immediately before and after giving effect to
               such transaction and treating any Indebtedness Incurred by
               the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company as a result of
               such transaction as having been Incurred by the Company or
               such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction, no Default
               or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                         (C)  immediately after giving effect to such
               transaction, and treating any Indebtedness Incurred by the


                                          58
<PAGE>







               Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as
               having been Incurred at the time of such transaction, the
               Company or the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00
               of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.7(b);

                         (D)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
               Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each
               stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance,
               transfer, lease or acquisition and, if a supplemental
               indenture is required in connection with such transaction,
               such supplemental indenture, complies with this Article 5
               and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
               relating to such transaction have been complied with, and,
               with respect to such Officers' Certificate, setting forth
               the manner of determination of the ability to Incur
               Indebtedness in accordance with Section 4.7(b) as required
               by clause (C) of this Section 5.1 of the Company or, if
               applicable, the Successor Company.

                    (b)  For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by
          lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or
          series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the
          properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries, the Capital
          Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the
          properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to be the
          transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets
          of the Company.

          Section 5.2    Surviving Person Substituted.

               Upon any consolidation or merger, or any transfer of assets
          in accordance with Section 5.1, the Surviving Person (if other
          than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the
          Company is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed
          to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
          power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect
          as if such successor person had been named as the Company herein. 
          When a Successor Company assumes all of the obligations of the
          Company hereunder and under the Notes and agrees to be bound
          hereby and thereby, the predecessor shall be released from such
          obligations.


                                      ARTICLE 6

                                DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          Section 6.1    Events of Default.

                    (a)  Each of the following constitutes an "Event of
          Default":  (i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of
          interest on any Notes (whether or not prohibited by the


                                          59
<PAGE>







          subordination provisions of this Indenture); (ii) default in the
          payment when due, whether at maturity, upon acceleration,
          redemption or otherwise, of principal on any Notes (whether or
          not prohibited by the subordination provisions of this
          Indenture); (iii) failure by the Company for 30 days after
          receipt of notice from the Trustee or Holders of at least 25% of
          the principal amount of the outstanding Notes to comply with any
          other provisions of this Indenture or any Notes; (iv) default
          under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may
          be Incurred or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
          Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the
          Company or any of its Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness now
          exists, or is created after the Issue Date if (A) such default
          results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its
          express maturity or shall constitute a default in the payment of
          such Indebtedness at final maturity of such Indebtedness, and (B)
          the principal amount of any such Indebtedness that has been
          accelerated or not paid at maturity, when added to the aggregate
          principal amount of all other such Indebtedness that has been
          accelerated or not paid at maturity, exceeds $10,000,000; (v)
          failure by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries to
          pay final judgments, the uninsured portion of which exceeds
          $10,000,000, which judgments are not paid, discharged, bonded or
          stayed for a period of 60 days after the date of entry thereof,
          (vi) if under any Bankruptcy Law, (A) the Company or any
          Significant Subsidiary commences a voluntary case, consents to
          the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary
          case, consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all
          or substantially all of its property, or makes a general
          assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (B) a court of
          competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, and such order
          or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days, that is for
          relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an
          involuntary case, appoints a Custodian of the Company or any
          Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the
          Property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or orders
          the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; and
          (vii) any of the Applicable Documents shall cease, for any
          reason, to be in full force and effect in any material respect,
          except as a result of an amendment, waiver or termination thereof
          as contemplated or permitted hereby or the Company shall so
          assert in writing.

                    (b)  Any notice of default delivered to the Company by
          the Trustee or by Holders of Notes with a copy to the Trustee
          must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state
          that the notice is a "Notice of Default."






                                          60
<PAGE>







          Section 6.2    Acceleration.

                    (a)  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of
          Default under Section 6.1(a)(vi)) occurs and is continuing, the
          Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
          then outstanding Notes may declare all outstanding Notes to be
          due and payable immediately and, upon such declaration, the
          principal amount and premium, if any, of all such Notes, and any
          accrued interest on, all such Notes to the date of payment shall
          be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that if any
          Indebtedness is outstanding pursuant to the Subsidiary Debt
          Documents upon a declaration of acceleration of the Notes (other
          than any such declaration as a result of an Event of Default
          under Section 6.1(a)(iv)), the principal and interest on the
          Notes will not be payable until the earlier of (1) the day which
          is ten (10) Business Days after notice of acceleration is given
          to the Company and the Senior Agent under the Bank Credit
          Agreements, and (2) the date of acceleration of Indebtedness by
          the Senior Agent.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
          Indenture, if an Event of Default arises under Section 6.1(a)(vi)
          the principal amount of, and premium, if any, and any accrued and
          unpaid interest on, all outstanding Notes shall ipso facto become
          and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or
          other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

                    (c)  The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
          amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may
          rescind any declaration of acceleration of such Notes and its
          consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any
          judgment or decree, (ii)  if all existing Defaults and Events of
          Default (other than the nonpayment of principal of, or premium,
          if any, or interest on, the Notes which shall have become due by
          such declaration) shall have been cured or waived, and (iii) the
          Company has delivered an Officers' Certificate to the effect of
          clauses (i) and (ii) above.

                    (d)  In the event of a declaration of acceleration
          under this Indenture because an Event of Default set forth in
          Section 6.1(a)(iv) has occurred and is continuing, such
          declaration of acceleration shall be automatically rescinded and
          annulled if either (i) the holders of the Indebtedness which is
          the subject of such Event of Default have waived such failure to
          pay at maturity or have rescinded the acceleration in respect of
          such Indebtedness within 10 days of such maturity or declaration
          of acceleration, as the case may be, and no other Event of
          Default has occurred during such 10-day period which has not been
          cured or waived, or (ii) such Indebtedness shall have been
          discharged or the maturity thereof shall have been extended such
          that it is not then due and payable, or the underlying default



                                          61
<PAGE>







          has been cured within 10 days of such maturity or declaration of
          acceleration as the case may be.

          Section 6.3    Other Remedies.

               Subject to the provisions of Article 10, if an Event of
          Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any
          available remedy to collect the payment of principal or interest
          on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of
          the Notes or this Indenture.

               The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
          possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the
          proceeding.  A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in
          exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default
          shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or
          acquiescence in the Event of Default.  All remedies are
          cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

          Section 6.4    Waiver of Past Defaults.

               Subject to the provisions of Sections 6.7 and 9.2 hereof,
          the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
          then outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of
          all Holders waive any existing Default or Event of Default and
          its consequences under the Indenture, except a continuing Default
          or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, or
          premium, if any, or interest on, any Note (which may only be
          waived with the consent of each Holder affected).  Upon any such
          waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
          Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for
          every purpose of this Indenture; provided that no such waiver
          shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any
          right consequent thereon.

          Section 6.5    Control by a Majority.

               Subject to Section 7.1(e), the Holders of a majority in
          principal amount of the Notes may direct the time, method and
          place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
          the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. 
          However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
          conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, is unduly
          prejudicial to the rights of other Holders, or would involve the
          Trustee in personal liability; provided that the Trustee may take
          other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not
          inconsistent with such direction.

          Section 6.6    Limitation on Suits.

               A Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this
          Indenture or the Notes only if:


                                          62
<PAGE>







                    (a)  the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of
                         a continuing Event of Default;

                    (b)  the Holder or Holders of at least 25% in principal
                         amount of the Notes make a written request to the
                         Trustee to pursue the remedy; 

                    (c)  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee
                         indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any
                         loss, liability or expense to be incurred in
                         compliance with such request;

                    (d)  the Trustee does not comply with the request
                         within 60 days after receipt of the request and
                         the offer of indemnity; and

                    (e)  during such 60-day period the Holders of a
                         majority in principal amount of the Notes do not
                         give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the
                         request.

               A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights
          of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over any
          other Holder.  Holders of the Notes may not enforce this
          Indenture, except as provided herein.

          Section 6.7    Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

               Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture but
          subject to Article 10, the right of any Holder of a Note to
          receive payment of principal and interest on the Note, on or
          after the respective dates expressed in the Note, or to bring
          suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such
          respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the
          consent of the Holder.

          Section 6.8    Collection Suit by Trustee.

               If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a)(i) or
          (a)(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to
          recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express
          trust against the Company for (i) the principal, premium, if any,
          and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes, (ii) interest on
          overdue principal and premium, if any, and, to the extent lawful,
          interest in each case at the rate per annum expressly stated on
          the Note, and (iii) such further amount as shall be sufficient to
          cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the
          reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
          the Trustee, its agents and counsel ("Trustee Expenses").





                                          63
<PAGE>







          Section 6.9    Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

               The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers
          or documents as may be necessary or advisable to have the claims
          of the Trustee (including any claim for Trustee Expenses and for
          amounts due under Section 7.7) and the Holders allowed in any
          Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or other judicial proceeding
          relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes),
          its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered
          to collect, receive and distribute to Holders any money or other
          property payable or deliverable on any such claims and each
          Holder authorizes any Custodian in any such Insolvency or
          Liquidation Proceeding or other judicial proceeding to make such
          payments to the Trustee, and if the Trustee shall consent to the
          making of such payments directly to the Holders, any such
          Custodian is hereby authorized to make such payments directly to
          the Holders, and to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it
          hereunder for Trustee Expenses, and any other amounts due the
          Trustee under Section 7.7; provided, however, that the Trustee
          shall not be authorized to (i) consent to, accept or adopt on
          behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
          adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of
          any Holder, or (ii) vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in
          any such Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.  To the extent
          that the payment of any such Trustee Expenses, and any other
          amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 out of the estate in
          any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of
          the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of,
          any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other
          properties which the Holders may be entitled to receive in such
          proceeding, whether in liquidation or under any plan of
          reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

          Section 6.10   Priorities.

               If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article,
          it shall pay out the money in the following order:

               First:
               to the Holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent
               required or permitted by Article 10;

               Second:
               to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

               Third:
               if, in accordance with Section 6.6, the Holders proceed
               against the Company directly, without the Trustee, to the
               Holders for their collection costs;

               Fourth:
               to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes


                                          64
<PAGE>







               for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or
               priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
               payable on the Notes for principal and interest,
               respectively; and

               Fifth:to the Company.

               The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
          payment to Holders.

          Section 6.11   Undertaking for Costs.

               In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under
          this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
          taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may
          require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
          undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its
          discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable
          attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having
          due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
          made by the party litigant.  This Section does not apply to a
          suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7,
          or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the
          Notes.


                                      ARTICLE 7

                                       TRUSTEE

          Section 7.1    Duties of Trustee.

               (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing,
                    the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
                    powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same
                    degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
                    prudent man would exercise or use under the
                    circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

               (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

                    (1)  The Trustee need perform only those duties that
                         are specifically set forth in this Indenture and
                         no others.

                    (2)  In the absence of bad faith on its part, the
                         Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of
                         the statements and the correctness of the opinions
                         expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions
                         furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
                         requirements of this Indenture.  However, the
                         Trustee shall examine the certificates and


                                          65
<PAGE>







                         opinions to determine whether they conform to this
                         Indenture.

               (c)  The Trustee shall not be relieved from liability for
                    its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to
                    act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

                    (1)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of
                         paragraph (b) of this Section;

                    (2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of
                         judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer,
                         unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent
                         in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

                    (3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to
                         any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
                         in accordance with a direction received by it
                         pursuant to Section 6.5.

               (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way
                    relates to the Trustee shall be subject to paragraphs
                    (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

               (e)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the
                    Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any
                    liability.  The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty
                    or exercise any right or power unless it receives
                    indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any
                    loss, liability or expense.

               (f)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any
                    money received by it except as otherwise agreed in
                    writing with the Company.  Money held in trust by the
                    Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except
                    to the extent required by law.

          Section 7.2    Rights of Trustee.

               (a)  The Trustee may rely on any document believed to be
                    genuine and to have been signed or presented by the
                    proper person.  The Trustee need not investigate any
                    fact or matter stated in the document.

               (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
                    consult with counsel and may require an Officers'
                    Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee
                    shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to
                    take in good faith in reliance on the Certificate or
                    Opinion, provided that such action or omission does not
                    constitute gross negligence.



                                          66
<PAGE>







               (c)  The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be
                    responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any
                    agent appointed with due care.

               (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
                    or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be
                    authorized or within its rights or powers.

          Section 7.3    Individual Rights of Trustee. 

          (1)  The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may
               become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal
               with the Company with the same rights it would have if it
               were not Trustee.  Any Agent or an Affiliate may do the same
               with like rights.  However,  the Trustee is subject to
               Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

          Section 7.4    Trustee's Disclaimer.

               The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or
          adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
          accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Notes,
          and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Notes
          other than its authentication.

          Section 7.5    Notice of Defaults.

               If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually
          known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder
          notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in
          the case of a Default in payment of the principal of or interest
          on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long
          as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines
          that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders. 
          The Trustee will not be deemed to have actual knowledge of an
          event or circumstance for purposes of this Indenture unless (i)
          it shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or
          a Holder, (ii) it shall have been acting as Paying Agent when a
          default under  6.1(a)(i) or 6.1(a)(ii) hereof shall have occurred
          or (iii) a Trust Officer shall have actual knowledge thereof.

          Section 7.6    Reports by Trustee to Holders.

               After the Company qualifies the Indenture under the TIA, the
          Trustee shall mail to each Holder a brief report dated within 60
          days as of the reporting date that complies with TIA Section
          313(a).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section
          313(b)(2).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports
          required by TIA Section 313(c).

               Commencing at the time this Indenture is qualified under the
          TIA, a copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Holders


                                          67
<PAGE>







          shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the
          Notes are listed.  The Company shall notify the Trustee when the
          Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

          Section 7.7    Compensation and Indemnity.

               The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time
          reasonable compensation for its services.  The Trustee's
          compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
          trustee of an express trust.  The Company shall reimburse the
          Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses
          and advances incurred or made by it.  Such expenses shall include
          the reasonable compensation and disbursements and expenses of the
          Trustee's agents and counsel.

               The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against, and hold
          the Trustee harmless against, any loss or liability incurred by
          it.  The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim
          for which it may seek indemnity.  The Trustee may have separate
          counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and
          expenses of such counsel.  The Company need not pay for any
          settlement made without its consent.

               The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify
          against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through
          negligence or bad faith.

               To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section,
          the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or
          Property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in
          trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes.

               When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after
          an Event of Default specified in Section  6.1(a)(vi) occurs, the
          expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to
          constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

          Section 7.8    Replacement of Trustee.

               A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a
          successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor
          Trustee's acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

               The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company.  The
          Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes may remove
          the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company. The
          Company may remove the Trustee if:

               (a)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

               (b)  the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent;



                                          68
<PAGE>







               (c)  a receiver or public officer takes charge of the
                    Trustee or its Property; or

               (d)  the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

               If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists
          in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall
          promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the
          successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in
          principal amount of the Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to
          replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

               If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
          after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring
          Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal
          amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent
          jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

               If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Holder
          may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
          of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

               A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of
          its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company.
          Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee
          shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all
          the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
          Indenture.  The successor Trustee or the Company, with the
          consent of the successor Trustee, shall mail a notice of its
          succession to Holders.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly
          transfer all Property held by it as Trustee to the successor
          Trustee, subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7. 
          Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
          Section 7.8, the Company's obligations under Section 7.7 shall
          continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

          Section 7.9    Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

               If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts with or
          into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate
          trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation
          without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or
          transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the
          successor Trustee.

          Section 7.10   Eligibility; Disqualifications.

               At all times this Indenture shall have a Trustee which
          satisfies the requirements of TIA Section 310(a)(l) and (5), and
          the Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least
          Fifty Million and 00/100 Dollars ($50,000,000.00) as stated in
          Section 11.10.  After such qualification, the Trustee shall


                                          69
<PAGE>







          comply with TIA Section 310(b), including the optional provision
          permitted by the second sentence of TIA Section 310(b)(9).

          Section 7.11   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

               After the Company qualifies this Indenture under the TIA,
          the Trustee shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a), excluding any
          creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b).  After such
          qualification, a Trustee which has resigned or been removed shall
          be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.


                                      ARTICLE 8

                                DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

          Section 8.1    Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.

                    (a)  Subject to Sections 8.1(c) and 8.6, this Indenture
          shall cease to be of any further effect after (i) either the
          Company has delivered to the Trustee all outstanding Notes (other
          than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7) for cancellation or
          all outstanding Notes have become due and payable and the Company
          has irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent
          money and/or direct, non-callable obligations of, or non-callable
          obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the
          payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and
          credit of the United States of America is pledged ("U.S.
          Government Obligations") maturing as to principal and interest in
          an amount sufficient (without reinvestment thereof and after
          payment of all Federal, state and local taxes or other charges in
          respect thereof payable by the Trustee) to pay when due all
          principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all outstanding
          Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.7), and
          (ii) the Company pays all other sums payable under this
          Indenture.

                    (b)  Subject to Sections 8.1(c), 8.2, and 8.6, the
          Company at any time may terminate (i) all its obligations under
          this Indenture and the Notes ("Legal Defeasance Option"), or (ii)
          its obligations under Sections 4.2, 4.3, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9,
          4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15 ("Covenant Defeasance
          Option").  The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance Option
          notwithstanding its prior exercise of its Covenant Defeasance
          Option.

               If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance Option,
          payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event
          of Default.  If the Company exercises its Covenant Defeasance
          Option, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an
          Event of Default specified in 6.1(a)(iii), (iv) or (v).



                                          70
<PAGE>







               Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.2
          and upon the Company's request (and at the Company's expense),
          the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those
          obligations that the Company has terminated.

                    (c)  Notwithstanding Sections 8.1(a) and (b), the
          Company's obligations under Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7,
          4.1, 4.4, 7.7, 7.8, 8.4, 8.5, and 8.6, and the obligations of the
          Trustee and the Paying Agent under Section 8.4 shall survive
          until the Notes have been paid in full.  Thereafter the Company's
          obligations under Section 7.7 and 8.5 and the obligations of the
          Company, Trustee and Paying Agent under Section 8.4 shall
          survive.

          Section 8.2    Conditions to Defeasance.

               The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance Option or its
          Covenant Defeasance Option only if:  (i) the Company irrevocably
          deposits in trust with the Trustee or a Paying Agent money and/or
          U.S. Government Obligations in an amount that, in the opinion of
          a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants, is
          sufficient (without reinvestment thereof) for payment in full of
          all principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes
          when due; provided, however, that the Company may only make such
          deposit if Article 10 does not prohibit payments on the Notes at
          the time of the deposit; (ii) 91 days have passed since the
          Company's irrevocable deposit pursuant to Section 8.2; (iii) no
          Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such
          deposit and after giving effect to it; (iv) such deposit does not
          constitute a default under any other agreement binding on the
          Company; (v) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of
          Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit
          does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment
          company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
          (vi) in the case of a Legal Defeasance Option, the Company shall
          have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that
          (1) the Company has received from, or there has been published
          by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (2) under
          applicable federal income tax law, in either case, to the effect
          that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
          that, the Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for
          federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and
          will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the
          same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
          such defeasance had not occurred; (vii) in the case of a Covenant
          Defeasance Option, the Company shall have delivered to the
          Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the Holders will
          not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
          purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be
          subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
          manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
          covenant defeasance had not occurred; and (viii) the Company


                                          71
<PAGE>







          delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion
          of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the
          defeasance and discharge of the Notes contemplated by this
          Article 8 have been satisfied.

          Section 8.3    Application of Trust Money.

               The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust money and/or
          U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this
          Article 8.  The Trustee or Paying Agent shall apply the deposited
          money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in
          accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of,
          and premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes.  Money deposited
          with the Trustee or a Paying Agent pursuant to this Article 8
          shall not be subject to the provisions of Article 10.

          Section 8.4    Repayment of Company.

               After the Notes have been paid in full, the Trustee and the
          Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company any excess
          money or securities held by them.

               Any money deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent
          pursuant to this Article 8 for the payment of the principal of,
          premium, if any, or interest on, any Note that remains unclaimed
          for two years after becoming due and payable shall be paid to the
          Company on its request; and the Holder of such Note shall
          thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the
          Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or
          such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease;
          provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before
          being required to make any such repayment, shall at the expense
          of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times
          and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such
          money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein,
          which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
          notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money
          then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

          Section 8.5    Indemnity for U.S. Government Obligations.

               The Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee and
          any Paying Agent against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
          or assessed against cash and/or U.S. Government Obligations
          deposited with it pursuant to this Article 8 or the principal and
          interest received on such cash and/or U.S. Government
          Obligations.

          Section 8.6    Reinstatement.

               If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money
          or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article 8


                                          72
<PAGE>







          by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
          judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining,
          restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the
          Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be
          revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant
          to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent
          is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government
          Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however,
          that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, or
          premium, if any, or interest on, any Notes because of the
          reinstatement of its obligations under this Indenture and the
          Notes, the Company shall be subrogated to the Holders' rights to
          receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government
          Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.


                                      ARTICLE 9

                                      AMENDMENTS

          Section 9.1    Amendments and Supplements Permitted Without
                         Consent of Holders.

                    (a)  Notwithstanding Section 9.2, the Company and the
          Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes
          without the consent of any Holder to:  (i) cure any ambiguity,
          defect or inconsistency; provided that such amendment does not
          adversely affect the rights of any Holder; (ii) provide for
          uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
          Notes; (iii) provide for the assumption of the Company's
          obligations to the Holders in the event of any Disposition
          involving the Company that is permitted under Article 5 in which
          the Company is not the Surviving Person; (iv) make any change
          that would (1) provide any additional rights or benefits to
          Holders or (2) not adversely affect the legal rights under the
          Indenture of any Holder, (v) comply with the requirements of the
          Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of
          this Indenture under the TIA, or (vi) provide for the issuance of
          the Series B Notes, which will have terms substantially identical
          in all material respects to the Series A Notes (except that the
          transfer restrictions contained in the Series A Notes will be
          modified or eliminated as appropriate), and which will be
          treated, together with any outstanding Series A Notes, as a
          single issue of Notes.

                    (b)  Upon the Company's request, after receipt by the
          Trustee of a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the
          execution of any amended or supplemental indenture, and the
          documents described in Section 9.6, the Trustee shall join with
          the Company in the execution of any amended or supplemental
          indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture
          and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations


                                          73
<PAGE>







          that may be contained in any such amended or supplemental
          indenture, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into
          an amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights,
          duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

          Section 9.2    Amendments and Supplements Requiring Consent of
                         Holders.

                    (a)  Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.1(a) and
          9.2(c), the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or
          supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least
          a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
          Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender
          offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and any existing Default
          or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the
          Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of Holders
          of at least a majority in principal of the then outstanding Notes
          (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or
          exchange offer for the Notes).

                    (b)  Upon the Company's request and after receipt by
          the Trustee of a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing
          the execution of any supplemental indenture, evidence of the
          Holders' consent, and the documents described in Section 9.6, the
          Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such
          amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or
          supplemental indenture affects the Trustee's own rights, duties
          or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case
          the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to,
          enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.

                    (c)  Without the consent of each Holder affected, no
          amendment, supplement or waiver to this Indenture shall:  (i)
          reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent
          to an amendment, supplement or waiver, (ii) reduce the principal
          of or change the fixed maturity of any Note, or alter the
          provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes in a
          manner adverse to the Holders, (iii) reduce the rate of or change
          the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iv) waive a
          Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or
          premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes (except that Holders
          of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then
          outstanding Notes may (1) rescind an acceleration of the Notes
          that resulted from a non-payment default, and (2) waive the
          payment default that resulted from such acceleration), (v) make
          any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes,
          (vi) make any change in the provisions of the Indenture relating
          to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders to receive
          payments of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the
          Notes, (vii) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note,
          (viii) make any change to the provisions of Article 10 that



                                          74
<PAGE>







          adversely affects Holders, or (ix) make any change in Section
          6.4, Section 6.7 or this sentence.

                    (d)  It shall not be necessary for the consent of the
          Holders under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of
          any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if
          such consent approves the substance thereof.  After an amendment,
          supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2 becomes effective,
          the Company shall mail to each Holder affected thereby a notice
          briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any
          failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect
          therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the
          validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

          Section 9.3    Compliance with TIA.

               Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes
          shall be set forth in an amended supplemental indenture that
          complies with the TIA as then in effect.

          Section 9.4    Revocation and Effect of Consents.

                    (a)  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes
          effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing
          consent by the Holder and every subsequent holder of a Note or
          portion of a Note that evidences the same Indebtedness as the
          consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent is not
          made on any Note.  However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder
          may revoke the consent as to his or her Note or portion of a Note
          if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date
          on which the Trustee receives an Officers' Certificate certifying
          that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have
          consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the
          amendment or waiver.

                    (b)  The Company may, but shall not be obligated to,
          fix a record date for the purpose of determining the holders of
          Notes entitled to consent to any amendment or waiver.  If a
          record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the provisions of the
          immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were holders
          of Notes at such record date (or their duly designated proxies),
          and only those Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such
          amendment or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given,
          whether or not such Persons continue to be holders of Notes after
          such record date.  No consent shall be valid or effective for
          more than 90 days after such record date.

                    (c)  After an amendment or waiver becomes effective it
          shall bind every Holder, unless it is of the type described in
          Section 9.2(c), in which case the amendment or waiver shall only
          bind each Holder that consented to it and every subsequent holder



                                          75
<PAGE>







          of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's
          Note.

          Section 9.5    Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

               The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an
          amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter
          authenticated.  The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue
          and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the
          amendment, supplement or waiver.  Failure to make the appropriate
          notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and
          effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

          Section 9.6    Trustee Protected.

               The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental
          indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment
          does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or
          immunities of the Trustee.  If it does, the Trustee may, but need
          not, sign it.  In signing such amendment or supplemental
          indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject
          to Section 7.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
          Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Sections
          11.4 and 11.5 as conclusive evidence that such amendment or
          supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this
          Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will
          be valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with its
          terms.  The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental
          indenture until the Board of Directors approves it.

          Section 9.7    Amendments Requiring Consent of Holders of Senior
                         Indebtedness.

               No amendment or modification to Article 10, this Section 9.7
          or Section 11.15 may be made to this Indenture without the
          consent of (a) so long as any Obligations with respect to any
          Indebtedness under any Bank Credit Agreements remain unpaid,
          holders of at least 66  % of the outstanding Indebtedness under
          the Bank Credit Agreements (and, to the extent that there are
          unused commitments under the Bank Credit Agreements, such unused
          commitments), and (b) after all Indebtedness under the Bank
          Credit Agreements has been paid in full, and all commitments of
          each of the Bank Lenders thereunder have been terminated in full,
          holders of at least 66   % of the outstanding Indebtedness under
          the WGHP Notes (and to the extent there are outstanding
          commitments under the WGHP Notes, such unused commitments).








                                          76
<PAGE>








                                      ARTICLE 10

                                    SUBORDINATION

          Section 10.1   Agreement to Subordinate.

               The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note
          agrees, any provision of this Indenture or the Notes to the
          contrary notwithstanding, that all Subordinated Obligations owed
          under and in respect of the Notes or any of the other Applicable
          Documents are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and
          in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment
          in full in cash of all Obligations owed under and in respect of
          all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and that the
          subordination of the Subordinated Obligations pursuant to this
          Article 10 is for the benefit of all holders of all Senior
          Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the Issue
          Date or Incurred thereafter.

          Section 10.2   Liquidation; Dissolution; Bankruptcy.

                    (a)  Upon any distribution of cash, securities or other
          property of the Company to creditors upon any Insolvency or
          Liquidation Proceeding with respect to the Company, the holders
          of any Senior Indebtedness will be entitled to receive payment in
          full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Obligations under or in
          respect of such Senior Indebtedness (including Post-Petition
          Interest) before the Holders will be entitled to receive any
          payment or distribution (other than in Reorganization Securities)
          on account of Subordinated Obligations and until all Obligations
          with respect to such Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash
          or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution (other than in
          Reorganization Securities) on account of Subordinated Obligations
          to which the Holders would be entitled shall be made to the
          holders of the Company's Senior Indebtedness on a pro rata basis. 
          Upon any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding with respect to the
          Company, any payment or distribution (other than in
          Reorganization Securities), to which the Holders or the Trustee
          would be entitled on account of Subordinated Obligations but for
          the provisions of this Article 10 shall be paid by the Company,
          any Custodian or other Person making such payment or
          distribution, or by the Holders or by the Trustee or the Paying
          Agent if received by them, directly to the holders of the Senior
          Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the
          amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by them) or their
          Representatives, as their interests may appear, for application
          to the payment of all outstanding Senior Indebtedness until all
          such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash, after
          giving effect to all other payments or distributions to, or
          provisions made for, holders of Senior Indebtedness.



                                          77
<PAGE>







                    (b)  The consolidation of the  Company with, or the
          merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or
          dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer
          of all or substantially all of its Property and assets as an
          entirety to another Person upon the terms and conditions set
          forth in Article 5 shall not be deemed an Insolvency or
          Liquidation Proceeding for the purposes of this Section 10.2 if
          the Surviving Person shall, as a part of such consolidation,
          merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions set
          forth in Article 5.

                    (c)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
          Indenture, any Disposition by or involving the Company, or the
          liquidation or dissolution of the Company following any
          Disposition, shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up,
          liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section
          10.2 if such Disposition is permitted under Article 5.

          Section 10.3   Default on Senior Indebtedness.

               Neither the Company nor any Trustee or Paying Agent shall
          make any payment or distribution (other than in Reorganization
          Securities) on account of Subordinated Obligations if (a) a
          default in the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any,
          or interest on, or any other amount owing with respect to any
          Senior Indebtedness (a "Payment Default") occurs and is
          continuing, whether at maturity or at a date fixed for prepayment
          or by declaration of acceleration or otherwise, or (b) the
          Trustee has received written notice (a "Payment Blockage Notice")
          from the Senior Agent that a Nonpayment Default (as defined
          below) has occurred and is continuing; provided, however, that
          payments and distributions on account of Subordinated Obligations
          shall resume, and all past due amounts on the Notes shall be paid
          (i) in the case of a Payment Default, on the date on which such
          default is cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist and all
          Obligations then due and payable in respect of Senior
          Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash or Cash
          Equivalents and (ii) in the case of a Nonpayment Default, on the
          earliest of (A) the date on which such Nonpayment Default is
          cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist, (B) 179 days after
          the date  on which the Payment Blockage Notice with respect to
          such Nonpayment Default was received by the Trustee, or (C) the
          date on which such blockage period shall have been terminated by
          written notice to the Company or the Trustee from the Senior
          Agent unless the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness has been
          accelerated and the Company has defaulted with respect to the
          payment of such Senior Indebtedness.  No more than one Payment
          Blockage Notice may be given during any consecutive 365-day
          period and during any consecutive 365-day period, the aggregate
          number of days in which payments due on the Notes may not be made
          as a result of Nonpayment Defaults on Senior Indebtedness shall
          not exceed 179 days and there shall be a period of at least 186


                                          78
<PAGE>







          consecutive days in each consecutive 365-day period when such
          payments are not prohibited.  If the Senior Agent delivers a
          Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee in respect of any
          Nonpayment Default, no Nonpayment Default that existed or was
          continuing on the date of delivery of such notice shall be, or be
          made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless
          such default shall have been waived or cured for a period of not
          less than 90 days.  "Nonpayment Default" means any event of
          default under the terms of any instrument governing any Senior
          Indebtedness permitting one or more holders of such Senior
          Indebtedness (or a Representative on behalf of the holders
          thereof) to declare all or part of such Senior Indebtedness due
          and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become
          due and payable.

          Section 10.4   Acceleration of Notes.

               If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event
          of Default, the Company shall promptly notify the Senior Agent
          and each holder of the Company's Senior Indebtedness of the
          acceleration.

          Section 10.5   When Distributions Must be Paid Over.

                    (a)  If the Company or any Trustee or Paying Agent
          shall make any payment or distribution on account of Subordinated
          Obligations at a time when such payment is prohibited by this
          Article 10, then and in such event the Trustee, Paying Agent or
          Holders, as the case may be, receiving such payment or
          distribution shall hold such payment or distribution in trust for
          the benefit of, and shall pay over and deliver to, the holders of
          the Senior Indebtedness (pro rata as to each of such holders on
          the basis of the respective amounts of such Senior Indebtedness
          held by them) or their Representative, as their respective
          interests may appear, for application to the payment of all
          outstanding Senior Indebtedness until all such Senior
          Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents,
          after giving effect to all other payments or distributions to, or
          provisions made for, the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

                    (b)  Nothing contained in this Article 10 or elsewhere
          in this Indenture or in the Notes shall prevent (i) the Company,
          at any time except during the pendency of any Insolvency or
          Liquidation Proceeding or under the conditions described in
          Section 10.3, from making payments or distributions on account of
          Subordinated Obligations or (ii) the application by any Trustee
          or Paying Agent of any money deposited with it hereunder to such
          payments or distributions or the retention of such payments or
          distributions by the Holders, if, at the time of such application
          by such Trustee or Paying Agent, it did not have knowledge that
          such payment or distribution would have been prohibited by the
          provisions of this Article 10.


                                          79
<PAGE>







                    (c)  With respect to the holders of Senior
          Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such
          obligations on its part as are specifically set forth in this
          Article 10, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect
          to any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this
          Indenture against the Trustee.  The Trustee shall not be deemed
          to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness,
          and shall not be liable to any holders of Senior Indebtedness if
          the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to, or on behalf of,
          Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to
          which any holders of Senior Indebtedness are entitled pursuant to
          this Article 10, except if such payment is made at a time when a
          Trust Officer has knowledge that the terms of this Article 10
          prohibit such payment.

          Section 10.6   Notice.

                    (a)  Neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall at
          any time be charged with the knowledge of the existence of any
          facts that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the
          Trustee or Paying Agent under this Article 10, unless and until
          the Trustee or Paying Agent shall have received written notice
          thereof from the Company, the Senior Agent, one or more holders
          of Senior Indebtedness or a Representative of any holders of
          Senior Indebtedness; and, prior to the receipt of any such
          written notice, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall be entitled to
          assume conclusively that no such facts exist.  The Trustee shall
          be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of written notice by a
          Person representing itself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness
          (or a Representative thereof) to establish that such notice has
          been given.  In the event that the Trustee or Paying Agent
          determines in good faith that further evidence is required with
          respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior
          Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution
          pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee or Paying Agent may
          request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
          satisfaction of the Trustee or Paying Agent as to the amount of
          Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such 
          Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution
          and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under
          this Article 10, and if such evidence is not furnished, the
          Trustee or Paying Agent may defer any payment to such Person
          pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to
          receive such payment.

                    (b)  The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and
          the Paying Agent in writing of any facts it knows that would
          cause a payment of principal of, or premium, if any, or interest
          on, the Notes or any other Obligation in respect of the Notes to
          violate this Article 10, but failure to give such notice shall
          not affect the subordination of the Subordinated Obligations to



                                          80
<PAGE>







          the Senior Indebtedness provided in this Article 10 or the rights
          of holders of such Senior Indebtedness under this Article 10.

          Section 10.7   Subrogation.

               After all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash
          or Cash Equivalents and until the Notes are paid in full, the
          Holders shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other
          Indebtedness pari passu with the Notes) to the rights of holders
          of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable
          to such Senior Indebtedness to the extent that distributions
          otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the payment
          of such Senior Indebtedness.  A distribution made under this
          Article 10 to holders of Senior Indebtedness that otherwise would
          have been made to the Holders is not, as among the Company, its
          creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the
          Holders, a payment or distribution by the Company to or on
          account of its Senior Indebtedness.

          Section 10.8   Relative Rights.

                    (a)  The provisions of this Article 10 are and are
          intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights
          of the Holders on the one hand and the holders of Senior
          Indebtedness on the other hand.  Nothing contained in this
          Article 10 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Notes is
          intended to or shall (i) impair, as among the Company, its
          creditors other then holders of Senior Indebtedness and the
          Holders of the Notes, the obligation of the Company, which is
          absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of, and premium, if
          any, and interest on, the Notes in accordance with their terms;
          (ii) affect the relative rights of the Holders and the Company's
          creditors other than their rights in relation to holders of
          Senior Indebtedness; or (iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder
          from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of
          Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness
          to receive payment and distributions otherwise payable or
          distributable to the Holders.

                    (b)  The failure to make a payment on account of
          principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on the Notes by
          reason of any provision of this Article 10 shall not be construed
          as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section
          6.1.

          Section 10.9   The Company and Holders May Not Impair
                         Subordination.

                    (a)  No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to
          enforce the subordination as provided in this Article 10 shall at
          any time or in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or
          failure to act by the Company or by any noncompliance by the


                                          81
<PAGE>







          Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this
          Indenture, the Notes, any other Applicable Document or any other
          agreement regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such
          holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

                    (b)  Without in any way limiting Section 10.9(a), the
          holders of any Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time
          to time, without the consent of or notice to any Holders, without
          incurring any liabilities to any Holder and without impairing or
          releasing the subordination and other benefits provided in this
          Indenture or the Holders' obligations to the holders of such
          Senior Indebtedness, even if any Holder's right of reimbursement
          or subrogation or other right or remedy is affected, impaired or
          extinguished thereby, do any one or more of the following:  (i)
          amend, renew, exchange, extend, modify, increase or supplement in
          any manner such Senior Indebtedness or any instrument evidencing
          or guaranteeing or securing such Senior Indebtedness or any
          agreement under which such Senior Indebtedness is outstanding
          (including, but not limited to, changing the manner, place or
          terms of payment or changing or extending the time of payment of,
          or renewing, exchanging, amending, increasing, releasing,
          terminating or altering, (1) the terms of such Senior
          Indebtedness, (2) any security for, or any guarantee of, such
          Senior Indebtedness, (3) any liability of any obligor on such
          Senior Indebtedness (including any guarantor) or any liability
          Incurred in respect of such Senior Indebtedness); (ii) sell,
          exchange, release, surrender, realize upon, enforce or otherwise
          deal with in any manner and in any order any property pledged,
          mortgaged or otherwise securing such Senior Indebtedness or any
          liability of any obligor thereon, to such holder, or any
          liability Incurred in respect thereof; (iii) settle or compromise
          any such Senior Indebtedness or any other liability of any
          obligor of such Senior Indebtedness to such holder or any
          security therefor or any liability Incurred in respect thereof
          and apply any sums by whomsoever paid and however realized to any
          liability (including, without limitation, payment of any of
          Senior Indebtedness) in any manner or order; and (iv) release,
          terminate or otherwise cancel, or fail to take or to record or
          otherwise perfect, for any reason or for no reason, any Lien or
          security interest securing such Senior Indebtedness by whomsoever
          granted, exercise or delay in or refrain from exercising any
          right or remedy against any obligor or any guarantor or any other
          Person, elect any remedy and otherwise deal freely with any
          obligor and any security for such Senior Indebtedness or any
          liability of any obligor to the holders of such Senior
          Indebtedness or any liability Incurred in respect of such Senior
          Indebtedness.

          Section 10.10  Distribution or Notice to Representative.

               Whenever a distribution is to be made, or a notice given, to
          holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and


                                          82
<PAGE>







          the notice given to their Representative, if any.  If any payment
          or distribution of the Company's assets is required to be made to
          holders of any Senior Indebtedness pursuant to this Article 10,
          the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any
          order or decree of any court of competent jurisdiction, or upon
          any certificate of a Representative of such Senior Indebtedness
          or a Custodian, in ascertaining the holders of such Senior
          Indebtedness entitled to participate in any such payment or
          distribution, the amount to be paid or distributed to holders of
          such Senior Indebtedness and all other facts pertinent to such
          payment or distribution or to this Article 10.

          Section 10.11  Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.

               The Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on
          the Notes unless prior to any payment date it has received
          written notice of facts that would cause a payment or
          distribution on account of Subordinated Obligations to violate
          this Article 10.  Only the Company, a Representative of Senior
          Indebtedness, or a holder of Senior Indebtedness that has no
          Representative may give such notice.

               To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee in its
          individual or any other capacity may hold Indebtedness of the
          Company (including Senior Indebtedness) with the same rights it
          would have if it were not Trustee.  Any Agent may do the same
          with like rights.

          Section 10.12  Authorization to Effect Subordination.

               Each Holder of a Note by its acceptance thereof authorizes
          and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take such action as may
          be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as
          provided in this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee as such
          Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes,
          (including, without limitation, the timely filing of a claim for
          the unpaid balance of the Note that such Holder holds in the form
          required in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and causing
          such claim to be approved).

               If a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in
          such proceeding is not filed by or on behalf of all Holders prior
          to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims
          or proofs, then the holders or a Representative of any Senior
          Indebtedness of the Company are hereby authorized, and shall have
          the right (without any duty), to file an appropriate claim for
          and on behalf of the Holders.







                                          83
<PAGE>







          Section 10.13  Payment.

               For all purposes of this Article 10, a "payment or
          distribution on account of Subordinated Obligations" shall
          include, without limitation, any direct or indirect payment or
          distribution on account of the purchase, prepayment, redemption,
          retirement, defeasance or acquisition of any Note or with respect
          to any other Applicable Document, any recovery by the exercise of
          any right of set-off, any direct or indirect payment of
          principal, premium or interest with respect to or in connection
          with any mandatory or optional redemption or purchase provisions,
          any direct or indirect payment or distribution payable or
          distributable by reason of any other Indebtedness or Obligation
          being subordinated to any Subordinated Obligations, and any
          direct or indirect payment or recovery on any claim (including
          claims for indemnification or liquidated damages) relating to or
          arising out of this Indenture, any Note, the Issuance of any
          Note, any of the Applicable Documents or any of the transactions
          contemplated by or referred to therein.

          Section 10.14  Defeasance of this Article 10.

               The subordination of the Notes provided by this Article 10
          is expressly made subject to the provisions for defeasance in
          Article 8 hereof and, anything herein to the contrary
          notwithstanding, upon the effectiveness of any such defeasance
          (provided that any deposit pursuant to Section 8.2 was not
          prohibited by this Section 10 or any other instrument or
          agreement governing any Senior Indebtedness and did not
          constitute a default under any such instrument or agreement), the
          Notes then outstanding shall thereupon cease to be subordinated
          pursuant to this Article 10; provided, however, that if the
          Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Notes are
          revived and reinstated in accordance with the terms of
          Section 8.6 hereof, the subordination provisions of this
          Article 10 shall be revived and reinstated with respect to all
          Subordinated Obligations.

          Section 10.15  No Claims Against Subsidiaries.

               The Company and the Holders acknowledge and agree as
          follows:  (a) the Notes and other Applicable Documents are an
          obligation of the Company only, and the Holders have and will
          have no claim, right or demand against any Subsidiary of the
          Company or any assets or properties of any Subsidiary of the
          Company on or in respect of the Notes or other Applicable
          Documents; (b) the Company is, and is capitalized as, a separate
          legal entity such that any claim, right or demand by the Holders
          with respect to the assets and properties of any Subsidiary of
          the Company would be solely as a creditor of a direct or indirect
          shareholder of such Subsidiary and that such arrangement has been
          relied upon by and is for the benefit of holders of Senior


                                          84
<PAGE>







          Indebtedness; (c) the Company's direct and indirect Subsidiaries
          have no obligation to pay dividends to or to make Investments in
          the Company, for the purpose of funding payment obligations of
          the Company to the Holders or otherwise, (d) the Subsidiary Debt
          Documents permit Subsidiaries of the Company to pay dividends to
          or to make Investments in the Company only in limited amounts and
          under specified circumstances (provided that any and all such
          limitations shall at all times be subject to Section 4.11
          hereof); and (e) the Subsidiary Debt Documents restrict the
          amendment of this Indenture, the Notes and the other Applicable
          Documents without the consent of certain of the Bank Lenders.


                                      ARTICLE 11

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 11.1   Trust Indenture Act Controls.  

               If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies, or
          conflicts with the duties imposed by operation of Section 318(c)
          of the TIA, the imposed duties shall control.

          Section 11.2   Notices.

               Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to
          the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person,
          mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return
          receipt requested or delivered by telecopier or overnight air
          courier guaranteeing next day delivery to the other's address:

                    If to the Company:

                         One East Fourth Street
                         Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
                         Attention:  Gregory C. Thomas, Senior Vice
          President

                    If to the Trustee:

                         Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association
                         777 Main Street
                         Hartford, Connecticut 06113
                         Attention: William Munroe


               The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may
          designate additional or different addresses for subsequent
          notices or communications.

               All notices and communications (other than those sent to
          Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given:  at the time


                                          85
<PAGE>







          delivered by hand, if personally delivered; the date receipt is
          acknowledged, if mailed by registered or certified mail; when
          answered back, if telecopied; and the next Business Day after
          timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier
          guaranteeing next day delivery.

               Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by
          first-class mail to his or her address shown on the register
          maintained by the Registrar.  Failure to mail a notice or
          communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect
          its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or
          communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the
          time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee
          receives it.  If the Company mails a notice or communication to
          Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at
          the same time.

          Section 11.3   Communication by Holders with Other Holders.

               Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the
          TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this
          Indenture or the Notes.  The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar
          and any other Person shall have the protection of Section 312(c)
          of the TIA.

          Section 11.4   Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
                         Precedent.

               Upon any request or application by the Company to the
          Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company
          shall furnish to the Trustee:  (a) an Officers' Certificate
          (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5)
          stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions
          precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture
          relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and (b)
          an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set
          forth in Section 11.5) stating that, in the opinion of such
          counsel, all such conditions precedent provided for in this
          Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
          with.

          Section 11.5   Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.  

               Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with
          a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other
          than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 314(a)(4) of the
          TIA) shall include:  (a) a statement that the Person making such
          certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; (b) a
          brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
          investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in
          such certificate or opinion are based; (c) a statement that, in
          the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or


                                          86
<PAGE>







          investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
          informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
          has been compiled with; and (d) a statement as to whether, in
          such Person's opinion, such condition or covenant has been
          complied with.

          Section 11.6   Rules by Trustee and Agents.

               The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a
          meeting of Holders.  The Registrar or Paying Agent may make
          reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its
          functions.

          Section 11.7   Legal Holidays.

               A "Legal Holiday" used with respect to a particular place of
          payment is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking
          institutions in New York City, New York, or Hartford,
          Connecticut, or at such place of payment, are not required to be
          open.  If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made
          at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal
          Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

          Section 11.8   No Recourse Against Others.

               No director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder
          of the Company or the Trustee shall have any liability for any
          obligation of the Company under this Indenture or the Notes or
          for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such
          obligation or the creation of any such obligation.  Each Holder
          by accepting a Note waives and releases such Persons from all
          such liability and such waiver and release is part of the
          consideration for the Issuance of the Notes.

          Section 11.9   Counterparts.

               This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts
          and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
          when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of
          which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

          Section 11.10  Initial Appointments, Compliance Certificates.

               The Company initially appoints the Trustee as authenticating
          agent.  The first compliance certificate to be delivered by the
          Company to the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.3 shall be for the
          fiscal year ending on December 31, 1994.







                                          87
<PAGE>







          Section 11.11  Governing Law.

               The internal laws of the State of New York shall govern this
          Indenture and the Notes, without regard to the conflict of laws
          provisions thereof.

          Section 11.12  No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

               This Indenture may not be used to interpret another
          indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries, and no other indenture, loan or debt agreement may
          be used to interpret this Indenture.

          Section 11.13  Successors.

               All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the
          Notes shall bind any successor of the Company.  All agreements of
          the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

          Section 11.14  Severability.

               If any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
          held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for
          any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability in every
          other respect of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be
          affected or impaired thereby, it being understood that all of the
          provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent
          permitted by law.

          Section 11.15  Third Party Beneficiaries.

               Holders of Senior Indebtedness are third party beneficiaries
          of, and any of them (or their Representative) shall have the
          right to enforce the provisions of this Indenture that benefit
          such holders.

          Section 11.16  Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

               The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table, and headings
          of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted
          for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a
          part of this Indenture, and shall in no way modify or restrict
          any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture.

                              [SIGNATURES ON NEXT PAGE]









                                          88
<PAGE>







               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
          Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate
          seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as at the date
          first written above.

                                           GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS
                                             COMPANY



                                           BY:                             
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


          Attest:



                                  (SEAL)


                                           SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT,
                                           NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                           BY:                             
                                             Name:
                                             Title:


          Attest:



                                  (SEAL)


















                                          89
<PAGE>







                                                                  EXHIBIT A


                               [FORM OF SERIES A NOTE]


          THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN
          REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, NOR
          PURSUANT TO THE SECURITIES OR "BLUE SKY" LAWS OF ANY STATE.  SUCH
          SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED,
          HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE ASSIGNED, EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (i) A
          REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH SECURITIES WHICH IS
          EFFECTIVE UNDER SUCH ACT, (ii) RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER SUCH
          ACT, OR (iii) ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH
          ACT RELATING TO SUCH ACT, PROVIDED THAT, IF REQUESTED BY THE
          COMPANY, AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY IN FORM
          AND SUBSTANCE IS FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM
          THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT IS AVAILABLE.

          IN ADDITION, ANY SALE, ASSIGNMENT, TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER
          DISPOSITION OF THIS SECURITY IS RESTRICTED BY, AND THE RIGHTS OF
          THE HOLDER OF SUCH SECURITY ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND
          CONDITIONS CONTAINED IN, A NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF
          FEBRUARY 3, 1994, A COMPLETE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE FORM OF
          WHICH WILL BE FURNISHED BY THE ISSUER TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON
          WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

          PURSUANT TO PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
          RELATING TO ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND PROPOSED TREASURY
          REGULATIONS PUBLISHED THEREUNDER ON DECEMBER 22, 1992, THE
          FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS PROVIDED:  (1) THIS SECURITY IS BEING
          ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IN THE AMOUNT OF $23.25 PER
          $1,000 OF FACE AMOUNT; (2) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THIS SECURITY IS
          $976.75 PER $1,000 FACE AMOUNT; (3) THE ISSUE DATE OF THIS
          SECURITY IS FEBRUARY 18, 1994; AND (4) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF
          THIS SECURITY IS 10 %.


















                                         A-1
<PAGE>







                               (Face of Series A Note)
                        GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
             9 % Series A Senior Subordinated Note due February 15, 2004

          No.                                               $              

               Great American Communications Company, a Florida corporation
          (hereinafter called the "Company", which term includes any
          successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
          for value received, hereby promises to pay to
          ____________________________ ____________ or registered assigns,
          the principal sum of _____________________________ Dollars on
          February 15, 2004.

               Interest Payment Dates:  February 15 and August 15,
          commencing August 15, 1994
               Record Dates:  February 1 and August 1.

               Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
          Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions
          shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
          this place.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be
          signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers
          and a facsimile of its seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted
          hereto.

                                           GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS
                                            COMPANY


                                           By:                             
              


                                           By:                             
              


                                        [SEAL]

          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the Series A Notes referred to in the within
          mentioned Indenture.
          Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee, OR    
                                    , as Authenticating Agent,


          By:                               By:                            
              


                                         A-2
<PAGE>







              Authorized Officer              Authorized Signature





















































                                         A-3
<PAGE>







                           (Reverse Side of Series A Note)
             9 % Series A Senior Subordinated Note due February 15, 2004

               1.   Interest.  Great American Communications Company (the
          "Company") promises to pay interest on the principal amount of
          this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. 
          Interest on this Note will accrue at 9 % per annum from the date
          this Note is issued until maturity and will be payable
          semiannually in cash on February 15 and August 15 of each year,
          or if any such day is not a Business Day on the next succeeding
          Business Day (each an "Interest Payment Date").  Interest on this
          Note will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has
          been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from February 18,
          1994, provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
          August 15, 1994.  The Company shall pay interest on overdue
          principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the
          rate of 1.5% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in
          effect and shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest
          (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
          time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest
          will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
          months.

               2.   Method of Payment.  The Company will pay interest on
          this Note (except defaulted interest) to the Person who is the
          registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the
          record date for the next Interest Payment Date even if such Note
          is cancelled after such record date and on or before such
          Interest Payment Date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying
          Agent to collect principal payments on such Notes.  The Company
          will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the
          United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for
          payment of public and private debts.  However, the Company may
          pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by wire transfer of
          Federal funds, or interest by check payable in such money, and
          any such check may be mailed to a Holder's registered address.

               3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Securities Transfer
          Company of Cincinnati, Ohio will initially act as the Paying
          Agent and Registrar.  The Company may appoint additional paying
          agents or co-registrars, and change the Paying Agent, any
          additional paying agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
          without prior notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

               4.   Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an
          Indenture, dated as of February 18, 1994 (the "Indenture"), by
          and among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, and the Shawmut
          Bank Connecticut, National Association (the "Trustee").  The
          terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and
          those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust
          Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in
          


                                         A-4
<PAGE>







          effect on the date of the original issuance of the Notes (the "Trust
          Indenture Act").  The Notes are subject to, and qualified by, all
          such terms, certain of which are summarized herein, and Holders
          are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a
          statement of such terms (all capitalized terms not defined herein
          shall have the meanings assigned them in the Indenture).  The
          Notes are unsecured general obligations of the Company limited to
          $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount.


               5.   Registration Rights.  Pursuant to the Registration
          Rights Agreement between the Company and the Holders of the
          Series A Notes, and subject to certain terms and conditions
          stated therein, the Company has agreed to make an exchange offer
          pursuant to which the Holder of this Note shall have the right to
          exchange this Note for Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004,
          Series B, of the Company (the "Series B Notes"), which have been
          registered under the Securities Act, in like principal amount and
          in the form attached to the Indenture as Exhibit B.  The Series A
          Notes and the Series B Notes are together referred to herein as
          the "Notes."

               6.   Redemption Provisions.  The Notes may not be redeemed
          at the option of the Company prior to February 15, 1999. 
          Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option
          of the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices
          (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes)
          set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the
          Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
          beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:

               Year                                    Percentage          

               1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.875%
               2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103.250%
               2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.625%
               2002 and thereafter  . . . . . . . . . . . .     100%

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, up to 25% in aggregate
          principal amount of Notes originally issued under this Indenture
          will be redeemable from time to time prior to December 31, 1996,
          at the option of the Company, from the net proceeds of one or
          more public offerings of Capital Stock of the Company, at a
          redemption price equal 108.75% of the principal amount thereof,
          together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
          redemption, subject to certain conditions set forth in the
          Indenture.

               In addition, the Notes will be subject to redemption (a
          "Change of Control Redemption") at the option of the Company, in
          whole or in part, at any time within 180 days after the later of
          (a) a Change of Control Trigger Date and (b) the completion of an


                                         A-5
<PAGE>







          Offer made as a result of a Change of Control, at a redemption
          price equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount thereof, plus
          (ii) accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, plus
          (iii) the Applicable Premium, subject to certain conditions set
          forth in the Indenture.

               Prior to December 31, 1996 the Notes will be subject to
          redemption (an "Asset Sale Redemption") at the option of the
          Company in whole or in part, following an Asset Sale in
          connection with an Asset Sale Payment, from the Excess Proceeds
          of an Asset Sale; provided that an Asset Sale Redemption may be
          made by the Company only if, and to the extent that, each of the
          following conditions is satisfied; (i) only two Asset Sale
          Redemptions will be permitted under the Indenture; (ii) the
          maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes that is redeemable
          pursuant to an Asset Sale Redemption will be limited to that
          amount which is necessary to make the ratio set forth in Section
          4.13(c) of the Indenture, given the amount of the proposed Asset
          Sale Payment, equal to (but not more or less than) 4.5:1, and
          (iii) after giving effect to the proposed Asset Sale Redemption,
          at least $100 million in principal amount of Initial Notes will
          remain outstanding.  In the event of an Asset Redemption the
          Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as
          percentages of the principal amount of the Notes) set forth
          below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
          redemption, if redeemed during the periods indicated below.

                              Period              Percentage

                    February 15, 1994 to July 31, 1994102.00%
                    August 1, 1994 to February 14, 1995103.00%
                    February 15, 1995 to December 31, 1996108.75%

               7.   Mandatory Offers.  (a) Within 60 days after any Change
          of Control Trigger Date or within 10 Business Days after any
          Asset Sale Trigger Date, the Company shall mail a notice to each
          Holder stating a number of items as set forth in Section 3.8 of
          the Indenture.

                    (b)  Holders may tender all or, subject to Section 9
          below, any portion of their Notes in an Offer by completing the
          form below entitled "OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE."

                    (c)  Notwithstanding Section 6 above, the Company shall
          not be required to commence an Offer as a result of a Change of
          Control if, within 30 days of the Change of Control Trigger Date,
          the Company notifies the Holders that all outstanding Notes will
          be redeemed pursuant to a Change of Control Redemption.

                    (d)  Promptly after consummation of an Offer, (i) the
          Paying Agent shall mail to each Holder of Notes or portions
          thereof accepted for payment an amount equal to the purchase


                                         A-6
<PAGE>







          price for, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, such Notes,
          (ii) with respect to any tendered Note not accepted for payment
          in whole or in part, the Trustee shall return such Note to the
          Holder thereof, and (iii) with respect to any Note accepted for
          payment in part, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to each
          such Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the
          unpurchased portion of the tendered Note.

                    (e)  The Company will (i) publicly announce the results
          of the Offer to Holders on or as soon as practicable after the
          Purchase Date, and (ii) comply with Rule 14e-1 under the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other
          securities laws and regulations to the extent applicable to any
          Offer.

               8.   Notice of Redemption or Purchase.  At least 30 days but
          not more than 60 days before any Redemption Date the Company
          shall mail by first class mail a notice of redemption to each
          Holder of Notes or portions thereof that are to be redeemed.

               9.   Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased.  The Notes may be
          redeemed or purchased in part, but only in whole multiples of
          $1,000 unless all Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed or
          purchased.  On or after any date on which Notes are redeemed or
          purchased, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions
          thereof called for redemption or accepted for purchase on such
          date.

              10.   Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in
          registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and
          integral multiples thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be
          registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
          Indenture.  Holders seeking to transfer or exchange their Notes
          may be required, among other things, to furnish appropriate
          endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
          required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar
          need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion
          of a Note selected for redemption or tendered pursuant to an
          Offer.

              11.   Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered holder of a Note
          may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

              12.   Amendments and Waivers.  (a) Subject to certain
          exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or
          supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least
          a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
          Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance
          with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived
          with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
          principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.



                                         A-7
<PAGE>







                    (b)  Notwithstanding Section 12(a) above, the Company
          and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
          Notes without the consent of any Holder to:  cure any ambiguity,
          defect or inconsistency; provide for uncertificated Notes in
          addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provide for the
          assumption of the Company's obligations to the Holders in the
          event of any Disposition involving the Company that is permitted
          under Article 5 of the Indenture and in which the Company is not
          the Surviving Person; make any change that would provide any
          additional rights or benefits to Holders or not adversely affect
          the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder; comply with
          the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
          the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act;
          or to provide for the issuance of the Series B Notes.

                    (c)  Certain provisions of the Indenture cannot be
          amended, supplemented or waived without the consent of each
          Holder of Notes affected.  Additionally, certain provisions of
          the Indenture cannot be amended or modified without the consent
          of at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
          each class of Senior Indebtedness of the Company outstanding.

              13.   Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  (i)
          default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the
          Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions
          of the Indenture); (ii) default in the payment when due of
          principal on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
          subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) failure by the
          Company for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or
          Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Notes to comply with
          any other provisions of the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default
          under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may
          be Issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
          Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
          Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed
          by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) whether
          such Indebtedness now exists, or is created after the Issue Date,
          if (A) such default results in the acceleration of such
          Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a
          default in the payment of such Indebtedness at final maturity of
          such Indebtedness, and (B) the principal amount of any such
          Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity,
          when added to the aggregate principal amount of all other such
          Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity,
          exceeds $10,000,000; (v) failure by the Company or any of its
          Significant Subsidiaries to pay final judgments, the uninsured
          portion of which exceeds $10,000,000, which judgments are not
          paid, discharged, bonded or stayed for a period of 60 days after
          the date of entry thereof, (vi) if under any Bankruptcy Law, (A)
          the Company or any Significant Subsidiary commences a voluntary
          case, consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
          an involuntary case, consents to the appointment of a Custodian


                                         A-8
<PAGE>







          of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or makes a
          general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (B) a
          court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, and
          such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days,
          that is for relief against the Company or any Significant
          Subsidiary in an involuntary case, appoints a Custodian of the
          Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially
          all of the Property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary,
          or orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant
          Subsidiary; and (vii) any of the Applicable Documents shall
          cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect in any
          material respect, except as a result of an amendment, waiver or
          termination thereof as contemplated or permitted hereby or the
          Company shall so assert in writing.

              14.   Subordination.  All Obligations owed under and in
          respect of the Notes are subordinated in right of payment, to the
          extent and in the manner provided in Article 10 of the Indenture,
          to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations owed
          under and respect of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and
          that the subordination of the Notes is for the benefit of all
          holders of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether
          outstanding on the Issue Date or Issued thereafter.  The Company
          agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the
          subordination.

              15.   Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee in its
          individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
          of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its
          Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not
          Trustee.

              16.   No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer,
          employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or the
          Trustee shall have any liability for any obligation of the
          Company under the Indenture or the Notes or for any claim based
          on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or the
          creation of any such obligation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note
          waives and releases such Persons from all such liability, and
          such waiver and release is part of the consideration for the
          Issuance of the Notes.

              17.   Successor Substituted.  Upon the merger, consolidation
          or other business combination involving the Company or upon the
          sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
          disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's
          properties and assets, the Surviving Person (if other than the
          Company) resulting from such Disposition shall succeed to, and be
          substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
          Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such
          Surviving Person had been named as the Company in the Indenture.



                                         A-9
<PAGE>







              18.   Governing Law.  This Note shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of
          New York, without regard to the conflict of laws provisions
          thereof.

              19.   Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until
          authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an
          authenticating agent.

              20.   Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in
          the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants
          in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=
          joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
          common), CUST (=Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
          Minors Act).

              21.   CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation
          promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note Identification
          Procedures, the Company will use reasonable efforts to cause
          CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the
          Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a
          convenience to Holders.  No representation is made as to the
          accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
          contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed
          only on the other identification numbers printed on the
          securities.

              22.   Indenture.  The Company  will furnish to any Holder
          upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture,
          which has in it the text of this Note in larger type.  Requests
          may be made to:  Great American Communications Company, One East
          Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Attn: Gregory Thomas,
          Executive Vice President.

              23.   Certain Information Obligations.  To the extent
          permitted by applicable law or regulation, whether or not the
          Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
          the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") the
          Company shall file with the SEC all quarterly and annual reports
          and such other information, documents or other reports (or copies
          of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules
          and regulations prescribe) required to be filed pursuant to such
          provisions of the Exchange Act.  The Company shall file with the
          Trustee copies of the quarterly and annual reports and the
          information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such
          portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and
          regulations prescribe) that it is required to file with the SEC
          pursuant to the Indenture.  At any time when the Company is not
          permitted by applicable law or regulations to file the
          aforementioned reports, the Company shall furnish the Trustee and
          the Holders with the information that the Company would have had
          to provide to the SEC if the Company had been subject to


                                         A-10
<PAGE>







          Section 13  or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Also, at any time when
          the Company is not permitted by applicable law or regulations to
          file the aforementioned reports, upon the request of a Holder of
          a Series A Note, the Company will promptly furnish or cause to be
          furnished such information as is specified pursuant to
          Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor
          provision thereto) to such Holder or to a prospective purchaser
          of such Series A Note, as the case may be, in order to permit
          compliance by such Holder with Rule 144A under the Securities
          Act.












































                                         A-11
<PAGE>







                                   ASSIGNMENT FORM

               To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

               FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s)
          and transfer(s) unto



                                   
          Please insert social security or other
          identifying number of assignee


                                                                           
               Please print or typewrite name and address including postal
               zip code of assignee

                                                                           

          the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably

          constituting and appointing

          ________________________________________ to transfer said Note on

          the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to

          act for him.



          Date:                          Your Signature:                   
                    
                                                  (Sign exactly as your
                                                  name appears on the other
                                                  side of this Note)


                   Signature Guarantee:  _________________________
<PAGE>







                          OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


               If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
          pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box: 

               If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
          pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the box: 

               If you elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the
          Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.13 of the Indenture, state
          the amount (multiples of $1,000 only):

          $                   



          Date:                          Your Signature:                   
                    
                                                  (Sign exactly as your
                                                  name appears on the other
                                                  side of this Note)


                   Signature Guarantee:  _________________________
<PAGE>







                                                                  EXHIBIT B

                               [FORM OF SERIES B NOTE]

          PURSUANT TO PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986
          RELATING TO ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT AND PROPOSED TREASURY
          REGULATIONS PUBLISHED THEREUNDER ON DECEMBER 22, 1992, THE
          FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS PROVIDED:  (1) THIS SECURITY IS BEING
          ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT IN THE AMOUNT OF $23.25 PER
          $1,000 OF FACE AMOUNT; (2) THE ISSUE PRICE OF THIS SECURITY IS
          $976.75 PER $1,000 FACE AMOUNT; (3) THE ISSUE DATE OF THIS
          SECURITY IS FEBRUARY 18, 1994; AND (4) THE YIELD TO MATURITY OF
          THIS SECURITY IS 10 %.


                               (Face of Series B Note)
                        GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS COMPANY
                  9 % Senior Subordinated Note due February 15, 2004

          No.                                               $              

               Great American Communications Company, a Florida corporation
          (hereinafter called the "Company", which term includes any
          successor entity under the Indenture hereinafter referred to),
          for value received, hereby promises to pay to
          ____________________________ ____________ or registered assigns,
          the principal sum of _____________________________ Dollars on
          February 15, 2004.

               Interest Payment Dates:  February 15 and August 15,
          commencing August 15, 1994.
               Record Dates:  February 1 and August 1.

               Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this
          Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions
          shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at
          this place.

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be
          signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers
          and a facsimile of its seal to be affixed hereto or imprinted
          hereto.

                                           GREAT AMERICAN COMMUNICATIONS
                                            COMPANY


                                           By:                             
              





                                         B-1
<PAGE>







                                           By:                             
              


                                        [SEAL]

          CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the Series B Notes referred to in the within
          mentioned Indenture.
          Shawmut Bank Connecticut, National Association, as Trustee,   OR
          __________________, as Authenticating Agent,


          By:                               By:                            
              
              Authorized Officer              Authorized Signature





































                                         B-2
<PAGE>







                           (Reverse Side of Series B Note)
                  9 % Senior Subordinated Note due February 15, 2004

               1.   Interest.  Great American Communications Company (the
          "Company") promises to pay interest on the principal amount of
          this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. 
          Interest on this Note will accrue at 9 % per annum from the date
          this Note is issued until maturity and will be payable
          semiannually in cash on February 15 and August 15 of each year,
          or if any such day is not a Business Day on the next succeeding
          Business Day (each an "Interest Payment Date").  Interest on this
          Note will accrue from the most recent date on which interest has
          been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from February 18,
          1994, provided that the first Interest Payment Date shall be
          August 15, 1994.  The Company shall pay interest on overdue
          principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the
          rate of 1.5% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in
          effect and shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest
          (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to
          time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.  Interest
          will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
          months.

               2.   Method of Payment.  The Company will pay interest on
          this Note (except defaulted interest) to the Person who is the
          registered Holder of this Note at the close of business on the
          record date for the next Interest Payment Date even if such Note
          is cancelled after such record date and on or before such
          Interest Payment Date.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying
          Agent to collect principal payments on such Notes.  The Company
          will pay principal, premium, if any, and interest in money of the
          United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for
          payment of public and private debts.  However, the Company may
          pay principal, premium, if any, and interest by wire transfer of
          Federal funds, or interest by check payable in such money, and
          any such check may be mailed to a Holder's registered address.

               3.   Paying Agent and Registrar.  Securities Transfer
          Company of Cincinnati, Ohio, will initially act as the Paying
          Agent and Registrar.  The Company may appoint additional paying
          agents or co-registrars, and change the Paying Agent, any
          additional paying agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
          without prior notice to any Holder.  The Company or any of its
          Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

               4.   Indenture.  The Company issued the Notes under an
          Indenture, dated as of February 18, 1994 (the "Indenture"), by
          and among the Company, as issuer of the Notes, and Shawmut Bank
          Connecticut, National Association (the "Trustee").  The terms of
          the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made
          part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of
          1939 (15 U.S. Code Section 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of


                                         B-3
<PAGE>







          the original issuance of the Notes (the "Trust Indenture Act"). 
          The Notes are subject to, and qualified by, all such terms,
          certain of which are summarized herein, and Holders are referred
          to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of
          such terms (all capitalized terms not defined herein shall have
          the meanings assigned them in the Indenture).  The Notes are
          unsecured general obligations of the Company limited to
          $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount.

               5.   Redemption Provisions.  The Notes may not be redeemed
          at the option of the Company prior to February 15, 1999. 
          Thereafter, the Notes will be subject to redemption at the option
          of the Company, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices
          (expressed as percentages of the principal amount of the Notes)
          set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the
          Redemption Date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period
          beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:

               Year                                    Percentage          

               1999 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.875%
               2000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103.250%
               2001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.625%
               2002 and thereafter  . . . . . . . . . . . .     100%

               Notwithstanding the foregoing, up to 25% in aggregate
          principal amount of Notes originally Issued under this Indenture
          will be redeemable from time to time prior to December 31, 1996,
          at the option of the Company, from the net proceeds of one or
          more public offerings of Capital Stock of the Company, at a
          redemption price equal 108.75% of the principal amount thereof,
          together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
          redemption, subject to certain conditions set forth in this
          Indenture.

               In addition, the Notes will be subject to redemption (a
          "Change of Control Redemption") at the option of the Company, in
          whole or in part, at any time within 180 days after the later of
          (a) a Change of Control Trigger Date and (b) the completion of an
          Offer made as a result of a Change of Control, at a redemption
          price equal to the sum of (i) the principal amount thereof, plus
          (ii) accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, plus
          (iii) the Applicable Premium, subject to certain conditions set
          forth in this Indenture.

          Prior to December 31, 1996 the Notes will be subject to
          redemption (an "Asset Sale Redemption") at the option of the
          Company, in whole or in part following an Asset Sale, in
          connection with an Asset Sale Payment, from the Excess Proceeds
          of an Asset Sale; provided that an Asset Sale Redemption may be
          made by the Company only if, and to the extent that, each of the
          following conditions is satisfied; (i) only two Asset Sale


                                         B-4
<PAGE>







          Redemptions will be permitted under the Indenture; (ii) the
          maximum aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that is
          redeemable pursuant to an Asset Sale Redemption will be limited
          to that amount which is necessary to make the ratio set forth in
          Section 4.13(c) of the Indenture, given the amount of the
          proposed Asset Sale Payment, equal to (but not more or less than)
          4.5:1, and (iii) after giving effect to the proposed Asset Sale
          Redemption, at least $100 million in principal amount of Notes
          will remain outstanding.  In the event of an Asset Redemption the
          Notes will be redeemable at the redemption prices (expressed as
          percentages of the principal amount of the Notes) set forth
          below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
          redemption, if redeemed during the periods indicated below.

                              Period              Percentage

                    February 15, 1994 to July 31, 1994102.00%
                    August 1, 1994 to February 14, 1995103.00%
                    February 15, 1995 to December 31, 1996108.75%

               6.   Mandatory Offers.  (a) Within 60 days after any Change
          of Control Trigger Date or within 10 Business Days after any
          Asset Sale Trigger Date, the Company shall mail a notice to each
          Holder stating a number of items as set forth in Section 3.8 of
          the Indenture.

                    (b)  Holders may tender all or, subject to Section 8
          below, any portion of their Notes in an Offer by completing the
          form below entitled "OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE."

                    (c)  Notwithstanding Section 5 above, the Company shall
          not be required to commence an Offer as a result of a Change of
          Control if, within 30 days of the Change of Control Trigger Date,
          the Company notifies the Holders that all outstanding Notes will
          be redeemed pursuant to a Change of Control Redemption.

                    (d)  Promptly after consummation of an Offer, (i) the
          Paying Agent shall mail to each Holder of Notes or portions
          thereof accepted for payment an amount equal to the purchase
          price for, plus any accrued and unpaid interest on, such Notes,
          (ii) with respect to any tendered Note not accepted for payment
          in whole or in part, the Trustee shall return such Note to the
          Holder thereof, and (iii) with respect to any Note accepted for
          payment in part, the Trustee shall authenticate and mail to each
          such Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to the
          unpurchased portion of the tendered Note.

                    (e)  The Company will (i) publicly announce the results
          of the Offer to Holders on or as soon as practicable after the
          Purchase Date, and (ii) comply with Rule 14e-1 under the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any other



                                         B-5
<PAGE>







          securities laws and regulations to the extent applicable to any
          Offer.


               7.   Notice of Redemption or Purchase.  At least 30 days but
          not more than 60 days before any Redemption ate the Company shall
          mail by first class mail a notice of redemption to each Holder of
          Notes or portions thereof that are to be redeemed.

               8.   Notes to be Redeemed or Purchased.  The Notes may be
          redeemed or purchased in part, but only in whole multiples of
          $1,000 unless all Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed or
          purchased.  On or after any date on which Notes are redeemed or
          purchased, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions
          thereof called for redemption or accepted for purchase on such
          date.

               9.   Denominations, Transfer, Exchange.  The Notes are in
          registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and
          integral multiples thereof.  The transfer of Notes may be
          registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
          Indenture.  Holders seeking to transfer or exchange their Notes
          may be required, among other things, to furnish appropriate
          endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees
          required by law or permitted by the Indenture.  The Registrar
          need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion
          of a Note selected for redemption or tendered pursuant to an
          Offer.

               10.  Persons Deemed Owners.  The registered holder of a Note
          may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

               11.  Amendments and Waivers.  (a) Subject to certain
          exceptions, the Indenture and the Notes may be amended or
          supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least
          a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding
          Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance
          with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived
          with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
          principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

                    (b)  Notwithstanding Section 11(a) above, the Company
          and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the
          Notes without the consent of any Holder to:  cure any ambiguity,
          defect or inconsistency; provide for uncertificated Notes in
          addition to or in place of certificated Notes; provide for the
          assumption of the Company's obligations to the Holders in the
          event of any Disposition involving the Company that is permitted
          under Article 5 of the Indenture and in which the Company is not
          the Surviving Person; make any change that would provide any
          additional rights or benefits to Holders or not adversely affect
          the legal rights under the Indenture of any Holder; or comply


                                         B-6
<PAGE>







          with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or
          maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the Trust
          Indenture Act.

                    (c)  Certain provisions of the Indenture cannot be
          amended, supplemented or waived without the consent of each
          Holder of Notes affected.  Additionally, certain provisions of
          the Indenture cannot be amended or modified without the consent
          of at least a majority of the outstanding principal amount of
          each class of Senior Indebtedness of the Company outstanding.

               12.  Defaults and Remedies.  Events of Default include:  (i)
          default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on the
          Notes (whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions
          of the Indenture); (ii) default in the payment when due of
          principal on the Notes (whether or not prohibited by the
          subordination provisions of the Indenture); (iii) failure by the
          Company for 30 days after receipt of notice from the Trustee or
          Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding Notes to comply with
          any other provisions of the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default
          under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may
          be Issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any
          Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its
          Significant Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed
          by the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries) whether
          such Indebtedness now exists, or is created after the Issue Date,
          if (A) such default results in the acceleration of such
          Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a
          default in the payment of such Indebtedness at final maturity of
          such Indebtedness, and (B) the principal amount of any such
          Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity,
          when added to the aggregate principal amount of all other such
          Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity,
          exceeds $10,000,000; (v) failure by the Company or any of its
          Significant Subsidiaries to pay final judgments, the uninsured
          portion of which exceeds $10,000,000, which judgments are not
          paid, discharged, bonded or stayed for a period of 60 days after
          the date of entry thereof, (vi) if under any Bankruptcy Law, (A)
          the Company or any Significant Subsidiary commences a voluntary
          case, consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
          an involuntary case, consents to the appointment of a Custodian
          of it or for all or substantially all of its property, or makes a
          general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (B) a
          court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree, and
          such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days,
          that is for relief against the Company or any Significant
          Subsidiary in an involuntary case, appoints a Custodian of the
          Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially
          all of the Property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary,
          or orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant
          Subsidiary; and (vii) any of the Applicable Documents shall
          cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect in any


                                         B-7
<PAGE>







          material respect, except as a result of an amendment, waiver or
          termination thereof as contemplated or permitted hereby or the
          Company shall so assert in writing.

               13.  Subordination.  All Obligations owed under and in
          respect of the Notes are subordinated in right of payment, to the
          extent and in the manner provided in Article 10 of the Indenture,
          to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations owed
          under and respect of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and
          that the subordination of the Notes is for the benefit of all
          holders of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether
          outstanding on the Issue Date or Issued thereafter.  The Company
          agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the
          subordination.

               14.  Trustee Dealings with Company.  The Trustee in its
          individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
          of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any of its
          Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not
          Trustee.

               15.  No Recourse Against Others.  No director, officer,
          employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company or the
          Trustee shall have any liability for any obligation of the
          Company under the Indenture or the Notes or for any claim based
          on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or the
          creation of any such obligation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note
          waives and releases such Persons from all such liability, and
          such waiver and release is part of the consideration for the
          Issuance of the Notes.

               16.  Successor Substituted.  Upon the merger, consolidation
          or other business combination involving the Company or upon the
          sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other
          disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's
          properties and assets, the Surviving Person (if other than the
          Company) resulting from such Disposition shall succeed to, and be
          substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
          Company under the Indenture with the same effect as if such
          Surviving Person had been named as the Company in this Indenture.

               17.  Governing Law.  This Note shall be governed by and
          construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of
          New York, without regard to the conflict of laws provisions
          thereof.

               18.  Authentication.  This Note shall not be valid until
          authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an
          authenticating agent.

               19.  Abbreviations.  Customary abbreviations may be used in
          the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants


                                         B-8
<PAGE>







          in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=
          joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in
          common), CUST (=Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to
          Minors Act).

               20.  CUSIP Numbers.  Pursuant to a recommendation
          promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Note Identification
          Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on
          the Notes and have directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in
          notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders.  No
          representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
          as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of
          redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other
          identification numbers printed on the securities.

               21.  Indenture.  The Company  will furnish to any Holder
          upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture,
          which has in it the text of this Note in larger type.  Requests
          may be made to:  Great American Communications Company, One East
          Fourth Street, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202, Attn: Gregory Thomas,
          Executive Vice President.

               22.  Certain Information Obligations.  To the extent
          permitted by applicable law or regulation, whether or not the
          Company is subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of
          the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") the
          Company shall file with the SEC all quarterly and annual reports
          and such other information, documents or other reports (or copies
          of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules
          and regulations prescribe) required to be filed pursuant to such
          provisions of the Exchange Act.  The Company shall file with the
          Trustee copies of the quarterly and annual reports and the
          information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such
          portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and
          regulations prescribe) that it is required to file with the SEC
          pursuant to the Indenture.  At any time when the Company is not
          permitted by applicable law or regulations to file the
          aforementioned reports, the Company shall furnish the Trustee and
          the Holders with the information that the Company would have had
          to provide to the SEC if the Company had been subject to
          Section 13  or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.  Also, at any time when
          the Company is not permitted by applicable law or regulations to
          file the aforementioned reports, upon the request of a Holder of
          a Series A Note, the Company will promptly furnish or cause to be
          furnished such information as is specified pursuant to
          Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act (or any successor
          provision thereto) to such Holder or to a prospective purchaser
          of such Series A Note, as the case may be, in order to permit
          compliance by such Holder with Rule 144A under the Securities
          Act.




                                         B-9
<PAGE>







                                   ASSIGNMENT FORM

               To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

               FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sell(s), assign(s)
          and transfer(s) unto



                                   
          Please insert social security or other
          identifying number of assignee


                                                                           
               Please print or typewrite name and address including postal
               zip code of assignee

                                                                           

          the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably

          constituting and appointing

          ________________________________________ to transfer said Note on

          the books of the Company.  The agent may substitute another to

          act for him.



          Date:                          Your Signature:                   
                    
                                                  (Sign exactly as your
                                                  name appears on the other
                                                  side of this Note)


                   Signature Guarantee:  _________________________
<PAGE>







                          OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE


               If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
          pursuant to Section 4.12 of the Indenture, check the box: 

               If you elect to have this Note purchased by the Company
          pursuant to Section 4.13 of the Indenture, check the box: 

               If you elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the
          Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.13 of the Indenture, state
          the amount (multiples of $1,000 only):

          $                   



          Date:                          Your Signature:                   
                    
                                                  (Sign exactly as your
                                                  name appears on the other
                                                  side of this Note)


                   Signature Guarantee:  _________________________






© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission